Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAbout066065-V12 - Construction-Related - Contract - Webber Waterworks LLCI CSC No. 66065-V 12 ORT WORTH® CONTRACT FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility City Project No. C01239 Mattie Parker Jesus "Jay" Chapa Mayor City Manager Chris Harder Director, Water Department Prepared for The City of Fort Worth Water Department VOLUME 12 OF 12 APRIL 2026 EXECUTED PLUMMER Plummer Associates, Inc r* •••••••.••••.•••••• *�� OFFICIAL RECORD 1320 S University Drive, Suite 300 JOSHUA P. FRISINGER Fort Worth, Texas 76107 it 97545 CITY SECRETARY TBPE Firn1 No. F-13 � °•�'- +e FT. WORTH, TX In Association with ��y2/q,.,�. �. � 6/10/2026 GAI Gupta & Associates, Inc ` [≥ CONSULTING ENGINEERING Automation jJ H A company of InfrastructureP,4 `vJ McKIM&CREED 1. A N D S C A h,acoS• ARCHITECTS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK MARYS CREEK WRY SECTION 00 01 07 ENGINEER'S SEALS PAGE SPECIFICATION PREPARED BY PLUMMER ASSOCIATES, INC. TBPE FIRM NO. F-13 Joshua P. Frisinger, P.E. #97545 Section Number and Title Division 00 Procurement And Contracting Division 01 General Requirements (Except 01 45 33 Special Inspection Observation and Testing and 01 88 15 Anchorage and Bracing) Division 02 Demolition 06 70 00 Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic Products & Fabrications 06 74 13 Fiberglass Weirs and Baffles 13 34 23.33 Precast Concrete Buildings 22 14 29 Submersible Sump Pump 32 31 00 Fences and Gates 33 01 10.58 Disinfection Potable Water Piping and Tanks 33 05 13 Manholes 33 05 39.41 Reinforced Concrete Pipe 33 32 26 Ejector Pumps 35 20 16.25 Fabricated Slide Gates and Stop Logs 40 01 05 Field Testing of Piping Systems 40 05 05 Piping System, Basic Materials and Methods 40 05 15 Piping Support Systems 40 05 19 Ductile Iron Pipe 40 05 23 Stainless Steel Process Pipe and Tubing 40 05 24 Steel Pipe 40 05 31.13 PVC and CPVC Process Pipe 40 05 33 High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Process Pipe 40 05 36 Piping System, Fiberglass Pressure Pipe 41 22 13.13 Overhead Cranes 41 22 23.16 Portable Davit Crane and Winch 41 22 23.19 Monorail Hoists 43 22 10 Common Requirements for Pumps 43 40 01 Polyethylene Storage Tank 43 23 69 44 42 56.16 Chemical Feed Systems -rE'�q�ll Peristaltic Hose Pump I JOSHUA P. FRISINGER r --------------- � 1� O- 97545 3/30/2026 Joshua P. Frisinger, P.E. #97545 i.-� MARCH 23, 2026 ENGINEER'S SEALS PAGE ©COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER 0001 07- 1 MARYS CREEK WRF SPECIFICATION PREPARED BY PLUMMER ASSOCIATES, INC. TBPE FIRM NO. F-13 Paula A. Monaco, PhD, P.E. #132844 Section Number and Title 40 75 00.01 Bioreactor Instrumentation System 40 05 74.13 Diaphragm Valves for Aeration Control 43 11 12 Blower High Speed Turbo 43 21 39 Pumps, Dry -Pit Submersible Centrifugal 43 22 56.01 Submersible Mixers 4442 25.02 Aluminum Flat Panel Cover System 4442 56.04 Submersible Pumps 4445 16.02 Fine Bubble Air Diffuser System 4625 34 FOG and Scum Mixing Equipment ,*: *II PAULA A. MONACO ill 132844 iQr % 1,1���\ /ONAk ' 3/30/2026 Paula A. Monaco, PhD, P.E. #132844 ENGINEER'S SEALS PAGE MARCH 23, 2026 0001 07-2 ©C0PYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER MARYS CREEK WRF SPECIFICATION PREPARED BY PLUMMER ASSOCIATES, INC. TBPE FIRM NO. F-13 Jenny Beth Murray, P.E. #142379 Section Number and Title 44 42 19.04 Rotary Positive Displacement Blower 4442 56.13 Progressing Cavity Pumps 46 51 21 Aeration System, Coarse Bubble Membrane Diffusers .�P�E ?L ...t 1 *; ...............................:.... JENNY BETH MURRAY .................................... 142379 : c 3/30/2026 Jenny Beth Murray, P.E. #142379 MARCH 23, 2026 ENGINEER'S SEALS PAGE ©COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER 0001 07-3 MARYS CREEK WRF SPECIFICATION PREPARED BY PLUMMER ASSOCIATES, INC. TBPE FIRM NO. F-13 Bradley Deaton, P.E. #133296 Section Number and Title 44 42 56.03 44 42 56.04 �.:�:• .....................*: BRADLEY T. DEATON II �I ...:......133296 ....; .... ENS Vertical Turbine Pumps Submersible Pumps Bradley Deaton, P.E. #133296 ENGINEER'S SEALS PAGE MARCH 23, 2026 0001 07-4 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER MARYS CREEK WRF SPECIFICATION PREPARED BY PLUMMER ASSOCIATES, INC. TBPE FIRM NO. F-13 Hannah Salinas Frels, P.E. #130165 Section Number and Title 13 34 23 Prefabricated Fiberglass Shelters 33 21 00 Non -Chlorinated, Non -Potable Plant Water System 40 05 36.13 Foul Air Fiberglass Ductwork 40 05 64.43 Fiberglass Dampers 43 1119 Foul Air Fans 44 3111 Biological Tower Type Odor Control System 44 3116 Carbon Adsorber Odor Control System 44 31 83 Foul Air Collection System Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing HANNAH E. SALINAS FRELS 130165 L ENb'� 03/31/2026 Hannah Salinas Frels, P.E. #130165 MARCH 23, 2026 ENGINEER'S SEALS PAGE ©COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER 0001 07-5 MARYS CREEK WRF SPECIFICATION PREPARED BY PLUMMER ASSOCIATES, INC. TBPE FIRM NO. F-13 Raviola Wenno, P.E. #142677 Section Number and Title 46 46 23 Tank Washdown and Booster Pump System NAt '.\' 3/30/2026 Raviola Wenno, P.E. #142677 ENGINEER'S SEALS PAGE MARCH 23, 2026 0001 07-6 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER MARYS CREEK WRF SPECIFICATION PREPARED BY GUPTA AND ASSOCIATES, INC. TBPE FIRM NO. F-2593 Andrew Reed, P.E. #123384 Section Number and Title Division 26 Electrical 40 41 00 Electrical Heat Tracing �P�E OF r jANDREW A..REED� �9�•.•.123384 ENS �.•� 03/30/2026 Andrew Reed, P.E. #123384 MARCH 23, 2026 ©C0PYRIGHT 2025 PLUMIVR ENGINEER'S SEALS PAGE 000107-7 MARYS CREEK WRF SPECIFICATION PREPARED BY SIGNATURE AUTOMATION TBPE FIRM NO. F-4711 Anthony V. Scudieri, P.E. #89088 Section Number and Title 28 00 05 Electronic Security System 40 61 00 Process Control Systems General Provisions 40 61 21 Process Control System — Testing 40 61 21A Instrument Calibration Certificate 40 61 21B Unwitnessed Factory Test Forms 40 61 21 C Witnessed Factory Test Forms 40 61 21D Operational Readiness Test Forms 40 61 21E Functional Demonstration Test Forms 40 61 21F Site Acceptance Test Forms 40 61 26 Process Control Systems — Training 40 61 93 Process Control Systems Input Output List 40 61 96 Control Descriptions 40 62 00 Computer Hardware and Software 40 63 00 PLC Hardware and Software 40 66 00 Network Equipment 40 66 33 Fiber -Optic Communication Cabling and Connectors 40 6643 Radio Equipment and Systems 40 66 66 Communication Towers 40 67 00 Control Panels and Components 40 67 63 Uninterruptible Power Supplies 40 68 00 Applications Engineering Services 40 71 00 Flow Instruments 40 72 00 Level Instruments 40 73 00 Pressure Instruments 40 74 00 Temperature Instruments 40 75 00 Liquid Analytical Instruments 40 76 00 Gas Analytical Instruments Anthony V. Scudieri, P.E. #89088 /)J? O ANTHONY V. SCUDIERI .............................. -o. 89088 ; � �t��FSS�C E N S NG��AW 6 3�3 ENGINEER'S SEALS PAGE MARCH 23, 2026 0001 07-8 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER MARYS CREEK WRY SPECIFICATION PREPARED BY JQ-IMEG LLC TBPE FIRM NO. F-26651 Ovidiu M. Sipos, P.E. #111707 Section Number and Title 31 10 00 Site Clearing 31 23 23.1 Borrow 31 25 00 Erosion and Sediment Control 31 37 00 Riprap 32 13 13 Concrete Paving 32 13 20 Concrete Sidewalks, Driveways, and Barrier Free Ramps 32 13 73 Concrete Paving Joint Sealants 32 17 23 Pavement Markings 33 4110 Reinforced Concrete Storm Drain Pipe Culverts 33 49 10 Storm Drain Manholes and Junction Boxes 33 49 20 Curb and Drop Inlets OF Tf 1�+ J / w : ...........:.... OVIDIU M. SIPOS 111707 !ONA L f Ovidiu M. Sipos, P.E. #111707 MARCH 23, 2026 ENGINEER'S SEALS PAGE ©COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER 0001 07-9 MARYS CREEK WRF SPECIFICATION PREPARED BY CCA LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTS, INC. TBAE# 3027 Jaclyn Clark Szafranic, Registered Landscape Architect #3165 Section Number and Title 01 56 39 Tree Protection, Removal, and Pruning 32 84 00 Landscape Irrigation System 32 92 00 Turf and Grasses 32 93 00 Landscaping 03/30/2026 Jaclyn Clark Szafranic, Registered Landscape Architect #3165 ENGINEER'S SEALS PAGE MARCH 23, 2026 0001 07- 10 ©C0PYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER MARYS CREEK WRF SPECIFICATION PREPARED BY JACOBS ENGINEERING GROUP TBPE FIRM NO. F-2966 Lei Wei, PE No. 99776 Section Number and Title 31 1000 31 23 13 31 23 16 31 23 19.01 31 2323 31 23 23.15 314100 Site Clearing Subgrade Preparation Excavation Dewatering Fill and Backfill Trench Backfill Shoring MARCH 31, 2026 ENGINEER'S SEALS PAGE ©COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER 00 01 07 - 11 MARYS CREEK WRF SPECIFICATION PREPARED BY JACOBS ENGINEERING GROUP TBPE FIRM NO. F-2966 Alex Shefferman, P.E. Section Number and Title 21 13 13 2831 00 ALEX F RMAN j 1, -- 14.:::: 09 i 3/30/26 Alex Shefferman, P.E. Wet -Pipe Sprinkler Systems Fire Detection and Alarm MARCH 31, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER ENGINEER'S SEALS PAGE 00 01 07- 12 MARYS CREEK WRF SPECIFICATION PREPARED BY JACOBS ENGINEERING GROUP TBPE FIRM NO. F-2966 Brian Lee Hendon, Registered Architect No. 25284 Section Number and Title 04 21 13.13 Masonry Veneer 05 50 00 Metal Fabrications 06 10 00 Rough Carpentry 06 16 00 Sheathing 06 41 00 Architectural Wood Casework 06 82 00 Glass Fiber Reinforced Plastic 07 13 53 Elastomeric Sheet Waterproofing 07 21 01 Therman Insulation 07 26 16 Below Grade Vapor Retarders 07 27 26 Fluid -Applied Membrane Air Barriers 07 40 00 Roofing and Siding Panels 07 42 13.23 Metal Composite Material Wall Panels 07 62 00 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim 07 70 00 Roof Specialties and Accessories 07 84 00 Firestopping 07 92 00 Joint Sealants 07 95 13 Expansion Joint Cover Assemblies 08 11 16 Aluminum Flush Doors 08 12 16 Interior Aluminum Frames and Doors 08 16 13 Fiberglass Doors 08 31 23 Floor Doors 08 33 23 Overhead Coiling Doors 08 41 13 Aluminum -Framed Entrances and Storefronts 08 44 13 Glazed Aluminum Curtain Walls 08 71 00 Door Hardware 08 80 00 Glazing 08 90 00 Louvers and Vents 09 22 16 Nonstructural Metal Framing 09 29 00 Gypsum Board 09 30 00 Tiling 09 5113 Acoustical Panel Ceilings 09 65 00 Resilient Flooring 09 67 00 Fluid -Applied Flooring 09 77 01 Fiberglass -Reinforced Plastic (FPR) Panel Walls 09 80 00 Acoustical Wall Panel System 09 90 00 Painting and Coating 10 14 00 Signage 10 21 00 Toilet Compartments 10 28 00 Toilet and Bath Accessories 10 44 00 Fire Protection and Safety Equipment 10 51 00 Lockers 10 73 00 Metal Awnings and Canopies ENGINEER'S SEALS PAGE MARCH 23, 2026 0001 07 - 10 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER MARYS CREEK WRF 10 8113 Architectural Bird Control 11 31 00 Appliances 12 35 53.13 Metal Laboratory Casework 12 48 16 Entrance Floor Grilles March 30. Brian Lee Hendon, Registered Architect No. 25284. MARCH 23, 2026 ENGINEER'S SEALS PAGE ©COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER 0001 07 - 11 MARYS CREEK WRF SPECIFICATION PREPARED BY JACOBS ENGINEERING GROUP TBPE FIRM NO. F-2966 Phillip K. Dewolfe, P.E. Section Number and Title 23 05 14B HVAC Adjustable Frequency Drives 23 05 48B Vibration Isolation and Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and Equipment 23 05 93B Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC 23 07 00B HVAC Insulation 23 09 00B Instrumentation and Control Devices for HVAC 23 09 13 HVAC Controls — Field Components and Instruments 23 09 23B Direct Digital Control System for HVAC 23 23 00B Refrigerant Piping 23 31 13B Metal Ducts and Accessories 23 3116.16B Thermoset Fiberglass -Reinforced Plastic Ducts and Accessories 23 34 00B HVAC Fans 23 36 00B Air Terminal Units 23 37 00B Air Outlets and Inlets 23 77 00 Air Handling Units 23 81 00 Unitary Air -Conditioning Equipment 23 82 00 Terminal Heating and Cooling Units ,IIJ PFGILLOP fit_ pEW'OLFE �.. .................. - 3+34,'6 Phillip K. DeWolfe, P.E. No. 102003 MARCH 31, 2026 ENGINEER'S SEALS PAGE ©COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER 0001 07- 15 MARYS CREEK WRF Section Number and Title 22 07 00 Plumbing Piping Insulation 22 10 01 Plumbing Piping and Accessories 22 10 01.02 Polyvinyl Chloride Drain Waste and Vent Pipe and Fittings 22 10 01.03 Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings 22 10 01.04 Acid -Resistant Cast Iron Pipe and Fittings 22 10 01.06 Acid -Resistant Polypropylene Waste and Vent Pipe and Fittings 22 10 01.08 High -Density Polyethylene Pipe and Fittings — Water and Sewer Service 22 10 01.12 Polyethylene Pipe and Fittings — Natural Gas Service 22 30 00 Plumbing Equipment 22 40 00 Plumbing Fixtures . .............. � PHILLIP K DEVVOLFE 3/30.2 Phillip K. DeWolfe, P.E. No. 102003 ENGINEER'S SEALS PAGE MARCH 31, 2026 0001 07- 16 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER MARYS CREEK WRY SPECIFICATION PREPARED BY JACOBS ENGINEERING GROUP TBPE FIRM NO. F-2966 Alex Bannerot, P.E. No. 91686 Section Number and Title 01 45 33 Special Inspection, Observation, and Testing 01 88 15 Anchorage and Bracing 03 01 32 Repair of Vertical and Overhead Concrete Surfaces 03 01 33 Repair of Horizontal Concrete Surfaces 03 10 00 Concrete Forming and Accessories 03 15 00 Concrete Joints and Accessories 03 21 00 Steel Reinforcing 03 30 00 Cast -In -Place Concrete 03 35 00 Concrete Finishing 03 39 00 Concrete Curing 03 40 00 Precast Concrete 03 62 00 Grouting 03 63 00 Concrete Doweling 03 64 23 Epoxy Injection Grouting Injection Grouting 03 64 24 Polyurethane Injection Grouting 04 22 00 Concrete Unit Masonry 05 05 19 Post -Installed Anchors 05 05 23 Welding 05 12 00 Structural Steel Framing 05 21 19 Open Web Steel Joist Framing 05 31 00 Steel Decking 05 41 00 Structural Metal Stud Framing 05 50 00 Metal Fabrications 05 51 19 Aluminum Stairs and Platforms 05 52 16 Aluminum Guardrails (Railings) 05 53 00 Metal Gratings 06 82 00 Glass -Fiber -Reinforced Plastic 13 34 19 Metal Building Systems 33 16 13.15 Prestressed Concrete Tank with Steel Diaphragm ALEX SANNEROT 916B6 iur,kr 34 Wit 2026 aacbns Enginearirar� Group inc. Alex Bannerot, P.E. No. 91686 Texas Risiration 42966 APRIL 6, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER ENGINEER'S SEALS PAGE 00 01 07-17 MARYS CREEK WRF SPECIFICATION PREPARED BY JACOBS ENGINEERING GROUP TBPE FIRM NO. F-2966 Arifur Rahman, PE No. 133452 Section Number and Title 4442 56.13 Progressing Cavity Pumps 4444 63.01 Polymer Feed System, Liquid 4446 13.02 Screw Conveyor System 4446 26.03 Rotary Drum Thickeners .• �.1 ..Ir ••AI•, . •. * . 00 ■.a+.....................i Ar ARIFUR RAHI.IA - I� R� 135 342 .• 30 March 2026 Arifur Rahman, PE No. 133452. MARCH 31, 2026 ©C0PYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER ENGINEER'S SEALS PAGE 0001 07- 18 TABLE OF CONTENTS REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS CITY OF FORT WORTH MARY'S CREEK WATER RECLAMATION FACILITY Volume 1 Section Number and Title DIVISION 00 - CONTINUED 00 00 00 Cover 00 01 07 Engineer's Seals Pages 00 0110 Table of Contents 00 05 10 Mayor and Council Communications (M&C) 00 05 15 Addendum 1, 2 and 3 Volume 2 DIVISION 00 - CONTINUED 0005 15 Addendum 4 Volume 3 DIVISION 00 - CONTINUED 00 05 15 Addendum 5, 6, 7, and 8 Volume 4 DIVISION 00 - CONTINUED 00 1113 Invitation to Offerors 00 2113 Instructions to Offerors 00 35 13 Conflict of Interest Statement 00 41 00 Proposal Form 00 42 43 Offeror's Proposal Form 0043 13 Proposal Security 00 43 37 Vendor Compliance to State Law Non Resident Proposer 00 45 12 Subcontractor and Major Equipment Supplier List 00 45 26 Contractor Compliance with Workers Compensation Law 00 52 43 Agreement 0061 13 Performance Bond 0061 14 Payment Bond 00 6119 Maintenance Bond 00 61 25 Certificate of Insurance 00 72 00 General Conditions 00 73 00 Supplementary Conditions July 30, 2026 TABLE OF CONTENTS COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER 00 01 10 - 1 TABLE OF CONTENTS REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS CITY OF FORT WORTH MARY'S CREEK WATER RECLAMATION FACILITY DIVISION 00 - CONTINUED 00 80 00 TWDB Required Documents 00 80 01 TWDB Forms and Templates DIVISION 01 01 11 00 Summary of Work 01 11 17 Installation of Pre -Selected Equipment 01 12 16 Sequence of Construction 01 2110 Unit Bid Items 01 25 00 Substitution Procedures 01 26 00 Contract Modification Procedures 01 26 13 Requests for Information 01 29 00 Payment Procedures 01 31 13 Project Coordination 01 31 19 Preconstruction Meetings 01 31 20 Project Meetings 01 32 16 Construction Progress Schedule 01 32 33 Preconstruction Video 01 32 35 Aerial Photographic Documentation 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures 01 35 13 Special Project Procedures 01 40 00 Quality Requirements 01 42 13 Abbreviations and Acronyms 01 43 33 Manufacturer's Field Services 01 45 16.13 Contractor Quality Control 01 45 23 Testing and Inspection Services 01 45 33 Special Inspection Observation and Testing 01 50 00 Temporary Facilities and Controls 01 56 39 Tree Protection, Removal, and Pruning 01 57 13 Storm Water Pollution Prevention 01 58 13 Temporary Project Signage 01 61 00 Common Product Requirements 01 70 00 Mobilization and Remobilization 01 71 23 Construction Staking and Survey 01 73 00 Execution Requirements 01 7423 Cleaning 01 75 01 Equipment Factory Acceptance Testing 01 76 00 Asset Management List 01 77 00 Closeout Procedures 01 78 23 Operation and Maintenance Data 01 78 36 Warranties 01 78 39 Project Record Documents TABLE OF CONTENTS July 30, 2026 000110-2 © COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER TABLE OF CONTENTS REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS CITY OF FORT WORTH MARY'S CREEK WATER RECLAMATION FACILITY DIVISION 01- CONTINUED 01 78 43 Spare Parts and Maintenance Materials 01 88 15 Anchorage and Bracing 01 9114 Equipment Testing and Facility Startup DIVISION 02 02 41 00 Demolition DIVISION 03 03 01 32 Repair of Vertical and Overhead Concrete Surfaces 03 01 33 Repair of Horizontal Concrete Surfaces 03 10 00 Concrete Forming and Accessories 03 15 00 Concrete Joints and Accessories 03 21 00 Steel Reinforcing 03 30 00 Cast -In -Place Concrete 03 35 00 Concrete Finishing 03 39 00 Concrete Curing 03 40 00 Precast Concrete 03 62 00 Grouting 03 63 00 Concrete Doweling 03 64 23 Epoxy Resin Injection Grouting 03 64 24 Polyurethane Injection Grouting Volume 5 DIVISION 04 0421 13.13 Masonry Veneer 04 22 00 Concrete Unit Masonry DIVISION 05 05 05 19 Post -Installed Anchors 05 05 23 Welding 05 12 00 Structural Steel Framing 05 2119 Open Web Steel Joist Framing 05 31 00 Steel Decking 05 41 00 Structural Metal Stud Framing 05 50 00 Metal Fabrications 05 5119 Aluminum Stairs and Platforms July 30, 2026 TABLE OF CONTENTS COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER 000110-3 TABLE OF CONTENTS REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS CITY OF FORT WORTH MARY'S CREEK WATER RECLAMATION FACILITY DIVISION 05 - CONTINUED 05 52 16 Aluminum Guardrails Railings 05 53 00 Metal Gratings DIVISION 06 06 10 00 Rough Carpentry 06 16 00 Sheathing 06 41 00 Architectural Wood Casework 06 70 00 Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic Products & Fabrications 06 74 13 Fiberglass Weirs and Baffles 06 82 00 Glass -Fiber -Reinforced Plastic DIVISION 07 07 13 53 Elastomeric Sheet Waterproofing 07 21 01 Thermal Insulation 07 26 16 Belowgrade Vapor Retarders 0727 26 Fluid Applied Membrane Air Barriers 07 40 00 Roofing and Siding Panels 07 42 13.23 Metal Composite Material Wall Panels 07 62 00 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim 07 70 01 Roof Specialties and Accessories 07 84 00 Firestopping 07 92 00 Joint Sealants 07 95 13 Expansion Joint Cover Assemblies DIVISION 08 08 11 16 Aluminum Flush Doors 08 12 16 Interior Aluminum Frames and Doors 08 16 13 Fiberglass Doors 08 31 23 Floor Doors 08 33 23 Overhead Coiling Doors 08 4113 Aluminum -Framed Entrances and Storefronts 08 44 13 Glazed Aluminum Curtain Walls 08 71 00 Door Hardware 08 80 00 Glazing 08 90 00 Louvers and Vents TABLE OF CONTENTS July 30, 2026 000110-4 © COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER TABLE OF CONTENTS REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS CITY OF FORT WORTH MARY'S CREEK WATER RECLAMATION FACILITY DIVISION 09 09 22 16 Nonstructural Metal Framing 09 29 00 Gypsum Board 09 30 00 Tiling 09 5113 Acoustical Panel Ceilings 09 65 00 Resilient Flooring 09 67 00 Fluid -Applied Flooring 09 77 01 Fiberglas Reinforced Plastic Panel Walls 09 80 00 Acoustic Wall Panel System 09 90 00 Painting and Coating 09 90 01 Paint System Data Sheet (PSDS) 09 90 02 Paint Product Data Sheet (PDS) 09 96 35 Chemical -Resistant Coatings DIVISION 10 10 14 00 Signage 10 21 00 Toilet Compartments 10 28 00 Toilet and Bath Accessories 10 44 00 Fire Projection and Safety Equipment 10 51 00 Lockers 10 73 00 Metal Awnings and Canopies 10 8113 Architectural Bird Control 10 90 00 Identification, Stenciling, and Tagging DIVISION 11 11 31 00 11 53 13 Appliances Laboratory Fume Hoods Related Products and DIVISION 12 12 35 53.13 Metal Laboratory Casework 12 48 16 Entrance Floor Grilles DIVISION 13 13 21 50 Laboratory Environmental Controlled Chambers and Rooms 13 34 19 Metal Building Systems 13 34 23 Prefabricated Fiberglass Shelters 13 34 23.33 Precast Concrete Buildings July 30, 2026 TABLE OF CONTENTS COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER 000110-5 TABLE OF CONTENTS REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS CITY OF FORT WORTH MARY'S CREEK WATER RECLAMATION FACILITY DIVISION 21 2113 13 Wet -Pipe Sprinkler Systems DIVISION 22 22 07 00 Plumbing Piping Insulation 22 10 01 Plumbing Piping and Accessories 22 10 01.02 Polyvinyl Chloride Drain Waste and Vent Pipe and Fittings 22 10 01.03 Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings 22 10 01.04 Acid -Resistant Cast Iron Pipe and Fittings 22 10 01.06 Acid -Resistant Polypropylene Waste and Vent Pipe Fittings 22 10 01.08 High -Density Polyethylene Pipe and Fittings 22 10 01.12 Polyethylene Pipe and Fittings for Gas 22 14 29 Submersible Sump Pump 22 30 00 Plumbing Equipment 22 40 00 Plumbing Fixtures Volume 6 DIVISION 23 23 05 14 HVAC Adjustable Frequency Drives 23 05 48 Vibration Isolation and Seismic Control For HVAC Piping And Equipment 23 05 93 Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC 23 07 00 HVAC Insulation 23 09 00 Instrumentation and Control Devices for HVAC 23 09 13 HVAC Controls, Field Components, and Instruments 23 09 23 Direct -Digital Control System for HVAC 23 23 00 Refrigerant Piping 23 3113 Metal Ducts and Accessories 23 3116.16 Thermoset Fiberglass -Reinforced Plastic Ducts and Accessories 23 34 00 HVAC Fans 23 36 00 Air Terminal Units 23 37 00 Air Outlets and Inlets 23 77 00 Air Handling Units 23 81 00 Unitary Air -Conditioning Equipment 23 82 00 Terminal Heating and Cooling Units DIVISION 26 26 00 00 Electrical General Provisions 26 05 00 Common Work Results for Electrical 26 05 13 MV Cables 26 05 19 LV Wires and Cables TABLE OF CONTENTS July 30, 2026 000110-6 © COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER TABLE OF CONTENTS REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS CITY OF FORT WORTH MARY'S CREEK WATER RECLAMATION FACILITY DIVISION 26 - CONTINUED 26 05 26 Grounding and Bonding System 26 05 29 Electrical Support Hardware 26 05 33 Raceways, Boxes, Enclosures, and Fittings 26 05 36 Cable Trays 26 05 43 Underground System 26 05 73 Power System Study 26 12 19 Pad Mounted Transformers 26 13 13 Medium Voltage Metal Clad Switchgear 26 20 00 Low -Voltage AC Induction Motors 26 22 13 Distribution Dry -Type Transformers 26 24 13 LV Distribution Switchboards 26 24 16 Panelboards 26 24 19 LV Motor Control Centers 26 25 02 MV Metal -Enclosed Bus Duct 26 27 13 Power Metering and Protective Relays 26 27 26 Light Switches and Receptacles 26 28 16 LV Enclosed Circuit Breakers and Safety Switches Vnlnmo 7 DIVISION 26 - CONTINUED 26 29 23 Low Voltage Variable Frequency Drives 26 29 86 Mechanical Equipment Control Panels 26 29 87 Electrical Control Panels 26 32 13 Engine Generator Set 26 33 00 Station Battery System 26 33 54 3 -Phase Uninterruptible Power Supply 26 36 23 LV Enclosed Automatic Transfer Switches 26 41 00 Lightning Protection System 26 43 13 LV AC Surge Protective Devices 26 50 00 Lighting System DIVISION 28 28 00 05 Electronic Security System 28 31 00 Fire Detection and Alarm July 30, 2026 TABLE OF CONTENTS COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER 000110-7 TABLE OF CONTENTS REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS CITY OF FORT WORTH MARY'S CREEK WATER RECLAMATION FACILITY DIVISION 31 31 10 00 Site Clearing 31 23 13 Subgrade Preparation 31 23 16 Excavation 31 23 19.01 Dewatering 31 23 23 Fill and Backfill 31 23 23.1 Borrow 31 23 23.15 Trench Backfill 31 25 00 Erosion and Sediment Control 31 3700 Riprap 31 41 00 Shoring DIVISION 32 32 13 13 Concrete Paving 32 13 20 Concrete Sidewalks, Driveways, and Barrier Free Ramps 32 13 73 Concrete Paving Joint Sealants 32 17 23 Pavement markings 32 31 00 Fences and Gates 32 84 00 Landscape Irrigation System 32 92 00 Turf and Grasses 32 93 00 Landscaping DIVISION 33 33 0110.58 Disinfection Potable Water Piping and Tanks 33 05 13 Manholes 33 05 39.41 Reinforced Concrete Pipe 33 16 13.15 Prestressed Concrete Tank with Steel Diaphragm 33 21 00 Non -Chlorinated, Non -Potable Water System 33 32 26 Ejector Pumps 33 4110 Reinforced Concrete Storm Drain Pipe Culverts 33 49 10 Storm Drain Manholes and Junction Boxes 33 49 20 Curb and Drop Inlets DIVISION 35 35 20 16.25 Fabricated Slide Gates and Stop Logs TABLE OF CONTENTS July 30, 2026 00 01 10 - 8 © COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER TABLE OF CONTENTS REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS CITY OF FORT WORTH MARY'S CREEK WATER RECLAMATION FACILITY Volume 8 DIVISION 40 40 01 05 Field Testing of Piping Systems 40 05 05 Piping System, Basic Materials and Methods 40 05 15 Piping Support Systems 40 05 19 Ductile Iron Pipe 40 05 23 Stainless Steel Process Pipe and Tubing 40 05 24 Steel Pipe 40 05 31.11 Piping System, Chemical Feed 40 05 31.13 Polyvinyl Chloride and Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride Process Pipe 40 05 33 High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Process Pipe 40 05 36 Piping System, Fiberglass Pressure Pipe 40 05 36.13 Foul Air Fiberglass Ductwork 40 05 64.43 Fiberglass Dampers 40 05 74.13 Diaphragm Valves for Aeration Control 40 27 02 Process Valves and Operators 40 41 00 Electrical Heat Tracing 40 42 13 Process Piping Insulation 40 46 16 Protective Liquid Linings and Coatings for Substrates Exposed to Corrosive Wastewater Environment 40 47 00 Dumpster Conveyor System 40 61 00 Process Control Systems General Provisions 40 61 21 Process Control System — Testing 40 61 21A Instrument Calibration Certificate 40 61 21B Unwitnessed Factory Test Forms 40 61 21C Witnessed Factory Test Forms 40 61 21D Operational Readiness Test Forms 40 61 21E Functional Demonstration Test Forms 40 61 21F Site Acceptance Test Forms 40 61 26 Process Control Systems — Training 40 61 93 Process Control Systems Input Output List 40 61 96 Control Descriptions 40 62 00 Computer Hardware and Software 40 63 00 PLC Hardware and Software July 30, 2026 TABLE OF CONTENTS COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER 000110-9 TABLE OF CONTENTS REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS CITY OF FORT WORTH MARY'S CREEK WATER RECLAMATION FACILITY Volume 9 DIVISION 40 - CONTINUED 40 66 00 Network Equipment 40 66 33 Fiber -Optic Communication Cabling and Connectors 40 6643 Radio Equipment and Systems 40 66 66 Communication Towers 40 67 00 Control Panels and Components 40 67 63 Uninterruptible Power Supplies 40 68 00 Applications Engineering Services 40 71 00 Flow Instruments 40 72 00 Level Instruments 40 73 00 Pressure Instruments 40 74 00 Temperature Instruments 40 75 00 Liquid Analytical Instruments 40 75 00.01 Bioreactor Instrumentation System 40 76 00 Gas Analytical Instruments Volume 10 DIVISION 41 41 22 13.13 Overhead Cranes 41 22 23.16 Portable Davit Crane and Winch 41 22 23.19 Monorail Hoists DIVISION 43 43 11 12 Blower High -Speed Turbo 43 11 19 Foul Air Fans 43 21 39 Pumps, Dry -Pit Submersible Centrifugal 43 22 10 Common Requirements for Pumps 43 22 56.01 Submersible Mixers 43 32 69 Chemical Feed Systems 43 40 01 Polyethylene Storage Tank DIVISION 44 44 3111 Biological Tower Type Odor Control System 44 3116 Carbon Adsorber Odor Control System 44 31 83 Foul Air Collection System Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing 44 42 19.04 Rotary Positive Displacement Blower 4442 25.02 Aluminum Flat Panel Cover System 4442 56.03 Vertical Turbine Pumps TABLE OF CONTENTS July 30, 2026 00 01 10 - 10 © COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER TABLE OF CONTENTS REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS CITY OF FORT WORTH MARY'S CREEK WATER RECLAMATION FACILITY DIVISION 44 - CONTINUED 4442 56.04 Submersible Pumps 4442 56.13 Progressing Cavity Pumps 44 42 56.16 Peristaltic Hose Pump 4444 63.01 Polymer Feed System, Liquid 4445 16.02 Fine Bubble Air Diffuser System 44 46 13.02 Screw Conveyor System 4446 26.03 Rotary Drum Thickeners DIVISION 46 46 25 34 FOG and Scum Mixing Equipment 46 46 23 Tank Washdown and Booster Pump System 46 51 21 Aeration Systems, Coarse -Bubble Membrane Diffusers July 30, 2026 COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER TABLE OF CONTENTS 00 01 10- 11 TABLE OF CONTENTS REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS CITY OF FORT WORTH MARY'S CREEK WATER RECLAMATION FACILITY The following documents are for information: Volume 11 APPENDIX I — Selection of Membrane Equipment System Supplier for the Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility Appendix 1 1 P,-eselectio., Package 1 Proposal Documents Appendix I.2 Approved Veolia Submittal APPENDIX II — Selection of Preselection Package 2 for the Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility Appendix ff1 Preselection Package 2 Proposal Documents Appendix II.2 Vulcan — Coarse Screens Appendix II.3 Old Castle— Grit Removal Appendix II.4 Saveco — Fine Screens Volume 12 6 APPENDIX H — Continued Appendix II.5 Trojan — UV System Appendix II.6 Vaughan — Submersible Chopper Pump Appendix II.7 Vaughan — Submersible Chopper Pump Appendix II.8 GEA — Dewatering System APPENDIX III — Funding Requirements 00 75 43 Employment Requirements and Wage Rates DB-0 154 Davis Bacon Wage Rate Monthly Compliance — Owner DB-0 155 Davis Bacon Wage Rate Monthly Compliance TWDB-0100 Clean Water State Revolving Fund Loan Program TWDB-0551 Supplemental Construction Contract Conditions for Non -Equivalency Projects under the Clean Water State Revolving Fund Programs TWDB-1106A AIS Monthly Certificate of Compliance — Owner TWDB-1 106B AIS De Minimis Log TWDB-1106C AIS Final Certificate TWDB-1109A Project Signage WIFIA Funding Requirements APPENDIX IV — Geotechnical Report APPENDIX V — City Obtained Permits TABLE OF CONTENTS July 30, 2026 00 01 10 - 12 © COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER ATTACHMENT 4-8 CITY OF FORT WORTH MARY'S CREEK WATER RECLAMATION FACILITY APPENDIX II- SELECTION OF PRESELECTION PACKAGE 2 1. VULCAN - COARSE SCREENS 2. OLD CASTLE (HYDRO INTERNATIONAL) - GRIT REMOVAL 3. SAVECO - FINE SCREENS 4. TROJAN - UV DISINFECTION 5. VAUGHAN - EQUALIZATION BASIN MIXING SYSTEM 6. VAUGHAN - PEAK FLOW STORAGE BASIN MIXING SYSTEM 7. GEA - DEWATERING SYSTEM ATTACHMENT 4-8 CITY OF FORT WORTH MARY'S CREEK WATER RECLAMATION FACILITY PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK ATTACHMENT 4-8 CITY OF FORT WORTH MARY'S CREEK WATER RECLAMATION FACILITY TROJAN TECHNOLOGIES UV SYSTEM PACKAGE Refer to City Secretary's website for fully executed contract documents with Trojan Technologies ATTACHMENT 4-8 CITY OF FORT WORTH MARY'S CREEK WATER RECLAMATION FACILITY PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK ATTACHMENT 4-8 TROJAN UV" WATER CONFIDENCE'" May 06, 2026 RE: Submittals for Mary's Creek, TX UV Equipment To Whom It May Concern, Enclosed please find one (1) electronic copy of the submittal package for Mary's Creek, TX UV Equipment. We ask that you review the documentation carefully to ensure that it is appropriate and accurate. Please see below a list of clarifications / exceptions & deviations to the specifications & drawings. 1) System Control Center (SCC) Location: Please confirm if the SCC will be located indoors. As per Addendum 2, Q2-8 & R2-8 it is noted that "Confirmed that SCC is to be painted steel Type 12." Please confirm SCC location. 2) Ultrasonic Level Sensor Locations: Please confirm that the intent of Section 46 66 56, Part 2.09, Level Element & Transmitter, Radar is to measure the water level at the most upstream point. This has been considered as a 4-20mA analog input. See comment #22 for model submitted. 3) Section 40 67 00, Part 2.04.E.5: All panels from Trojan are marked as 316SS. Trojan does not offer painting for panels constructed with stainless steel. 4) Section 40 67 00, Part 2.06.A.1: Trojan factory uses both MTW & TEW wire based on size, colour and availability. Cannot guarantee exclusive use of MTW throughout any panel. 5) Section 40 67 00, Part 2.06.A.2: Some components within SCC will not accept the specified wire sizes when a termination ferrule is crimped on the wire. Trojan will follow the specified minimums wherever possible. 6) Section 40 67 00, Part 2.06.4.a & b: Trojan PDC & HSC are standard designs the utilize multilevel terminals. Due to space constraints, exclusive use of single level terminals is not possible. Single level terminals have been providing within the SCC only. 7) Section 40 67 00, Part 2.06.A.15: Trojan will provide a duplex GFCI receptacle within SCC. However, receptacle will be DIN rail mounted. 8) Section 40 67 00, Part 2.06.A.20: SCC main breaker is sized for 25 amps. 9) Section 40 67 00, Part 2.08.G: Drawing pocket cannot be installed within PDC & HSC. 10) Section 40 67 00, Part 2.08.J.1: All panels constructed by Trojan use push -in style terminals as a factory standard and cannot be changed due to limitations of fixed product designs and manufacturing methods. 11) Section 40 67 63, Part 2.02: For systems that require a maintenance bypass switch, Trojan would provide a 120VAC UPS. No known 24VDC maintenance bypass switch available. Trojan's factory standard 120V UPS is EATON 9SX which is what has been provided. TROJAN TECHNOLOGIES 3020 GORE ROAD. LONDON, ONTARIO, CANADA N5V 4T7 T 519.457.3400 F 519.457.3030 WWW.TROJANUV.COM ATTACHMENT 4-8 TROJAN UV" WATER CONFIDENCE'" 12) Section 46 66 56, Part 1.03.B.5: Trojan does not perform or provide detailed efficiency calculations for panels. A copy of a sample power & harmonic report has been included within the submittal. 13) Section 46 66 56, Part 1.05.C: Room scaled climate control and HVAC is not the responsibility of Trojan. PDC & HSC enclosures have been designed to be Type 4X while the SCC has been designed to be Type 12. 14) Section 46 66 56, Part 1.07.D: Ballasts are warranted for 10 years, prorated after 1 year. 15) Section 46 66 56, Part 1.07.E: UV Intensity sensors are warranted for 5 years, prorated after 1 year. 16) Section 46 66 56, Part 1.11: Trojan uses 1 ballast for 2 lamps. Total of 84 lamps meaning a total of 42 ballasts. 17) Section 46 66 56, Part 2.03.F.2: Trojan's lamp array is considered staggered. Rows are evenly spaced however at a 45 -degree incline, not vertical. 18) Section 46 66 56, Part 2.03.1: TrojanUVSigna 2 Row has lamp plugs and sleeve bushings, not lamp end seals and lamp holders. 19) Section 46 66 56, Part 2.03.J & 2.13 D.2.e: TrojanUVSigna 2 Row does not have modules. 20) Section 46 66 56, Part 2.04.E: Please confirm if Trojan needs to meet the requirement of all welds being passivated. Trojan initially called out exception to this within our proposal prior to be awarded the project. Please confirm. 21) Section 46 66 56, Part 2.07: Trojan flow conditioners will be fabricated to be 50% porosity. 22) Section 46 66 56, Part 2.09: Trojan has submitted with the Sitrans LT500 and Echomax XPS-10 ultrasonic kit. 23) Section 46 66 56, Part 2.13.B.1: Trojan does not provide NEMA rated enclosures. Current configuration is UL Type 4X. 24) Section 46 66 56, Part 2.13.B.11: Rockwell development software must be purchased and licensed by the end user. 25) Section 46 66 56, Part 2.13.C.5.b.2: Trojan will use our standard time delay which is settable up to 99 minutes. 26) Section 46 66 56, Part 2.13.C.5.b.2: Trojan systems are based on Dose Pacing to meet target with a minimum number of banks at the minimum power levels required, therefore physical flow set points to call banks within channels as well as calling additional channels are not used as we also need to account for UVT which may cause an underdosing condition if we relied on flow setpoints only. 27) Section 46 66 56, Part 2.13.C.5.b.4: Trojan systems are based on Dose Pacing to meet target with a minimum number of banks at the minimum power levels required, therefore physical flow TROJAN TECHNOLOGIES 3020 GORE ROAD. LONDON, ONTARIO, CANADA N5V 4T7 T 519.457.3400 F 519.457.3030 WWW.TROJANUV.COM ATTACHMENT 4-8 TROJAN UV" WATER CONFIDENCE'" set points to call banks within channels as well as calling additional channels are not used as we also need to account for UVT which may cause an underdosing condition if we relied on flow setpoints only. 28) Section 46 66 56, Part 2.13.C.5.b.8: On loss of flow signal the system will use the configured default flow, which is typically set at Max Flow. This is Trojan standard. 29) Section 46 66 56, Part 2.13.C.5.b.10: Bank/Lamp hour displays are shown to the hour as this information is generated and retrieved from the BCBs. 30) Section 46 66 56, Part 2.13.C.5.c.2: This would require custom programming to keep the channel closed for the entire warmup; the minimum warm up time for Signa is 4minutes at 30% + an additional minimum 9min at 100%. Please provide direction. 31) Section 46 66 56, Part 2.13.D: The standard controls on Trojan inlet gate are monitored and controlled using discrete I/O. 32) Section 46 66 56, Part 2.13.D: HVAC System COMMON Alarm 1 Discrete & Safety Shower IN USE Alarm 1 Discrete would require custom discrete inputs to monitor these devices. Please provide direction on this requirement. 33) Section 46 66 56, Part 2.13.D.2.a: TrojanUVSigna does not have Low UV Intensity alarms; instead there is a UVI Lower than expected. 34) Section 46 66 56, Part 2.13.D.2.g: Trojan standard alarms are Not Enough Healthy Banks or Not Enough Healthy Channels, in additional to all the standard device specific alarms as detailed in the controls philosophy. 35) Section 46 66 56, Part 2.13.D.3.c: TrojanUVSigna does not provide adjacent lamp failures due to the vertically inclined and offset arrangement of the lamps. 36) Section 46 66 56, Part 2.13.D.4: If High level alarms are generated by the discrete probes the alarm timers used are the major alarm setting for High Level (typically 45 to 60 seconds), and the low level warning settable from 1 - 5 minutes. 37) Section 46 66 56, Part 2.14.D.1: Please confirm location of PDC enclosures and if they are to be located within the Climate Control Buildings shown on Drawing M -800A. Trojan's current PDC design is based around the PDCs being outdoors under a canopy. 38) Section 46 66 56, Part 2.14.D.5: Trojan provides lamp cables, UVI sensor cables and proximity sensor cables. All other data and interconnecting cables are the responsibility of the contractor. 39) Section 46 66 56, Part 3.07.D.1.d: Trojan does not have lamp output issues and testing in the Field is not possible. 40) Section 46 66 56, Part 3.07.D.6.a: Trojan does not have lamp output degradation. Trojan offers warranty and guarantee UV disinfection for life. It is also best practise to handle the lamp as little as possible. With all the handling and shipping to complete this test can put lamps at risk. TROJAN TECHNOLOGIES 3020 GORE ROAD. LONDON, ONTARIO, CANADA N5V 4T7 T 519.457.3400 F 519.457.3030 WWW.TROJANUV.COM ATTACHMENT 4-8 TROJAN UV" WATER CONFIDENCE'" 41) Drawing M-800: Service troughing design to be as per Trojan layout drawings to ensure cable management works as intended / designed for the TrojanUVSigna. 42) Drawing M-801: Minimum fixed weir crest height and water level upstream of fixed weir to be 771.29' not 771.25'. Trojan currently has scheduled a tentative delivery date of September 20, 2027. Please note that the lead time for the equipment is approximately 24 - 26 weeks. To meet this date, submittal approval would need to be provided prior to March 22, 2027. Please inform Trojan as soon as possible should the delivery date need to be adjusted. I look forward to working together on this project. If you should have any questions or concerns at this time, please do not hesitate to contact me. Best regards, TROJAN TECHNOLOGIES Ryan Miltenburg Project Manager E-mail: rmiltenburg�a tro'antechnologies.com Phone: (226) 641-0039 TROJAN TECHNOLOGIES 3020 GORE ROAD. LONDON, ONTARIO, CANADA N5V 4T7 T 519.457.3400 F 519.457.3030 WWW.TROJANUV.COM ATTACHMENT 4-8 PROJECT DESCRIPTION & SYSTEM DESCRIPTION SECTION CONTENTS Project Description System Description TROJAN UV' /Water Confidence -t Project & System Description TROJAN UV - ATTACHMENT 4-8 / Water Confidencemt Project & System Description TROJANUV ATTACHMENT 4-8 Project & System Description Project Description Project Name Mary's Creek WWTP, TX Trojan Project Number 171100216 Specification Section 46 66 56 Peak Flow 20 MGD Average Flow 10 MGD Minimum Flow 3 MGD Future Peak Flow 30 MGD Total Suspended Solids <5 mg/L Based on a 7 Day Average & 5 mg/L Based on a 30 Day Average Percent Transmittance 65 % Minimum at 253.7nm Disinfection Standards < 126 E-Coli / 100mL Based on a 30 Day Geometric Mean < 99 E-Coli / 100mL Based on a Daily Maximum Project & System Description / Water Confidencer"' Project & System Description TROJAN UV - ATTACHMENT 4-8 / Water Confidencemt Project & System Description TROJAN UVmm ATTACHMENT 4-8 Project & System Description System Description System Control Center ( SCC ) PLC Controller: Operator Interface: Lan Protocol: Panel Enclosure Material: Enclosure Rating: Panel Mounting: Refer to SCC Drawings for Electrical and Con Quantity: 1 Weight: 7001bs / 320kg Schneider Electric - Modicon M580 - BME P584040 Schneider Electric - Harmony 12" W eXtreme display full coated - HMIDT65XFH Schneider Electric - eXtreme base unit - HMIG3XFH Modbus TCP/IP 316SST Type 12 Floor iponent Details Power Distribution Center ( PDC ) Quantity: 3 Weight: 10001bs/454kgs Power Distribution Center Material: 316SST Enclosure Rating: Type 4X Refer to PDC Drawings for Electrical and Component Details Hydraulic System Center ( HSC ) Hydraulic Fluid: Enclosure Material: Enclosure Rating: Enclosure Mounting: Refer to HSC Drawings for Electrical and Cor Quantity: 3 Weight: 3501bs / 159kgs Mobil DTE 10 Excel 15 316SST Type 4X Floor 7ponent Details TrojanUVSignaTM Bank Quantity: 6 Weight: 4901bs / 223kgs Number of UV Lamps per Bank: 14 ActiCleanTM Cleaning System (ACS): Included UV Bank Material: 316 SST, Quartz, Teflon'" Rating: Type 6P Cable Management: Spiral Wrap Lamp Cables: Integrated Plug & **98 (30m) Cable included (One (1) per lamp) **Refer to Project Layout Drawings for allowable routing distance. TrojanUVSignaT"" Bank Frame Quantity: 3 Weight: 2101bs / 95kgs Number of UV Banks to Support: Up to Two (2) UV Banks Bank Frame Material: 316SST Bank Frame Hardware: Eighteen (18) Wedge Anchors Included per Frame, 3/8" dia. x 3.75" long Project & System Description / Water Confidence""' Project & System Description UV Intensity Sensor Number Required per UV Bank: One (1) Interconnection Cable: Sensor to PDC UV Intensity Reference Sensor Case: Foam Filled Airtight Case Bank in Place Proximity Sensor Number Required per UV Bank: Interconnection Cable: Electrode Level Sensor Water Level Detection: Number per UV Channel: Electrical Requirements: Electrode Level Sensor High Water Level Detection: Number per UV Channel: Requirements: Quantity: 6 Quantity: 5 Quantity: 6 TROJAN UV - ATTACHMENT 4-8 Weight: ---- Weight: Weight: One (1) Sensor to PDC Quantity: 3 Weight: Low One (1) 24 VDC - 2 Conductor Quantity: 3 Weight: High One (1) 24 VDC - 2 Conductor Level Control Panel (LCP) Number per UV Channel: One (1) Enclosure Material: 316SST Enclosure Rating: Type 4X Enclosure Mounting: Wall Refer to LCP Drawings for Electrical and Component Details Level Control Fixed Weir Level Controller Material: 316SST Refer to Project Layout Drawings & Water Level Control Device Manual Flow Conditioner Plate & Frame Flow Conditioner Plate Material: 316SST Quantity: 3 Quantity: 3 Quantity: 3 Weight: 501bs / 23kgs Weight: ---- Weight: 3641bs / 165kg / Water Confidencemt Project & System Description TROJAN UV' ATTACHMENT 4-8 Project & System Description Hach On -Line UVT Monitor & Sensor Quantity: 1 Weight: ---- Controller Type: Hach sc4500 Controller Mounting: Wall Sensor Type: Hach UVAS sc Sensor Mounting: Pole & Mounting Bracket Interconnection Cable: 32.8' (10m) Cable (Controller to Sensor) Refer to Project Layout Drawings & Manufacturer Information Ultrasonic Level Sensor Quantity: 3 Weight: ---- Monitor Type: Sitrans LT500 MultiRanger Transducer Type: Echomax XPS-10 Transducer Mounting: Wall Mounting Bracket Interconnection Cable: 98' (30m) Cable (Monitor to Transducer) Refer to Project Layout Drawings & Manufacturer Information UV Photometer (Portable) Quantity: 1 Weight: ---- Model: ABB UViTechTM UV254 P200 Refer to Manufacturer Information Hose Kits Quantity: 6 Weight: ---- Hose Lengths: ** 50' (15.2m) Hydraulic Fitting Material: 316SST **Refer to Project Layout Drawings for allowable routing distance. Operator Kit Quantity: 3 Weight: ---- Start-Up Provisions are Provided in Addition to the Operator Kit Quantities ActiCleanTM Drill Kit Quantity: 1 Weight: ---- Warning Sign Quantity: 2 Weight: ---- Project & System Description / Water Confidence""' Project & System Description TROJAN UV - ATTACHMENT 4-8 Spare Lamp Sleeve Spare Lamp Spare Lamp Driver Spare Lamp Cable Spare Acticlean 4 x 4L (Case) Spare Face Shield Spare Wiper Seal Kit Assembly (2 seals, springs, cage, spacers) Spare BCB Board Spare SCC Air Conditioner as per Section 46 66 56, Part 1.08.A Spare Relays, Circuit Breakers, DC Power Supplies & Selector Switch as per Section 40 67 00, Part 2.10.B PLC Spares as per Section 40 63 00, Part 1.09.D Quantity: 14 Quantity: 14 Quantity: 7 Quantity: 4 Quantity: 1 Quantity: 1 Quantity: 8 Quantity: 1 Quantity: 1 Quantity: 1 Set Quantity: 1 Set / Water Confidencemt Project & System Description ATTACHMENT 4-8 LAYOUT DRAWINGS SECTION CONTENTS General Arrangement Drawings DR171100216S - Rev. A Process & Instrumentation (P&ID) Drawings DR171100216P - Rev. A TROJAN UV- /Water Confidences Layout Drawings TROJAN UV ATTACHMENT 4-8 / Water Confidencemt Layout Drawings TROJAN UVmm ATTACHMENT 4-8 Layout Drawings General Arrangement Drawings Layout Drawings / Water Confidencemi Layout Drawings TROJAN UV ATTACHMENT 4-8 / Water Confidencemt Layout Drawings CONCRETE PAD SIZE AND LOCATION TO BE DETERMINED (BY OTHERS) (TYP) X3X333 3 3 7 19 0 2 SERVICE TROUGH 3' MIN (BY OTHERS) 2 11 13 14 CLEARANCE (T'P) REQUIRED (TYP) yPDC 1 3' MIN. I CLEARANCEI REQUIRED I SCC HSC \ 1 LOCATION AND SIZE 2'-3" x 1'-10" _ TO BE DETERMINED FOOTPRINT REQUIRED J '(� FOUR (4) 1/20 `� g_4 " ANCHORS REQUIRED (TYP) (NP) 8 I• _ _ �nZ � 111 BANK: FUTURE 1CT T1B T1A STAGING AREA (BY OTHERS) (TYP) S 1 Sot o a I•� `_` 111 BANK: FUTURE 2CT T2B T2A LOW LEVEL SENSOR (Ti?) REMOVABLE GRATING i G sas u 111 " (BY OTHERS) (TYP) 7 LEVEL CONTROL WEIR OVERALL LENGTH OF 476.8" REQUIRED (Ti?) PLAN VIEW SCALE: AS SHOWN NOTE: INTERCONNECTS SHOWN FOR ONE (1) CHANNEL ARE TYPICAL OF ALL. NOTES: DO NOT SLOPE CHANNEL FLOOR. CHANNEL WIDTH & DEPTH MUST BE KEPT WITHIN A TOLERANCE OF + OR - Y" AGAINST A COMMON DATUM ELEVATION. ANCHOR BOLTS ARE NOT SUPPLIED BY TROJAN TECHNOLOGIES. SYSTEM CONDUIT, WIRING, DISTRIBUTION PANELS & INTERCONNECTIONS BY OTHERS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS SHOWN ARE TO SUPPLY TROJAN UV EQUIPMENT ONLY. REMOVABLE GRATING SECTIONS SHALL BE EASILY REMOVED BY ONE PERSON. MAXIMUM WEIGHT OF THE SECTIONS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS OF THE APPLICABLE JURISDICTION. CONTRACTOR TO REVIEW ALL TROJAN TECHNOLOGIES INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS PRIOR TO EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION. EFFLUENT LEVELS SHOWN REFLECT HYDRAULICS ASSOCIATED WITH TROJAN EQUIPMENT ONLY. EFFLUENT LEVELS MAY BE ALTERED DUE TO CHANNEL DEBRIS OR GEOMETRY. ANY UPSTREAM AND DOWNSTREAM WL ELEVATIONS BEYOND THOSE SHOWN WITHIN THIS LAYOUT DRAWING ARE OUTSIDE OF THE SCOPE OF TROJAN TECHNOLOGIES AND ARE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONSULTING ENGINEER. HYDRAULIC HOSE ELEVATIONS NOT TO EXCEED 12" ABOVE HSC MOUNTING ELEVATION. INCLUDED CABLE LENGTH ALLOWS FOR 43.5' ROUTING (RISE + RUN) BETWEEN CABLE/HOSE MANAGEMENT BRACKET AND UNDERSIDE OF PDC. (37.5' ROUTING ASSUMED BASED ON THIS LAYOUT.) INCLUDED HOSE LENGTH ALLOWS FOR 25.0' ROUTING (RISE + RUN) BETWEEN CABLE/HOSE MANAGEMENT BRACKET AND HOSE CONNECTION ON THE HSC. (16.5' ROUTING ASSUMED BASED ON THIS LAYOUT.) SITE TO PROVIDE APPROVED (ENGINEERED) ANCHOR POINTS FOR PERSONNEL TO USE AS PART OF THEIR FALL RESTRAINT SYSTEM AROUND OPEN CHANNELS. THE ANCHOR POINTS MUST BE POSITIONED SO THAT THE PREFERRED RETRACTABLE LIFELINE OF 8 FEET IS OF SUFFICIENT LENGTH TO ACCESS THE WORK AT THE CHANNEL. •• SOLID GRATING REQUIRED TO BLOCK ULTRAVIOLET (UV) LIGHT. DEVIATION: OO WEIR CREST ELEVATION IS 771.29' NOT 771.25' AS PER CONTRACT DRAWING M-801. O MINIMUM REGULATED WATER LEVEL IS 771.29' NOT 771.25' AS PER CONTRACT DRAWING M-801. BANK: FUTURE 3CT T3B T3A CABLE MANAGEMENT BRACKET (TYP ALL BANKS) POWER DISTRIBUTION CENTER (PDC) (TYP) HSC 2- II LCP 2T II II HSC 3- LCP 4, 3' (TYI /L 50% POROSITY FLOW CONDITIONER PLATE (TYP) HIGH LEVEL SENSOR (TYP) LEVEL SENSING TRANSDUCER (TYP) 3' MIN CLEARANCE REQUIRED �\ (TYP) 1 lull 3' MIN CLEARANCE____________ REQUIRED (TYP) 1 LOCAL DISCONNECTING 5 7 9 MEANS AND OVERCURRENT 4 6 7 6x 28 PROTECTION DEVICE (BY OTHERS) TYP OF 2 OUT TYP OF 2 IN TYP OF 2 CURRENT PDC INTERCONNECT DETAIL SCALE:NOT TO SCALE NOTE: TYPICAL OF EACH CURRENT PDC. wo Zzw� 3 ou�cyt LOCAL DISCONNECTING MEANS �� J AND OVERCURRENT PROTECTION DEVICE (BY OTHERS) HSC INTERCONNECT DETAIL SCALE: NOT TO SCALE NOTE: TYPICAL OF EACH HSC ON-LINE UV TRANSMITTANCE CONTROLLER LOCATION TO I--, BE DETERMINED ON-LINE UV TRANSMITTANCE SENSOR LOCATION TO BE DETERMINED O LEVEL SENSOR MONITOR LOCATION TO BE DETERMINED (TYP) r I /\ \ / LEVEL CONTROL J PANEL (LCP) LOCATION TO BE DETERMINED (TYP) CABLE TRAY (BY OTHERS) (NP) AUTOMATIC SLIDE GATE (BY OTHERS) (TYP) % UV BAN K INTERCONNECT DETAIL SCALE: NOT TO SCALE NOTE: TYPICAL FOR ALL UV BANKS. TROUGH NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY 3' MIN CLEARANCE - REQUIRED (TYP) 1 \ ullu 3' MIN CLEARANCE___________I REQUIRED (TYP) 1 � LOCAL DISCONNECTING 5 7 96 MEANS AND OVERCURRENT 4 6 7 12x42 PROTECTION DEVICE (BY OTHERS) TYP OF 3 OUT TYP OF 3 IN TYP OF 3 FUTURE PDC INTERCONNECT DETAIL SCALE: NOT TO SCALE NOTE: TYPICAL OF EACH FUTURE PDC. (2 DUTY CHANNELS / 1 REDUNDANT CHANNEL) PEAK 20 MGD (CURRENT) FLOW 30 MGD(FUTURE) DESIGN U.V TRANSMITTANCE 65 AT 253.7 nm CRITERIA SUSPENDED 15 mg / L 30 DAY AVERAGE) SOLIDS 25 mg L 7 DAY AVERAGE) DISINFECTION 126 E.COLI / 100mL 30 DAY GEO I STANDARD 399 E.COLI 100mL(DAILY MAX) TROJAN UVSIGNATM EQUIPMENT INTERCONNECTIONS No. DESCRIPTION FROM TO 1 CURRENT POWER DISTRIBUTION CENTER (PDC) DISTRIBUTION PANEL PDCs POWER SUPPLY (DP) (BY OTHERS) (TOP OF PANEL) 480Y/277V, 3 PHASE, 4 WIRE + GROUND, 60 Hz (NOT SHOWN) 41 AMPS MAXIMUM CURRENT/PHASE 31.7 kVA/PDC POWER DRAW FUTURE POWER DISTRIBUTION CENTER (PDC)' DISTRIBUTION PANEL PDCs POWER SUPPLY (DP) (BY OTHERS) (TOP OF PANEL) 480Y/277V, 3 PHASE, 4 WIRE + GROUND, 60 Hz (NOT SHOWN) 57 AMPS MAXIMUM CURRENT/PHASE 46.9 kVA/PDC POWER DRAW 2 SYSTEM CONTROL CENTER (SCC) • DP (BY OTHERS) SCC POWER SUPPLY (NOT SHOWN) 120V, 1 PHASE, 2 WIRE + GROUND, 60 Hz 19 AMPS, 2.3 kVA 3 HYDRAULIC SYSTEM CENTER (HSC) • DP (BY OTHERS) HSCs POWER SUPPLY (NOT SHOWN) 480V, 3 PHASE, 3 WIRE + GROUND, 60 Hz 3 AMPS, 2.5 kVA 4 BONDING CONDUCTOR PDCs UV BANKS 8 AWG TYPE TWH STRANDED (UNDERSIDE OF PANEL) 5 UV INTENSITY UV BANKS PDCs 4-20MA ANALOG INPUT (SUPPLIED) (UNDERSIDE OF PANEL) 6 BANK IN PLACE PROXIMITY SENSOR PROXIMITY SENSORS PDCs 3 CONDUCTOR CABLES (SUPPLIED) (UNDERSIDE OF PANEL) 7 MODBUS SCC HSCs & PDCs BELDEN 3106A OR EQUIVALENT (UNDERSIDE OF PANEL) (ONE LINE PER CHANNEL) (DAISY CHAINED) 8 DISCRETE LOW LEVEL SIGNAL LOW LEVEL SENSORS LCPs 24 VDC — 2 CONDUCTORS 9 DISCRETE LOW WATER LEVEL SIGNAL LCPs PDCs 2 CONDUCTORS (UNDERSIDE OF PANEL) 10 LEVEL CONTROL PANEL (LCP)* DP (BY OTHERS) LCPs POWER SUPPLY (NOT SHOWN) 120V, 1 PHASE. 2 WIRE + GROUND, 60 Hz 0.12 kVA 11 FLOW METER FLOW METER PANEL SCC 4-20 mA, DC ANALOG INPUT (NOT SHOWN) (BY OTHERS) 12 LAMP CABLES (SUPPLIED) UV BANKS PDCs (UNDERSIDE OF PANEL) 13 ETHERNET/IP COMMUNICATION SCC PLANT SCADA (BY OTHERS) (NOT SHOWN) 14 ON—LINE UV TRANSMITTANCE ON—LINE UV SCC CONTROLLER SIGNAL TRANSMITTANCE 4-20 mA CONTROLLER 15 ON—LINE UV TRANSMITTANCE CONTROLLER* DP (NOT SHOWN) ON—LINE UV POWER SUPPLY (BY OTHERS) TRANSMITTANCE 120V, 1 PHASE, 2 WIRE + GROUND, 60 Hz CONTROLLER 0.2 kVA 16 ON-LINE UV TRANSMITTANCE SENSOR ON -LANE UV ON-LINE UV COMMUNICATION TRANSMITTANCE TRANSMITTANCE (SUPPLIED) SENSOR CONTROLLER 17 COMMUNICATION LINK LEVEL SENSING LEVEL SENSOR MONITORS (30' CABLE SUPPLIED) TRANSDUCERS 18 LEVEL SENSOR POWER SUPPLY + DP (BY OTHERS) LEVEL SENSOR MONITORS 120V, 1 PHASE. 2 WIRE+ GROUND, 60 Hz (NOT SHOWN) 36 VA 19 WATER LEVEL SENSING LEVEL SENSOR SCC 4-20 mA ANALOG SIGNAL MONITORS 20 DISCRETE GATE OPEN CONTROL INPUT SLIDE GATES SCC 2 CONDUCTORS (BY OTHERS) DISCRETE GATE CLOSED CONTROL INPUT SLIDE GATES SCC 2 CONDUCTORS (BY OTHERS) DISCRETE OPEN COMMAND OUTPUT SCC SLIDE GATES 2 CONDUCTORS (BY OTHERS) DISCRETE CLOSE COMMAND OUTPUT SCC SLIDE GATES 2 CONDUCTORS (BY OTHERS) DISCRETE GATE IN REMOTE MODE INPUT SLIDE GATES SCC 2 CONDUCTORS (BY OTHERS) 21 DISCRETE HIGH LEVEL SIGNAL HIGH LEVEL SENSORS LCPs 24 VDC — 2 CONDUCTORS 22 DISCRETE HIGH WATER LEVEL SIGNAL LCPs SCC 2 CONDUCTORS ' GROUND CONNECTION REQUIRED TO PLANT GRID (BY OTHERS) ATTACHMENT 4-8 �•'"ti• TROJANV_ " DESCRIPTION: LAYOUT, TROJANUVSIGNA MARY'S CREEK WWTP TX QUOTE NO. 242475 PROJECT NO. 1 71 1 0021 6 66 CONFIDENTIALITY NOTICE O2026 by Trojan Technologies. All rights reserved. of this document may be reproduced, stored in a system, or transmitted in any form, without the written permission of Trojan Technologies. DRAWN BY : MAN / TO DATE : 26AL14 CHECKED BY : JRN DATE : 26MA06 APPROVED BY : RLM DATE : 26MA12 DWG NO. S01 REV. A SCALE (11x17) : 1/8" _1-0" LOG NUMBER : N/A EL= EFFLUENT PIPE (BY OTHERS) FLOW E771.64 GD 30 MGD MAX WL.OA 771.04' 771.04 WLOB OO 4' 771.61' WLOC 771. 11 WLOD 8 772.02 REMOVABLE GRATING (BY OTHERS) (TYP) LEVEL CONTROL WEIR EL.= 774.00' A EL.= 771.29' O EL.= 768.79' EL.= 761.00' 2"— 7'-9" T-11" 5'-3 A SECTION S 1 SO2 SCALE: AS SHOWN NOTE: HSCs, PDCs, SCC, LCPs, LEVEL SENSOR MONITORS, AND ON-LINE UVT CONTROLLER NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY. 18'-4" CLEARANCE REQUIRED FOR LAMP REMOVAL AND SERVICING~~ 3 -11" 'I TROJANUVSIGNA"-7--- 7 14 LAMPS PER BANK 4'-2" WORKING / / / (TMP) HEIGHT FOR BANK IN // // // // CABLE AND az STAGING AREA RAISED POSITION / / / // / HYDRAULIC (BY OTHERS) (TYP) // / / // HOSE WHIP w�S2 c w // // // // Z AUTOMATIC o w FUTURE BANK / / / / / / SERVICE TROUGH SLIDE GATE , z — — 7/7 / (BY OTHERS) w (BY OTHERS) v w� w w •'SOLID REMOVABLE / // / / / /// / GRATING (BY OTHERS) / /// / CABLE TRAY w m i / // / / (BY OTHERS) LOW LEVEL SENSOR / /// / / /// / / C 0 00 kp m B _ C D B BANK FRAME a j �' HIGH LEVEL ^ o FUTURE SENSOR BANK FRAME 4'/45.0±O.2" (TYP) 50% POROSITY FLOW CONDITIONER �Qyy � ON-LINE UV TRANSMITTANCE / ELF= 766.00' PLATE SENSOR � • • t • LEVEL SENSING TRANSDUCER W/ TO CENTER 6'-8" TO BOTTOM CUSTOM BRACKET OF BANK SUPPORT- EDGE OF BANK (TYP) SUPPORT (TYP) INFLUENT PIPE (BY OTHERS) CONCRETE (BY OTHERS) (TYP) 8' TO TOP EDGE OF LOW LEVEL SENSOR LAST BANK FRAME ONE PROBE IS TO BE CUT AT APPROPRIATE LENGTH BY TROJAN TECHNICIAN ONLY CENTERLINE OF BOLT HOLES (63.5" FROM CHANNEL OF TOP MOUNTING BRACKET FLOOR) TO CHANNEL FLOOR IS 6'-1114" 3" RECOMMENDED MOUNTING BOLTS ARE 6" RECOMMENDED RECOMMENDED TO BE LOCATED ON THE CENTER OF THE SLOTS TO MAINTAIN ADJUSTABILITY. DETAIL A SCALE: NOT TO SCALE HIGH LEVEL SENSOR 4' TO START OF CHANNEL ONE PROBE IS TO BE CUT AT APPROPRIATE LENGTH BY TROJAN TECHNICIAN ONLY CENTERLINE OF BOLT HOLES (1" ABOVE UPSTREAM OF TOP MOUNTING BRACKET WATER LEVEL) TO CHANNEL FLOOR IS 7'-6" 3" RECOMMENDED MOUNTING BOLTS ARE 6" RECOMMENDED RECOMMENDED TO BE LOCATED ON THE CENTER OF THE SLOTS TO MAINTAIN ADJUSTABILITY. OPENING IN DETAIL B GRATING CUSTOM BRACKET SCALE:NOT TO SCALE TRANSDUCER 1 12BEAM ANGLE NOTCH IN CONCRETE CONCRETE PAD SIZE FOR GRATING TROJANUVSIGNAT" (TYP) AND LOCATION TO BE (BY OTHERS) (TYP) D E DETERMINED (BY OTHERS) D ETA I L C (NP) SCALE: NOT TO SCALE SERVICE TROUGH (BY OTHERS) STAGING AREA • (BY OTHERS) AREA FOR LAMP CABLES (NP) (0.375"0 EACH) (TOTAL OF 14 LAMP CABLES PER BANK) CONCRETE = 7 • (BY OTHERS) 2"X2" NOTCH (TYP) (1W)(MIN) IN GRATING 16"MINIMUM TROUGH WIDTH 18'-11}" ;. FOR 84 LAMP CABLES LAMP CABLE AND (EXCLUDING DIVIDER) HYDRAULIC HOSE (IF REQUIRED) (BY OTHERS) B S E C T I O N STAGING AREA FOR BANK TRANSLATION S 1 SO2 SCALE: AS SHOWN (11" NOTE: PDCs, HSCs, LCPs, HIGH LEVEL SENSORS, LEVEL SENSING TRANSDUCERS, (MIN) LEVEL SENSOR MONITORS, AND ON-LINE UVT SENSOR AND CONTROLLER. CABLE D ETA I L D TRAYS (BY OTHERS), AUTOMATIC SLIDE GATES (BY OTHERS), AND REMOVABLE SCALE:NOT TO SCALE GRATING (BY OTHERS) NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY. 8'-4" FROM CENTERLINE OF TOP MOUNTING BRACKET HOLES TO CHANNEL FLOOR 1'-6" MINIMUM FROM U/S OF TRANSDUCER TO WL=772.02' DETAIL E 2" X 2" NOTCH FOR GRATING 6" RECOMMENDED OR AS PER LOCAL CODE SCALE: NOT TO SCALE NOTE: REFER TO TROJAN TROUGH CABLE INSTALLATION GUIDELINE DC000601-017 OR LOCAL CODE IF MORE RESTRICTIVE. TROUGH WIDTHS BASED ON SOLID STYLE GRATING. NOTES: DO NOT SLOPE CHANNEL FLOOR. CHANNEL WIDTH & DEPTH MUST BE KEPT WITHIN A TOLERANCE OF + OR - AGAINST A COMMON DATUM ELEVATION. ANCHOR BOLTS ARE NOT SUPPLIED BY TROJAN TECHNOLOGIES, SYSTEM CONDUIT, WIRING, DISTRIBUTION PANELS & INTERCONNECTIONS BY OTHERS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS SHOWN ARE TO SUPPLY TROJAN UV EQUIPMENT ONLY. REMOVABLE GRATING SECTIONS SHALL BE EASILY REMOVED BY ONE PERSON. MAXIMUM WEIGHT OF THE SECTIONS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS OF THE APPLICABLE JURISDICTION. CONTRACTOR TO REVIEW ALL TROJAN TECHNOLOGIES INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS PRIOR TO EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION. EFFLUENT LEVELS SHOWN REFLECT HYDRAULICS ASSOCIATED WITH TROJAN EQUIPMENT ONLY. EFFLUENT LEVELS MAY BE ALTERED DUE TO CHANNEL DEBRIS OR GEOMETRY. ANY UPSTREAM AND DOWNSTREAM WL ELEVATIONS BEYOND THOSE SHOWN WITHIN THIS LAYOUT DRAWING ARE OUTSIDE OF THE SCOPE OF TROJAN TECHNOLOGIES AND ARE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONSULTING ENGINEER. HYDRAULIC HOSE ELEVATIONS NOT TO EXCEED 12" ABOVE HSC MOUNTING ELEVATION. INCLUDED CABLE LENGTH ALLOWS FOR 43.5' ROUTING (RISE + RUN) BETWEEN CABLE/HOSE MANAGEMENT BRACKET AND UNDERSIDE OF PDC. (37.5 ROUTING ASSUMED BASED ON THIS LAYOUT.) INCLUDED HOSE LENGTH ALLOWS FOR 25.0' ROUTING (RISE + RUN) BETWEEN CABLE/HOSE MANAGEMENT BRACKET AND HOSE CONNECTION ON THE HSC. (16.5' ROUTING ASSUMED BASED ON THIS LAYOUT.) SITE TO PROVIDE APPROVED (ENGINEERED) ANCHOR POINTS FOR PERSONNEL TO USE AS PART OF THEIR FALL RESTRAINT SYSTEM AROUND OPEN CHANNELS. THE ANCHOR POINTS MUST BE POSITIONED SO THAT THE PREFERRED RETRACTABLE LIFELINE OF 8 FEET IS OF SUFFICIENT LENGTH TO ACCESS THE WORK AT THE CHANNEL. "* SOLID GRATING REQUIRED TO BLOCK ULTRAVIOLET (UV) LIGHT. DEVIATION: (D WEIR CREST ELEVATION IS 771.29' NOT 771.25' AS PER CONTRACT DRAWING M-801. O MINIMUM REGULATED WATER LEVEL IS 771.29' NOT 771.25' AS PER CONTRACT DRAWING M-801. ATTACHMENT 4-8 REMOVABLE (BY OTHEI GRATING AND TROUGH PLAN VIEW SCALE: AS SHOWN NOTE: DESIGN OF GRATING SECTIONS SHOULD BE SIZED TO ALLOW FOR EASY REMOVAL BY SERVICE TECHNICIANS. SOLID GRATING MUST BE PROVIDED IN AREA INDICATED TO BLOCK UV LIGHT. NOTES DO NOT SLOPE CHANNEL FLOOR. CHANNEL WIDTH & DEPTH MUST BE KEPT WITHIN A TOLERANCE OF + OR - AGAINST A COMMON DATUM ELEVATION. ANCHOR BOLTS ARE NOT SUPPLIED BY TROJAN TECHNOLOGIES, SYSTEM CONDUIT, WIRING, DISTRIBUTION PANELS & INTERCONNECTIONS BY OTHERS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS SHOWN ARE TO SUPPLY TROJAN UV EQUIPMENT ONLY. REMOVABLE GRATING SECTIONS SHALL BE EASILY REMOVED BY ONE PERSON. MAXIMUM WEIGHT OF THE SECTIONS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS OF THE APPLICABLE JURISDICTION. CONTRACTOR TO REVIEW ALL TROJAN TECHNOLOGIES INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS PRIOR TO EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION. EFFLUENT LEVELS SHOWN REFLECT HYDRAULICS ASSOCIATED WITH TROJAN EQUIPMENT ONLY. EFFLUENT LEVELS MAY BE ALTERED DUE TO CHANNEL DEBRIS OR GEOMETRY. ANY UPSTREAM AND DOWNSTREAM WL ELEVATIONS BEYOND THOSE SHOWN WITHIN THIS LAYOUT DRAWING ARE OUTSIDE OF THE SCOPE OF TROJAN TECHNOLOGIES AND ARE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONSULTING ENGINEER. HYDRAULIC HOSE ELEVATIONS NOT TO EXCEED 12" ABOVE HSC MOUNTING ELEVATION. INCLUDED CABLE LENGTH ALLOWS FOR 43.5' ROUTING (RISE + RUN) BETWEEN CABLE/HOSE MANAGEMENT BRACKET AND UNDERSIDE OF PDC. (37.5' ROUTING ASSUMED BASED ON THIS LAYOUT.) INCLUDED HOSE LENGTH ALLOWS FOR 25.0' ROUTING (RISE + RUN) BETWEEN CABLE/HOSE MANAGEMENT BRACKET AND HOSE CONNECTION ON THE HSC. (16.5• ROUTING ASSUMED BASED ON THIS LAYOUT.) SITE TO PROVIDE APPROVED (ENGINEERED) ANCHOR POINTS FOR PERSONNEL TO USE AS PART OF THEIR FALL RESTRAINT SYSTEM AROUND OPEN CHANNELS. THE ANCHOR POINTS MUST BE POSITIONED SO THAT THE PREFERRED RETRACTABLE LIFELINE OF 8 FEET IS OF SUFFICIENT LENGTH TO ACCESS THE WORK AT THE CHANNEL. ** SOLID GRATING REQUIRED TO BLOCK ULTRAVIOLET (UV) LIGHT. DEVIATION: WEIR CREST ELEVATION IS 771.29' NOT 771.25' AS PER CONTRACT DRAWING M-801. MINIMUM REGULATED WATER LEVEL IS 771.29' NOT 771.25' AS PER CONTRACT DRAWING M-801. 'AD SIZE )N TO BE (BY OTHERS) BANK: BANK: POWER DISTRIBUTION CENTER (PDC) (TYP) ''PDC 1 ''PDC 2 ''PDC 3 I II I II I II _.\\_______________ SERVICE TROUGH II \ IVmI (BY OTHERS) (TI?) (TYP) -- C B HSC 1 � J m< III BII A I<LI Illl�l l flNI`k 'FUTURE 1C T1B T1A STAGING AREA (BY OTHERS) ryL'I HSC 2 <J L B B -B -B B�Bi A I1, III III111 II : I' NI II ____________ 'FUTURE 2C T2B T2A `�II L� c B BANK: 'FUTURE 3C T3B T3A BANK: CABLE MANAGEMENT BRACKET (TYP ALL BANKS) LAMP CABLE ROUTING PLAN SCALE: NOT TO SCALE NOTE: GENERAL ROUTING SHOWN IS PROVIDED FOR CABLE TROUGHS ONLY. REFER TO "INSTRUCTION, TROJANUV SOLO LAMP'"" CABLE ROUTING INSIDE PDC" AND PDC DRAWINGS FOR REQUIREMENTS FOR WIRING INSIDE THE PANEL. CABLE TRAY (BY OTHERS) (TYP) CABLE TRAY (BY OTHERS) 'FUTURE 2C T2B T2A HSC STAGING AREA A� (BY OTHERS) HSC 3� 6BA_��B B B A C B A BANK: 'FUTURE 3C T3B '3A CABLE MANAGEMENT BRACKET (TYP ALL BANKS) SERVICE TROUGH (BY OTHERS) HYDRAULIC HOSE ROUTING PLAN SCALE: NOT TO SCALE NOTE: TYPICAL OF EACH CHANNEL. ATTACHMENT 4-8 ATTACHMENT 4-8 MARYS CREEK WRF SECTION 46 66 56-PS2 ULTRAVIOLET (UV) DISINFECTION SYSTEM PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This section covers the Work necessary to provide and commission a fully functional ultraviolet (UV) disinfection system; complete with UV lamps, UV lamp sleeves, lamp holders, UV intensity monitoring, power distribution centers, ballasts, electrical and instrumentation system, automatic cleaning system, lifting mechanisms, safety equipment, spare parts, and all other associated work required to provide a complete and operable UV disinfection system. B. UV disinfection system will be purchased from manufacturer by Contractor. As specified in this section, system shall be installed by Contractor and tested and commissioned by manufacturer. C. Refer to 2.03 System Description and Contract Documents for complete requirements. 1.02 REFERENCES A. The following is a list of standards that may be referenced in this section: 1. ASTM International (ASTM): a. ASTM A193/A193M, Standard Specification for Alloy -Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting for High Temperature or High Pressure Service and Other Special Purpose Applications. b. ASTM A194/A194M, Standard Specification for Carbon Steel, Alloy Steel, and Stainless Steel Nuts for Bolts for High Pressure or High Temperature Service, or Both. 2. National Water Research Institute (NWRI) a. Ultraviolet Disinfection Guidelines for Drinking Water and Water Reuse, August 2012 b. Ultraviolet Disinfection Guidelines for Drinking Water and Water Reuse, May 2003 3. Environmental Protection Agency Ultraviolet Disinfection Guidance Manual for Long Term 2 Enhanced Surface Water Treatment Rule 4. International Ultraviolet Association (IUVA). Uniform Protocol for wastewater UV Validation Applications (Whitby et al., 2011). 5. Institute Electrical Electronic Engineers (IEEE) IEEE 519, latest version — Standard Practices and Requirements for Harmonic Control in Electrical Power Systems PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 ULTRAVIOLET DISINFECTION SYSTEM JULY 23, 2025 46 66 56-PS2 - 1 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER ASSOCIATES ATTACHMENT 4-8 MARYS CREEK WRF 6. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): NFPA 70, National Electric Code B. Related Documents: Drawings and general provisions of the Bid Documents, including Special Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. Refer to the contract documents for specific completion milestone requirements. C. Related Sections: 01 78 36-PS2 "Warranties" 2. 10 90 00-PS2 "Identification, Stenciling, and Tagging" 3. 26 20 00-PS2 "Mechanical Equipment Control Panels (MECPs)" 4. Division 40 — Instrumentation 5. 40 61 00-PS2 " Process Control and Instrumentation Systems" 6. 40 67 00-PS2 "Control Panels and Components" 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: I. Complete manufacturer's descriptive information for all equipment, material, and devices furnished. Provide construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, rated capacities, operating characteristics, electrical characteristics, and furnished specialties and accessories. 2. Shop Drawings or equipment drawings (including dimensions, sizes and locations of connections to other work, and weight of equipment). Provide plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments specific to the project, arranged neatly in a single electronic folder or package. The following information shall be included electronically as a minimum: a. Manufacturer and model number of equipment. b. Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection and anchorage. c. UV dose calculations based on the NWRI 2012 compliant bioassay. d. Head loss through channel and total system. e. Type, operation, and location of intensity monitors, including mounting information. f. Type, operation, and location of transmissivity monitors, including mounting information. g. Description of cleaning equipment and chemicals including quantities, materials, operation and estimated frequency of cleaning for automatic and/or manual cleaning. If chemical cleaning is not required, provide documentation of mechanical cleaning effectiveness. ULTRAVIOLET DISINFECTION SYSTEM PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 46 66 56-PS2 - 2 JULY 23, 2025 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER ASSOCIATES ATTACHMENT 4-8 MARYS CREEK WRF h. Dimensions, sizes, and clearances required. i. Listing of materials of construction. j. System Compliance: Provide the following: 1) Tests done by an independent testing laboratory showing effective hydraulic design of the UV reactor. 2) Certificate from the lamp manufacturer certifying that the ballast and UV lamp are suitable for use with each other. 3) Provide a mathematical analysis to demonstrate the System meets the harmonic limits specified. 4) Lamp model number, wattage rating, percent output at 254 nm UV wavelength and arc length. 5) Quartz sleeve transmission at 254 nm and wall thickness. 6) Sleeve and lamp pressure ratings and test results for water tightness. k. Layout, sizes, types and materials of construction for equipment to be furnished. 1. Certification that zero levels of ozone are produced by the lamps. m. Location of auxiliary instrumentation furnished with equipment and associated mounting brackets and hardware. n. Complete hydraulic calculations showing system capability to meet hydraulic requirements stated within this specification. o. Equipment weights and lifting points. p. Warranties and service agreements. q. Provide any other information necessary for the ENGINEER to determine compliance with the specifications. r. All deviations from contract documents shall be submitted separately by CONTRACTOR as a Contract Modification Request. s. Partial or incomplete submittals may be returned by the ENGINEER without review. 3. Instrumentation and Controls a. Functional description of internal and external instrumentation and controls including list of parameters monitored, controlled, or alarmed. b. Drawings showing instrumentation, control panels, control panel components, software, software licenses, accessories, panel layout drawings, panel wiring diagrams, and PLC input/output card drawings. c. Control Panel drawing submittals shall be complete, fully demonstrating compliance with all specification requirements and features. Control Panel drawings shall include, but not be limited to, panel layout and bill of materials, panel power wiring schematics, and panel input/output wiring diagrams for each panel supplied. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 ULTRAVIOLET DISINFECTION SYSTEM JULY 23, 2025 46 66 56-PS2 - 3 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER ASSOCIATES ATTACHMENT 4-8 MARYS CREEK WRF 1) The submittal shall include a complete instrument list or Bill of Materials (BOM) including all instruments to be supplied by the CONTRACTOR. Instrument tagging shall adhere to the loop numbering and tagging scheme shown within the Drawings and Specifications. Controller/Transmitter details shall include, at a minimum: a) Physical: Size and dimensions of equipment, Materials of construction for enclosure and wetted parts. b) Ratings: NEMA rating, hazardous area classification, and temperature ratings for the equipment. c) Electrical Requirements: Note voltage, power requirements (two -wire or four -wire) and power consumption data, conduit entry size and terminal details (location, wire range, maximum torque). d) Inputs/Outputs: Input and output characteristics and types. e) Installation Details: Mounting details in sufficient detail to determine compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. f) Internal Features: Communication protocols, control functions, programming parameters, jumper settings, software features, and licensing requirements. g) Range, size, and graduations in engineering units. h) Accuracy and repeatability. i) Complete manufacturer/model number. 2) Control Panel assembly and elevation drawings shall be drawn to scale and detail all equipment in or on the panel. Panel drawings shall be at least 11x17(inch) print size. As a minimum, the panel drawings shall include interior and exterior panel elevation drawings to scale, nameplate schedule, conduit access locations, and panel construction details. 3) Control Panel control schematics and interconnection diagrams detailing the electrical connections of all equipment in and on the panel. Diagrams shall include power and signal connections, UPS and normal power sources, all panel ancillary equipment, protective devices, wiring and wire numbers, and terminal blocks and numbering. 4) Point to point I/O wiring diagrams depicting wiring within the panel as well as connections to external devices. The diagram shall identify all device terminal points that the system connects to, including terminal points of equipment provided by others, Wiring labeling used on the drawings ULTRAVIOLET DISINFECTION SYSTEM PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 46 66 56-PS2 - 4 JULY 23, 2025 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER ASSOCIATES ATTACHMENT 4-8 MARYS CREEK WRF shall match that shown on the Contract Documents or as developed by the manufacturer and approved by the OWNER/ENGINEER. Field device wiring shall include the device ISA-tag and a unique numeric identifier. PLC I/O wiring shall be numbered with rack number, slot number, and point number. Two -wire and four -wire equipment shall be clearly identified, and power sources noted. Submit final wire numbering scheme for approval by the OWNER/ENGINEER. Point -to -Point drawings shall be 11 x 17 (inch) minimum in size. 5) Submit evidence that all control panels shall be constructed in conformance with UL 508 and bear the UL seal confirming the construction. Specify if UL compliance and seal application shall be accomplished at the fabrication location or by field inspection by UL inspectors. All costs associated with obtaining the UL seal and any inspections shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR and included in the contract. d. Controller Program Submittal 1) Submit memory maps and input/output lists for all controllers provided for this project. 2) Each input/output point shall have a dedicated tag and descriptor. 3) Submit input/output lists n Owner's Programming Requirements Documents format per Section 40 61 93 and 40 68 00. 4) Submit preliminary and final OIT graphics per Section 40 68 00 Requirements. 5) Submit control descriptions per Section 40 68 00 Requirements. Testing Plan Submittal 1) Submit Controls Testing Plan per Section 40 61 00 Requirements for Factory and Field Testing of the suppled control panels. 4. Installation or placing drawings for equipment. 5. Test Reports: a. Provide a 2012 NWRI Standard Bioassay Test Report of the test results of a bioassay test performed on a full-size unit or a scale model of the UV disinfection equipment proposed, certified by an independent microbiological testing laboratory. Test shall be performed using MS2 coliphage. 1) UV disinfection equipment tested shall be of the same configuration and lamp spacing as the proposed System utilizing electric ballasts as proposed. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 ULTRAVIOLET DISINFECTION SYSTEM JULY 23, 2025 46 66 56-PS2 - 5 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER ASSOCIATES ATTACHMENT 4-8 MARYS CREEK WRF b. Factory Test Reports: Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by PRESELECTED EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER and witnessed by a qualified testing agency, for product. c. Submit Factory Testing Documentation per Section 01 45 23 and Section 40 61 21 Requirements. d. Submit Operational Readiness Testing Documentation per Section 40 61 21 Requirements. e. Submit Functional Demonstration Testing Documentation per Section 40 61 21 Requirements. f. Field functional test reports. B. Informational Submittals: 1. Catalog information and cut sheets for all manufactured items (including control system components highlighted to show actual items proposed to be provided). 2. PRESELECTED EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER's certification of compliance. If PRESELECTED EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER takes exception to any part of this specification, the PRESELECTED EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER must submit a list of exceptions and the proposed alternative provisions to be considered by the engineer. 3. All interconnections and interface requirements, dimensions and locations of all major elements of the UV disinfection system, critical clearance requirements, and channel dimension requirements. 4. Complete set of user manuals. 5. Detailed engineering calculations showing efficiencies of electrical components and power requirements per PDC. Results of tests specified in Article Factory Testing in this section shall also be submitted. 6. Heat loading/cooling requirements for remote ballast enclosures. a. Hydraulic calculations demonstrating compliance with the required hydraulic characteristics. b. Independent bioassay validation and dosage calculations demonstrating compliance with the specified requirements. c. Instrumentation and Control submittals as per Section 40 61 00- PS2. d. Quality control submittals as listed in Division 01. e. Administrative submittals as listed in Division 01. f. Detailed proposed procedure for conducting the functional and performance field tests. g. Performance Testing technical report. h. Harmonic filter information and supporting calculations from harmonic analysis for each PDC supply transformer. Include wiring diagrams and filter dimensional and weight data. 7. Field Representative Resume. 8. Qualifications Statement. ULTRAVIOLET DISINFECTION SYSTEM PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 46 66 56-PS2 - 6 JULY 23, 2025 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER ASSOCIATES ATTACHMENT 4-8 MARYS CREEK WRF 9. Previous Installations List. 10. Pre -Installation Delivery, Storage, and Handling Instructions. 11. Installation Instructions. 12. Fastener and Support Sizing Calculations. 13. Equipment Lubricants. 14. Samples. 15. Certificates. 16. Harmonic analysis of THDv and THDi as measured on the line side terminals of the UV system. Submittal of harmonic analysis must clearly indicate compliance with IEEE 519, as measured on the line side terminals of the UV system. 17. Operational software. 18. Suggested spare parts list to maintain the equipment in service for a period of one year. Include a list of special tools required for checking, testing, parts replacement, and maintenance with current pricing information. Include location of nearest stocking distributor of spare parts. 19. Source quality -control reports. 20. Field quality -control reports. 21. Operation and Maintenance data. a. Software Maintenance Manuals shall comply with Section 40 68 00 requirements, and also include native copies of all OIT and PLC program file backups. 22. Warranty Documentation. 23. Record Data Documentation. 1.04 ELECTRICAL COORDINATION A. Contractor shall provide and install all conduit and conductors as necessary to provide power and control to UV system. B. Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating with UV manufacturer to determine size and location of all conduits and conductors required to provide all power and controls to proposed system. 1.05 ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS A. Electrical products and execution required to complete the Work under this section shall conform to the applicable requirements of Division 26, Electrical. B. Labeling: All electrical materials, devices, appliances, and equipment used shall be indicated as acceptable by the established standards of UL. Note 1 X C. Electrical systems will be protected from corrosion by dehumidifier or equivalent. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 ULTRAVIOLET DISINFECTION SYSTEM JULY 23, 2025 46 66 56-PS2 - 7 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER ASSOCIATES ATTACHMENT 4-8 MARYS CREEK WRF 1.06 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. O&M Manuals: Content, format, and schedule for providing as specified in Division 01. B. Maintenance Summary Forms: As specified in Division 01. C. O&M manuals shall include instructions on equipment storage, installation, startup, and operation and maintenance, together with a thorough troubleshooting guide and recommended spare parts list. D. Refer to Section 40 61 00-PS2, for control system O&M manual requirements. 1.07 Warranty and SPECIAL GUARANTEE A. Extended Equipment Warranty: Refer to Section 01 78 36-PS2 "Warranties" for extended equipment warranty. B. All equipment furnished under this section shall have a special equipment warranty, in accordance with the Contract Documents, for a period of two (2) years after the date of Project Final Completion. The cost of removal, shipment, repair, and installation by CONTRACTOR shall be included in the warranty and correction of defective work. C. UV lamps shall be warranted for a minimum of 15,000 hours when operated in automatic mode, prorated after 9,000 hours. On/off cycles are limited to an average of four per day accumulated over guaranteed life of lamp. Lamp life and failure are defined in 2.03 D of this section. D. Manufacturer to provide a 5 -year guaranteed price for replacement lamps. V E. Ballasts shall be warranted for a minimum of 10 years, prorated after 5 years. F. UV intensity sensors shall be warranted for 10 years. No prorating prior to 10 years is allowed. G. Manufacturer to provide a disinfection performance guarantee for lifetime of system under influent criteria defined within specification. UV disinfection system shall meet effluent requirements under varying flow conditions up to peak hour flow. ULTRAVIOLET DISINFECTION SYSTEM PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 46 66 56-PS2 - 8 JULY 23, 2025 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER ASSOCIATES ATTACHMENT 4-8 MARYS CREEK WRF 1.08 EXTRA MATERIALS � A. Furnish, tag, and box for shipment and storage the following spare parts, special tools, and materials: I V Item Quantity UV Lamps Enough lamps to replace all lamps in one bank. Quartz Sleeves Enough quartz sleeves to replace all sleeves in one bank. Ballasts Enough ballasts to replace all ballasts in one bank. Intensity Sensors Four (4) One Gallon Cleaning Solutions At least one year supply Operator's Kit (including face shield, gloves) Two complete sets Wier Assemblies Eight (8) Cooling fans for control panel and UV modules One (1) each PLC power supply One (1) Proprietary circuit board One (1) \/ 1. Furnish a six month supply of all consumables and wear parts. 2. Refer to Section 40 61 00-PS2, for Control System Hardware and Software spare requirements. B. All spare parts shall be separately packaged. Each package shall have bill of materials with quantity, item description, and part number. 1.09 MANUFACTURERS A. Trojan Technologies; Inclined System Model UVSigna. B. Wedeco (Xylem); Inclined System Model Duron 8. C. Or Engineer Approved Equal. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 ULTRAVIOLET DISINFECTION SYSTEM JULY 23, 2025 46 66 56-PS2 - 9 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER ASSOCIATES ATTACHMENT 4-8 MARYS CREEK WRF 1.10 GENERAL A. Components of vertical inclined UV disinfection system shall be supplied by one manufacturer. B. System shall be able to continue providing disinfection while replacing UV lamps, quartz sleeves, ballasts, and while cleaning UV lamp sleeves. 1.11 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Design Criteria: V V Parameter Unit Value Influent Characteristics: Trojan Signa Wedeco Duron 8 Peak Flow mgd 20 Average Flow mgd 10 Minimum Flow mgd 3 Total Suspended Solids (30 -day average grab samples) mg/L 5 cBOD5 mg/L 5 Ammonia NH3 as nitrogen mg/L 2 Total nitrogen mg/L 6 Total phosphorus mg/L 0.2 Turbidity NTU 0.2 Silt Density Index 3 E coli #/100 mL Typical of new membrane bioreactor effluent Wastewater Temperature Min Max 14 degrees C 30 degrees C ULTRAVIOLET DISINFECTION SYSTEM PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 46 66 56-PS2 - 10 JULY 23, 2025 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER ASSOCIATES ATTACHMENT 4-8 MARYS CREEK WRF MA Note 2 X 7, Revised to 2 banks/channel _ per addendum 1. Note 3 X Note 4 X Parameter Unit Value System Requirements: Minimum UV % per cm 65 Transmittance at 253.7 nm Effluent #/100 mL 126 Monthly Ave (30 -day Geometric Disinfection Limit for Mean) E coli 399 Maximum Daily Minimum UV mJ/cm2 30 Design Dose at Maximum Daily Flow: UV Equipment Factors: Lamp Age Factor Maximum of 0.9 to be utilized. Supporting test or lamp supplier documentation to be provided to justify the use of higher value for each manufacturer. Lamp Fouling Maximum of 0.85. Supporting test documentation to be provided to justify the use of higher value for manufacturer. System Configuration: Number of Channels Three total, Two duty, one redundant (The system shall be able to provide the specified disinfection dosage at a flow of 10 mgd per channel with one channel out of service). Number of Banks/Channel 3 2 Number of Lamps/Bank 14 20 Number of Ballasts 27 60 Number of UV One per bank Sensors Number of Power One per bank Distribution Centers (PDC) PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 ULTRAVIOLET DISINFECTION SYSTEM JULY 23, 2025 46 66 56-PS2 - 11 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER ASSOCIATES ATTACHMENT 4-8 MARYS CREEK WRF 0 Parameter Unit Value Number of Level One per channel Controllers Level Control Device Fixed finger weirs Maximum Head loss inches 12 through each channel across lamp banks, including baffle plate and level control. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Trojan Technologies; Inclined System Model UVSigna. B. Wedeco (Xylem); Inclined System Model Duron 8. 2.02 GENERAL A. Components of vertical inclined UV disinfection system shall be supplied by one manufacturer. B. System shall be able to continue providing disinfection while replacing UV lamps, quartz sleeves, ballasts, and while cleaning UV lamps and lamp sleeves. 2.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Design Criteria: Design dose criteria shall be based on reduction equivalent dose (RED) equations for the target organism. In the absence of site -specific collimated beam test data, design dose shall be based on a value of UV sensitivity (UVS) of 10 mJ/cm2/log inactivation for the target organism. B. System Design Parameters: 1. Design Criteria specified in Paragraph Design Criteria A. 2. Average intensity within UV module shall be calculated based on Design Criteria specified in Paragraph Design Criteria A. 3. Flow characteristics through the system shall meet manufacturer recommended standards. ULTRAVIOLET DISINFECTION SYSTEM PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 46 66 56-PS2 - 12 JULY 23, 2025 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER ASSOCIATES ATTACHMENT 4-8 MARYS CREEK WRF Note 5 X C. Effluent depth at any point in the channels shall be automatically maintained. This variation in depth shall include variations because of head losses through the modules and variations in the depth controlled by motorized weir gate. System will be designed for complete submersion of UV lamps under all flow conditions including both electrodes and full length of lamp arc. D. An unobstructed, approach channel of 4.0 feet is required prior to the first UV bank. E. An unobstructed, downstream channel of 4.0 feet is required following the final UV bank and before a level control device. V F. UV Lamps: V 1. Low-pressure, vertical/inclined slimline lamp UV system shall consist of low-pressure, high -intensity amalgam UV lamps, vertically inclined and perpendicular -to -flow, arranged in a staggered manner inside open channels. Hot cathode instant start or rapid start design in which the coiled filamentary cathodes are heated by the arc current. Lamps shall have third -party UV -C output certification and proven for at least 1 year from date of certification. Note 6 X 2. The lamp array configuration for inclined systems shall be the uniform array with all lamps evenly spaced in vertically inclined rows. 3. The single array pattern shall be continuous and symmetrical throughout the reactor. 4. The system shall be designed for complete immersion of the UV lamps including both electrodes and the full length of the lamp tube in the effluent. Both lamp electrodes shall operate at the same temperature and be cooled by the effluent. Note 6 X 5. UV Lamp requirements include: Description System Type Lamp Type Minimum UV Output (UV -C) after 100 hour burn -in Minimum Lamp ARC length Trojan Low Pressure, High Output GA64T6HE 330 Watts 58 Inches Xylem/Wedeco Low Pressure, High Output Ecoray ELR60 210 Watts 55 Inches 6. Lamp UV output shall be variable from 100 to 50%, minimum. 7. The filament shall be the clamped design, significantly rugged to withstand shock and vibration. 8. The lamps shall have electrical connectors at the end of the pigtail lead on one end only. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 ULTRAVIOLET DISINFECTION SYSTEM JULY 23, 2025 46 66 56-PS2 - 13 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER ASSOCIATES ATTACHMENT 4-8 MARYS CREEK WRF 9. 90% of UV output shall be within the wavelengths of 233.7 to 273.7 nm. 10. Lamps shall be capable of producing a minimum output of 800 watts of UV -C energy at a wavelength of 233.7 to 273.7 nm after 100 hours of use for mercury amalgam lamps. 11. UV output energy of the lamps shall be variable, and the lamp shall maintain UV -C output proportional to the variable power settings from the ballast. V 12. Maximum cool -down period of UV lamps (prior to restart) shall be 1 minute in the event of a short-term UV system failure. V 13. Lamps must be capable of operating in a submerged, no -flow condition for at least 60 minutes without damaging the lamps. V 14. Lamps shall be preheated individually to promote longevity. 15. Rated to produce zero levels of ozone. 16. Lamp bases shall be ceramic and resistant to UV light and ozone. V 17. System shall incorporate a means to prevent direct arcing across the pins in moist conditions. V 18. Lamp Life and Lamp Output: a. Lamp life shall be at least 15,000 hours in automatic mode. b. Lamp life is defined as the lesser of: 1) Number of operating hours before lamp electrodes fail and lamp becomes unusable. 2) Number of operating hours before lamp/sleeve pair output drops to 90 percent of initial output, where initial output is defined as output value of a lamp after 100 -hour burn in period. c. If a lamp fails under normal operation before specified operating life, replace lamp as per special guarantee. V 19. UV lamps shall be capable of four ON/OFF cycles per day without reducing lamp life, warranty, or causing any damage to lamp. V 20. Filament of lamps shall be clamped design and significantly rugged to withstand shock and vibration. 21. Electrical connections of UV lamps shall be through one end of lamp and have a four -pin connection. V22. Rated to produce zero levels of ozone. 23. Lamps shall be operated by electronic lamp ballasts with variable output capabilities ranging from 50 percent to 100 percent of nominal power. Lamp ballasts shall be of electronic design and specifically designed for lamp. Lamp ballast shall supply lamp output recommended by lamp manufacturer, plus or minus 10 percent. Design mean time between failure shall be at least 10 years. G. Lamp Ballasts: ULTRAVIOLET DISINFECTION SYSTEM PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 46 66 56-PS2 - 14 JULY 23, 2025 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER ASSOCIATES ATTACHMENT 4-8 MARYS CREEK WRF 1. Each lamp ballast shall independently power two UV lamps. Failure of one lamp shall not affect operation of other lamp. 2. Lamp ballast shall have a power factor correction circuit to facilitate minimum 99 percent power factor and less than 5 percent total harmonic distortion (THD) current at maximum power level and nominal input voltage. 3. Lamp ballast electrical conversion efficiency shall be minimum 95 percent at maximum power level. 4. Lamp ballast shall be programmed -start type using filament preheat followed by a high -voltage pulse to ignite lamp. 5. During lamp operation, variable filament heating current shall be provided according to a predetermined curve to maintain optimum filament temperature and amalgam temperature to ensure maximum lamp life and optimum lamp efficiency of 35 percent across varying water temperatures and lamp power levels. 6. Communication protocol shall be Modbus implemented on RS485 electrical interface. 7. Local visual diagnostic shall be provided with LEDs for lamp ballast status, lamp status (on, idle, preheat, fault), power and communication status. 8. For reliability and to facilitate trouble shooting, at a minimum, the following external indicators (protections, status, warnings, and alarms) shall be provided: a. Lamp status. b. Ballast status. c. Ballast high temperature. d. Input voltage out of range. e. Lamp arc circuit open/short/out of range. f. Lamp filament open circuit/out of range, end of lamp life (EOLL). g. Ground fault. h. Lamp circuit leakage (water in the sleeve). i. Communication time-out. 9. Lamp ballast shall be UL, CE, and RoHS compliant. 10. Note that lamp ballast and lamp driver have the same meaning; the term ballast is used in this section. H. UV Lamp Sleeves: 1. Provide around each UV lamp to prevent UV lamps and electrical connections from coming in contact with effluent. 2. Quartz sleeves shall be clear fused quartz circular tubing containing 99.9 percent silicon dioxide. 3. Type 214 clear fused quartz circular tubing with dome end and electrical connections located at one end as manufactured by General Electric, Quarzschmelze Ilmenau, or equal. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 ULTRAVIOLET DISINFECTION SYSTEM JULY 23, 2025 46 66 56-PS2 - 15 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER ASSOCIATES ATTACHMENT 4-8 MARYS CREEK WRF 4. Lamps protected from contact with effluent by a 99.9% silicon dioxide quartz jacket with a minimum of 90% transmission of UV radiation at the 253.7 nm wavelength and shall not be subject to solarization over the length of their life. 5. Lamp sleeves shall be open at one end only and domed at other end. 6. The open end of the lamp sleeve shall be sealed with double o -ring seals or by means of a Type 316 stainless steel or Ryton sleeve nut which threads onto a coupling and compresses the sleeve o -ring. The open end of the sleeve and all electrical connections shall be above the maximum operating water level. 7. Nominal wall thickness shall be minimum 1.25 mm. 8. Lamp sleeves shall be rated for a minimum UV transmission of 87 percent and shall not be subject to solarization over length of their life. Note 7 X I. Lamp End Seal and Lamp Holder: 1. The sleeve nut shall have a knurled surface to allow a positive handgrip for tightening. The sleeve nut shall not require any tools for removal. 2. The seal on the lamp holder shall isolate and seal the lamp from the module frame and all other lamps in the module. 3. In the event of a quartz sleeve fracture the two seals of the lamp holder shall prevent moisture from entering the lamp module frame and the electrical connections to the other lamps in the module. The ends of the lamp sleeve will not protrude beyond the stainless -steel frame of the UV module. Note 8 X J. UV Module: 1. Each UV module will consist of UV lamps, quartz sleeves, and an automatic chemical/mechanical cleaning system with either an electronic ballast enclosure mounted on a Type 316 stainless steel frame or mounted separately in power distribution center. 2. Each lamp will be enclosed in its individual quartz sleeve, one end of which will be closed and the other end sealed by a lamp end seal. To be considered as an alternate, lamp quartz sleeves that are open at both ends will be supplied with twice the amount of specified spare seals and lamps. 3. Lamp wires will terminate in the electronic ballast enclosure located at the top of the UV module or power distribution center or beside the UV channel. 4. All lamp to ballast connections will be made by the CONTRACTOR and tested by the PRESELECTED EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER. 5. The electronic ballast enclosure will contain the electronic ballasts. Individual lamp statuses shall be displayed graphically at the SCC. ULTRAVIOLET DISINFECTION SYSTEM PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 46 66 56-PS2 - 16 JULY 23, 2025 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER ASSOCIATES ATTACHMENT 4-8 MARYS CREEK WRF 6. Each UV module or bank will be connected to a Power Distribution Center. 7. At the point of exit from the UV module frame the multi -conductor cable will pass through a waterproof strain relief. 8. UV module Rating: NEMA 6P 9. The UV system is to be produced in an Underwriters Laboratory recognized facility and have UL seal on the system. 10. Each UV module shall be uniquely identified by permanently fixed nameplates or by control system electronics regardless of where bank is placed in channel. 11. Each bank shall be rated for continuous operation when completely submerged without damage to modules. 12. Each UV bank shall contain a preformed Type 316 stainless steel wall on each side to prevent possible short-circuiting at the side walls of reactor. 13. Each UV bank shall contain light locks at top of bank to prevent short circuiting over top of lamps and maximize disinfection efficiency. 14. To minimize maintenance, equipment must be provided by UV manufacturer to enable lifting a complete bank of lamps from channel at once for inspection and/or servicing. K. Light Block: Provide light block on both sides of each UV module that are capable of blocking UV light wavelengths between 200 and 400 nm if channel reducing baffle walls are not the full height of the channel. L. Safety Equipment: Two complete Operator's Kits, as listed in 1.08 A. M. Lifting Device: System shall include an integral module lifting mechanism for lifting the modules in place above the UV channel with a design Safety Factor of 5.0 and capable of receiving a 1 -inch hook. The lifting mechanism shall either be driven by an integral hydraulic system or by an integral electric motor, both supplied by the PRESELECTED EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER. N. Lamp Cleaning: 1. Automatic cleaning systems: a. Provide a module -based quartz sleeve mechanical cleaning system which wipes the full quartz sleeve circumference of each lamp while lamps are in operation. System shall be PLC controlled with operator adjustable wiping frequencies. Cleaning stroke shall be greater than the arc length of the UV lamp. b. PRESELECTED EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER shall provide all supporting equipment needed for wiping cleaning system operation, including hydraulic, motorized, or air compressor systems. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 ULTRAVIOLET DISINFECTION SYSTEM JULY 23, 2025 46 66 56-PS2 - 17 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER ASSOCIATES ATTACHMENT 4-8 MARYS CREEK WRF c. If air compressor is required, it shall be skid -mounted, oil -less rotary screw compressor complete with regenerative desiccant dryer and receiving tank. d. The cleaning system will be controlled from the PLC. e. For systems with both chemical and mechanical cleaning systems, the system shall be provided with recommended cleaning solution. O. Flow Conditioner Baffle Plate: Provide three (3) (one per channel) of the PRESELECTED EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER's standard Type 316 stainless steel flow conditioning baffle plates, complying with the maximum allowable combined head loss. P. Channel Isolation — Influent Slide Gate: The UV Disinfection system shall interface with the main Plant Control System to operate the three (3) (one per channel) influent motorized slide gates in order to isolate individual UV channels. The slide gates and actuators will be provided by the CONTRACTOR. Q. In addition to effluent limits and minimum design dose identified above, future expansion equipment requirements must also be included in design package. It is expected that the future discharge permit limits for the facility could be revised to be more stringent as well as expansion of capacity. Proposed system layout should allow for simple equipment addition to account for more stringent effluent limits and capacity increase. These additions could include an additional channel as well as an additional bank per channel. This additional equipment will not be provided with initial equipment package but will be purchased by the Owner upon need for expansion/upgrade. 2.04 MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION v/A. All wetted metal components directly exposed to UV light shall be Type 316 stainless steel. B. All other stainless steel components shall be Type 316 stainless steel. V C. All wiring exposed to UV light shall be Teflon -coated or otherwise protected from UV radiation effects. D. Any other materials used which are exposed to UV radiation (254 nm) shall be unaffected by prolonged exposure over the component's life. Note 9 X E. All manufacturing welds shall be passivated. ULTRAVIOLET DISINFECTION SYSTEM PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 46 66 56-PS2 - 18 JULY 23, 2025 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER ASSOCIATES ATTACHMENT 4-8 MARYS CREEK WRF 2.05 2.06 2.07 FLOW PACING AND DOSE PACING A. Provide a system that automatically maintains an appropriate number of banks online and varies lamp power to maintain required dosage in response to variation in wastewater effluent flow, lamp age, quartz condition, and effluent quality. 1. Flow pacing signal shall be received from plant control system via an Ethernet connection. B. Provide logic and time delay relays to automatically regulate UV bank ON/OFF cycle. C. System shall: 1. Be able to accept a signal from online UV transmittance and intensity sensors. 2. Allow operator to operate individual banks in either manual or automatic mode. 3. Lamps shall not cycle more frequently than once every 8 hours. 4. UV lamps shall not be allowed to operate when they are not submerged. UV BANK LIFTING DEVICE A. Lifting device for UV banks shall be supplied by UV manufacturer, as described in 4.05 K. B. Automatic Raising Mechanism (ARM) shall be designed and supplied to facilitate lifting a UV bank from channel without use of ancillary equipment. C. ARM shall be integrated into UV bank for simple and seamless operation. D. UV bank shall be raised from channel for easier access and maintenance. E. ARM design shall provide access to components without having to break electrical connections, thus reducing wear on connectors. FLOW STRAIGHTENING BAFFLE PLATES A. Manufacturer shall provide a flow straightening baffle upstream of UV banks in each channel as shown on Drawings. Note 10 X B. Baffle plate shall be Type 316 stainless steel, minimum 1/4 -inch thick. Plate shall have 60 percent porosity and be full height and width of channel. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 ULTRAVIOLET DISINFECTION SYSTEM JULY 23, 2025 46 66 56-PS2 - 19 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER ASSOCIATES ATTACHMENT 4-8 MARYS CREEK WRF C. Fasteners: ASTM A193/A193M and ASTM A194/A194M, Type 316. D. Anchoring: Type 316 stainless steel anchors as specified in Section 05 50 00- PS2, Metal Fabrications. 2.08 ONLINE UV TRANSMITTANCE MONITOR A. UV system shall be designed for continuous monitoring of UV transmittance at 254 nm of the effluent prior to disinfection. B. Provide one UV transmittance sensor and monitor in influent channel. Mount on hand rail as shown on Drawings. 1. Online UV -T monitor shall be provided to automatically and continuously track the UV transmission of the effluent at the 254 nm wavelength. 2. The UV -T monitor shall measure transmittances from 25 through 100 percent. UV -T shall be reported as a percentage. 3. A shielded, twisted pair cable shall be provided for connecting the UV -T monitor (4-20 mA signal) to the SCC, creating a UV demand feedback loop. The SCC shall modulate the lamp intensity in response to the influent UV transmissivity. 4. Provide 100-230 VAC +/- 10 percent50/60 Hz, 1 phase, 2 wire (plus ground), 50 VA power feed to the sensor located in the UV influent channel, upstream of the UV channel slide gates. 5. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. Hach UVAS. b. YSI IQ SensorNet. c. Approved Equivalent. V C. Provide one (1) benchtop photometer: With narrow band to measure percent of UV -T or filtered effluent at 253.7 nm: a. Single beam with front panel. b. 100 percent UV transmittance control adjustment. c. Range of 0 to 100 percent UV transmittance. d. Wavelength accuracy of 0.16 +/- half band width. 2. With the following items: a. Two (2) matched quartz cuvettes. b. 1 gal cuvette cleaning solution. c. 1 gal 100 percent UB-T standard solution. ULTRAVIOLET DISINFECTION SYSTEM PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 46 66 56-PS2 - 20 JULY 23, 2025 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER ASSOCIATES ATTACHMENT 4-8 MARYS CREEK WRF D. Power feed 120V ac, 50/60 Hz, single-phase, two -wire (plus ground). 50VA required to the sensor. E. UV System Control Center (SCC) shall modulate lamp intensity in response to influent UV Transmittance. Note 11 X 2.09 LEVEL ELEMENT AND TRANSMITTER, RADAR A. Provide a radar level transmitter/transducer capable of measuring level in each channel. The system shall use radar ranging to measure the level of the liquid element and shall consist of combination transducer/transmitter in a single unit. The transmitter shall be looped powered. B. Transmitter shall be microprocessor based. Transmitter shall be Endress+Hauser FMR20 or equivalent. 2.10 LOW-LEVEL SENSOR A. Provide one sensor for each channel. V B. Lamps extinguish automatically and provide alert if channel level drops below an acceptable level. 2.11 HIGH-LEVEL SENSOR A. Provide one sensor for each channel, and provide alert at high level. 2.12 UV INTENSITY SENSORS A. Provide minimum of one ultraviolet intensity sensor for each ultraviolet lamp bank. B. Characteristics: 1. Submersible. 2. Shall not degrade after prolonged exposure to UV light. 3. To ensure continuous disinfection, sensor shall be accessible without shutting down system, lifting a bank/module, or removing lamps. 4. Continuously measure only germicidal portion of light generated (254 nm plus or minus 20 mm). 5. Minimum sensitivity of 90 percent of germicidal light. 6. Shall be continuously displayed on monitor, to a maximum of 99.9 milliwatts/square centimeter. 7. Factory calibrated. 8. Provided with manufacturer supplied cable. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 ULTRAVIOLET DISINFECTION SYSTEM JULY 23, 2025 46 66 56-PS2 - 21 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER ASSOCIATES ATTACHMENT 4-8 MARYS CREEK WRF 2.13 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL SYSTEM A. All instrumentation and control components shall comply with the requirements of Section 40 61 00-PS2, and as modified below: B. General: Note 12 X 1. Monitoring and control for all components of UV system shall be provided by a dedicated Programmable Logic Controller (PLC) mounted in UV System Control Center (SCC). Enclosure panel shall be CSA-approved or UL -approved and rated NEMA 12. Enclosure shall be free standing and constructed of Mild steel. PLC shall provide all control and monitoring functions as required for operation and monitoring of the system including, but not limited to, timing, interlocks, startup sequencing, normal and emergency shutdowns, and permissive functions required for safe operation of the system. Critical field alarm contacts shall be wired for failsafe operation where an open circuit will alarm. Include all required communication modules in the SCC to communicate with the Power Distribution Centers (PDCs) and Hydraulic System Centers (HSCs). As a minimum, the SCC shall include space for installing hardware for future buildout as shown on the Contract Drawings. All components that can be provided now for the future buildout (such as, additional 11O and communication modules and terminal strips) shall be include in the SCC. 2. Provide a panel -mounted Operator Interface Terminal (OIT) for local operator interface. The OIT shall serve as the primary interface for operation and control of the UV system. 3. If used, all indicating lights and switches shall be in accordance with Section 26 29 86-PS2, with Owner -specific tag numbering. 4. Provide UPS for the SCC panel. Refer to Section 40 67 63-PS2, of UPS requirements. The UPS shall be sized for 30 minutes of runtime at connected load. 5. PLC shall interface digitally with plant control system for remote monitoring and control, as shown on Control System Block Diagram. Digital communication protocol shall be Modbus TCP/IP Ethernet. 6. PLC shall utilize function block programming. Refer to Section 40 61 96 for general programming requirements including the accumulate run time, device starts, and analog input alarms. 7. Refer to 40 61 93, Process Control System — Input/Output List Specification for input/output submittal requirements for system supplier. ULTRAVIOLET DISINFECTION SYSTEM PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 46 66 56-PS2 - 22 JULY 23, 2025 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER ASSOCIATES ATTACHMENT 4-8 MARYS CREEK WRF 8. Control panel shall include provisions for remote access by UV manufacturer via Internet, using Owner's existing Ethernet -based business network. This feature will be used for remote monitoring and troubleshooting of package system PLC and OIT by UV manufacturer. Owner will reconfigure their business network firewall to open up a port with appropriate access rights. Ethernet cables will be routed to SCC panel under Division 26, Electrical. UV manufacturer shall provide all necessary hardware in package system control panel to enable remote access. Communication network within package system control panel shall be configured to keep remote access and plant control system network separated. Refer to Control System Block Diagram for further details. 9. Manufacturers: a. PLC: Modicon (Schneider Electric Modicon M340H or M580H series) and shall include a Modbus TCP/IP Ethernet connection and harsh rated input/output modules. b. OIT: Schneider Electric Harmony HMIDT635XFH . c. See Section 40 63 00-PS2, for additional PLC and OIT hardware and software requirements. d. The PLC IO shall be sized for future fourth channel installation and two additional lamp banks in each of the four channels. e. Managed Ethernet Switch in the Control Panel for connecting to the Ethernet Process Control System Network. Switches shall be industrial harsh environment DIN rail type by Hirschman RSP30 or RSP35 series, or Extreme Networks. No others approved 10. Provide system and application software for all digital and programmable components. Provide application software documentation. Refer to Section 40 68 00-PS2, for application software requirements. 11. Original programming and any necessary onsite programming shall be supplied by the UV Manufacturer. UV manufacturer shall provide all programming software necessary to program all control functions, do all searching, monitoring, forcing, and altering operations either online or offline. 12. As a point of emphasis, provide and install surge suppressors on incoming power supply to package panels and panel end of each communication and signal circuit that have portions of circuit extending outside of a protective building. Field -mounted surge suppressors will be furnished under Section 40 61 00-PS2. V 13. SCC panel shall receive one 20A, 120V ac, single-phase, power feeder. 14. In the event of a disruption of power to the PLC, UPS shall retain control program in memory. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 ULTRAVIOLET DISINFECTION SYSTEM JULY 23, 2025 46 66 56-PS2 - 23 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER ASSOCIATES ATTACHMENT 4-8 MARYS CREEK WRF 15. UV manufacturer shall supply lamp power cables, UV intensity cable, bank in place cable, and manufacturer specific cables between sensors and transmitters for all instruments being furnished under this section (UV transmittance sensor and monitor, level sensors and transmitters, level switches, and junction boxes). Conduits and trenches for these cables will be provided under Division 26, Electrical. 16. Power and signal wiring and conduits between SCC and field devices (gates, weirs, UV transmittance monitor, channel level transmitters, and channel level switches junction boxes) will be provided under Division 26, Electrical. Communication cable between the SCC, PDCs, and HSCs will also be provided and installed in conduits under Division 26, Electrical. C. Functional Requirements: 1. UV package control system shall provide all functions described herein as a minimum. Also, provide all additional functions and associated equipment as necessary for proper operation of UV system. UV manufacturer shall update functional requirements included herein and submit final process control descriptions per requirements included in Section 40 61 96-PS2. 2. UV package control system shall provide complete automatic control of disinfection process, individual control of disinfection equipment, and shall also monitor process conditions, instrumentation, and equipment status. UV package control system shall provide alarms to indicate to operators that maintenance attention is required (such as, minor alarms) and shall provide alarms to indicate extreme conditions in which the disinfection performance may be jeopardized (such as, major alarms). UV package control system shall provide interlocks as needed to prevent damage of equipment and provide continuous disinfection performance. In addition to the above, UV package control system shall receive a "common alarm" from HVAC control panel and a safety shower "in use" alarm. These discrete signals will be hardwired to UV package PLC. 3. PLC in SCC shall interface with PDCs and HSCs through serial links communication. PDCs shall provide individual control of UV banks and shall also allow central control from SCC. 4. UV package control system shall operate lamps to maintain a sufficient UV dose proportional to flow while conserving power. Commands to turn UV banks on and off shall be retentive, such that operating banks will remain on, and non -energized banks will remain off, in the event of a PLC failure, and following restoration of power after a power failure. ULTRAVIOLET DISINFECTION SYSTEM PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 46 66 56-PS2 - 24 JULY 23, 2025 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER ASSOCIATES ATTACHMENT 4-8 MARYS CREEK WRF 5. As a minimum, control functions of UV disinfection system shall include HAND/AUTO control for each UV bank. a. In HAND, provide local ON/OFF control of UV banks. b. In AUTO, provide an automatic flow paced and dose paced UV disinfection control system at SCC. 1) Operate lamp banks and related process equipment to maintain sufficient UV intensity to meet guaranteed microbial inactivation performance requirements. 2) Provide flow -paced logic to bring channels IN and OUT - OF -SERVICE and turns banks ON and OFF within those channels so that the UV dose does not fall below that required for disinfection. Flow paced logic shall take into account a time delay of up to 2 hours to changes in the pacing flow measurement by delaying turning off a bank for 2 hours when flowrate decreases below setpoint. If flowrate increases above setpoint again during the 2 -hour delay period, such that the bank is still needed, bank shall stay on and delay timer shall be reset. Time delays shall be adjustable from zero to 180 minutes. Independently adjustable time delays shall be provided for each flow setpoint. Flow setpoints whereby channels are brought IN and OUT -OF -SERVICE and banks are turned ON and OFF shall be adjustable from operator interface. Adjust flow setpoints after performance testing as approved by Owner. 3) Process flow rate signal used for flow and dose pacing will be sent to the UV control system by the plant DCS via the Ethernet Network. 4) Lamp banks in channel shall be turned ON and OFF based on flow rate as described above, number of channels in AUTO, number of banks in AUTO, bank minimum ON time, and bank ON time (such as, run time). Bringing channels IN and OUT -OF -SERVICE and turning banks ON and OFF shall be sequenced to equalize bank run time. 5) Provide for channels and banks to be designated as IN or OUT -OF -SERVICE. If a bank or channel is designated as OUT -OF -SERVICE, exclude if from the automatic sequence. 6) When bringing a channel IN-SERVICE, the required lamp banks shall be turned ON and related process equipment shall be driven to their proper state or position. Similarly, when a channel is OUT -OF -SERVICE, the lamp banks shall be turned OFF, and related process equipment shall be driven to their proper state or position. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 ULTRAVIOLET DISINFECTION SYSTEM JULY 23, 2025 46 66 56-PS2 - 25 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER ASSOCIATES ATTACHMENT 4-8 MARYS CREEK WRF 7) Automatic flow paced control system shall maintain adequate disinfection by ensuring that the required number of banks are energized when a channel is removed from service or is offline. A channel is considered online when its banks are in AUTO, and its related process equipment are in their proper state or position. 8) Upon a loss of the flow signal present at the PLC, a fail-safe mechanism shall be incorporated to ensure that all operable banks in the affected channel(s) will be energized and a major alarm initiated. 9) Selection of banks to be energized shall be based on bank ON elapsed time. 10) Timers shall be accurate to 0.1 minute or 0.1 hour. 11) All setpoints and deadbands shall be field adjustable unless otherwise specified herein. 12) To avoid nuisance alarms, tripping alarms shall have an adjustable time delay from 1 minute to 60 minutes. c. Channel Operation: 1) To facilitate even wear on the lamps, provide a "lead channel rotation" timer such that the lead channel shall rotate service. Initial setting shall be 96 hours and the timer shall reset every time the lead channel rotates. Lead channel rotation shall be fully adjustable (1 hour to 999 hours). 2) While alternating the lead and lag channels, the channel that is to assume the lead channel position shall energize allowing its banks to warm up for an adjustable period (normally 1 minute to 10 minutes) prior to placing it IN- SERVICE. When a channel is taken OUT -OF -SERVICE by the PLC, the lamps shall be turned off only after confirmation that its related process equipment are in their proper state or position. If all related process equipment is not found to be in their proper state, a failure alarm shall be initiated, and the lamps shall remain powered. 3) To avoid cycling of channels and banks, an adjustable "bank time off delay" timer shall be provided so that when flow decreases below any setpoint, no bank will turn off or related process equipment driven to their proper state until the adjustable time delay elapses, as specified for the flow paced control logic. 4) Changing operation modes, such as changing from AUTO to HAND at the SCC, shall be a bumpless transfer, that is, banks that are ON shall not be abruptly turned off when mode transfer is occurring but shall remain ON for a time interval. ULTRAVIOLET DISINFECTION SYSTEM PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 46 66 56-PS2 - 26 JULY 23, 2025 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER ASSOCIATES ATTACHMENT 4-8 MARYS CREEK WRF D. External Interfaces: 1. UV control system shall interface with plant control system by means of an Ethernet communication link. UV manufacturer shall program its PLC to exchange data with the plant control system. As a minimum exchange the following data with the plant control system. Provide the complete IO map for the package PLC. Owner may choose to incorporate additional data exchange: Future Input (I) Quantity Signal Output (O) Description Quantity (Total) Type I Plant Flow 1 - Analog O Major Alarm Condition* 1 1 Discrete O Minor Alarm Condition* 1 1 Discrete O Related Process Equipment Status As required 133% Discrete O Bank ON/OFF Indication As required 133% Discrete O Channel Inlet Gate Position As required 133% Discrete O Channel Inlet Gate Position As required 133% Discrete O Channel Mode IN/OUT SERVICE As required 133% Discrete O Channel Mode AUTO/MANUAL As required 133% Discrete O Channel ON/OFF As required 133% Discrete O Bank Running Time As required 133% Analog O Channel Level As required 133% Analog O Channel Level As required 133% Analog O Channel HIGH Level Alarm As required 133% Discrete O Channel LOW Level Alarm As required 133% Discrete O HVAC System COMMON Alarm 1 1 Discrete O Safety Shower IN USE Alarm 1 1 Discrete *Systemwide alarms/signals, not unique to any channel. 2. Major alarm condition shall include the following as a minimum: a. Low UV Intensity Alarm: Shall be preset at factory for 90 percent of intensity after 100 hours burn -in of lamps. Alarm setpoint shall PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 ULTRAVIOLET DISINFECTION SYSTEM JULY 23, 2025 46 66 56-PS2 - 27 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER ASSOCIATES ATTACHMENT 4-8 MARYS CREEK WRF be field adjustable. A low -intensity alarm shall not cause any bank to turn off. b. Failure of related process equipment indicates process equipment is not at their correct state or position within an adjustable time (normally 1 minute to 3 minutes). c. Loss of 120V ac power to the SCC. d. Multiple Lamp Failure Alarm: Shall indicate the failure of more than 5 percent of lamps in a bank of lamps. e. Module Failure Alarm: Shall indicate when a current leakage to ground occurs or current draw over 10 amps of any single module occurs or if a module is unplugged without its relay first being placed in the OFF position by the SCC. f. Communication System Failure: Indicates failure in communication between a PDCs and the SCC. g. Incomplete Sequence: Indicates failure of the SCC auto control of bringing or removing a channel and its banks IN or OUT -OF - SERVICE. h. PLC Failure: Failure of any PLC processing unit. 3. Minor alarm condition shall include the following as a minimum: a. Low UV Intensity Warning: Shall be preset at the factory for 90 percent of the intensity after 100 hours. Alarm setpoint shall be field adjustable. b. Individual Lamp Failure: Shall indicate single lamp failures that are not adjacent to each other and that do not exceed 5 percent of the total number of lamps energized. Lamp failure shall be fail safe and defined as a lamp that is not ON when the respective lamp bank is IN-SERVICE independent of the reason for the lamp not being ON (such as, burned out lamp, ballast failure, or loss of power to the ballast). Note 6 X c. Adjacent Lamp Failure Alarm: Shall indicate failure of two or more lamps that are adjacent to each other. Lamp failure shall be fail safe and defined as a lamp that is not ON when the respective lamp bank is IN-SERVICE independent of the reason for the lamp not being ON (such as, burned out lamp, ballast failure, or loss of power to the ballast). 4. Channel HIGH and LOW level alarms for the in-service channels shall be as follows: a. If the channel level reaches the set HIGH level and remains at or above that level for 15 seconds, the HIGH level will alarm. b. If the channel level reaches the set LOW level and remains at or below that level for 15 seconds, the LOW level will alarm. E. Coordination the following with Plant Control System Integrator: 1. System Integrator shall assign tag numbers for alarms and status. ULTRAVIOLET DISINFECTION SYSTEM PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 46 66 56-PS2 - 28 JULY 23, 2025 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER ASSOCIATES ATTACHMENT 4-8 MARYS CREEK WRF 2. Coordinate and finalize data exchange requirements with System Integrator. 3. Provide PCS System Integrator with the data exchange table with tag numbers to assist in developing the UV system graphics on the DCS. 2.14 POWER DISTRIBUTION CENTER A. General: One Power Distribution Centers (PDCs) per bank shall be supplied to supply power to the UV modules. Power supply feeders to each PDC shall be 480/277V, three-phase, four -wire plus ground. Each UV module shall be fed from the PDC using specially manufactured submersible multiconductor cables. All interconnecting specialty cables and associated hardware shall be furnished by the UV manufacturer. Cables shall be installed in cable tray in service trench between PDC and UV banks. Exact number of PDC units and UV modules required shall suit UV manufacturer's design and meet specified disinfection requirements. B. Each PDC shall be able to electrically isolate each bank of lamp ballasts and safely replace a lamp ballast without de -energizing any other operating banks. C. Power Distribution: One -line diagram included on the Drawings shows power distribution scheme to be used for power distribution to PDC units. D. Panel Construction and Wiring: 1. PDCs shall be 316 Stainless Steel, with forced air cooling. 2. All PDCs to be UL approved or equivalent. 3. Each PDC shall receive one 480V, three-phase, four -wire circuit. Power shall be distributed at PDC for lamp ballast. 4. Panel construction and wiring shall meet all applicable national and local electric code requirements. Note 13 X 5. All interconnecting power and data cables between PDCs shall be furnished with the equipment. 6. All power distribution centers shall meet the requirements of Section 40 61 00-PS2. 7. An internal heater shall be provided in the PDC to prevent condensation when the external temperature drops below the dew point. 2.15 HYDRAULIC SYSTEM CENTER A. HSC enclosure material shall be Type 316 stainless steel. B. HSC shall contain power unit complete with pump, fluid reservoir, manifolds, valves, and filter. C. HSC shall include integral disconnect switches. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 ULTRAVIOLET DISINFECTION SYSTEM JULY 23, 2025 46 66 56-PS2 - 29 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER ASSOCIATES ATTACHMENT 4-8 MARYS CREEK WRF D. Manufacturer shall supply hoses that run from HSC to UV units. 2.16 CLEANING SYSTEM A. Provide an automatic mechanical/chemical in situ lamp cleaning system. B. Automatic cleaning system shall be controlled by UV system controller for fully automatic unattended operation with manual override capability. C. Must be fully operation while UV lamps are submerged. D. Cleaning cycle interval must be field adjustable. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 FABRICATION A. UV disinfection system specified herein shall be factory assembled, to the largest extent possible, complete with all components specified. 3.02 SHIPPING, STORAGE, HANDLING AND PROTECTION A. System shall be prepared and protected for shipment, shipped, stored, and handled in accordance with the requirements of Division 1, General Requirements. 3.03 UNLOADING AND INITIAL INSPECTION A. Unloading of system shall be performed by the Contractor. Manufacturer's representative shall be present during unloading. B. Prior to unloading the system at the Job Site, the Contractor and the Engineer will make a joint inspection of the condition of each system item and will note in writing all defects or omissions in the system. Manufacturer's representative shall be present during this inspection. Damage to the system or loss of equipment and materials during shipment and prior to unloading and transfer of the system to the Contractor shall be replaced with new system components before the system will be unloaded and transferred by the Contractor. Manufacturer's representative shall provide a certificate of shipment unloading. 3.04 PREINSTALLATION MEETING A. Manufacturer's representative shall attend a Preinstallation Meeting with the Contractor and Engineer to review general procedures, erection, and installation instructions, and installation sequence. Contractor shall give Engineer a 20 -day advance notice of Preinstallation Meeting date. ULTRAVIOLET DISINFECTION SYSTEM PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 46 66 56-PS2 - 30 JULY 23, 2025 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER ASSOCIATES ATTACHMENT 4-8 MARYS CREEK WRF 3.05 INSTALLATION A. Contractor shall provide concrete pads for all equipment, as required by the system manufacturer. Equipment and nominal sizes are shown on the Drawings. Contractor shall coordinate the exact dimensions, tolerances, and configuration of all concrete work, including pads and penetrations, with manufacturer. B. Contractor's responsibilities shall include: 1. Schedule delivery of system with Engineer and manufacturer. 2. Unload and store equipment at Job Site following manufacturer's recommendations. 3. Provide protection for equipment during storage, installation, construction period, and startup period in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions, including environmental control for storage of electrical and I&C equipment in accordance with Section 40 61 00- PS2. 4. Install system in strict accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and written installation instructions and as shown on the Drawings. 5. Coordinate construction of interconnecting structures, equipment, piping, conduit and wiring, and appurtenances that affect installation and operation of equipment. 6. Place accurately, anchor bolts and fabricated steel base plates with templates. Coat bolt thread projections with a lubricant to facilitate future nut removal. C. Contractor shall repair damages after equipment installation. Repairs shall be completed in a manner that will present a uniform texture and otherwise consistent with the UV equipment manufacturer. 3.06 FACTORY TESTING A. All major system components of the UV disinfection system shall be factory tested for compliance with the construction and functional requirements specified herein, and a certification of the results of these tests shall be submitted in writing to the Engineer for each module and control panel separately, prior shipment. B. Refer to Section 40 61 21-PS2, for control system factory testing requirements. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 ULTRAVIOLET DISINFECTION SYSTEM JULY 23, 2025 46 66 56-PS2 -31 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER ASSOCIATES ATTACHMENT 4-8 MARYS CREEK WRF 3.07 FIELD TESTS VA. Functional Testing: Prior to startup, with assistance from manufacturer's representative inspect installed UV disinfection system for proper alignment, correct operation, proper connection, and satisfactory function of all components. Manufacturer's representative shall provide certification that system components have been installed correctly and are ready for operation. 1. Functional testing shall include proving of the serial interface between the UV controller and the plant control system. Coordinate with the plant control system during interface test. 2. Functional testing shall be witnessed by Engineer and shall demonstrate that the system and related control system operate in accordance with the Specifications, including all operating, monitoring, and shutdown functions. 3. If, in the opinion of Engineer, system meets requirements specified herein, system shall advance to performance testing. If, in the opinion of Engineer, functional test results do not meet requirements specified herein, system will be classed as nonconforming. B. Refer to Section 40 61 21-PS2, for control system factory testing requirements. In the case of a nonconforming system, advancement to performance testing will not commence until Contractor has made such adjustments, changes, and/or additions as are necessary to correct the system, and demonstrated by satisfactory functional test specified above. C. Performance Test: Conduct at Project Site to demonstrate UV Control System is operational: a. Test shall be witnessed by Owner and Engineer. b. Test procedures shall be submitted and approved. c. Where possible, verify test results using visual confirmation of process equipment and actual process variables. d. Exercise and observe devices supplied by others, as needed to confirm correct control functions. D. Guaranteed Performance Requirements Testing: Conduct at the following times: V a. Head Losses: During start up. V b. Power Consumption: Prior to start up. V c. Microbial Inactivation: After 100 hours of actual system operation treating secondary effluent. ULTRAVIOLET DISINFECTION SYSTEM PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 46 66 56-PS2 - 32 JULY 23, 2025 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER ASSOCIATES ATTACHMENT 4-8 MARYS CREEK WRF Note 14 X d. Lamp Output: After 100 hours of actual system operation treating secondary effluent. 2. Start up and operate UV disinfection system continuously for 7 days to demonstrate Guaranteed Performance Requirements. Guaranteed Performance Requirements testing shall be done to determine actual system operating conditions and verify system meets the Guaranteed Performance Requirements of this specification. 3. Head Losses Tests: Head losses through the banks in each channel shall be measured and plotted on a curve showing flow rate on the horizontal axis and head loss in inches of water on the vertical axis. Level 1 meter upstream of all the banks and 1 meter downstream of all the banks shall be used to determine the Guaranteed Performance Requirements head losses. 4. Power Consumption: Guaranteed Performance Requirements power consumption shall be measured at the three-phase feeder entering each PDC. The power consumption per lamp including ballast losses is calculated to be the total power draw divided by the number of lamps powered by the PDC. Measurement shall be taken when all lamps in all modules in the channel are "ON." Kilowatt-hours and power factor shall be measured and recorded. Measurements shall be made using a kilowatt-hour meter temporarily mounted at the location stated. Meter, as provided by the Contractor, shall have been calibrated by the meter manufacturer within the 6 months immediately preceding this test. 5. Microbial Inactivation: a. Purpose of the microbial inactivation test is to confirm that the effluent quality meets the design requirements under actual operating conditions. b. Test medium shall be unchlorinated tertiary effluent within the following range: 1) Design Flow: 3 mgd to 10 mgd. 2) UV Transmittance: 65 percent. 3) TSS: 5 mg/L to 25 mg/L. c. Operate UV disinfection system for a period of 7 days during which time the Contractor shall collect and analyze samples to demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this section. Sampling shall occur every day. Sample frequency shall be twice per day, with one sample taken between 7:00 a.m. and 9:00 a.m., and the second sample taken 2:00 p.m. and 4:00 p.m. each day. During this performance test period, the Contractor shall provide all labor, sampling containers, and analytical services required, and the Owner shall furnish secondary effluent and power to operate the UV disinfection system. d. Perform the following schedule of tests: PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 ULTRAVIOLET DISINFECTION SYSTEM JULY 23, 2025 46 66 56-PS2 - 33 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER ASSOCIATES ATTACHMENT 4-8 MARYS CREEK WRF Sample Test Location Frequency Procedure E. Coli System 2 times/day Standard Methods Inlet/Outlet (Method 9221) Transmittance System Inlet 2 times/day Standard Methods (Method 5910) Total Suspended System Inlet 2 times/day Standard Methods Solids Method 2540D) e. Microbial inactivation test is considered to be successful if the geometric mean of the effluent E. Coli level is less than 126 counts/100 mL for all samples not worse than the range outline in paragraph b. above. f. The above test program shall be extended on a week -by -week basis if compliance is not demonstrated during the initial 7 -day test period. Testing during the extended period may include collimated beam, particle count, water quality analyses, and other tests as necessary to determine reasons for noncompliance. 6. Lamp Output: Note 15 X a. Measure lamp/sleeve output for a minimum of 5 percent of all low-pressure lamps with 100 or more hours of service. Average output value shall be used at the "initial output" of the lamps for lamp life purposes. �b. Lamp output measurements shall be conducted in accordance with the USEPA Design Manual for Municipal Wastewater Disinfection (most recent version). C. If a lamp/sleeve pair does not meet the performance requirements, replace the respective lamp. If greater than 25 percent of the lamp/sleeve pairs do not meet the performance requirements, replace all of the lamps in the UV disinfection system. 7. Manufacturer's qualified representative shall supervise the Guaranteed Performance Requirements testing, analyze data, and certify the system's performance during the test. 8. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, system meets Guaranteed Performance Requirements specified herein, the Engineer will recommend to Owner, in writing, the official acceptance of the UV disinfection system. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, the Guaranteed Performance Requirements test results do not meet requirements specified herein, the Engineer will notify the Contractor and the Owner in writing of the nonacceptable performance. 9. In the case of nonacceptable performance, Contractor, in conjunction with the manufacturer, shall have 60 days in which to perform any supplemental testing, equipment adjustments, changes or additions and request an additional retest of the nonacceptable system. ULTRAVIOLET DISINFECTION SYSTEM PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 46 66 56-PS2 - 34 JULY 23, 2025 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER ASSOCIATES ATTACHMENT 4-8 MARYS CREEK WRF 10. Should UV system not meet the required operating conditions after at least three attempts, Contractor shall remove the system and replace it with one that will meet the Guaranteed Performance Requirements. 11. All laboratory tests necessary to confirm the Guaranteed Performance Requirements testing for the UV disinfection system shall be performed in conformance with the applicable portions of the most recent edition of Standard Methods. 3.08 MANUFACTURER'S SERVICES A. PRESELECTED EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER Services 1. PRESELECTED EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER Field Representative: The PRESELECTED EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER Field Representative shall be present at the project site or classroom designated by OWNER for minimum person -days and trips provided in the table below. Each person - day shall be defined as eight (8) hours duration, exclusive of travel. The PRESELECTED EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER Field Representative shall revisit the jobsite as often as necessary to correct deficiencies. Table 1— Manufacturer Field Services No. of Work Description Person No. of Trips Days Installation assistance and inspection 2 1 Installation Supervision and Certification of Installation 2 1 Functional and Performance Testing 2 1 Can be combined Pre -startup Classroom or Site Training 1 with facility startup Facility Startup 3 1 Post -startup Training of OWNER's Personnel 2 1 2. PRESELECTED EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER'S post -startup training of OWNER'S personnel shall not be performed until after equipment has successfully completed the functional and performance tests. V B. Performance Tests: Performance testing shall be in accordance with division 01 91 14-PS2 "Equipment Testing and Facility Startup." C. Training of Owner's personnel shall be at such times and at such locations as requested by the Owner. D. See Section 01 43 33-PS2, Manufacturers' Field Services PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 ULTRAVIOLET DISINFECTION SYSTEM JULY 23, 2025 46 66 56-PS2 - 35 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER ASSOCIATES ATTACHMENT 4-8 MARYS CREEK WRF 3.09 MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATES A. Provide manufacturer's certificates in accordance with Division 01, General Requirements. END OF SECTION ULTRAVIOLET DISINFECTION SYSTEM PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 46 66 56-PS2 - 36 JULY 23, 2025 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER ASSOCIATES ATTACHMENT 4-8 NOTES AND CLARIFICATIONS TO SPECIFICATION 1. Section 46 66 56, Part 1.05.C: Room scaled climate control and HVAC is not the responsibility of Trojan. 2. Section 46 66 56, Part 1.11: Trojan's fouling factor is 0.94. Supporting documentation will be provided. See Signa 3rd Party Fouling Factor Letter in Additional Information. 3. Section 46 66 56, Part 1.11: Trojan uses 1 ballast for 2 lamps. Total of 84 lamps therefore, a total of 42 ballasts. 4. Section 46 66 56, Part 1.11: One PDC will be provided per Channel. The PDC will electrically isolated internally so each bank can be operated independently. 5. Section 46 66 56, 2.03.C: This directly contradicts this section for level controller as this reads "Effluent depth at any point in the channels shall be automatically maintained. This variation in depth shall include variations because of head losses through the modules and variations in the depth controlled by motorized weir gate......" Trojan has included a fixed weir in this proposal. 6. Section 46 66 56, Part 2.03.F.2, 2.03.F.5, & 2.13.D.3.c: Trojan's lamp array is considered staggered. Rows are evenly spaced at a 45 degree inclined plane. Please see SOLO lamp Power and Harmonics report in Additional Information for correct Lamp wattage information. 7. Section 46 66 56, Part 2.03.1: TrojanUVSigna 2 Row has lamp plugs and sleeve bushings, not lamp end seals and lamp holders. See Manual excerpt in Operation and Maintenance Data for additional information. 8. Section 46 66 56, Part 2.03.J & 2.13.D.2.e: TrojanUVSigna 2 Row does not contain modules. See TrojanUVSigna-Brochure in Additional Information section for bank configuration information. 9. Section 46 66 56, Part 2.04.E: Trojan wetted equipment is designed with a lifetime of 25 years without the need for pickle & passivation. Additional passivation has not been included in this Scope of Supply. 10. Section 46 66 56, Part 2.07.B: Trojan flow conditioners are never more than 50% porosity. Anchors are the responsibility of the contractor. 11. Section 46 66 56, Part 2.09: Trojan typically provides a Sitrans LT500 and Echomax XPS-10 ultrasonic kit for these types of applications. Please see the Scope of Supply for further details. 12. Section 46 66 56, Part 2.13.B.1: Trojan does not provide NEMA rated enclosures, rather UL rated Type 4X enclosures which are equivalent. 13. Section 46 66 56, Part 2.14.D.5: Trojan provides lamp cables, UVI sensor cables and proximity sensor cables. All other data and interconnecting cables are the responsibility of the contractor. 14. Section 46 66 56, Part 3.07.D.1.d: Trojan does not offer lamp output testing in the Field and not included in Trojan's scope of supply. 15. Section 46 66 56, Part 3.07.D.6.a: Trojan does not offer lamp output degradation field testing. Trojan offers an extensive lamp warranty and performance guarantee for UV disinfection for the life of the equipment. ATTACHMENT 4-8 16. Drawing M-800: Note — Please see included Trojan drawing for installation details. 17. Drawing M-801: Please see included Trojan drawing for installation details. ATTACHMENT 4-8 CITY OF FORT WORTH MARY'S CREEK WATER RECLAMATION FACILITY VAUGHAN COMPANY, INC. EQ & PFS MIXING SYSTEM PACKAGE Refer to City Secretary's website for fully executed contract documents with Vaughan Company, Inc *Disclaimer: The shop drawings provided are for the Equalization Basin (EQ); however, it is assumed to be identical for the Peak Flow Storage Basin (PFSB). The PFSB will be issued to the selected GC. ATTACHMENT 4-8 CITY OF FORT WORTH MARY'S CREEK WATER RECLAMATION FACILITY PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK ATTACHMENT 4-8 LIST OF EQUIPMENT TO BE SUPPLIED LOCATION: CITY OF FORT WORTH, MARY'S CREEK WRF ROTAMIX SYSTEM -SECTION 44 42 56 05-PS2 Vaughan Co. Inc. is pleased to offer our Rotamix Mixing System to mix TWO (2) 189' Diameter x 33' HWL, 1.86' cone, Cylindrical Storage tanks, EACH consisting of: (18) ROTAMIX TANK MIXING ASSEMBLIES, Configured as Nine (9) single & Nine (9) double pipe mounted nozzle assemblies (total of 27 nozzles per tank) receiving a total mixing flow of approximately 17,700 gpm. Assemblies are glass lined with hardness exceeding 5 on the Mohs Scale. Nozzle barrels are cast ductile iron with 1.0 inch nominal wall thickness. The exterior is SSPC- SP5 sandblasted, finished with Fusion Bonded Epoxy Coating. (3) VAUGHAN MIXING CHOPPER PUMP, Model PE12W18CS-160 Direct Driven Pedestal Chopper Pump by Vaughan (Three operational pumps per tank — total of 6 pumps). CASING AND BACKPLATE, cast ductile iron, with 12" ANSI CL 125 discharge flange IMPELLER, UPPER CUTTER AND EXTERNAL CUTTER, cast steel, heat treated to minimum Rockwell C60. CUTTER BAR, alloy steel, heat treated to minimum Rockwell C60. SHAFT, heat treated steel. BEARINGS, oil bath lubricated with minimum 100,000 -hour L-10 bearing life. BEARING HOUSING, cast ductile iron. AUTOMATIC OIL LEVEL MONITOR, PVC plastic reservoir with 120V switch, relay, and 25 feet of hose. Oil level monitor to be mounted above motor. AIR RELEASE VALVE, to vent gas from pump at startup. The ARV is a recommended part of this system. Recommended placement for proper operation is on the highest point of the discharge line before the first check valve. FLUSHLESS MECHANICAL SEAL, cartridge type with ductile iron housing, integral stainless steel shaft sleeve, and tungsten carbide faces. ELASTOMERS, Buna N. COUPLING, elastomeric type by TB Woods. FLANGES, 12" discharge CL 125 ANSI rated & 18" inlet, CL 150 rated. DRIVE is 75 HP, 885 RPM, 460/3/60hz, 1.0 SF, premium efficient TEBC (total closed blower cooled motor, suitable for inverter duty service, non -explosion proof, with 3NC thermostats, 120V Space heater, class F insulation, 3HP Blower motor, and 25' of power and control cables. Manufactured by ABB/Baldor. Motor can be fully submerged; however, the small blower motor shall be replaced after a flooded event. MOTOR MOUNT, fabricated steel, piloted for self -aligning mounting of a C -face flange mounted motor. PEDESTAL BASE, fabricated from 1018 steel. PUMP FINISH: Solvent washed, sandblasted and coated with minimum 30 MDFT of Tnemec Perma-Shield PL Series 431 Epoxy (Except Motor). FACTORY TESTING, Non -witnessed factory performance testing with facility TEST RIG, and wet run vibration testing. Engineering Submittal Vaughan Company CITY OF FORT WORTH, MARY'S CREEK WRF May 15, 2026 ATTACHMENT 4-8 STARTUP AND TRAINING ASSISTANCE, by authorized Vaughan Representative for (6) 8 -hour days per tank system, no more than a total of (18) 8 -hour days. COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS (CFD) ANALYSIS, specific to this tank to confirm orientation and location of mixing assemblies required to ensure proper mixing. Complete with report. Each Tank is broken into three separate mixing sections. Each Section has its own dedicated mixing pump and 6 Rotamix tank assemblies for total of 18 nozzles and 3) Mixing pumps NOTES: The items contained in this List of Equipment to be Supplied are the only items being supplied by Vaughan Co., Inc., the mixing system manufacturer. Other specific items which may be required by the specification, including, but not limited to the items listed below, must be furnished by others. FREIGHT COSTS, IMPORT FEES AND TAXES. HATCHES, HARD PIPING AND ALL SUPPORTS FROM THE VAUGHAN CHOPPER PUMP DISCHARGE TO THE INLET ELBOW OF THE NOZZLE ASSEMBLIES. GAUGES, SWITCHES, VALVES, SEAL WATER SYSTEMS AND OTHER SPECIALTIES NOT SPECIFICALLY CALLED OUT HEREIN. CONTROL PANELS & CONSTANT TORQUE VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES. SPECIAL COATINGS OTHER THAN THOSE SUBMITTED. FACTORY PERFORMANCE NOT CALLED OUT ON THE LIST OF EQUIPMENT TO BE SUPPLIED SUCH AS BUT NOT LIMITED TO; HYDRO, VIBRATION, NPSH, NOISE TESTS, AND FACTORY MOTOR TESTS. EQUIPMENT, LABOR, MATERIAL AND PERSONNEL REQUIRED PERFORMANCE FIELD PROCESS TESTING OF SYSTEMS. SPECIAL MOTOR SPECIFICATIONS INCLUDING EXPLOSION PROOF, INTERNAL SPACE HEATERS, THERMAL PROTECTION, ETC. INTRINSICALLY SAFE FEATURES. SPARE PARTS AND ADDITIONAL LUBRICANTS. Engineering Submittal Vaughan Company CITY OF FORT WORTH, MARY'S CREEK WRF May 15, 2026 ATTACHMENT 4-8 PLEASE NOTE THE FOLLOWING SYSTEM AND PIPING COMMENTS The program utilized for estimated system headloss did not have options available to input some of the larger pipe sizes. In these cases, user fittings were created with a K Value based on smaller piping and should be representative and/or slightly conservative. 5900 GPM through 18" suction piping results in about 7.4 ft/sec, which is just above the Hydraulic Institute maximum recommended 7 ft/sec A long radius elbow on the suction piping to the last pump for each tank is recommended Engineering Submittal Vaughan Company CITY OF FORT WORTH, MARY'S CREEK WRF May 15, 2026 189' -------- -- -- --------------------------------------------------- (9) PM6-1N ROTAMIX NOZZLE ASSEMBLIES (9) PM8-2N ROTAMIX S 33' NOZZLE ASSEMBLIES P ES STG TAN K S H OWN, HWL 1 IP D1 DISCHARGE ------------------------------------------------------ ----- ---------------------1 PIPE 15' 8 DI 10' DI 14' DI - E Q STG TANK S M LAP & MIRRORED NOMINAL PIPE PIPE PIPE - ----------- ------ ---_ --------------- -------------------- LEVEL---- ---- ---- EL 788.0 7' MINIMUM EL 786.14 RECOMMENDED REF 3] _____ WATER LEVEL LWL PIPE SUPPORTS BY OTHERS 54" DI SUCTION PIPE SECTION A -A (9) PM8-2N 0189' PIPE MOUNTED ROTAMIX NOZZLE ASSEMBLIES - ON OUTER RING \ \ (9) PM6-1 N \ PIPE MOUNTED ROTAMIX NOZZLE ASSEMBLIES / 0151'-2 8" DID A ON MIDDLE RINGS / PIPE /_ 14° DI PIPE 10" DI / / 094'-6 PIPE \�\ y„\ l8" DI DISCHARGE PIPE \ 6„ DIE �� PIP � II � 037'-9" / / II ?IDDL� RINGG\\ 1 I I 8" DI 35' PIPE / NLEP 1 I l� 6" DI PIPE 11 /� PIPE PIPET / II / \ II 70 UPPER I 30' PIPE / / / LOWER NOZZLE /� i f/ NOZZLE TYP %%/ \ \ \ TYP \ / MINIMUM RECOMMENDED SIZE OF PIPING & VALVES FROM PUMP TO TANK: SUCTION: 20" TO EACH INDIVIDUAL PUMP DISCHARGE: 18" MODEL: (3) PE12W18CS-160 MOTOR: 75 HP, 885 RPM ESTIMATED PERFORMANCE: 17,700 GPM TOTAL (5900 GPM EACH PUMP) NOTE: THIS SYSTEM IS DESIGNED FOR THREE PUMPS IN OPERATION. IT MUST BE OPERATED SUCH THAT ONE PUMP FEEDS ONLY ONE BANK OF NOZZLES. AT NO TIME SHOULD ONE PUMP FEED MORE THAN ONE BANK OF MIXING NOZZLES. ROTAMIX SYSTEM OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS (THREE PUMPS) 1. THIS MIXING SYSTEM IS TO ONLY BE OPERATED WITH THREE PUMPS AT A TIME. 2. MIXING SYSTEM IS DESIGNED TO BE OPERATED CONTINUOUSLY. 3. PUMP CHOPPING CLEARANCES MUST BE MAINTAINED TO INSURE PROPER OPERATION OF MIXING SYSTEM. 1. NOZZLE ANGLES TO BE POSITIONED IN FIELD BY VAUGHAN REPRESENTATIVE. 2. VAUGHAN CO. TO SUPPLY PUMP(S) AND NOZZLE ASSEMBLIES. ALL PIPING TO BE SUPPLIED & INSTALLED BY OTHERS. PIPING LAYOUT & FITTINGS FOR ILLUSTRATION PURPOSES ONLY. 3. CHOOSING LARGE PIPING SIZE RESULTS IN BETTER MIXING. CHOOSE PIPING SIZE TO OBTAIN 4-7 FT/SEC VELOCITY BASED ON THE ROTAMIX SYSTEM FLOW. THIS IS PARTICULARLY CRITICAL FOR PUMP SUCTION -SIDE PIPING TO AVOID PUMP CAVITATION AND GAS BINDING. DISCHARGE PIPING CAN RANGE UP TO 8 FT/SEC WITH OUT NEGATIVE IMPACT. SYSTEM TOTAL HEAD WILL GENERALLY BE AROUND 33-40 FT. 4. CHOOSING PIPE & VALVE SIZES WHICH ARE SMALLER THAN SHOWN WILL REDUCE MIXING SYSTEM PERFORMANCE. ATTACHMENT 4-8 ATTACHMENT 4-8 C7 m 0 CD -n CD 0 (.Q — cr o3 = v O) C) m m 77 'n _1/18/19 1 y EAS 361T FULLY ADJUSTABLE t`TI I NOZZLES GLASS -LINED DUCTILE IRON NOZZLE DR POLYURETHANE 12" [305mm] 8mm] - 23' [584mm] 16" ELL 17 7/16 [443mm] hII 3mm] Emm NOTES: 1. FINISH: AS SPECIFIED ON LIST OF EQUIP. IN ENGINEERING SUBMITTAL. ALL FASTENERS TO BE 300 SERIES STAINLESS STEEL. 3. THIS NOZZLE IS DESIGNED TO BE AN INTEGRAL PART OF VAUGHAN'S ROTAMIX. TM SYSTEM. THE DISCHARGE NOZZLES ARE DESIGNED TO MIX THE DIGESTER OR STORAGE TANK IN A ROTATIONAL MANNER.. 4. ALL COMPONENTS ARE MADE OF GLASS -LINED DUCTILE IRON ASTM A539. 5. 360' FULLY ADJUSTABLE NOZZLES ARE TO BE POSITIONED IN THE FIELD BY VAUGHAN. 6.. MIXING NOZZLE ASSEMBLY WEIGHT: 145 LAS. PIPING BY OTHERS FIED PRI if GLENN R. DORSCH CHIEF ENGINEER II VAUGHAN CG. INC. II AUG, 16 2012 T FULLY ADJUSTABLE NOZZLES USING D.I. VAUGHAN FITTINGS 6" ANSI 150# FLANGE Z N NJ m A VI m I- -< v ^Z Y I 4m ATTACHMENT 4-8 n m CEO TI CD -n O cQ r � cr O3 20 (n C-) m m 77 20 -Ti REVISION LIST j11:j KCWKCW EAS 24" [61 Omm] { II 38 1/4" [972mm] 15 [381 mm] C.G. 3 1/2" [89mm] L NOTES: 1. MIXING NOZZLE ASSEMBLY WEIGHT: 370 LBS (270 LBS. W/ POLY. NOZZ.) 2. FINISH: AS SPECIFIED ON LIST OF EQUIP. IN ENGINEERING SUBMITTAL 3. ALL FASTENERS TO BE 300 SERIES STAINLESS STEEL. 4. THIS NOZZLE IS DESIGNED TO BE AN INTEGRAL PART OF VAUGHAN'S ROTAMIX TM SYSTEM. THE DISCHARGE NOZZLES ARE DESIGNED TO MIX THE DIGESTER OR STORAGE TANK IN A ROTATIONAL MANNER. 5. ALL COMPONENTS ARE MADE OF GLASS -LINED DUCTILE IRON ASTM A536, EXCEPT NOZZLE IF USING POLYURETHANE OPTION, 6. 360' FULLY ADJUSTABLE NOZZLES ARE TO BE POSITIONED IN THE FIELD BY VAUGHAN. 24" [610mm] GLASS -LINED 5" X 8" RED. ELL DUCTILE IRON NOZZLE OR POLYURETHANE FULLY ADJUSTABLE _ _ _ _ NOZZLES USING D.I. VAUGHAN FITTINGS _S" X 8" 86" D.I. TEE 7 17" [432mm] 8" ANSI 150# FLANGE 360' FULLY ADJUSTABLE NOZZLES VIEW A —A 32 13/18" [833mm] enFIED PRI GLENN R. DON SCH CHIEF ENGINEER VAUGHAN CO. INC. SEPT., 4 2006 ic 00 1 N Z Z 0 N N I - m m Ir D 5D ^Z Y I 0 E CLEANOUT ROTAMIX SYSTEM OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS (THREE PUMPS) 1. THIS MIXING SYSTEM IS TO ONLY BE OPERATED WITH THREE PUMPS AT A TIME. 2. MIXING SYSTEM IS DESIGNED TO BE OPERATED CONTINUOUSLY. 3. PUMP CHOPPING CLEARANCES MUST BE MAINTAINED TO INSURE PROPER OPERATION OF MIXING SYSTEM. RAME 148 7/8" REF. /2" NPT 12" CI FF D ?T SUCTI RE GAUC F' CLASS 150 RE JCTION FLANGE 2" - 2" 60" 30" SECTION A -A NOTES: 60" 7X 01 1/2" HOLES 1. PUMP WEIGHT: 4982 LBS 2. MOTOR WEIGHT: 1520 LBS 3. TOTAL WEIGHT: 6502 LBS 4. ESTIMATED PERFORMANCE: 5900 GPM W 29' TDH 5. MOTOR: 75 HP, 885 RPM, 460/3/60HZ, 1.0 SF, PREMIUM EFFICIENT TEBC (TOTAL CLOSED BLOWER COOLED MOTOR), SUITABLE FOR INVERTER DUTY SERVICE, NON -EXPLOSION PROOF, WITH 3NC THERMOSTATS, 120V SPACE HEATER, CLASS F INSULATION, BHP BLOWER MOTOR, AND 25' OF POWER AND CONTROL CABLES. MANUFACTURED BY ABB/BALDOR. MOTOR CAN BE FULLY SUBMERGED; HOWEVER, THE SMALL BLOWER MOTOR SHALL BE REPLACED AFTER A FLOODED EVENT. 440TC FRAME. 6. FINISH: SOLVENT WASH, SANDBLAST AND COAT W/ MIN. THICKNESS OF (30 MDFT) OF TNEMEC PERMA-SHIELD PL SERIES 431. (EXCEPT MOTOR & POWDER COATED PARTS) 7. CARTRIDGE SEAL WITH TO FACES 8. BUNA-N ELASTOMERS REQUIRED 9. FACTORY TESTING PER LIST OF EQUIPMENT 10. CASING DISCHARGE FLANGE POINTING TO 12:00, SUCTION FLANGE AT 12:00 11. (6) VAL-MATIC AIR RELEASE VALVES TO BE SUPPLIED ATTACHMENT 4-8 ATTACHMENT 4-8 MARYS CREEK WRF SECTION 44 42 56 05-PS2 CHOPPER PUMP MIXING SYSTEM PART1 GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to Division 1, General Requirements. B. It shall be the responsibility of the Chopper Pump Mixing System Package Supplier (SUPPLIER) to provide a complete mixing system including pumps, motors, and nozzle assemblies for the Equalization (EQ) Basin and the Peak Flow Storage (PFS) Tank at Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility (MCWRF). The purpose of this package is to thoroughly mix, recirculate, and chop raw sewage within the tanks. The mixing system for each tank shall be sized to completely mix each tank, as specified herein. C. It shall be the responsibility of the SUPPLIER to furnish dry well recirculator chopper pumps for each tank. The SUPPLIER shall be responsible for determining hydraulic head required by pumps, since the tanks' configuration and dimensions are specific to MCWRF. D. CONTRACTOR shall install chopper pumps and mixing nozzles. CONTRACTOR shall furnish and install the necessary lengths of suction piping to the pump and discharge piping to nozzles to ensure a proper flooded suction and secure discharge to each mixing nozzle in the tank. CONTRACTOR shall furnish and install piping supports, valves, anchor bolts, gauges, and other appurtenances as required. E. Pump shall be specifically designed to pump waste solids at heavy consistencies without plugging or dewatering of solids. Pumps shall be designed for continuous -duty and be specifically intended to mix raw influent containing typical solids and debris at consistencies common with domestic wastewater treatment plants. Materials shall be chopped/macerated and conditioned by pump as an integral part of pumping action. The pumps shall chop the solids in the liquid to help ensure a continuous liquid flow to the mixing nozzles with little chance of clogging. Pumped fluid can be recirculated. Pump must have demonstrated the ability to chop through and pump high concentrations of solids such as plastics, heavy rags, grease and hairballs, wood, paper products and stringy materials without plugging, both in tests and field applications. F. Nozzles shall be designed to produce a rotational mixing pattern within the tank, where the rotation will create a homogeneous state throughout the entire process suspending both organic and inorganic solids with a specific gravity of 1.05 or PLUMMER ASSOCIATES, INC. 44 42 56.05-PS2 - PAGE 1 OF 12 PRESELECTION PACKAGE 2 0318-084-01 CHOPPER PUMP MIXING SYSTEM JULY 2025 HTTPS://US-PARTNER-INTEGRATIONS.EGNYTE.COM/MSOFFICE/WOPI/FILES/A879C821-DD85-4A35-90C 1- A173EC707C97/WOPISERVICEID_TP_EGNYTE_PLUS/WOPIUSERID_ 156.PLUMMER.EGNYTE.COM/44 42 56.05-PS2 CHOPPER PUMP MIXING SYSTEM.DOCX ATTACHMENT 4-8 MARYS CREEK WRF less. The SUPPLIER shall be responsible for determining nozzle quantity, nozzle location and appropriate nozzle angles. G. All parts shall be designed and proportioned for ample strength, stability, and stiffness for their intended purposes. H. The manufacturer shall be ISO 9001 certified. I. One manufacturer shall provide all equipment in this section. All equipment shall be the product of one manufacturer. Provide all pumps of similar design from one manufacturer. 1.02 INTENT OF SECTION A. This section covers supply, delivery, Site storage, installation, testing and placement into operation of pumping equipment and includes motors, drives, control equipment, supports, guide rails, and all appurtenances necessary for an operating system. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: Shop Drawings: a. Complete attached pump datasheet. b. Hydraulic calculations for the head required by pump. c. General layout of each pump unit complete with motor and drive showing anchor bolt locations, casing position, direction of rotation and electric motor terminal box location. d. Cross sectional details of each pump and pump seal with complete cross-referenced materials list. e. Baseplate, structural steel base, and steel guide rails complete with anchor bolt details. f. Certified, characteristic curves including head, capacity, efficiency, net positive suction head and power expressed in kilowatts. g. Details of impeller size, pump RPM, and solid sphere passing capacity. h. Dimensional drawings of motors and drives, including full output power in kilowatts, rpm, and slip. i. Seal lubricating and cooling water requirements, as applicable. j. Electrical wiring diagrams. k. Control cabinet arrangement and mounting details. I. Details of storage and off loading requirements. m. Sample warranty. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES, INC. 44 42 56.05-PS2 - PAGE 2 OF 12 PRESELECTION PACKAGE 2 0318-084-01 CHOPPER PUMP MIXING SYSTEM JULY 2025 HTTPS://US-PARTNER-INTEGRATIONS.EGNYTE.COM/MSOFFICE/WOPI/FILES/A879C821-DD85-4A35-90C 1- A173EC707C97/WOPISERVICEID_TP_EGNYTE_PLUS/WOPIUSERID_ 156.PLUMMER.EGNYTE.COM/44 42 56.05-PS2 CHOPPER PUMP MIXING SYSTEM.DOCX ATTACHMENT 4-8 MARYS CREEK WRF 2. CFD Modeling reports and files per this Specification Section, Part 1.04.F. B. Informational Submittals: Quality Control Submittals: a. Performance affidavit. b. Certified, nonwitnessed, shop test results for all pumps. c. Manufacturer's installation manuals. d. List of recommended spare parts with current prices and anticipated delivery times. e. Operation and Maintenance Data: As specified in Section 01 78 23, Operation and Maintenance Data. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All performance and warranty requirements of the mixing system shall also be the responsibility of the approved manufacturer. B. Nozzle warranty shall be a 10 -year non -prorated warranty, commencing on the initial start-up date or when the system has been certified by authorized personnel of the SUPPLIER as ready for operation, not to exceed 18 months from shipping. C. Performance Affidavit: SUPPLIER shall certify to Contractor and Owner that Contract Documents have been examined, and that equipment will meet in every way the performance requirements set forth in Contract Documents for application specified. ENGINEER will not review Shop Drawings prior to receipt of an acceptable performance affidavit. 1. Shall be signed by an officer of the company manufacturing the equipment and witnessed by a notary public. 2. Shall include a statement that equipment, including nozzles that may be located at the farthest distance from the duty pump, will not clog or bind on solids (e.g., rags, debris) typically found in application set forth. D. References: SUPPLIER to provide a list of no less than three (3) reference installations of mixing systems in identical service applications. 1. References shall have been used in continuous service for a period of no less than three (3) years. Only equipment that is in service at the time of referral shall be considered valid. 2. Telephone numbers and contact names shall be provided for all references. 3. Provision of performance bonds or other means of circumventing the above requirements for historical references and verification of past performance in identical applications are not considered an acceptable means of verifying the SUPPLIER's experience. E. CFD Modeling: SUPPLIER shall be responsible for submitting a Computerized Fluid Dynamics (CFD) analysis that will model the flows and side water depths specific to the tanks within this specification. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES, INC. 44 42 56.05-PS2 - PAGE 3 OF 12 PRESELECTION PACKAGE 2 0318-084-01 CHOPPER PUMP MIXING SYSTEM JULY 2025 HTTPS://US-PARTNER-INTEGRATIONS.EGNYTE.COM/MSOFFICE/WOPI/FILES/A879C821-DD85-4A35-90C 1- A173EC707C97/WOPISERVICEID_TP_EGNYTE_PLUS/WOPIUSERID_ 156.PLUMMER.EGNYTE.COM/44 42 56.05-PS2 CHOPPER PUMP MIXING SYSTEM.DOCX ATTACHMENT 4-8 MARYS CREEK WRF With the report, backup data, including underlying CFD computer files, shall be provided by the mixing system SUPPLIER to substantiate the results obtained. 1.05 WARRANTY A. Extended Equipment Warranty: Refer to Specification 01 78 36-PS2 "Warranties" for extended equipment warranty. B. All equipment furnished under this section shall have a special equipment warranty, in accordance with the Contract Documents, for a period of two (2) years after the date of project Final Completion. The cost of removal, shipment, repair, and installation by CONTRACTOR shall be included in the warranty and correction of defective work. 1.06 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish a six month supply of all consumables and wear parts. Furnish the following spare parts 1. Stainless Steel sealing washers for oil plugs 4 per pump 2. Acidproof oil plug — one for every 2 pumps B. Spare parts shall be delivered separate from the equipment, at project substantial completion. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. General: 1. The following specifications do not purport to cover all details entering into the design of pumping units required, but rather to call attention to certain special features. 2. Provide workmanship, materials, and methods of construction that conform to best practice and highest standard of the industry. 3. Supply and install units complete in all particulars and ready for operation. 4. Design and proportion all parts to have liberal strength, stability, stiffiiess, and to be specially adapted to the conditions of service. 5. Tailor pump capacities and impeller diameters to actual pump speeds imparted by pump drives. Base pump capacities on motor speed. 6. Provide pumping units that satisfy the performance specified for the service indicated. Pumps may be certified on water, however, pumps will not be accepted until performance specified is demonstrated on the service indicated. B. Materials, equipment, and accessories specified in this section shall be products of: PLUMMER ASSOCIATES, INC. 44 42 56.05-PS2 - PAGE 4 OF 12 PRESELECTION PACKAGE 2 0318-084-01 CHOPPER PUMP MIXING SYSTEM JULY 2025 HTTPS://US-PARTNER-INTEGRATIONS.EGNYTE.COM/MSOFFICE/WOPI/FILES/A879C821-DD85-4A35-90C 1- A173EC707C97/WOPISERVICEID_TP_EGNYTE_PLUS/WOPIUSERID_ 156.PLUMMER.EGNYTE.COM/44 42 56.05-PS2 CHOPPER PUMP MIXING SYSTEM.DOCX ATTACHMENT 4-8 MARYS CREEK WRF 1. Landia, Inc. 2. Vaughan Company, Inc. 3. Engineer approved equal. 2.02 OPERATING CONDITIONS AND REQUIREMENTS A. Type and number of tanks: One (1) EQ Tank One (1) PFS Tank B. Tank Dimensions: 189' inner diameter per tank C. Side Water Depth: 3' minimum 15' average 33' maximum D. Liquid Type: Unscreened, raw sewage E. Liquid Temperature: 55-85°F F. Power Supply, Phases/Voltage/Hertz: 3/460/60 2.03 SERVICE CONDITIONS A. Pump specified in this section will pump raw domestic sewage using the following design flow criteria: 1. Total design flow: To be determined by SUPPLIER with a required minimum of 10,000 gpm total for each tank. 2. Total Dynamic Head: To be determined by SUPPLIER. 3. Horsepower: To be determined by SUPPLIER. 4. RPM: To be determined by SUPPLIER with a maximum RPM of 1800. 5. Number of Pumps per tank: To be determined by SUPPLIER. 6. Number of Nozzles per Tank: To be determined by SUPPLIER with a minimum of 10 nozzles. B. Furnished pumps may have a minimum flow that is higher than design flow specified herein. It must be possible to recirculate all pump flow that exceeds design flow. 2.04 PUMP DESIGN A. Provide solids handling pump especially constructed for pumping raw sewage containing rags, grit, and other typical sewage solids. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES, INC. 44 42 56.05-PS2 - PAGE 5 OF 12 PRESELECTION PACKAGE 2 0318-084-01 CHOPPER PUMP MIXING SYSTEM JULY 2025 HTTPS://US-PARTNER-INTEGRATIONS.EGNYTE.COM/MSOFFICE/WOPI/FILES/A879C821-DD85-4A35-90C 1- A173EC707C97/WOPISERVICEID_TP_EGNYTE_PLUS/WOPIUSERID_ 156.PLUMMER.EGNYTE.COM/44 42 56.05-PS2 CHOPPER PUMP MIXING SYSTEM.DOCX ATTACHMENT 4-8 MARYS CREEK WRF B. Casing: Semi concentric design, with first half of circumference being cylindrical beginning after the pump outlet, and the remaining circumference spiraling outward to the flanged centerline discharge. 1. A pressure tap may be included on or near the discharge flange. C. Front or Back Plate: Shall allow removal of pump components from casing. Shall be machined such that all solids are directed away from the seal area. D. Casing and plate shall be ASTM A536 ductile cast iron or AISI A48 -40B gray iron with all water passages to be smooth, and free of blowholes and imperfections for good flow characteristics. E. Impeller: 1. Shall either be: a. fully -open type with pump out vanes; or b. semi open type with pump out vanes. 2. Pump -out vanes shall be provided across the entire diameter of impeller in order to reduce pressure in seal area. 3. Shall have no axial adjustments or set screws and held in place: a. With a key; b. With an impeller bolt; or c. Threaded to the shaft. 4. Made of AISI A48 -40B cat iron or ASTM A148 cast alloy steel that is heat treated to a minimum 60 Rockwell C Hardness, and dynamically balanced. F. Pump Shafting: 1. Pump shaft and impeller shall be supported by permanently lubricated ball bearings. 2. Made of AISI 4340 heat -treated alloy steel. 3. Minimum diameter of 38 mm (1 1/2 inches) in order to minimize deflection during solids chopping. G. Bearing Housing, if provided: 1. ASTM A536 ductile cast iron and machined with piloted bearing fits for concentricity of all components. 2. Bearing housing shall include a side -mounted oil reservoir. 3. Viton® double lip seals riding on stainless steel shaft sleeves are to provide sealing at each end of the bearing housing. 4. Piloted motor mount shall firmly align motor on top of bearing housing. H. Thrust Bearings: Shall be single row with either: a. Mounted angular contact ball bearings; or b. Deep -groove ball bearings. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES, INC. 44 42 56.05-PS2 - PAGE 6 OF 12 PRESELECTION PACKAGE 2 0318-084-01 CHOPPER PUMP MIXING SYSTEM JULY 2025 HTTPS://US-PARTNER-INTEGRATIONS.EGNYTE.COM/MSOFFICE/WOPI/FILES/A879C821-DD85-4A35-90C 1- A173EC707C97/WOPISERVICEID_TP_EGNYTE_PLUS/WOPIUSERID_ 156.PLUMMER.EGNYTE.COM/44 42 56.05-PS2 CHOPPER PUMP MIXING SYSTEM.DOCX ATTACHMENT 4-8 MARYS CREEK WRF 2. Angular contact ball bearings shall be mounted in an adjustable position thrust bearing cartridge to permit upper cutter to impeller adjustment. a. A single spherical roller radial bearing shall also be provided. 3. Shall be permanently lubricated with a minimum L 10 life rated 100,000 hours at full load. I. Pump Mechanical Seal: 1. Provide to isolate bearings from pumped media at operating temperatures to 250 degrees F. 2. Shall be fitted with silicon carbide seal faces to provide long life expectancy in the presence of grit and abrasive solids. 3. Shall not require a seal flush or a lubrication monitoring system to ensure reliability. 4. Seal system shall either be: a. Double mechanical seal system; or b. Cartridge -type seal system. 5. Double Mechanical Seal System a. Contains one stationary silicon carbide ring and one rotating silicon carbide part running in the oil for cooling and lubrication. b. Mounted on the motor shaft to isolate the oil chamber from the dry motor stator housing and the medium from the oil chamber. c. The impeller and pump casing back plate design, both having pump out vanes, shall protect the outer mechanical seal. d. Each pump shall be provided with an oil chamber for the shaft sealing system. e. Drains and inspection plugs shall be provided with positive anti -leak seal and shall be accessible from the outside. 6. Cartridge -Type Mechanical Seal System a. Shall be with Viton O -rings and silicon carbide faces. b. Shall be located immediately behind the impeller hub to eliminate the stuffing box and maximize the flushing available from the impeller pump out vanes. c. Shall be pre -assembled and pre -tested so that no seal settings or adjustments are required from the installer. d. Any springs used to push the seal faces together must be shielded from the fluid to be pumped. e. Shall also include a 17-4PH, heat -treated seal sleeve and ductile iron seal housing. 7. Single spring rubber bellows type mechanical seals are unacceptable. J. Shaft Coupling: 1. Motor shall be close coupled directly to pump shaft using solid sleeve coupling that is keyed to both pump and motor shaft. 2. Slip clutches and shear pins between shaft and motor are unacceptable. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES, INC. 44 42 56.05-PS2 - PAGE 7 OF 12 PRESELECTION PACKAGE 2 0318-084-01 CHOPPER PUMP MIXING SYSTEM JULY 2025 HTTPS://US-PARTNER-INTEGRATIONS.EGNYTE.COM/MSOFFICE/WOPI/FILES/A879C821-DD85-4A35-90C 1- A173EC707C97/WOPISERVICEID_TP_EGNYTE_PLUS/WOPIUSERID_ 156.PLUMMER.EGNYTE.COM/44 42 56.05-PS2 CHOPPER PUMP MIXING SYSTEM.DOCX ATTACHMENT 4-8 MARYS CREEK WRF K. Inlet Manifold: The pump assembly shall be mounted vertically on a 90° steel elbow with an ANSI CL 150 inlet flange, cleanout, suction pressure tap, drain connection, and fabricated steel pedestal base. L. Stainless Steel Nameplates: Attach to pump and drive motor giving manufacturer's model and serial number, rated capacity, head, speed and all pertinent data. 2.05 CHOPPING SYSTEM A. Chopping/maceration of materials must be accomplished in the methods described in this subsection. B. Chopping method shall either be: 1. Knife System; or 2. Cutter System. C. Knife System: the action of two rotating knives moving across from one to three fixed knives mounted on the pump inlet and external to the pump casing. 1. Rotating and fixed knives shall be easily replaceable without the use of special tools or requirement of pump disassembly. 2. An anti -clog bar shall be mounted on the pump volute in conjunction with the stationary knives. The impeller shall incorporate a raised vane tip, which, in conjunction with the anti -clog bar, will eliminate stringy material from clogging at the impeller eye. Pump designs that require a cleanout plug in the pump casing shall not be accepted. D. Cutter System: the action of the curved, cupped and sharpened leading edges at bottom of impeller blades as they move across the cutter bar, creating a smooth efficient slicing effect. Backing plate shall allow external adjustment of impeller to cutter clearance. a. Shall include a replaceable Rockwell C60 steel wearplate with internal cutter groove, and adjustability to maintain 0.030 - 0.050" clearance to cut against the rotating impeller pump -out vanes for removing fiber and debris from the mechanical seal area. 2. Cutter Bar: a. Shall be single cast component recessed into pump bowl with a funnel shaped inlet opening. b. Impeller shall not extend past the cutter bar. c. As a part of the casting, segment bars shall extend inwardly, to within 0.38mm (0.0 15") of the cutter nut. d. Set clearance between cutter bar and impeller shall be adjustable to 0.25mm to 0.38mm (0.010" to 0.015"). PLUMMER ASSOCIATES, INC. 44 42 56.05-PS2 - PAGE 8 OF 12 PRESELECTION PACKAGE 2 0318-084-01 CHOPPER PUMP MIXING SYSTEM JULY 2025 HTTPS://US-PARTNER-INTEGRATIONS.EGNYTE.COM/MSOFFICE/WOPI/FILES/A879C821-DD85-4A35-90C 1- A173EC707C97/WOPISERVICEID_TP_EGNYTE_PLUS/WOPIUSERID_ 156.PLUMMER.EGNYTE.COM/44 42 56.05-PS2 CHOPPER PUMP MIXING SYSTEM.DOCX ATTACHMENT 4-8 MARYS CREEK WRF e. ASTM A148 cast alloy steel and heat treated to a minimum 60 Rockwell C Hardness. 3. Upper Cutter Assembly: a. Impeller pump -out vanes shall be specially modified to shear against upper cutter assembly mounted into back side of casing, in order to eliminate build up of rags, hair, or other stringy material in seal area or between impeller and pump casing. b. Shall consist of no more than 2 cutting anvils to minimize potential for binding. c. Set clearance between impeller and upper cutter shall be adjustable to 0.254mm (.010") or less. d. AISI 8620 alloy steel case hardened to a minimum 60 Rockwell C Hardness. 4. Cutter Nut: a. Use to affix impeller to shaft and to eliminate binding or wrapping of stringy materials at pump inlet. b. Shall consist of hex head sufficiently sized for ease of removal, and shall include integral cast anvil which shears against adjacent surface of segment bars on cutter bar. c. AISI 8620 alloy steel case hardened to a minimum 60 Rockwell C Hardness. 2.06 ELECTRIC MOTOR A. Provide motor in accordance with Division 26, including Specification Section 26 20 00 — Low -Voltage AC Induction Motors. B. Motor shall comply with the more stringent requirements listed in the applicable specification sections. C. Motor shall at least be a totally enclosed, dry -pit submersible type, continuous - duty that is capable of sustaining a maximum of 10 evenly spaced starts per hour and equipped with a cooling mechanism. D. Shall include the following: Suitable for connection to 460 Volt, 60 Hertz, 3 phase power supply, and 1.15 service factor. 2. Class F insulation system with Class F materials. 3. Stator shall be dipped and baked three times in Class F varnish. 4. The rotor bars and short circuit rings shall be made of aluminum. 5. The motor shaft shall be steel AISI 4340. 6. Stator housing shall be of gray cast iron AISI A48 -40B. 7. Frame shall be cast iron. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES, INC. 44 42 56.05-PS2 - PAGE 9 OF 12 PRESELECTION PACKAGE 2 0318-084-01 CHOPPER PUMP MIXING SYSTEM JULY 2025 HTTPS://US-PARTNER-INTEGRATIONS.EGNYTE.COM/MSOFFICE/WOPI/FILES/A879C821-DD85-4A35-90C 1- A173EC707C97/WOPISERVICEID_TP_EGNYTE_PLUS/WOPIUSERID_ 156.PLUMMER.EGNYTE.COM/44 42 56.05-PS2 CHOPPER PUMP MIXING SYSTEM.DOCX ATTACHMENT 4-8 MARYS CREEK WRF 8. 25 feet of manufacturer's submersible cable for power and controls. 9. Moisture and Thermal Sensors, and associated protection relay. E. Acceptable types include: 1. heavy-duty, asynchronous squirrel -cage speed type 2. C -flange mounted immersible -type 2.07 SURFACE PREPARATION AND PAINTING A. Pump units shall be Sandblasted and a prime coat of epoxy coating and a finish coat of epoxy coating (for a total minimum thickness of 30 MDFT). B. Epoxy coating shall meet the requirements of Specification Section 09 90 00 — Painting and Coating. 2.08 RECIRCULATION NOZZLE ASSEMBLY: A. Recirculation/mixing of bulk liquids shall be accomplished by means of mixing nozzles. B. Fit pump with recirculation nozzle assembly to permit recirculation of contents prior to and during discharge. C. Connect valve assembly to pump discharge to adjust pump flow to recirculation nozzle. Valve shall be ASTM A536 ductile cast iron construction with Type 316 stainless steel valve disk. D. Mixing nozzles shall be made of the following material: 1. Solid stainless steel; or 2. Glass -lined ductile cast iron E. Nozzles shall be installed on stainless steel pipe located within the tank. F. Stainless Steel Fittings: shall connect stainless steel nozzles with the pipe through bolts and an ANSI flange G. Glass -lined Ductile Cast Iron Fittings: shall connect glass -lined ductile cast iron nozzles with the pipe through a glass -lined cast ductile iron, 150 -pound flanged piping connection. 2.09 ACCESSORIES A. Any accessories provided as part of the Chopper Pump Mixing System Package by the SUPPLIER shall meet the following requirements: 1. Valves and piping shall meet Division 40 requirements. 2. Metal accessories shall meet Division 5 requirements. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES, INC. 44 42 56.05-PS2 - PAGE 10 OF 12 PRESELECTION PACKAGE 2 0318-084-01 CHOPPER PUMP MIXING SYSTEM JULY 2025 HTTPS://US-PARTNER-INTEGRATIONS.EGNYTE.COM/MSOFFICE/WOPI/FILES/A879C821-DD85-4A35-90C l - A173EC707C97/WOPISERVICEID_TP_EGNYTE_PLUS/WOPIUSERID_156.PLUMMER.EGNYTE.COM/44 42 56.05-PS2 CHOPPER PUMP MIXING SYSTEM.DOCX ATTACHMENT 4-8 MARYS CREEK WRF a. All metal accessories submerged within the tank shall be AISI 316 stainless steel. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 FIELD TESTING A. Field test pump in the presence of ENGINEER or Owner's representative to demonstrate that installation is correctly completed, and each pump is operating satisfactorily without vibration or cavitation. B. Field test shall be supervised by pump manufacturer's representative. C. ENGINEER requires 72 working hours written notice prior to such tests. D. Field test pump with water prior to or during testing of process equipment. Perform second field test on specified service fluid during initial process startup. E. Supply required metering devices and gauges necessary to demonstrate pump performance. Supply and install gauge connections as required. F. Perform manufacturer's standard motor test on equipment. Include vibration test, as follows: 1. Dynamically balance rotating parts of each pump and its driving unit before final assembly. 2. Limits: a. Driving Unit Alone: Less than 80 percent of NEMA MG 1 limits. b. Complete Rotating Assembly Including Drive Unit and Motor: Less than 90 percent of limits established in the Hydraulic Institute Standards. G. Test results must be properly documented and presented to ENGINEER. H. Successful field tests done on water shall not constitute acceptance of pumping unit. Pump will be accepted only after successful performance tests on specified service. 3.02 FIELD /SITE QUALITY CONTROL A. PRESELECTED EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER Services 1. PRESELECTED EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER Field Representative: The PRESELECTED EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER Field Representative shall be present at the project site or classroom designated by OWNER for minimum person -days and trips provided in the table below. Each person -day shall be defined as eight (8) hours duration, exclusive of travel. The PRESELECTED PLUMMER ASSOCIATES, INC. 44 42 56.05-PS2 - PAGE 11 OF 12 PRESELECTION PACKAGE 2 0318-084-01 CHOPPER PUMP MIXING SYSTEM JULY 2025 HTTPS://US-PARTNER-INTEGRATIONS.EGNYTE.COM/MSOFFICE/WOPI/FILES/A879C821-DD85-4A35-90C l - A173EC707C97/WOPISERVICEID_TP_EGNYTE_PLUS/WOPIUSERID_156.PLUMMER.EGNYTE.COM/44 42 56.05-PS2 CHOPPER PUMP MIXING SYSTEM.DOCX ATTACHMENT 4-8 MARYS CREEK WRF EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER Field Representative shall revisit the jobsite as often as necessary to correct deficiencies. Table 1— Manufacturer Field Services Work Description No. of No. of Trips Person Days Installation assistance and inspection 2 1 Installation Supervision and Certification of 2 1 Installation Functional and Performance Testing 1 1 Pre -startup Classroom or Site Training 1 Can be combined with facility startup Facility Startup 2 1 Post -startup Training of OWNER's Personnel 1 1 2. PRESELECTED EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER'S post -startup training of OWNER'S personnel shall not be performed until after equipment has successfully completed the functional and performance tests. B. Performance Tests: Performance testing shall be in accordance with division 01 91 14-PS2 "Equipment Testing and Facility Startup." C. Training of Owner's personnel shall be at such times and at such locations as requested by the Owner. D. See Section 01 43 33-PS2, Manufacturers' Field Services END OF SECTION PLUMMER ASSOCIATES, INC. 44 42 56.05-PS2 - PAGE 12 OF 12 PRESELECTION PACKAGE 2 0318-084-01 CHOPPER PUMP MIXING SYSTEM JULY 2025 HTTPS://US-PARTNER-INTEGRATIONS.EGNYTE.COM/MSOFFICE/WOPI/FILES/A879C821-DD85-4A35-90C l - A173EC707C97/WOPISERVICEID_TP_EGNYTE_PLUS/WOPIUSERID_156.PLUMMER.EGNYTE.COM/44 42 56.05-PS2 CHOPPER PUMP MIXING SYSTEM.DOCX ATTACHMENT 4-8 CITY OF FORT WORTH MARY'S CREEK WATER RECLAMATION FACILITY GEA EQUIPMENT US DEWATERING PACKAGE Refer to City Secretary's website for fully executed contract documents with GEA Equipment US ATTACHMENT 4-8 CITY OF FORT WORTH MARY'S CREEK WATER RECLAMATION FACILITY PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK ATTACHMENT 4-8 cIL' GEAMechanicalEquipmentUS,lnc. S,In I EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION I 111 For future reference, it is recommended that the user have available important information concerning the system. Please make sure that the following information provided is as complete as possible. This information will assist with the ordering of replacement parts and will be requested during any inquires at the factory. Dewatering Machine Application: (Thickened WAS Sludge) Machine Purchaser: Purchaser Contract Number Purchaser Equipment ID No.: Contract Date: Installation Location Westfalia Separator Project Number Centrifuge Model Number Year of Construction Number of machines Ordered: Serial Number(s) City of Fort Worth, TX 00 52 43-PS2 - 1 CDW01_T01_CEN01 CDW01_T01_CEN02 3/26/2026 Fort Worth, TX 3652xxxxxx Pro 6000-00-34 2026 2 8014-xxx, 8014-xxx ATTACHMENT 4-8 GEAMechanicalEquipmentUS,Inc. p Bill of Materials / Scope of Supply 1/1 Cwj--::�AGEA Westfalia Separator Division Below is a summary of the Scope of Supply for the Mary's Creek, TX project: Two (2) Pro 6000 Centrifuges with 60 HP Bowl motor and 20 HP Scroll Motor Two (2) Auto -Grease Lubrication Systems Two (2) Solids Divert Gates, motor operated Two (2) Solids Divert Gate flexible connectors Two (2) Centrate discharge chute flexible connectors Two (2) Flexible connectors for feed line Two (2) Flexible connectors for polymer piping Two (2) Centrifuge Main Control Panels for Centrifuge including Fan/Filter, Modicon PLC, ABB VFDs, UPS, NEMA 12, CS, UL rated Two (2) Centrifuge Local Operator Panels for Centrifuge including OIT, Alarm Horn/Beacon, Pushsbuttons, NEMA 4X, 3045S, UL rated One (1) Set of standard tools to disassemble and service centrifuges. One (1) Bowl Cart One (1) Set of spare parts and lubricants, per scope of supply document One (1) Spare Rotating Assembly, per scope of supply document One (1) Set of electrical spare parts, per scope of supply document One (1) Electronic copy of O&M manual plus One (1) Hard copy (final version) One (1) Lot of GEA Technical services at the jobsite for Installation, Startup, Training, & Maintenance (18 days / 5 trips including T & E) Warranty: 24 months after acceptance Shop Test of Centrifuges in Germany including Test Certificates Shop Test of Control Panels in US, including Test Reports Lot of shipping services for above items to jobsite. INTERNAL ATTACHMENT 4-8 I I `i OEA Mechanical Equipment US, Inc.I Warranty — Mary's Creek, TX 111 GEA Westfalia Separator Division Pro 6000 Centrifuge A. Manufacturer/Supplier shall guarantee that the equipment, materials, and performance shall be as specified herein and will be free of defects as a result of faulty design, materials, or workmanship for a period not less than 2 years from date of acceptance of equipment at the Job Site. Any conditions resulting in equipment failure or performance failure shall be considered a type ofdefect. B. Any type of equipment failure or defect discovered during the warranty period or testing, regardless of its magnitude, shall be addressed and corrected to the satisfaction of the Owner by manufacturer, at no cost to the Owner. Owner shall not be responsible for any cost resulting from equipment failure during the warranty period. ATTACHMENT 4-8 Customer: Mary's Creek, TX Project -/Order -No.: 3652xxxxxx GEA Mechanical Equipment US, Inc. GEA Westfalia Separator Location: Ft. Worth, TX Project -title: Mary's Creek, TX WWTP Pro 6000 Division Bill of Materials Tag No. Qty Description Size Power! Type GEA Item No. Comments DECANTER ASSEMBLY BELOW QUANTITIES PER ASSEMBLY 100 1 PRO 6000 9987-xxxx-xxx 9987-xxxx-xxx SN 8014-xxx SN 8014-xxx 101 1 MAIN (BOWL) MOTOR 60 HP 5390-7888-339 W/ DECANTER 102 1 SCROLL MOTOR 20 HP 5390-7860-379 W/ DECANTER 103 1 AUTO -GREASE SYSTEM 8443-3245-010 W/ DECANTER 201 1 SLUDGE FEED FLEX 3" ANSI FLG 8443-2297-030 W/ DECANTER 202 1 POLYMER FEED FLEX 1" (25MM ID) FLEX TUBE 0018-442-828 W/ DECANTER 203 1 DIVERT GATE 9911-8827-220 W/ DECANTER — Motor Actuated 204 1 DVERT GATE DISCHARGE FLEX 9149-2832-XXX GEA WSUS 205 2 DIVERT GATE DRAIN & CENTRATE VENT FLEX 6" ANSI FLANGE 9149-2832-017 GEA WSUS 206 1 CENTRATE CHUTE 9911-8065-555 PROVIDED BY OTHERS 207 1 CENTRATE DISCHARGE FLEX 8" ANSI FLANGE 9149-2832-xxx GEA WSUS VE 1 CENTRIFUGE VIBRATION SENSOR 8443-3297-000 W/ DECANTER TE 2 CENTRIFUGE BEARING TEMPERATURE SENSOR 8443-3292-000 W/ DECANTER 701 1 MAIN CONTROL PANEL 460/3/60 9200-0517-xxx GEA WSUS - NEMA 12, CS 702 1 LOCAL OPERATOR STATION 110/1/60 9200-0517-xxx GEA WSUS - NEMA 4X, SS Created Date: January 26, 2026 By: P. Carforo Checked Date: By: Approved Date: March 24,2026 By: RXF Document No.: 9149-5701-037 BOM Rev.: 0 Page: 2/2 Copyright. © All rights reserved Issued for: ATTACHMENT 4-8 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 REVISIONS No. DESCRIPTION DATE APPROVED 4372 [172 1/8"] 0 RELEASED FOR APPROVAL 07/APR/26 RXF D o 7 D O C M O u � O N O N N N N 1 O O __j 324 [12 3/4"] MOTOR END VIEW PLAN VIEW NOT SHOWN CONVEYOR FEED END VIEW V kI4EC C o 0 P T __ _ >500 >500 [19 5/8"] [195/8"] pa A2 _ O iV } Al J2 m o LVL CENT I UGE 800'-0" N C4 ° O \ u 1" PIPE ° B4#1. u SAMPEE SHIM TO MAINT • ' • • DECANTER LEVEL "� `� °� ° WITHIN <1% OR B2 - • m 02 • •• LESS THAN 2mm - • 0 •° • i ° • 8 ^ , •° ° B3 •LIQUID CHUTE e.°° < • • • •° • r B1 C3 r DASHED OUTLINE ° < • • a ° � 4 • • ro u o [20 5f8"Ci • 1457 [57 3/8"] 524 ] a . ° � 9 • • m • el i L° ° ° • • • ` ' ' 2600 [102 3f8] i[43 15/16] . e • • • • , E a UPPERY920 792'-0' 4 4 >700 [27.56"] ELEVATION FRONT VIEW 3652XXXXXX XXXXXX wo rrEn THIW ED PRO 6000 2 WESTFPLW CUSTOMER CUSTOMER ENO USE MACHINE DIV NUMBER UMBER THIS DOCUMENT AND/OR SOFTWARE CONTAINS PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION AND IS NOT TO BE COPIED, REPRODUCED OR TRANSMITTED TO ANYONE EXCEPT THE PARTY/ NOTES: CHUTES SUPPORT BY OTHERS PROJECT FOR WHICH IT IS INTENDED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF GEA MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT UN, INC„ GEA WESTFALIA SEPARATOR DIVISION, JANESVILLE, WI U.S.A. A SU C�r1 Westfalia Separator Division A PHUONG P. 10/FEB/26 N"rtM1 Rmenca, Inc. 400 5 Walh,mg Hills 0r. Janesville, WI 53546 cM1acxm EE: I,. ru.: INSTALLATION PLAN cIaME` '° PRO 6000 PC 07/APR/26 Im. F.S.C M. No. pvallo. "0°°" UU L 9149-4100-815 0 ee+a-n+oo-worn+asa+oo-eax ..� RXF 07/APR/2600.0 630450 1 OF 4 8 7 6 5 4 4 3 2 ATTACHMENT 4-8 D C III A 8 1 7 6 5 'V 4 0299 [11 3/4"] 460 [18 1/8"] 0259 [10 3/16"] B.C. 373 [14 11/16"] 440 [17 5/16"] 0168 12 PLACES: \ 400 [15 3/4"] K3.2 __ 37 [12 1/2"] W K3.1 r ran GO OT o M10x1.5 O r�i m m "� 12 -PLACES u m 0 AT 0 N I 03 JO3 O4 K3.4 K3.3 1442.5 [56 13/16] 524.5 [205/8] 2600 [102 3/8"] 892 [35 1/8"] 1104 [43 7/16"] VIEW B -B 1116.0 [43 15/16"] INSTALLATION EXAMPLE! O1 O2 Z:NTS WHEN RATING THE SUPPORTING CONSTRUCTION (FOUNDATION), THE LOAD AS SPECIFIED IN THE TABLE BELOW MUST BE TAKEN INTO ACCOUNT. FOR VIBRATORY SUBSTRUCTURES, WE RECOMMENDED A RATING IN WHICH THE NATURAL FREQUENCIES OF THE SUBSTRUCTURE ARE AT LEAST 30% ABOVE THE OPERATING SPEED OF THE DECANTER, WHEN THE SUPPORTING STRUCTURE IS LOADED BY THE DECANTER, THE INHERENT FREQUENCIES OF THIS STRUCTURE AND OF ADJACENT OPERATING STRUCTURAL PARTS MUST NOT BE IN THE RANGE OF THE DECANTER'S OPERATING SPEED. LOAD PER LEG AND VIBRATION ISOLATOR FOOT NO. STATIC LOAD VERTICAL MAX. OVA. LOAD VERTICAL MAX. DUN. LOAD HORIZONTAL MAX. LOAD TOTAL K3.1 - K3.4 10437 N 1044 N 419 N 11481 N 7 6 5 200M3/H 2 ID I.] THIS DOCUMENT AND/OR SOFTWARE CONTAINS PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION AND IS NOT TO BE COPIED, REPRODUCED OR TRANSMITTED TO ANYONE EXCEPT THE PARTY/ PROJECT FOR WHICH IT IS INTENDED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF GEA MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT US, INC., GEA WESTFALIIAIORAASSEPA�RATR DIVISION, JANESVILLE, WI U.S.A. V Drava: Dace: ` PHUONG P. 10/FEB/26 Westfalia Separator Division ,q North NRS,00, Inc. 400 S Wuihering HEM Dr. Joneoaille, WI 53546 Creaked E.E.: ote. Title: INSTALLATION PLAN cneal<ed M.E.: bole: PRO 6000 PC 07/APR/26 NA, FS.GM. No. Nwg. No. Re,. AP°rooed: 0,1, 0 9149-4100-815 0 RXF 07/APR/26 Scale. -1-D M/F_8 z-4roo-o O / ai49-4100-eoi 5hee° 2 OF 4 4 5 2 ATTACHMENT 4-8 8 D I A 7 7 CLIENT'S FLOOR 6 6 5 W FtOHTS 4 kg Ibs Centrifuge Empty 3290 8642 Rotating Assembly 1530 3373 Boal Filling 340 748 3 NOTES: 1. The model Pro6000 has 4lgs._ For calculation of structural loads, the load is assumed to be distributed evenly_ 2 The loads are reported below the viscodampers 3. The dynamic loads are oscillating at a frequency equal to the bowl speed. 4 The resonance frequency of the entire centrifuge is in the range of 10-13Hz 5. The Bowl Filling is the weight of the product in a full bowl assuming a specific gravity of 1.5 rariations in machine designs and product buildup 5 4 NOTES: 1. ALL CONNECTIONS MUST BE FLEXIBLE 2. FOR PROPER VENTING OF DISCHARGE HOPPERS REFER TO THE INSTALLATION MANUAL -IMPROPER VENTING. CAN LEAD TO LEAKAGE PROBLEMS 3. CUSTOMER IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE FOUNDATION 4. FOR FURTHER INFORMATION PLEASE SEE INSTALLATION MANUAL. 3 2 Al PRODUCT FEED, 3' ANSI FLANGE A2 : POLYMER FEED, HOSE DN25 BI : SOLIDS DISCHARGE B2 SOLIDS DISCHARGE DIVERT GATE (DWG,. 9911-8827-220) B3 : SOLIDS DISCHARGE FLEX (DWG. 9149-2832-145) B4 : SOLIDS DRAIN / VENT FLEX (DWG 9149-2832-079) C1 LIQUID DISCHARGE 8' ANSI FLANGE TO MATCH C2 : LIQUID DISCHARGE CHUTE (DWG. 9911-8065-555) C3 : LIQUID DISCHARGE FLEX (DWG. 9149-2832-144) 8' ANSI FLANGE TO MATCH C4 : LIQUID DISCHARGE VENT FLEX (DWG, 9149-2832-143) G' ANSI FLANGE. TO MATCH J2 : LEAKAGE OF FEED TUBE GAP, PIPE 03Dort M : ELECTRIC TROLLEY HOIST (MIN, LIFTING CAPACITY 2000 KG. ) MAX. CRANE LIFTING SPEED 10M/MIN, STATIC LOAD F OF DECANTER INCLUDES MAX, FILLED. BOWL 4260 KG. N : CENTER OF GRAVITY - COMPLETE MACHINE 01 : VENT LINE (SOLIDS DISCHARGE LINE) ❑1. 1: FLEXIBLE CONNECTION PIECE (VENT LINE OF SOLIDS DISCHARGE SYSTEM) 02 : VENT LINE (LIQUID DISCHARGE LINE) 02.1: FLEXIBLE CONNECTION PIECE (VENT LINE OF LIQUID DISCHARGE SYSTEM) 03 : GEAR CHAMBER VENT 04 : FRAME VENT P : VOLTAGE EQUALIZATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH EN60204-1 T : AUTO GREASE UNIT U BOWL LIFTING DEVICE V : DIRECTION OF ROTATION W CABLE DUCT THE FOLLOWING REQUIREMENTS ARE MADE FOR THE FEED AND DISCHARGE LINES AND SOLIDS DISCHARGE: -FLEXIBLE TO AVOID THE TRANSMISSION OF VIBRATIONS -CLOSED TO REDUCE NOISE DEVELOPMENT -VALVES AND PUMPS MUST BE ADAPTED TO THE PRODUCT -PROTECTED DEVICES MUST AFFORD THE FOLLOWING PROTECTION: -CONTACT WITH THE ROTATING BOWL MUST BE PREVENTED -OPERATING PERSONNEL MUST NOT BE ENDANGERED BY DISCHARGED PRODUCT. DANGER ZONES MUST BE MADE INACCESSIBLE. -THE FEED: -MUST HAVE A SHUT-OFF DEVICE SO AS TO BE ABLE TO INTERRUPT THE PRODUCT SUPPLY IN CASE OF OPERATING MALFUNCTIONS, -SHOULD ENABLE UNIFORM PRODUCT SUPPLY WITH A CONSTANT SOLIDS CONTENT -THE CENTRATE DISCHARGE: -MUST BE FREE, AND NO BACKPRESSURE MAY DEVELOP. -IF SEVERAL MACHINES HAVE A LINE IN COMMON, MAKE SURE THAT ANY BACKFLOW WILL BE PREVENTED -DESIGN THE SOLIDS DISCHARGE TO PREVENT BRIDGING -DO NOT CONSTRICT THE DISCHARGE -ENSURE ADEQUATE DE -AERATION OF THE SOLIDS CHUTE OR DOWNSTREAM SOLIDS TANK ETC. -THE SOLIDS DISCHARGE MUST BE PROVIDED WITH A FLOW-DIVERTIN DEVICE BECAUSE LIQUID DISCHARGES THROUGH THE SOLIDS OUTLET DURING START-UP, SHUT -DOWN AND FLUSHING -IN HOT OPERATIONS, IT MUST BE ENSURED THAT STEAM DOES NOT FLOW THROUGH DECANTERS AT STANDSTILL BY FITTING SHUT-OFF DEVICES IN THE FEED AND DISCHARGE. C THIS DOCUMENT AND/OR SOFTWARE CONTAINS PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION AND IS NOT TO BE COPIED, REPRODUCED OR TRANSMITTED TO ANYONE EXCEPT THE PARTY/ PROJECT FOR WHICH IT IS INTENDED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF GEA MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT US, INC., GEA WESTFALIA SEPARATOR DIVISION, JANESVILLE, Al U.S.A. PHUONC P. 10/FEB/26 C ,'\ Westfalia Separator Division A North Aenca, Inc. 4W S Wutherng HIS Dr. Janesvlle, WI 53545 Cl:eckeU E.E.: pots. T'tle: INSTALLATION PLAN 4 WOE' 0000 PRO 6000 PC 07/APR/26 sz": FsCM. No. so. N", Rev. poloD 9149-4100 815 0 RXF 07/APR/26 scale, .." u/Fe 4z-noo-o35 / sr o-s_o oo_soz sn t: 3 OF 4 2 ATTACHMENT 4-8 8 7 6 5 .:3 GRATING BY OTHERS C C GRATING OPENING RECOMMENDED BY OTHERS CONCRETE SUPPORT BY OTHERS B CONCRETE FLOOR B BY OTHERS TEE & PIPE BY OTHERS THIS DOCUMENT AND/OR SOFTWARE CONTAINS PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION AND IS NOT TO BE COPIED, REPRODUCED OR TRANSMITTED TO ANYONE EXCEPT THE PARTF/ PROJECT FOR WHICH IT IS INTENDED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF GEA MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT US, INC., GEA WESTFALIA SEPARATOR DIVISION, JANESVILLE, WI U.S.A. A CA Westfalia Separator Division A PHUONG P. 10/FEB/26 North M e-. Inc. 400 S wutheflng Hills Or. Ja5esA , WI 53546 Checked E.E.: Oafs: Tlle: INSTALLATION PLAN 055shed m.: Dale: PRO 6000 PC 07/APR/26 Siza: FBCA1. Rv, No. g o '°°" °efe' D 9149-4100-815 0 RXF 07/APR/26 stele: eel. ^.1'-0' M/F:8--4100-030 / 9149-4100-802 Sh 4 OF 4 8 7 6 5 4 4 3 2 ATTACHMENT 4-8 MARY'S CREEK WRF SECTION 46 76 33 DEWATERING CENTRIFUGES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK OF THIS SECTION A. This section covers the work necessary to provide two dewatering centrifuges, including centrifuge control panels, centrifuge variable frequency drive (VFD) panels and all appurtenances as specified herein. B. The Dewatering Centrifuge Manufacturer shall supply qualified manufacturer installation personnel to supervise the unloading, erection, placement, adjustment, testing, start-up, commissioning, and guaranteed performance testing of the equipment specified in this specification. The Dewatering Centrifuge Manufacturer shall supply qualified factory representatives for training of the City's personnel. 1.02 GENERAL A. Unit Responsibility: A single centrifuge manufacturer shall be the Manufacturer responsible for supplying the dewatering centrifuges, complete with all accessories and appurtenances (including, but not necessarily limited to, electric motors and hydraulic motors/pumps, control panels, electrical panels with variable frequency drives (VFDs, VFD panels, shafting, safety guards, speed reducers, and spare parts) and for the design, assembly, delivery, installation supervision, startup, and testing of the centrifuges. The centrifuge manufacturer shall furnish all components and accessories of the system to enhance compatibility, ease of operation and maintenance, and as necessary to place the equipment in operation in conformance with the specified performance, features, and functions. The centrifuges shall be produced and assembled by the manufacturer at a facility owned and operated by the manufacturer and under the direct supervision and control of the manufacturer. B. Like items of equipment provided hereunder shall be the end products of one manufacturer in order to achieve standardization for operation, maintenance, spare parts, and manufacturers' services. C. AC Induction Motor Requirements: Conform to the requirements of Section 26 20 00-PS2, Low -Voltage AC Induction Motors. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 OCTOBER 6, 2025 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 JACOBS DEWATERING CENTRIFUGES 467633-PS2-1 ATTACHMENT 4-8 MARY'S CREEK WRF D. Variable Frequency Drive Requirements: Conform to the requirements of Section 26 29 23-PS2, Low -Voltage Variable Frequency Drives. Coordination shall include a letter verifying the compatibility of the VFDs with the motor and coordination of VFD sizing requirements. E. VFD and Control Panels: Conform to the requirements of Section 26 29 86-PS2, Mechanical Equipment Control Panels. F. General Requirements: See Division 01, General Requirements, which contains information and requirements that apply to the Work specified herein and are mandatory for this Project. G. Control System Requirements: Conform to the requirements of Section 40 61 00-PS2, Process Control Systems General Provisions, and related Sections. H. The control functions contained and described herein are intended to provide proposed minimum performance requirements. They do not necessarily identify each and every control function, connection, communications, or equipment to achieve the requirements. The Contractor shall install the system components furnished by the system supplier, with installation assistance from the Manufacturer. J. The Manufacturer shall perform factory testing as specified herein. K. The Manufacturer and Engineer shall jointly perform field performance testing as specified herein. 1.03 REFERENCES A. The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this section: 1. American Bearing Manufacturers Association (ABMA). 2. American Gear Manufacturers Association (AGMA). 3. American National Standards Institute (ANSI). 4. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME): PTC-36, Measurement of Industrial Sound. 5. American Welding Society (AWS). 6. ASTM International (ASTM): G65, Procedure A, Standard Practice for Conducting Dry Sand/Rubber Wheel Abrasion Tests. 7. British Standards Institute (BSI): BS 5490. 8. German Industrial Standards (DIN). DEWATERING CENTRIFUGES PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 46 76 33 - PS2 -2 OCTOBER 6, 2025 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 JACOBS ATTACHMENT 4-8 MARY'S CREEK WRF 9. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE). 10. Instrument Society of America (ISA). 11. National Electric Code (NEC). 12. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA): MG 1 — Motors and Generators. 13. Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA). 14. Society of Protective Coatings (SSPC). 15. UL. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be made in accordance with Section 01 33 10-PS2, Supplier's Submittals. In addition, the following specific information shall be provided: Shop Drawings: a. Documentation of modifications to the manufacturer's standard design to meet the requirements specified in this section. b. Document where the manufacturer's design does not comply with the specified performance, features, functions, and materials of construction specified herein by submitting a copy of this specification with notation of the specific clarifications, deviations, substitutions, and exceptions to the Specification. c. Bill of materials listing major system components, special tools, and spare parts. Include make, model, weight, and horsepower of each equipment assembly. d. Full list of spare parts per requirements of Section 01 78 43-PS2, Spare Parts and Maintenance Materials. e. Manufacturer's catalog information, descriptive literature, specifications, and identification of materials of construction for the centrifuge, main drive motor, backdrive motor, VFDs, control panel, electrical panel, power supply, lubrication system, and flexible connectors. Provide listing of materials of construction to match the listing in Section 01 60 00-PS2 Product Requirements. f. Data on the characteristics and performance of the units to indicate ability to meet the system performance specified herein, including hydraulic motor or back drive gear box rated torque capacity and torque capacity required to meet performance requirements. g. General arrangement and dimensional drawings certified by the manufacturer as correct. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 OCTOBER 6, 2025 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 JACOBS DEWATERING CENTRIFUGES 467633-PS2-3 ATTACHMENT 4-8 MARY'S CREEK WRF h. Detailed mechanical drawings showing the equipment fabrications and interface with other items. Include: 1) Dimensions, size, and locations of connections to other work, live and dead loads of equipment associated therewith. Provide drawings in electronic PDF format. 2) Foundation drawings showing anchor bolt layouts and locations. Provide drawings in electronic PDF format. 3) Equipment anchorage and support drawings and/or cut sheets indicating size, material, spacing, embedment and edge distances of anchors and other relevant information. Drawings should reflect the results of the calculations submitted as specified herein. 4) Weights of individual pieces of equipment and live (dynamic loads) created by the total weight of each centrifuge and ancillary equipment. Indicate maximum static and dynamic loads generated by the equipment, percent of loads dampened by vibration isolators, and final loads imparted to facility structure. 5) Scroll hard surfacing materials and coverage list and drawing showing the location of each. 6) Sizes and locations of space for incoming and outgoing conduits. 7) Minimum clearance distances around equipment required to access equipment for service/repair/removal. 8) Required flexible connections and maximum movement for compression, extension, deflection, and angular and torsional direction for each connection. i. Required pressure for sludge and polymer at centrifuge's feed connection. Outside utility requirements such as air, venting, internal pressure requirements, water (flow and pressure), power, drain, etc., for each component and its location on equipment and connection size. k. Calculated ABMA L -l0 bearing life or DIN ISO 281 L-10 bearing life, and type of lubrication recommended for all equipment. 1. Lubrication oil or grease data sheets, if applicable. DEWATERING CENTRIFUGES PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 46 76 33 - PS2 - 4 OCTOBER 6, 2025 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 JACOBS ATTACHMENT 4-8 MARY'S CREEK WRF m. Design data for the following: 1) Main drive motor sizing. 2) Backdrive motor sizing. 3) Main drive sheave and belt sizing. 4) VFD sizing. 5) Hydraulic motor and mechanical gear reducer/inducer sizing, as applicable. 6) Main bearings. 7) Maximum measured sound power levels, octave frequency band data at 3 feet, all sides of equipment. 8) Heat generation for motors and panels (BTUH). n. Motor submittals in conformance with Section 26 20 00-PS2, Low -Voltage AC Induction Motors. o. Certificate(s) demonstrating that the centrifuge production and assembly facilities are currently ISO 9001 certified. p. VFD submittals in conformance with Section 26 29 23-PS2, Variable Frequency Motor Controllers. q. Power and control wiring diagrams including terminals and numbers. r. Instrumentation and Controls: 1) Functional description of internal and external instrumentation and controls including list of parameters monitored, controlled, or alarmed. 2) Drawings showing instrumentation, control panels, control panel components, software, software licenses, accessories, panel layout drawings, panel wiring diagrams, and PLC input/output card drawings. 3) Control Panel drawing submittals shall be complete, fully demonstrating compliance with all specification requirements and features. Control Panel drawings shall include, but not be limited to, panel layout and bill of materials, panel power wiring schematics, and panel input/output wiring diagrams for each panel supplied. a) The submittal shall include a complete instrument list or Bill of Materials (BOM) including all instruments to be supplied by the Contractor. Instrument tagging shall adhere to the loop numbering and tagging scheme shown within the Drawings and Specifications. Controller/Transmitter details shall include, at a minimum: (1) Physical: Size and dimensions of equipment, Materials of construction for enclosure and wetted parts. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 DEWATERING CENTRIFUGES OCTOBER 6, 2025 46 76 33 - PS2 - 5 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 JACOBS ATTACHMENT 4-8 MARY'S CREEK WRF (2) Ratings: NEMA rating, hazardous area classification, and temperature ratings for the equipment. (3) Electrical Requirements: Note voltage, power requirements (two -wire or four -wire) and power consumption data, conduit entry size and terminal details (location, wire range, maximum torque). (4) Inputs/Outputs: Input and output characteristics and types. (5) Installation Details: Mounting details in sufficient detail to determine compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. (6) Internal Features: Communication protocols, control functions, programming parameters, jumper settings, software features, and licensing requirements. (7) Range, size, and graduations in engineering units. (8) Accuracy and repeatability. (9) Complete manufacturer/model number. b) Control Panel assembly and elevation drawings shall be drawn to scale and detail all equipment in or on the panel. Panel drawings shall be at least 11x17(inch) print size. As a minimum, the panel drawings shall include interior and exterior panel elevation drawings to scale, nameplate schedule, conduit access locations, and panel construction details. c) Control Panel control schematics and interconnection diagrams detailing the electrical connections of all equipment in and on the panel. Diagrams shall include power and signal connections, UPS and normal power sources, all panel ancillary equipment, protective devices, wiring and wire numbers, and terminal blocks and numbering. DEWATERING CENTRIFUGES PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 46 76 33 - PS2 - 6 OCTOBER 6, 2025 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 JACOBS ATTACHMENT 4-8 MARY'S CREEK WRF d) Point to point I/O wiring diagrams depicting wiring within the panel as well as connections to external devices. The diagram shall identify all device terminal points that the system connects to, including terminal points of equipment provided by others, Wiring labeling used on the Drawings shall match that shown on the Contract Documents or as developed by the manufacturer and approved by the Owner/Engineer. Field device wiring shall include the device ISA-tag and a unique numeric identifier. PLC I/O wiring shall be numbered with rack number, slot number, and point number. Two -wire and four -wire equipment shall be clearly identified, and power sources noted. Submit final wire numbering scheme for approval by the Owner/Engineer. Point -to -Point drawings shall be 1 1x17 (inch) minimum in size. e) Submit construction details, NEMA ratings, intrinsically safe barrier information, gas sealing recommendations, purging system details, etc. for panels located in hazardous locations or interfacing to equipment located in hazardous areas. f) Submit evidence that all control panels shall be constructed in conformance with UL 508 and bear the UL seal confirming the construction. Specify if UL compliance and seal application shall be accomplished at the fabrication location or by field inspection by UL inspectors. All costs associated with obtaining the UL seal and any inspections shall be borne by the Contractor and included in the contract. 4) Controller Program Submittal: a) Submit memory maps and input/output lists for all controllers provided for this Project. b) Each input/output point shall have a dedicated tag and descriptor. c) Submit input/output lists in Owner's Programming Requirements Documents format per Section 40 61 93 and 40 68 00-PS2, Applications Engineering Services. d) Submit preliminary and final OTT graphics per Section 40 68 00-PS2, Applications Engineering Services Requirements. e) Submit control descriptions per Section 40 68 00-PS2, Applications Engineering Services Requirements. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 DEWATERING CENTRIFUGES OCTOBER 6, 2025 46 76 33 - PS2 - 7 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 JACOBS ATTACHMENT 4-8 MARY'S CREEK WRF 5) Testing Plan Submittal: a) Submit Controls Testing Plan per Section 40 61 00-PS2, Process Control Systems General Provisions Requirements for Factory and Field Testing of the suppled control panels. s. Shop and Field Painting Systems Proposed: Include Manufacturer's descriptive technical catalog literature and specifications, hazardous communication data sheets, and written certification that the factory -applied coating system(s) is identical to the requirements specified. 1) Where system proposed is different from that specified or where, in the manufacturer's opinion, the coating system(s) exceed(s) the requirements specified, submit complete technical literature of the proposed system(s) to the Engineer for review. 2. Factory Quality Control Submittals: Obtain Engineer's review and approval of the information listed below prior to equipment shipment. a. Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance in accordance with Section 01 60 00-PS2, Product Requirements. b. Factory test results, reports, and certifications. Include: 1) Functional Test Reports and Certificates. 2) Vibration Test Reports and Certificates. 3) Noise Test Reports and Certificates. 4) For each AC motor, provide a certified copy of a test report for an identical motor tested in accordance with NEMA MG 1-12.53a and IEEE 112, Test Method B. The test report shall show full -load efficiency and power factor meeting or exceeding the specified minimum guaranteed values. Motors not as specified will be rejected. 5) Certified Scratch Abrasion Test results of the abrasion protection tiles. c. Submit certified copies of mill test results for the stainless -steel castings and abrasion -resistant materials to be used. The test reports shall certify that the materials supplied are in accordance with the applicable standards and shall include: 1) The actual material analysis. 2) Applicable standards. 3) Date of manufacture. 4) Place of manufacture. 5) Manufacturer's name. 6) Markings on the materials to denote the batch number. 7) Mechanical property test for rotating parts. d. Test results of the control panel and VFD panels for proper operation, construction, electrical connection, and function. DEWATERING CENTRIFUGES PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 46 76 33 - PS2 - 8 OCTOBER 6, 2025 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 JACOBS ATTACHMENT 4-8 MARY'S CREEK WRF 3. Informational Submittals: a. Shipping, storage and protection, and handling instructions. b. Anchorage and bracing calculations as required by Section 01 88 15-PS2, Anchorage and Bracing. c. Manufacturer's written/printed installation instructions. d. Routine maintenance requirements prior to plant startup. e. List of special tools, materials, and supplies furnished with equipment for use prior to and during startup and for future maintenance. f. ISO 9001 Certification. g. Testing Documentation: 1) Submit Factory Testing Documentation per Section 01 45 23 and Section 40 61 21-PS2, Process Control System — Testing Requirements. 2) Submit Operational Readiness Testing Documentation per Section 40 61 21-PS2, Process Control System — Testing Requirements. 3) Submit Functional Demonstration Testing Documentation per Section 40 61 21-PS2, Process Control System — Testing Requirements. 4) Field functional test reports. 4. Section 01 78 23-PS2, Operation and Maintenance Data with Maintenance Summary Form shall be provided in accordance with Section 01 33 10-PS2, Supplier's Submittals, and the following requirements: a. Operation, maintenance, recommended spare parts, and renewal parts information for all equipment furnished under this section. b. Set of complete as -reviewed Shop Drawing submittals. c. As -built electric and instrumentation and control wiring diagrams and equipment drawings. Refer to Section 40 61 00-PS2, Process Control Systems General Provisions, for additional requirements. d. Index of all equipment suppliers listing current names, addresses, and telephone numbers of those who should be contacted for service, information, and assistance. e. Detailed operational procedures including step-by-step startup, normal operation, shutdown, emergency shutdown, and troubleshooting procedures. f. Detailed preventative maintenance requirements and recommended schedule. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 OCTOBER 6, 2025 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 JACOBS DEWATERING CENTRIFUGES 467633-PS2-9 ATTACHMENT 4-8 MARY'S CREEK WRF g. Listing of startup/run-in values, normal values, and abnormal value settings for all monitored vibration and bearing temperatures. h. Bill of materials for all components, including part numbers, description, manufacturer, quantity, and seller. i. Software Maintenance Manuals shall comply with Section 40 68 00-PS2, Applications Engineering Services requirements, and also include native copies of all OIT and PLC program file backups 5. Equipment Testing Procedure Submittals: a. Centrifuge manufacturer shall submit test procedures for the following tests for review, comment, and approval at least 60 days in advance of the notice to conduct the performance testing: 1) Functional Testing. 2) Pre -Performance Testing. 3) Performance Testing. 6. Field Quality Control Submittals: a. Centrifuge manufacturer shall submit test reports within 20 days after completing field testing. b. Obtain Engineer's review and approval of the information listed below prior to project completion. c. Field test results, reports, and certifications to be submitted to the Engineer. Include the following: 1) Functional Test Report and Certificates. 2) Manufacturer's Certificate of Proper Installation in accordance with Section 01 43 33-PS2, Manufacturer's Field Services. 3) Pre -Performance Test Report and Certificates. 4) Performance Test Report and Certificates. 5) Optimization Assistance results. 6) Vibration Test Certificates. 7) Shaft alignment report for each piece of equipment. 7. Warranty: Supplier shall warrant equipment free from defects in materials and workmanship per requirements of Section 01 78 36-PS2, Warranties. DEWATERING CENTRIFUGES PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 46 76 33 - PS2 - 10 OCTOBER 6, 2025 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 JACOBS ATTACHMENT 4-8 MARY'S CREEK WRF 1.05 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Spare Parts and Special Tools: Item Quantity Drive Belts One complete set Main drive motor and backdrive motor (or hydraulic drive and pump) One each Feed Tube One Gear box One Complete Rotating Assembly (bowl, scroll, gear box or hydraulic motor, and bearings) One Lubricants One year supply B. Special Tools and Accessories: Provide manufacturer's recommended special tools and accessories beyond those specified above as required to install, startup, and commission the centrifuge, including the following minimum items: a. Bowl lifter, including spreader beam, shackles, and ratchet strap, suitable for bowl removal and replacement using the overhead bridge crane hoists. b. Straps for lifting of machine top case. c. Straps for lifting of drive motor assembly. d. Straps for lifting of gearbox or alternate hydraulic backdrive system. e. Tools for removal/installation of conveyor and thrust bearings. f. Tools for plate dam adjustment/replacement. C. Bowl Cart: Provide one bowl cart. D. Lubricants: All necessary lubricants shall be provided for the initial startup of the centrifuges. Lubricants and filters shall be provided and changed by the manufacturer as frequent as required during the period between successfully completed functional testing and equipment acceptance, up to a maximum period of 12 months. New lubricants and filters shall be provided and be put into the equipment by manufacturer at Substantial Completion. E. Delivery: In accordance with Section 01 60 00-PS2, Product Requirements. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 DEWATERING CENTRIFUGES OCTOBER 6, 2025 46 76 33 - PS2 - 11 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 JACOBS ATTACHMENT 4-8 MARY'S CREEK WRF F. Spare parts shall be delivered separate from the equipment, at project substantial completion. 1.06 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS A. All equipment furnished shall be designed and manufactured with due regard to safety of operation, accessibility, and durability of parts, and shall comply with all applicable Occupational Health and Safety Act, federal, state, and local safety regulations. 1.07 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer/Supplier shall guarantee that the equipment, materials, and performance shall be as specified herein and will be free of defects as a result of faulty design, materials, or workmanship for a period not less than 2 years from date of acceptance of equipment at the Job Site. Any conditions resulting in equipment failure or performance failure shall be considered a type of defect. B. Any type of equipment failure or defect discovered during the warranty period or testing, regardless of its magnitude, shall be addressed and corrected to the satisfaction of the Owner by manufacturer, at no cost to the Owner. Owner shall not be responsible for any cost resulting from equipment failure during the warranty period. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Each centrifuge system shall generally consist of a solid bowl, horizontal, continuous feed, scroll type unit, and shall be specifically designed to handle the sludges specified herein. Each unit shall be capable of continuous operations with a minimum of maintenance. B. Each centrifuge system shall be equipped with: 1. Variable frequency drive electric main drive motor assembly. 2. Variable frequency drive electric backdrive motor assembly or alternative hydraulic backdrive system. 3. Belt guards. 4. Automatic lubrication system for the rotating assembly's main bearings. 5. Vibration isolators. 6. Flexible connectors. D 7. Main drive and backdrive adjustable frequency drives or backdrive starter for alternate hydraulic backdrive system. 8. Control panels, electrical panel, and instrumentation and controls. DEWATERING CENTRIFUGES PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 46 76 33 - PS2 - 12 OCTOBER 6, 2025 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 JACOBS ATTACHMENT 4-8 MARY'S CREEK WRF 2.02 MANUFACTURER A. The centrifuge manufacturer shall have at least 10 years' experience in the design, application, and supply of centrifuges for dewatering of wastewater sludge from municipal wastewater treatment plants. Centrifuge manufacturer's production and assembly facilities shall be ISO 9001 certified. B. Submit list of reference installations including model number, location, sludge stream, number of units, starting date of operation, solids and hydraulic loading rates, performance (cake concentration, polymer dose and solids capture), and reference contact information. C. Modifications to Standard Equipment Model Offerings: Equipment provided shall be furnished, modified as necessary, to conform to the performance, functions, features, and materials of construction as specified herein. D. The dewatering centrifuges shall be from one of the following listed manufacturers: 1. Alfa -Laval, Inc. 2. Andritz Separation, Inc. 3. Centrisys Corp. 4. Flottweg, Inc. 5. GEA Separator, Inc. 2.03 SERVICE CONDITIONS A. The centrifuges, and appurtenances shall be suitable for the following environment: 1. Inside: a. Temperature: 45 degree F to Ambient plus 10 degrees F. b. Relative Humidity: 25 percent to 100 percent. c. NEC Classification: Unclassified. d. Intermittent water or sludge splash and spill conditions. e. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 12. B. The centrifuge control panels, centrifuge VFD panels, and appurtenances will be located in an electrical room separate from the centrifuge process space and shall be suitable for following environment: Inside, Air Conditioned: a. Temperature: 1) Normal: 65 degrees F to 80 degrees F. 2) With Up to 8 -Hour HVAC System Interruptions: 55 degrees F to 100 degrees F. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 OCTOBER 6, 2025 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 JACOBS DEWATERING CENTRIFUGES 467633-P52- 13 ATTACHMENT 4-8 MARY'S CREEK WRF b. Relative Humidity: 1) Normal: 30 percent (winter) to 50 percent (summer). 2) With Up to 8 -Hour HVAC System Interruption: 25 percent to 100 percent. c. NEC Classification: Nonhazardous, dry. d. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 12. C. The material to be dewatered is thickened waste activated sludge (TWAS) from biological nutrient removal process (enhanced biological phosphorus removal) treating municipal wastewater by an activated sludge process such as membrane bioreactor (MBR). The TWAS coming out of the RDT will be directed to the sludge holding tanks which will also receive unthickened WAS to achieve a net sludge %TS in the sludge holding tank as mentioned in section 2.03, D. The centrifuge will be fed from the sludge holding tank with net sludge %TS as mentioned in Section 2.03, D. Parameter Thickened Sludge Sludge Composition, Total Dry Solids Weight Basis 0% to 100% WAS Sludge Feed Concentration, % Total Dry Solids Exclusive of Polymer* 1.25-2.75 Volatile Solids Concentration, % Volatile Solids Dry Weight Basis 60 to 85 Sludge Temperature, degrees F 40 to 65 D. During periods of wet weather, the percent fixed suspended solids can increase, and percent volatile solids can decrease. E. The sludge to be dewatered will be fed to each centrifuge system from a dedicated variable speed centrifugal or progressing cavity pump. Polymer solution will be pumped by a dedicated progressing cavity polymer feed pump and injected into one of the following locations: 1. Injection port near the centrifuge feed tube. 2. Injection port downstream of the sludge feed pump discharge. DEWATERING CENTRIFUGES PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 46 76 33 - PS2 - 14 OCTOBER 6, 2025 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 JACOBS ATTACHMENT 4-8 MARY'S CREEK WRF 2.04 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. The centrifuge shall continuously receive, condition, and dewater the feed sludge specified herein, and continuously discharge the dewatered solids into the solids chute. Each unit shall be able to operate continuously on demand; shall be suitable for dewatering the specified sludge continuously for up to 24 hours per day, 4 days per week; and shall operate without spillage of sludge beyond the nominal solids discharge chute and piping envelope or spillage of centrate beyond the liquid (centrate) discharge chute and piping envelope. B. Manufacturer shall guarantee that the centrifuges shall each be capable of providing the minimum dewatering performance requirements specified below, to be confirmed via the field performance testing specified herein. 1. The dewatering centrifuges shall be capable of continuously processing the following design solids mass and hydraulic loading feed rates. Sludge characteristics are as specified. Guaranteed Performance Machine Sizing Parameter Normal Operation Throughput Criteria Feed Solids Loading Rate(l), lbs/hr, Total Dry Solids 1,580 2,430 Basis Feed Hydraulic Loading 158 243 Rate('), gpm Minimum Dewatered Cake Concentration�2�, % Total 18 17 Dry Solids Minimum Total Solids 95 95 Ca ture(3'4), % Maximum Polymer Dose�2'5�, lbs Active per Dry 40 40 Ton of Feed Solids Notes: (1) The range of feed hydraulic loading rates are calculated based on the total dry solids dry mass loading rate at the expected range of total dry solids concentrations and are exclusive of polymer solution. (2) Performance Testing results shall be no greater than a 5% deviation from the value specified above (i.e.; less than the minimum or greater than the maximum), with the average of test results rounded to one decimal place. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 OCTOBER 6, 2025 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 JACOBS DEWATERING CENTRIFUGES 467633-P52- 15 ATTACHMENT 4-8 MARY'S CREEK WRF Guaranteed Performance Machine Sizing Parameter Normal Operation Throughput Criteria (3)Performance Testing results shall be no greater than a 2.5% deviation from the value specified above (i.e.; less than the minimum), with the average of test results rounded to one decimal place. (4) See Paragraph C below. (5) See Paragraph D below. C. Solids Capture: T F -C % Capture : —x---x100 F T- C where: T = Dewatered Cake Solids total solids concentration (mg/L). F = Feed sludge total solids concentration, excluding any. dilution due to polymer solution addition (mg/L). C = Centrate total suspended solids concentration, excluding any dilution due to polymer solution addition and centrifuge purge water (mg/L). D. Polymer: Make -down of a polymer solution will be from bulk emulsion, high molecular weight cationic polymers. Centrifuge manufacturer shall be responsible for polymer selection, in coordination with the City and City's contracted polymer supplier. 2.05 EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION A. The centrifuge shall be of the solid bowl horizontal, continuous feed, scroll conveyor type specifically configured for dewatering only applications and intended to produce a dewatered cake with a higher solids content than produced with conventional centrifuges. No disc type or nozzle bowl type or basket type centrifuges will be allowed. The centrifuge design shall limit air leakage from the body of the centrifuges by providing gaskets on the casing flange and labyrinth -type seals on both hub ends. The centrifuge equipment shall be designed and built to operate continuously. A VFD main drive system shall be provided to drive the centrifuge rotating assembly. A VFD or hydraulic backdrive system shall be supplied with the centrifuge to provide speed variation between the scroll conveyor and the centrifuge bowl. The centrifuge shall be designed to be mounted on a steel frame allowing discharge into discharge chutes directly beneath the centrifuge bowl. DEWATERING CENTRIFUGES PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 46 76 33 - PS2 - 16 OCTOBER 6, 2025 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 JACOBS ATTACHMENT 4-8 MARY'S CREEK WRF 2.06 MATERIALS A. Materials of Construction: Unless otherwise specified, materials shall conform to the following: a. Bowl: Stainless steel, AISI SC2205 or AISI SC2304 duplex stainless steel centrifugal castings. b. Bowl Wear Strips: Stainless steel, Type 316, minimum 3 mm thickness or longitudinal grooves. c. Scroll Conveyor: Stainless steel, AISI SC2205 or AISI SC2304 duplex stainless steel. d. Scroll Conveyor Tips: Sintered Tungsten Carbide tiles, from the second flight beyond the feed zone to the solids discharge end. e. Feed Tube: Type 316 stainless steel. f. Upper Case: Type 316 stainless steel, or fiberglass reinforced plastic (FRP). g. Bottom Case: Fabricated carbon steel or cast steel, with all surfaces in contact with process material coated with epoxy or Type 316 stainless liner. Provide Type 316 stainless steel liner in centrifuge discharge chamber. The bottom casing shall be fully cladded with Type 316 stainless steel. h. Main Centrifuge Bearings: Lubricated with grease, oil mist or forced oil system, L-10 life of 100,000 hours minimum at machine rated operating speed and machine sizing solids loading rate. i. Scroll Conveyor Bearings: Grease lubricated, L-10 life of 100,000 hours minimum. j. Feed Compartment (or zone): Type 316 stainless steel, with feed compartment liner. k. Feed Compartment Liner: Either constructed of solid sintered tungsten carbide or other equally corrosion resistant, hardened material or equipped with field replaceable Adiprene or Urethane liner, or Flame Sprayed Coast 53C, including axial walls. 1. Sludge Feed Nozzles: Replaceable sintered tungsten carbide's). Chilled cast iron is an allowable exception to the specification. Centrifuge manufacturer must provide materials testing data to document that durability is equivalent per the specification requirements. m. Solids Discharge Nozzles: Replaceable sintered tungsten carbide('). Chilled cast iron is an allowable exception to the specification. Centrifuge manufacturer must provide materials testing data to document that durability is equivalent per the specification requirements. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 OCTOBER 6, 2025 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 JACOBS DEWATERING CENTRIFUGES D 467633-PS2-17 ATTACHMENT 4-8 MARY'S CREEK WRF n. Case Protection, Solids Discharge End: Field replaceable Adiprene, Urethane, or Type 316 stainless steel liner, "or -equal." o. Internal Fasteners (Wetted): Minimum Type 316 stainless steel. p. O -rings and other non-metal seals shall be Buna-N. (1)All sintered tungsten carbide abrasion resistant materials shall be tested in accordance with the ASTM G65, Procedure A, Standard Practice for Conducting Dry Sand/Rubber Wheel Abrasion Tests with volume loss less than 3 cubic millimeters. 2.07 BOWL A. The bowl shall be designed to withstand, with an adequate factor of safety, all forces encountered during operation. The bowl shall be supported on each end by pillow block bearings. 1. Bowl Inside Diameter: Minimum 20 inches, Maximum 22.5 inches. 2. The Length to Diameter Ratio: Minimum 3.7:1. 3. Normal Operating Speed: Minimum 3,150 to maximum of 3,650 rpm. 4. Minimum bowl wall thickness shall be 0.6 inch. 5. Minimum cylindrical and conical sections of the bowl shall be a minimum of 0.90 inch. 6. All surfaces shall be examined for cracks, shrinkage, porosity, or other defects by means of a liquid penetrant test. 7. Pool depth level must be readily adjustable via weir plates (dams) or power tubes, located at the large diameter end of the bowl where liquid is discharged. 8. Centrate discharges shall be provided with deflector plates, nozzles, power plates, or tube weirs to redirect and assist in turning the bowl to reduce overall centrifuge electrical power consumption. 9. Solids shall be conveyed through a conical section of the bowl and discharged from the small diameter end of the bowl through multiple solids discharge ports spaced evenly around the bowl end. Solids discharge ports shall be protected against abrasion by field replaceable and weight balanced, mechanically attached and replaceable wear saddles manufactured of sintered tungsten carbide. 10. Centrifugally cast bowls shall be 100 percent dye penetrant inspected. Casting certificates for each component will be required for each centrifuge. Rolled and welded or statically cast bowls shall not be allowed. DEWATERING CENTRIFUGES PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 46 76 33 - PS2 - 18 OCTOBER 6, 2025 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 JACOBS ATTACHMENT 4-8 MARY'S CREEK WRF 11. Bowl shall be provided with a replaceable ribbed stainless -steel liner from one wrap beyond the feed zone (toward the liquids end), or a minimum of eight evenly spaced longitudinal bowl strips the entire length of the bowl, or longitudinal grooves the entire length of the bowl, to trap solids and form a layer to protect the bowl from wear. 12. Material to be processed shall be introduced to the bowl through a compartment which shall evenly distribute the feed sludge. The feed compartment shall be protected against abrasion with liner or flame sprayed hard surfacing. 2.08 SCROLL CONVEYOR A. Centrifuge shall include a horizontal cylindrical -conical scroll conveyor supported by anti -friction bearings and equipped with helical flights independently mounted concentrically within the centrifuge bowl. B. Conveyor shall include solids feed ports protected against abrasion by field replaceable, solid sintered tungsten carbide wear liners. Chilled cast iron is an allowable exception to the specification. Centrifuge manufacturer must provide materials testing data to document that durability is equivalent per the specification requirements. C. The conveyor edge and face of the flights shall be protected against abrasion by a series of welded -on sintered tungsten carbide tile assemblies from one wrap beyond the feed zone through to the solids discharge end. Each tile assembly shall be weight correct and consist of a solid sintered tungsten carbide wear part attached to a stainless -steel backup holder. Spray hard surfacing applied to a backup plate is not allowed. Each assembly shall be individually replaceable and shall include the ability to monitor wear by means of visual inspection. The tile assemblies shall extend a minimum of 0.3 inch beyond the radial edge of the conveyor flight. D. The remaining scroll conveyor edge and face shall be protected from abrasion by flame sprayed hard surfacing containing a minimum of 40 percent tungsten carbide particles. E. All sintered tungsten carbide tiles shall be able to meet ASTM G65 Test Procedure A with a volume loss. F. The scroll conveyor shall be dynamically independently balanced to allow for the exchange of one scroll conveyor to another. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 OCTOBER 6, 2025 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 JACOBS DEWATERING CENTRIFUGES 467633-P52- 19 ATTACHMENT 4-8 MARY'S CREEK WRF 2.09 CASE A. Centrifuge shall be enclosed in a fabricated case, the purpose of which shall be to contain and direct the solids and liquid discharge from the centrifuge, to act as a protective guard, and to provide complete enclosure for noise reduction and odor control. Case shall be protected at the solids discharge end with a field replaceable Type 316 stainless steel liner or polyurethane liner. Upper case shall be Type 316 stainless steel, or FRP per manufacturer's standard, specifically designed for rigidity and noise reduction. Lower case shall be fabricated carbon steel or cast steel, with all surfaces in contact with process material coated with epoxy, or Type 316 stainless steel inserts. Provide Type 316 stainless steel liner in centrate discharge chamber. The case top shall be bolted in place. Lifting eyes shall be provided for lifting of the case top or provided with a spring loaded to facilitate lifting to one side. B. A flanged and gasketed seal shall be provided between the upper- and lower- case components. Flange bolts shall be Type 316 stainless steel. 2.10 FRAME A. The centrifuge shall be supported on a fabricated carbon steel or cast steel base which shall in turn be mounted on vibration isolators. B. Vibration Isolators: 1. Vibration isolators shall be capable of dampening vibration in all directions and shall be a combination of metal springs, or rubber dampeners and/or viscous dampening fluid. 2. The number, capacity, and vibration constant of the isolators shall be as recommended by the manufacturer for the load and impact resulting from operation of the centrifuge provided. If required, each isolator shall be provided with built in leveling bolts and built in resilient shocks to control oscillations and withstand lateral forces in all directions. 3. Isolators shall be designed to limit dynamic loads imparted to foundation to 10 percent of the static load of empty machine in the vertical direction and 5 percent of the static load of empty machine in the horizontal direction. DEWATERING CENTRIFUGES PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 46 76 33 - PS2 - 20 OCTOBER 6, 2025 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 JACOBS ATTACHMENT 4-8 MARY'S CREEK WRF C. The bottom portion of the frame shall be provided with machined outlets for the attachment of the solids and centrate flexible connectors. D. Lifting eyes or solid lifting bars shall be provided for lifting of the frame. 2.11 MAIN DRIVE SYSTEM A. The bowl drive system shall consist of an electric main drive motor with VFD and V -belt drive system complete with necessary vibration isolators for the individual support of the motor and centrifuge. The belt drive system shall consist of multiple V -belts as required to provide full load capacity and to withstand the full starting torque of the system. B. Main Drive Motor: 1. Provide squirrel -cage AC induction motor meeting the requirements of Section 26 20 00-PS2, Low -Voltage AC Induction Motors, and as specified herein. Motor shall be sized to satisfy all operational conditions and as specified. 2. Motor shall meet the following specific requirements: a. Motor Horsepower: 60 minimum; 100 maximum. b. Nominal Speed: 1,800 rpm. c. Voltage Rating: 460V, three-phase. d. Enclosure Type: TEFC. e. Mounting: Horizontal. f. Inverter duty rated motor. 3. Provide motor modifications as follows: a. With the motor at ambient temperature (COLD), it shall be capable of making two complete starts in succession with coasting to rest between starts within a 1 -hour time period. With the motor running (HOT), it shall be capable of at least one restart within 1 hour after any shutdown. The motor insulation temperature classification shall not be exceeded. b. The motor shall be of the quiet type design. The noise level shall not exceed 89 dBA sound pressure measured at 3 feet from the motor in all directions. Provide bi-metallic thermostat for thermal protection. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 OCTOBER 6, 2025 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 JACOBS DEWATERING CENTRIFUGES 467633-PS2-21 ATTACHMENT 4-8 MARY'S CREEK WRF 2.12 BACKDRIVE SYSTEMS A. Provide a variable frequency drive backdrive system for each centrifuge or an alternate hydraulic backdrive system as specified below. B. Gear Box for Electric Motor Based Backdrive Systems: Either 1) a two -gear conveyor drive system consisting of a primary cyclo-gear and a secondary cyclo-gear; or 2) a one -stage cyclo-gear reducer; or 3) a two -stage or four -stage planetary gear unit shall maintain a differential speed between the conveyor and bowl. Each of the above devices shall be suitable for 24 hours per day continuous service. The gear box shall have a torque capacity to meet the specified service conditions and performance requirements with the design required torque not to exceed 80 percent of the gear box full rated torque capacity. Gear boxes shall be capable of withstanding a 200 percent momentary overload and 150 percent intermittent overload. A torque overload control shall be provided to initiate centrifuge shutdown in the event of conveyor overload. Manufacturer shall select the reduction gear ratio as required for the solids to be handled and to be consistent with satisfactory operation. The gear unit shall be oil lubricated with its housing serving as a lubricant reservoir. C. An inverter duty backdrive motor shall be supplied and connected to the pinion shaft of the differential gear box. Backdrive system shall provide stepwise or infinite speed variation between the conveyor and the bowl shell of the centrifuge. Centrifuge Backdrive Motor: a. Provide squirrel -cage AC induction motor meeting the requirements of Section 26 20 00-PS2, Low -Voltage AC Induction Motors, and as specified herein. Motor shall be sized to satisfy all operational conditions and as specified. b. Motor shall meet the following specific requirements: 1) Motor Horsepower: 15 minimum; 40 maximum. 2) Nominal Speed: 1,800 rpm. 3) Voltage Rating: 460V, three-phase. 4) Enclosure Type: TEFC. 5) Mounting: Horizontal. 6) Inverter duty rated motor. c. Provide motor modifications as follows: 1) Provide bi-metallic thermostat for thermal protection. 2) Attach the motor to the pinion shaft of the differential gearbox. DEWATERING CENTRIFUGES PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 46 76 33 - PS2 - 22 OCTOBER 6, 2025 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 JACOBS ATTACHMENT 4-8 MARY'S CREEK WRF D. The backdrive systems shall be capable of operating in a DIFFERENTIAL or TORQUE control mode that provides for operation at specific adjustable scroll/bowl differential speeds or backdrive torque values. In the DIFFERENTIAL control mode, the backdrive system shall provide for operation at a specific, adjustable scroll differential speed with internal torque allowed to vary up to the maximum allowable scroll shaft torque. In the TORQUE control mode, the backdrive system shall continuously monitor changes in internal torque created by variations in influent feed solids and automatically maintain a preset torque input to the scroll by allowing the differential speed to vary. Backdrive torque controller shall incorporate an auto -tuning feature to automatically adjust the proportional, integral, and derivative constants in order to automatically adjust to sludge and scroll conveyor torque feedback changes. E. The systems shall provide for automatic shutdown in the event that excessive torque is detected. Torque shall be measured as a function of input in the drive unit. In the event that torque exceeds the normal operating range, monitoring instrumentation shall detect this condition and stop the sludge feed to allow the machine to clear itself. The torque monitoring system shall automatically reset when the torque approaches the normal operating range. In the event that the torque approaches the limit of the backdrive, the centrifuge's controller shall initiate centrifuge shutdown and shutdown of both sludge and polymer feeds. F. Alternate Hydraulic Backdrive System: 1. System shall utilize a hydraulic pumping group and hydraulic motor mounted on the scroll conveyor shaft. Hydraulic backdrive system shall be capable of independently driving the scroll conveyor. Torque -based adjustment shall be a function of input to the driven hydraulic motor. The maximum torque input and rate of change of scroll differential speed shall be adjustable. 2. Hydraulic pumping group shall include hydraulic fluid reservoir, fan cooling system, low oil level sensor, oil temperature monitor, and all instrumentation and pipe/hose fittings for a fully functional system. 3. Hydraulic fluid shall be synthetic type. 4. Hydraulic Backdrive System Manufacturer: Viscotherm. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 DEWATERING CENTRIFUGES OCTOBER 6, 2025 46 76 33 - PS2 - 23 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 JACOBS ATTACHMENT 4-8 MARY'S CREEK WRF 2.13 BEARINGS A. The entire rotating assembly of each centrifuge shall be supported by two main bearings. Each main bearing shall be lubricated ball or cylindrical roller type bearings. Main bearings shall be housed in one-piece pillow blocks with dowel pins for proper alignment. Provide each pillow block bearing with a threaded female connection to permit the use of a lifting eye to facilitate inspection and maintenance. B. Bearing temperature monitors shall be provided on each main bearing pillow block, with an analog output signal sent to the control panel for display and monitoring. Provide 100 ohm three -wire platinum resistance temperature detectors (RTDs). Bring the RTD leads out to terminal blocks in aluminum junction boxes. C. Scroll conveyor bearings shall be anti -friction ball or roller type bearings sealed from process contamination. Bearings shall have external grease fitting for lubrication. D. Bearings shall have an ABMA L-10 life or DIN ISO 281 L-10 life of 100,000 hours minimum at machine rated operating speed and machine sizing solids loading rate specified. 2.14 MAIN BEARING LUBRICATION SYSTEM A. Lubrication of centrifuge main bearings shall be provided by means of an automatic feed system. Lubrication feed system shall be one of the following types, and include, at a minimum but not limited to: Oil/Air Mist Type: a. Oil reservoir with sight level gauge. b. Oil reservoir level switch. c. Air/oil feed solenoid valve. d. Oil feed adjustment valves. e. Air compressor, compressed air supply isolation valve, regulator, and filter. f. Low air pressure switches. DEWATERING CENTRIFUGES PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 46 76 33 - PS2 - 24 OCTOBER 6, 2025 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 JACOBS ATTACHMENT 4-8 MARY'S CREEK WRF 2. Forced Oil Type: a. Oil reservoir with sight level gauge, temperature gauge, and drain leg and plug valve. b. Oil pump of adequate capacity with motor sized by centrifuge manufacturer. c. Oil pump motor started located in centrifuge electrical panel. d. Oil to water heat exchanger, Type 316 stainless steel. e. Pressure gauge. f. Water in oil detector. g. Temperature regulating valve on cooling water supply. h. Solenoid valve on cooling water supply, automatically controlled from the centrifuge control panel, fail open. i. Cooling water strainer, 100 mesh. j. Two oil return flow -indicator switches, one for each pillow block bearing. k. Resistance temperature detector in oil supply line. 1. Pressure relief valve. m. Oil filter. n. Oil filter high pressure loss switch, to indicate required filter change. o. Oil temperature indicator and regulator. p. System shall be skid -mounted and supplied fully assembled. All lube oil piping internal to the lube oil skid and on the centrifuge itself shall be Type 316 stainless steel. Piping between the lube oil skid and the centrifuge shall be flexible rubber hose. Fittings shall be compression type. q. Forced oil lubrication oil heat exchanger shall meet its cooling requirement using not more than 15 gpm of cooling water supplied at a temperature of 80 degrees F when ambient temperature is 104 degrees F. Provide self-contained regulating valve to automatically control cooling water flow rate as required to maintain lubrication oil temperature. Cooling water supplied with be plant effluent reclaimed water. Heat exchanger shall be tube -in -tube. 3. Grease Type: a. Grease reservoir with sight level gauge per bearing. b. Grease reservoir low level switch per bearing. c. Grease feed solenoid valve per bearing. d. Grease feed adjustment valves. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 OCTOBER 6, 2025 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 JACOBS DEWATERING CENTRIFUGES 467633-PS2-25 ATTACHMENT 4-8 MARY'S CREEK WRF B. The lubrication system shall be interlocked with the centrifuge main drive motor such that low pressure, low flow, and/or low level will de -energize the centrifuge main drive motor. In all cases, the starter for oil gear pump, or the air compressor, or grease pump motor controls shall be interlocked with the main drive motor so that bearings are lubricated whenever the centrifuge is running and a delayed trip so that bearings continue to be lubricated while the centrifuge coasts to a stop. The oil gear pump, or air compressor, or grease pump shall also be independently operable. C. Oil system shall be skid -mounted and supplied fully assembled. All lube oil piping internal to the lube oil skid and on the centrifuge itself shall be Type 316 stainless steel. Piping between the lube oil skid and the centrifuge shall be flexible rubber hose. Fittings shall be compression type. D. Lubrication oil shall be synthetic type. E. All lubrication system signals shall be wired to a common junction box for connection to the external control panel. All wires shall be labeled in accordance with Section 40 61 00-PS2, Process Control Systems General Provisions. 2.15 GUARDS A. Fabricated guards shall be provided for all gear boxes, pulleys, and belt drives. 1. Guards shall be 16 -gauge minimum thickness Type 304 stainless steel. 2. The guards shall meet OSHA standards and completely enclose the rotating parts of drive system and shall be designed to minimize vibration and noise. 3. Guards shall include expanded metal sections, with holes coincident with the shafts and belting of all equipment to facilitate the use of a strobe light for inspection and maintenance of the shafts and belts. 4. Fasteners shall be externally accessible. 2.16 FEED TUBE AND FEED TREE A. Sludge shall be fed to the centrifuge by means of a removable feed tube suitable to minimize turbulence. The feed connection to the centrifuge shall be a minimum 1.5 -inch 150 -pound ASME flanged connection. The manufacturer shall confirm the maximum inlet pressure required at the centrifuge inlet flange (when based on water with the viscosity of 1 centipoise). DEWATERING CENTRIFUGES PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 46 76 33 - PS2 - 26 OCTOBER 6, 2025 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 JACOBS ATTACHMENT 4-8 MARY'S CREEK WRF B. The supplied feed pipe tree shall provide connections for sludge, polymer and CIP feed piping with a singular flexible connector between it and the feed tube connection at the centrifuge. Length and material of the flexible connector shall be selected by the Manufacturer to perform within all operating ranges of the centrifuges conveying the specified liquids. 2.17 FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS A. All mechanical and electrical connections to the centrifuge, including, but not necessarily limited to, centrate (minimum 9 inches long) and dewatered cake (minimum 12 inches long) connections, compressed air piping, cooling water supply and return piping, sample line, vents, and electrical raceways shall be equipped with flexible connections. B. All flexible connections shall isolate centrifuge vibrations from fixed, rigid external connections. No exterior loads shall be transferred to a centrifuge by external connections to the machine. C. Centrate and dewatered cake flexible connections shall be flanged and fabricated from neoprene, with Type 316 stainless steel bolts with Type 316 stainless steel retainer plates at each end. D. Piping flexible connectors shall be metal reinforced elastomer with flanged connections. Tubing flexible connectors shall be metal reinforced hose with Type 316 stainless steel hose clamps. Flexible electrical connections shall be made with liquid -tight conduit. 2.18 SOLIDS DISCHARGE CHUTES AND DIVERTER KNIFE GATE VALVE A. Type 304L stainless steel solids discharge chutes shall be provided by the centrifuge manufacturer. The solids discharge chutes shall have manual sampling capability and an 8 -inch schedule 40 SS slop drain in the discharge chute with ANSI 150 lb flanges. Centrifuge manufacturer shall provide a centrate slop diverter knife gate valve that complies with section 2.18.B. B. Type V150 Knife Gate Valve 24 Inches and Smaller: 1. Bonnetless wafer body type, outside stem and yoke, rated for 150 psi cold water, ASME B16.1 flanged ends, self-cleaning, nonclogging, with round port, resilient neoprene seat, drip -tight shutoff. 2. Wetted metal parts and stem, Type 316 stainless steel, yoke sleeve bronze, gate finish ground both sides with a sharp knife edge. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 OCTOBER 6, 2025 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 JACOBS DEWATERING CENTRIFUGES 467633-PS2-27 ATTACHMENT 4-8 MARY'S CREEK WRF 3. Packing system leak -tight seal around gate, valve superstructure and yoke designed for full peripheral access to gland bolts when valve is equipped with manual or power actuator. 4. In compliance with MSS SP -8 1. 5. Manufacturers and Products: a. DeZurik; Series L. b. ITT Fabri-Valve; Figure 37LB, with buttons, Figure C67R. 2.19 CENTRATE CHUTE A. Centrate chutes shall be provided by others. 2.20 NOISE A. Centrifuge shall be designed such that when running at the normal operating speed, the average free -field noise level measured at 3 feet around the periphery of the complete centrifuge assembly shall not exceed 90 dBA, when tested at the manufacturing facility, without feed and with inlet and discharge connections sealed. 2.21 VIBRATION MONITORING SYSTEM A. A vibration monitoring system shall be provided for each centrifuge to perform the following functions: 1. Convert vibration into velocity. 2. Sound a warning and initiate stop of sludge feed if the velocity reaches a certain preset level (HIGH). 3. Sound a warning and shut the centrifuge down if the velocity reaches a separate preset level (HIGH -HIGH). 4. Provide an adjustable time delay during centrifuge startup to account for initial acceleration and feed induced vibration. 5. Provide an adjustable time delay, not to exceed 5 seconds, during operation to account for momentary excursions due to process changes. B. Provide four sensors installed on each centrifuge and wired to a common terminal junction box. Two sensors shall be rigidly attached to each of the two main bearings, positioned to measure both horizontal and vertical displacement. C. The centrifuge, when running at the normal operating speed, shall not produce vibration velocities greater than 7.0 mm per second at the main bearings when tested at the manufacturing facility without feed. D. Wires shall be labeled in accordance with Section 40 61 00-PS2, Process Control Systems General Provisions. DEWATERING CENTRIFUGES PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 46 76 33 - PS2 - 28 OCTOBER 6, 2025 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 JACOBS ATTACHMENT 4-8 MARY'S CREEK WRF 2.22 ANCHOR BOLTS AND FASTENERS A. Anchor Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: Type 316 stainless steel shall be in accordance with Section 01 88 15-PS2, Anchorage and Bracing for all anchor bolts under the centrifuge frame (sized by centrifuge manufacturer and provided by ENGINEER). B. Fasteners: All internal fasteners furnished with the centrifuges which are subject to contact with sludge, centrate, or vapors of wash water and wastewater shall be a minimum Type 316 stainless steel. 2.23 ELECTRICAL A. General: 1. Conform to Division 26, Electrical, requirements. 2. Provide all necessary electrical components and wiring for a complete, functional system. 3. All motor VFDs for the centrifuge system shall be provided in the VFD panel provided as part of this section. 4. Control and VFD panel and interior components shall be rated for continuous operation in the environment conditions specified in Section 40 67 00-PS2, Control Panels and Components, for indoor, air conditioned. 5. All manufacturer provided electrical control panels shall meet all requirements listed in Section 26 29 86-PS2, Mechanical Equipment Control Panels. B. Wiring: Size conductors and conduits for power circuits to the main and backdrive motors. Factory prewire (size, furnish, install, and connect) all skid mounted equipment control conductors and instrumentation cables to skid mounted terminal junction boxes for connection to the control and electrical panels. All conductors shall be tinned stranded copper, and all wiring shall meet the requirements of NFPA 70, the 2023 National Electrical Code. Insulation shall be XHHW-2 and rated 600 volts, minimum. Low -voltage (24V) signals shall be run in 600 -volt twisted shielded pair cable. Analog and power circuits shall not be run in the same conduits. C. Electrical Raceways: All conductors and cables not subject to vibration between prewired devices and skid -mounted terminal junction boxes shall be installed in rigid aluminum conduits. Flexible, nonmetallic, liquid -tight conduits shall be provided where flexible conduits are required. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 OCTOBER 6, 2025 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 JACOBS DEWATERING CENTRIFUGES 467633-PS2-29 ATTACHMENT 4-8 MARY'S CREEK WRF D. Terminal Junction Boxes: All centrifuge -mounted devices, except for motor leads, shall be prewired to centrifuge -mounted terminal junction boxes (TJBs). Separate TJBs shall be provided for (a) 120V power and (b) 4 mA to 20 mA analog and 24V dc discrete signals. Size, furnish, and install NEMA 4X, Type 316 stainless steel TJBs on the centrifuge skid. E. Main Drive VFD: Main drive motor shall be controlled by a variable frequency drive provided in the Centrifuge VFD Panel. 1. The drive and system shall be sized in accordance with manufacturer's design requirements and shall be as specified in Section 26 29 23-PS2, Low Voltage Variable Frequency Drives. 2. The motor shall be capable of delivering full load torque across a 10:1 turndown ratio. 3. Drive system shall be capable of flying restart. F. Backdrive VFD: Backdrive motor shall be controlled by a variable frequency drive provided in the Centrifuge VFD Electrical Panel. 1. The backdrive system shall provide infinite speed variation between the scroll conveyor and bowl shell of the centrifuge. 2. The drive and system shall be sized in accordance with manufacturer's design requirements and shall be as specified in Section 26 29 23-PS2, Low Voltage Variable Frequency Drives. 3. The motor shall be capable of delivering full load torque across a 10:1 turndown ratio. 4. Drive systems shall be capable of flying restart. 5. Centrifuges with a hydraulic backdrive shall provide a VFD. Comply with Division 26, Electrical. Manufacturer shall provide inrush current on loaded startup. G. Centrifuge Emergency Stop: Provide a Mushroom E -stop pushbutton by each centrifuge, the Centrifuge Operator Control Room and at each Centrifuge Control Panel. H. Centrifuge VFD Panels: 1. Provide a drive panel for each centrifuge which includes the main drive VFD, back drive VFD, and any auxiliary equipment drives in one enclosure. The panels will be installed in the Electrical Room by others: NEMA Name Enclosure Material Dewatering Centrifuge - Main Drive VFD, Dewatering Centrifuge — Back 12 Painted steel Drive VFD DEWATERING CENTRIFUGES PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 46 76 33 - PS2 - 30 OCTOBER 6, 2025 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 JACOBS ATTACHMENT 4-8 MARY'S CREEK WRF 2. Each Centrifuge VFD Panel shall be a freestanding enclosure, containing the following: a. A main circuit breaker with a 65 -kA interrupt rating, and a through -the -door lockable handle. b. VFD for backdrive motor or motor starter for alternate hydraulic backdrive system. c. Starter for lube oil pump, air compressor, or grease pump (if provided). d. Control Power transformer to supply 120V ac control power to the associated Centrifuge Control Panel, centrifuge controls equipment, instruments, and control power. e. Provide all other power transformers as required by the system, such as 24V do power supplies. f. VFD's shall share a common bus on the line side of the VFD main breaker or utilize a common DC bus. g. Pilot light to indicate "Power On" — white LED. h. Ethernet switch for connecting the VFDs to the plant SCADA system. i. Ventilation and filters for centrifuge control panels shall be installed at the enclosure front doors, not from the sides. j. Filters shall be replaceable from the exterior of the enclosure. 3. Power Supply: 480 -volt, three-phase, three -wire, 60 -Hz. 4. Dimensional Requirements: each centrifuge electrical panel shall have a maximum footprint of 72 -inches wide by 24 -inches deep by 90 inches high. 2.24 CONTROLS A. General: 1. Provide controls in accordance with the requirements specified in Section 40 61 00-PS2, Process Control Systems General Provisions, and related sections. 2. Provide centrifuge controls equipment in a dedicated local control panel as specified herein. 3. The controls for all components of each centrifuge shall be provided by a dedicated programmable logic controller (PLC), mounted in the Centrifuge Control Panel. The PLC shall provide all control and monitoring functions required for the operation and monitoring of the centrifuge including, but not limited to, timing, interlocks, startup sequencing, normal and emergency shutdowns, and permissive functions required for safe operation of each centrifuge. Refer to Section 40 63 00-PS2, PLC Hardware and Software, for PLC manufacturer and products. Provide a Schneider Electric Modicon programmable logic controller as required in Section 40 63 00-PS2, PLC Hardware and Software. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 OCTOBER 6, 2025 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 JACOBS DEWATERING CENTRIFUGES 467633-PS2-31 ATTACHMENT 4-8 MARY'S CREEK WRF 4. The PLC I/O signal types and voltages are specified in Section 40 63 00-PS2, PLC Hardware and Software. 5. Each Centrifuge Control Panel shall be equipped with an Operator Interface Terminal (OIT). Refer to Section 40 63 00-PS2, PLC Hardware and Software, for OIT manufacturer and products. Locate the OIT in a separate panel mounted on a pedestal with 2 degrees of movement near the centrifuge for mounting the OIT. The center of the OIT should be mounted approximately 54 -inches above the floor. The panel construction must be Type 316 stainless steel or aluminum NEMA Type 4X construction. The pedestal and mounting hardware must be Type 316 stainless steel or aluminum construction. 6. All indicating lights shall be in accordance with Section 26 09 16-PS2, Electrical Controls and Relays. 7. Provide uninterruptible power supply (UPS) backup power for all PLC control panels as specified in Section 40 61 00-PS2, Package Control Systems General Provisions and Section 40 67 63-PS2, Uninterruptible Power Supplies. 8. Provide Application software for all digital, programmable components of the centrifuge systems, including submittals, documentation, communication, and testing as specified in Section 40 61 00-PS2, Package Control Systems General Provisions. 9. Each control panel shall communicate with the plant Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition (SCADA) system via an Ethernet links. All alarm, status and control points addresses shall be documented in O&M literature for interface with the plant SCADA system. Provide Ethernet switch in each control panel as specified in Section 40 61 00- PS2, Package Control Systems General Provisions. 10. Ethernet switches shall conform to Division 27, Communications and Division 40, Process Integration. 11. PLC shall be either Modicon (Schneider Electric Modicon M340H or M580H series) and shall include a Modbus TCP/IP Ethernet connection and harsh rated input/output modules per Section 40 63 00-PS2, Programmable Logic Controller Hardware and Software requirements. 12. PLC shall utilize function block programming. Refer to Section 40 61 96 for general programming requirements including the accumulate run time, device starts, and analog input alarms. 13. Refer to 40 61 93, Process Control System — Input/Output List Specification for input/output submittal requirements for system supplier. 14. Provide Managed Ethernet Switch in the Control Panel for connecting to the Ethernet Process Control System Network. Switches shall be industrial harsh environment DIN rail type by Hirschman RSP30 or RSP35 series, or Extreme Networks. No others approved. DEWATERING CENTRIFUGES PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 46 76 33 - PS2 - 32 OCTOBER 6, 2025 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 JACOBS ATTACHMENT 4-8 MARY'S CREEK WRF 15. Provide uninterruptible power supply (UPS) to backup control power and instrumentation. The UPS shall be sized for 30 minutes of runtime at connected load and meet requirements of Section 40 67 63-PS2, Uninterruptible Power Supplies. 16. A Schneider Electric Harmony HMIDT635XFH operator interface terminal (OIT) shall be provided that meets requirements of Section 40 62 00-PS2, Computer Hardware and Software and 40 63 00-PS2, Programmable Logic Controller Hardware and Software. B. Centrifuge Control Panels: Provide a control panel for each centrituae: NEMA Name Enclosure Material Dewatering Centrifuge Control 12 Painted steel Panels 2. Each control panel shall be freestanding enclosure, located in the Centrifuge Control Room. The location will be nonhazardous. 3. Each control panel shall contain the following: a. A main circuit breaker with a through the door lockable handle. b. Programmable logic controller. c. I/O modules. d. Panel mount Operator interface terminal (OIT). Refer to the general control requirements herein. e. Ethernet switch for connecting the package PLC and OIT and for connection to the plant SCADA system. f. Mushroom E -stop pushbutton. g. Pilot light to indicate "Power On" — white LED. h. LED strobe beacon, amber, to visually indicate alarm conditions. 4. . Manufacturer provided control panel shall be provided with a 480V power connection. All panels containing a PLC shall be designed to accept an external 120V UPS circuit for control circuit. 5. Dimensional Requirements: Each centrifuge local PLC/HMI control panel shall have a maximum footprint of 36 inches wide by 24 inches deep by 90 inches high. a. Interior -mounted PLC racks shall be less than 75 -inches from bottom of enclosure. b. Door -mounted devices (exemption — alarm beacon) shall be less than 65 -inches from bottom of enclosure. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 OCTOBER 6, 2025 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 JACOBS DEWATERING CENTRIFUGES 467633-PS2-33 ATTACHMENT 4-8 MARY'S CREEK WRF 6. Control Panel Functions: a. Operator Interface Terminal (OIT): 1) The OIT for each centrifuge shall provide the primary method for an operator to monitor the status of the centrifuge and to affect its operation by command or directive entry. The plant SCADA system shall provide the secondary method for an operator to monitor and control the centrifuge. The OIT shall provide the graphics -based interface between the operator and the centrifuge controller. The graphics and their layout/presentation shall be manufacturer's standard. 2) The OIT and Plant SCADA shall provide all displays and control screens needed to safely and efficiently monitor and control the dewatering centrifuge. 3) The OIT s and Plant SCADA shall provide for selection of the following: a) Centrifuge Control Mode: LOCAL/REMOTE. b) Backdrive Control Mode: TORQUE/DIFFERENTIAL. c) Centrifuge START. d) Centrifuge STOP. e) Centrifuge Clean -In -Place (CIP) initiation. 4) Display (at a minimum): a) Alarms. b) Status and control of each system component. c) Bowl speed. d) Backdrive speed. e) Main drive motor amperage (rms value). f) Differential Speed: Scroll versus bowl. g) Bearing temperatures. h) Backdrive torque. i) Vibration. j) Centrifuge Control Mode: LOCAL/REMOTE. k) Backdrive Control Mode: TORQUE/DIFFERENTIAL. 1) The specific shutdown condition. m) Sludge and polymer flow rates. n) All inputs from and outputs to the plant SCADA system. DEWATERING CENTRIFUGES PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 46 76 33 - PS2 - 34 OCTOBER 6, 2025 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 JACOBS ATTACHMENT 4-8 MARY'S CREEK WRF b. Controller Sequencing: The centrifuge PLC shall contain all programming necessary to safely start and stop the centrifuge, in either the Local or Remote mode. The following minimum sequences and control shall be provided. 1) Local/Remote: In the LOCAL mode, centrifuge control shall only be available through the centrifuge control. All outputs to the Plant SCADA System shall be available. In the REMOTE mode, START, STOP, BACKDRNE control mode selection, torque set point entry, differential set point entry, and other specified centrifuge controls shall be from the Plant SCADA System. 2) Start: The start of the centrifuges will be initiated from the plant SCADA system HMI or the local OIT. The start command shall instruct the centrifuge control system to begin its start sequence. The centrifuge shall not be allowed to start more than the stated number of times per hour (two if cold, one if hot). The centrifuge control system shall confirm the successful initiation and/or completion of each step in the startup sequence before continuing with the next step in the sequence. a) The start sequence can only begin when the centrifuge sludge feed pump and polymer feed pump are not running (OFF status from plant SCADA system). b) Provide 36 -inch by 17 -inch diverter knife gate valve for the centrifuge solids discharge chute to the cake bin. Diverter gate (knife gate valve) is positioned on start-up to direct the thin cake (residual solids) to the centrate drain. The diverter gate (knife gate valve) position changes after a set time, allowing dewatered cake to drop to the hopper. c) Initiate open of the sloppy cake valve (diverter knife gate valve) to centrate drain. d) After the sloppy cake valve is confirmed open, initiate opening of the sloppy cake flush valve. e) After the sloppy cake valve (diverter knife gate valve) is confirmed open, initiate the start of the centrifuge to bring the bowl and scroll up to speed and signal when proper conditions have been attained to begin feeding polymer and sludge. f) Once the centrifuge creates a seal, initiate closing of the sloppy cake valve (diverter knife gate valve). PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 OCTOBER 6, 2025 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 JACOBS DEWATERING CENTRIFUGES 467633-PS2-35 ATTACHMENT 4-8 MARY'S CREEK WRF g) Initiate opening of the dewatered sludge flushing water valve. h) Initiate start of polymer feed pump. i) Initiate start of centrifuge feed pump (after a preset time delay). j) Upon reaching an operator entered torque set point, initiate closing of the dewatered cake flushing water valve. k) Once the polymer feed pump is confirmed on (ON feedback from plan SCADA system), initiate a preset timer. 1) If the start sequence is interrupted for any reason, including, but not limited to equipment failure, interlock failure, or manual (operator initiated) interrupt, the centrifuge controller shall generate a time delayed FAIL TO START alarm, with an operator adjustable delay from 0 minute to 5 minutes. Stop the centrifuge feed pump and polymer feed pumps (request to plant SCADA system) and allow the machine to coast to a standstill. m) If the start sequence is successful, continue monitoring interlock status of polymer feed pump, and centrifuge sludge feed pump. 3) Normal Stop: This command shall instruct the centrifuge control system to begin its normal stop sequence. The centrifuge control system shall confirm the successful initiation and/or completion of each step in the stop sequence. If any step in the sequence fails, the centrifuge controller shall generate an alarm specifying the failed step. a) Stop the centrifuge sludge feed pump and polymer feed pump (disable ENABLE commands). b) Maintain a preset differential speed to clear the remaining solids from the bowl. c) After a set adjustable time for removal of resident solids or upon reaching an operator entered falling backdrive torque set point, initiate opening the centrifuge flush water valve, sloppy cake valve simultaneously. Position the diverter gate (knife gate valve) to direct thin cake (residual solids) after a set time. DEWATERING CENTRIFUGES PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 46 76 33 - PS2 - 36 OCTOBER 6, 2025 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 JACOBS ATTACHMENT 4-8 MARY'S CREEK WRF d) After the diverter gate (knife gate valve) is positioned to direct thin cake (sloppy cake) to the centrate drain, open the bowl flush water valve. e) After a predetermined (adjustable) time period, close the flush water valve and open the diverter knife gate valve. The machine shall then coast to a standstill. f) The control system shall cause a "Controlled Shutdown" of the centrifuge and alarm this condition in the event that any of the following interlocks are triggered. These automatic shutdown interlocks shall include, but are not limited to: g) Backdrive controller malfunction. h) Left/right bearing HIGH -HIGH temperature alarms. i) Backdrive malfunction. j) HIGH -HIGH torque. k) HIGH -HIGH vibration. 4) The control system shall cause an automatic NORMAL STOP sequence shutdown of the centrifuge and alarm this condition in the event that any of the following interlocks are triggered. These automatic shutdown interlocks shall include, but are not limited to: a) Backdrive HIGH temperature alarm. b) Drive motor over temperature. c) Drive motor overload. 5) During normal operation an excessive solids build-up shall be detected by the centrifuge control system as a higher than normal torque requirement or by sensing excessive vibration. Should the torque or vibration exceed a preset point, the HIGH torque or vibration switch shall close, sending a signal to the centrifuge control system which shall initiate shutdown of the sludge and polymer feeds. This action will normally result in a reduction of torque and vibration as the buildup is removed from the bowl. When the torque or vibration falls to an acceptable limit, reinitiate start of sludge and polymer feeds. The high torque control shall be not more than twice the normal operating torque or pressure. The controls shall also allow operation at a set differential speed allowed to vary within the normal operating limits. Controls shall include adjustable timers and or a count of HIGH torque or vibration events in order to initiate an automatic NORMAL STOP in the event of repeated torque or vibration excursions. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 DEWATERING CENTRIFUGES OCTOBER 6, 2025 46 76 33 - PS2 - 37 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 JACOBS ATTACHMENT 4-8 MARY'S CREEK WRF 6) In the event that the above clearing action fails to remedy the high torque or vibration situation, and the torque or vibration continues to increase, the centrifuge control system shall respond by issuing a torque or vibration HIGH - HIGH alarm at the control panel and similar signal to the Plant SCADA System in addition to initiating a CONTROLLED SHUTDOWN. 7) Controlled Shutdown: Controlled Shutdown shall require reset action at the centrifuge control panel before the unit can be restarted. a) This command shall de -energize the centrifuge main drive motor. The centrifuge shall be allowed to coast to a standstill. If available, the backdrive shall remain active until the bowl has coasted to a standstill, controlled to clear as much solids as possible from the bowl. b) Initiate stop of the centrifuge feed pump and polymer feed pump. c) Initiate the centrifuge flush water valve open for flushing and subsequently initiate close after an adjustable time period. 8) Emergency Stop: Emergency Stop initiated via E -STOP pushbutton at the centrifuge control panel shall stop the centrifuge and all associated equipment instantaneously with no flush water. a) This command shall de -energize the centrifuge system. b) Initiate stop of the centrifuge feed pump and polymer feed pump. 9) Conveyor Emergency Stop: Activation of the safety pullwire shall stop operation of the conveyor, stop the centrifuge sludge feed pump feed, polymer feed pump feed and place the centrifuge in pause mode (centrifuge conveyor and bowl shall reach the same speed). 10) Provide clean -in -place (CIP) function to clean solids out of the bowl. In a CIP cycle a CIP START pushbutton is pressed, the centrifuge flush water valve OPEN is initiated, the backdrive energized and begin to rotate in the reverse (if required by the manufacturer's particular design) direction at a low speed for a predetermined time. At the end of the set time, the backdrive shall toggle direction, causing a water "sloshing" effect within the centrifuge bowl and conveyor. The process shall continue until the predetermined overall times ends, a CIP STOP key is depressed, or a fault occurs. Any shutdown fault shall terminate the CIP cycle. DEWATERING CENTRIFUGES PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 46 76 33 - PS2 - 38 OCTOBER 6, 2025 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 JACOBS ATTACHMENT 4-8 MARY'S CREEK WRF c. Controller Interface (Data Exchange with Plant SCADA System): Provide provisions to make available and receive in contiguous registers the following data to and from the Plant SCADA system. Coordinate configuration and testing of controller interface to the Plant SCADA System with the City. Refer to 40 61 21- PS2, Process Control System — Testing for additional requirements. 1) Outputs to the Plant SCADA System: a) Emergency STOP. b) Conveyor Emergency STOP. c) System Energized (power on) IN SERVICE status. Centrifuge START command. d) Centrifuge NORMAL STOP command. e) Centrifuge CIP START command. f) Centrifuge ON status. g) Centrifuge READY status. h) Centrifuge FAILED TO START status. i) Centrifuge FAILED TO STOP status. j) Centrifuge control mode REMOTE status. k) Backdrive control mode status. 1) Clean mode status. m) Bowl speed. n) Scroll drive gear shaft speed, if gearbox is supplied. o) Bowl/scroll differential speed. p) Backdrive torque. q) Main drive motor amperage (rms value). r) Centrifuge system power consumption (kW). s) Drive -end main bearing temperature. t) Idle -end main bearing temperature. u) Drive -end main bearing vibration value. v) Idle -end main bearing vibration value. w) Vibration warning (HIGH) alarm. x) Vibration shutdown (HIGH -HIGH) alarms. y) Motor faults. z) High torque alarm. aa) Torque overload (HIGH -HIGH) alarm. bb) Drive-end/idle-end main bearing HIGH temperature alarm. cc) Drive motor HIGH temperature alarm. dd) Backdrive motor HIGH temperature alarm. ee) Backdrive controller (VFD) malfunction alarm. ff) Main drive controller (VFD) malfunction alarm. gg) Centrifuge feed pump ENABLE signal. hh) Centrifuge feed pump flowrate setpoint (in LOCAL mode). PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 DEWATERING CENTRIFUGES OCTOBER 6, 2025 46 76 33 - PS2 - 39 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 JACOBS ATTACHMENT 4-8 MARY'S CREEK WRF ii) Polymer feed pump ENABLE signal. jj) Polymer feed pump flowrate setpoint (in LOCAL mode). kk) Chute flush water valve OPEN/CLOSE commands. 11) Bowl flush water valve OPEN/CLOSE commands. mm) Any other data or status considered by manufacturer as essential to safe operation. nn) Diverter knife gate valve OPEN/CLOSE commands. oo) Diverter knife gate valve position signal (directing dewatered cake and removing residual solids) pp) Quantity of six additional analog outputs. qq) Quantity of 12 additional discrete outputs. 2) Inputs from the Plant SCADA System: a) Emergency STOP. b) Backdrive control mode (TORQUE/DIFFERENTIAL). c) Backdrive torque set point (TORQUE control mode). d) Differential speed set point (DIFFERENTIAL control mode). e) Centrifuge sludge feed pump ON status. f) Polymer feed pump ON status. g) Sludge feed flow rate. h) Polymer feed flow rate. i) Diverter knife gate valve OPEN/CLOSE position status. j) Quantity of three additional analog inputs. k) Quantity of six additional discrete inputs. 3) Any other data or status considered by manufacturer as essential to safe operation. 4) Centrifuge feed pump START/STOP, and flow control loop will be controlled by the Plant SCADA System. The centrifuge PLC shall communicate ENABLE (start) signal for the centrifuge feed pump as specified for centrifuge startup and shutdown functions. 5) Polymer feed pump START/STOP and flow control loop will be controlled by the Plant SCADA System. The centrifuge PLC shall communicate ENABLE (start) signal for the polymer feed pump as specified for centrifuge startup and shutdown functions. DEWATERING CENTRIFUGES PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 46 76 33 - PS2 - 40 OCTOBER 6, 2025 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 JACOBS ATTACHMENT 4-8 MARY'S CREEK WRF 2.25 ACCESSORIES A. Equipment Identification Plates: Provide a 16 -gauge stainless steel identification plate for all equipment, valves, appurtenances, and instruments with equipment/component numbers, securely mounted on the equipment in a readily visible location. The plate shall bear the 1/4 -inch die -stamped equipment identification numbers. B. Lifting Lugs: Equipment and each component thereof weighing over 50 pounds shall be provided with lifting lugs for easy handling. 2.26 PAINTING A. The paint system shall be a catalyzed epoxy primer with a top coating of aliphatic acrylic urethane in accordance with manufacturer's typical paint specifications. B. All carbon steel and cast iron shall be properly prepared and cleaned in accordance with the best standard practices. Minimum surface preparation shall include solvent cleaning, SSPC SP -1 followed by abrasive blasting to near white metal, SSPC SP- 10 or other surface preparation methods will be considered, provided that the method results in the minimum surface profile required by the paint manufacturer. Apply 3 mils minimum dry film thickness of lead-free catalyzed epoxy polyamide metal primer and one finish coat of aliphatic acrylic polyurethane, 3 mils minimum dry film thickness. Prepare all surfaces and apply all paint in accordance with the paint manufacturer's written directions. The color shall be the manufacturer's standard. Provide 1 gallon of touch-up paint. 2.27 CENTRIFUGE FACTORY ACCEPTANCE TESTING A. Perform Factory Acceptance Testing in accordance with Section 01 75 01-PS2, Factory Acceptance Testing. B. The City has the option to inspect the fabrication procedures at any time during the fabrication stage(s) of the centrifuge and associated equipment. City's travel expenses will be borne by the City. C. Notify the City of the schedule for centrifuge factory testing not less than 45 days in advance and City will travel to the factory and witness the centrifuge factory testing. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 OCTOBER 6, 2025 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 JACOBS DEWATERING CENTRIFUGES 467633-PS2-41 ATTACHMENT 4-8 MARY'S CREEK WRF D. Perform manufacturer's standard functional tests on the centrifuges as follows: 1. Gather and furnish test information necessary to show conformance to specified requirements. 2. Manufacturer's Test Representative shall certify test results. 3. Perform tests on all components actually furnished. 4. Vibration measurement with bowl empty. 5. Vibration measurement with bowl filled with water. 6. Operation of machine for minimum of 4 hours with water. 7. Motor starting amperage. 8. Obtain acceptance of test reports from Engineer prior to shipment of equipment. E. Noise Test: Measure free field sound pressure levels of centrifuge running at the normal operating speed with bowl filled with water and/or with water feed. F. Motor Tests: See Section 26 20 00-PS2, Low -Voltage AC Induction Motors. G. Scratch Abrasion Test: 1. The sintered tungsten carbide tiles to be used on the wearing face of the conveyor shall be subjected to a dry sand rubber wheel abrasion test. This test shall be conducted in accordance with the current ASTM G65, Procedure A. The test shall be conducted with the following requirements: a. Wheel Load: 30 pounds. b. Grit: AFS 50/70. c. Grit Flow Rate: 250 grams per minute to 350 grams per minute. d. Shape of Sand Curtain: Streamlined. e. Test Duration: 6,000 revolutions. f. Rubber Wheel: Chlorobutyl rubber with a Durometer A of 58 to 62. g. Wheel Speed: 200 rpm (plus or minus 10 rpm). h. Wheel Diameter: 8.50 inches to 9 inches. i. Linear Abrasion Distance: 14,138 feet. j. Sand Nozzle: Special fabricated design. DEWATERING CENTRIFUGES PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 46 76 33 - PS2 - 42 OCTOBER 6, 2025 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 JACOBS ATTACHMENT 4-8 MARY'S CREEK WRF 2. Test one tile from each lot of tiles used in manufacturing the centrifuges, or four tiles total, whichever requires the greater number of tiles to be tested. The following laboratories are equipped to conduct these tests in accordance with the ASTM Standards and can provide certification of the results: a. Colorado School of Mines, Golden, Colorado 80401. b. Falex Corp., Aurora, Illinois 60505. c. FMC Corp., 1205 Coleman Avenue, Santa Clara, California. 3. The volume loss of the proposed wear resistant material shall not exceed 3 cubic millimeters per tile during the 30 -minute test period. Any material that exceeds 3.0 cubic millimeters loss in 30 minutes will not be allowed. 2.28 PANEL FACTORY ACCEPTANCE TESTING A. Perform Factory Acceptance Testing in accordance with Section 01 75 01-PS2, Factory Acceptance Testing. B. The City has the option to inspect the fabrication procedures at any time during the fabrication stage(s) of the centrifuge control and electrical panels and associated equipment. City's travel expenses will be borne by the City. C. Notify the City of the schedule for panel factory testing not less than 45 days in advance and City will travel to the factory and witness the panel factory testing. D. Perform manufacturer's standard functional tests on each centrifuge control and electrical panel as follows: 1. Gather and furnish test information necessary to show conformance to specified requirements. 2. Manufacturer's Test Representative shall certify test results. 3. Perform tests on centrifuge control and electrical panel actually furnished. 4. Test panel for proper construction, electrical connection, and function. 5. Test all PLC inputs and outputs for proper connection and function. 6. Check all alarms, shutdown conditions, and automatic sequences to verify proper function. 7. Simulate interlocks and signals from other connected equipment in order to demonstrate specified operator interface functions and controls. 8. Obtain acceptance of test reports from Engineer prior to shipment of equipment. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 OCTOBER 6, 2025 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 JACOBS DEWATERING CENTRIFUGES 467633-PS2-43 ATTACHMENT 4-8 MARY'S CREEK WRF 9. Note: the wet testing specified herein is voluntary and shall occur onsite during commissioning activities. Any delays associated with leakage occurring during onsite wet testing with manufacturers that do not perform the specified functional voluntary wet testing at the factory, shall be borne by the manufacturer. 10. Refer to Section 40 61 00-PS2, Package Control Systems General Provisions for additional requirements. E. VFD Tests: See Section 26 29 23-PS2, Low Voltage Variable Frequency Drives. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION, PREPARATION AND CHECKOUT AND COMMISSIONING A. ENGINEER shall install equipment in conformance with the manufacturer's written instructions, with supervision and inspection performed by manufacturer's representative. 3.02 PRE -INSTALLATION CONFERENCE A. Centrifuge manufacturer service technician and centrifuge manufacturer's local equipment representative shall attend pre -installation conference with City and installing Engineer to coordinate. Conference shall be held at the plant. The pre -installation conference for dewatering centrifuges shall occur at the same time. 3.03 FIELD TESTING A. The timing and scheduling for testing shall be coordinated with and be dependent upon the City's schedule and quantity of sludge available for testing. B. Engineer shall notify the City in writing 60 days prior to when the Pre - Performance Test will occur. Engineer shall include in the notification the type of polymer recommended by the centrifuge manufacturer for the Pre - Performance and Performance testing. DEWATERING CENTRIFUGES PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 46 76 33 - PS2 - 44 OCTOBER 6, 2025 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 JACOBS ATTACHMENT 4-8 MARY'S CREEK WRF C. Equipment Startup and Checkout: 1. Perform equipment startup and checkout in accordance with Section 01 91 14-PS2, Equipment Testing and Facility Startup. 2. Prior to startup, all equipment described herein shall be inspected for proper alignment, quiet operation, proper connection, and satisfactory performance of all components by means of a functional test conducted by the manufacturer's representative, assisted by the installing contractor and City, and as approved by the Engineer. 3. Field Motor Tests: At the time of equipment delivery to the Job Site and after installation prior to startup, the Engineer shall megger test (500 -volt megger) each motor phase -to -phase and phase -to -ground in the presence of the Engineer. The Engineer will make a record of these values and provide the data to the centrifuge manufacturer. Values of resistance less than 1 megohm will not be acceptable. Refer to Section 40 61 00-PS2, Package Control Systems General Provisions, for additional requirements. 4. Perform on each completed centrifuge system without sludge feed prior to startup. 5. Each unit shall be submitted to complete normal start, normal stop, and controlled shutdown cycles. The unit shall then be submitted to a 2 -hour running test. At the beginning and end of the test, and at periodic intervals between, all temperature monitoring devices shall be observed and recorded. The belt tension shall be adjusted at the start of the test, checked and readjusted, if necessary, at the end of the test. All safety devices and the differential speed control for the backdrive unit shall be checked for satisfactory operation. Instrumentation and control systems shall be checked for conformance with the specifications. 6. As part of the test, each centrifuge shall be operated with water feed for a minimum of 30 minutes. At the beginning and end of the 30 -minute water test, observe and record all thermometer, pressure gauges, and flow indicator readings. 7. After approximately 1 hour of runtime, the centrifuge shall be measured for proper vibration. Vibration velocities shall not exceed 7 mm per second RMS, with water feed, at the main bearings. If units exhibit vibration in excess of the limits specified, manufacturer shall adjust or modify the unit as necessary. After adjustment and/or modification, unit shall be retested to prove conformance. 8. A qualified representative of the manufacturer shall supervise each test, analyze data, and certify the centrifuge's performance during the test. 9. Submit test log to Engineer and Engineer upon completion of each test. 10. Complete successful functional testing prior to pre -performance test. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 OCTOBER 6, 2025 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 JACOBS DEWATERING CENTRIFUGES 467633-PS2-45 ATTACHMENT 4-8 MARY'S CREEK WRF D. Systems Testing: Perform Systems Testing in accordance with Section 01 91 14-PS2, Equipment Testing and Facility Startup when required. E. Process Performance Testing: 1. Manufacturer's representative, assisted by the installing contractor and City, shall conduct testing to demonstrate continuous, reliable operation, not performance, while dewatering the sludge stream specified for durations a minimum of 5 days. 2. Engineer shall coordinate with centrifuge manufacturer representative and notify the City in writing at least 14 days prior to when the Pre - Performance Test will occur. Prior to any testing, the centrifuge manufacturer shall have provided complete Operation and Maintenance Manuals and conducted Pre -Startup classroom training on the dewatering centrifuges. Field training may occur during the Pre - Performance Test. The Functional Test shall be successful before the Pre -Performance Test may be conducted. 3. Pre -Performance Test shall include operation of each dewatering centrifuge for a period of 5 working days (one 5 -day, 8 -hour workday week) without shutdown due to equipment or system failures. No more than one centrifuge shall be operated simultaneously. 4. Stoppages due to any failure of provided equipment and instrumentation, such as the centrifuge control and electrical panels, shall not exceed 30 minutes, and such stoppages shall not number more than five over the 5 -day test period. A greater number of stoppages or a stoppage longer than 30 minutes shall be deemed a failure of the Pre -Performance Test, and the test will stop. Stoppages caused by the City may occur without causing failure of the test. 5. Proposed test procedures shall be developed by the centrifuge manufacturer and submitted to the Engineer for review, comment, and approval. Testing shall not begin until the test procedures have been approved by the Engineer. 6. A qualified representative of the manufacturer shall supervise each test, analyze data, and certify the centrifuge's performance during the test. 7. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, the Pre -Performance Test is successful and meets the requirements specified herein, the Engineer will recommend to the City, by letter, the acceptance of the Pre - Performance Test and that the dewatering centrifuge may begin the Performance Test, providing other requirements for the Performance Test to begin are satisfied. DEWATERING CENTRIFUGES PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 46 76 33 - PS2 - 46 OCTOBER 6, 2025 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 JACOBS ATTACHMENT 4-8 MARY'S CREEK WRF 8. Should the dewatering centrifuges be unable to achieve the Pre - Performance Test requirements, the centrifuge manufacturer shall perform whatever equipment modifications are deemed necessary such that the equipment can achieve the performance specified. All modifications shall be documented and submitted to the Engineer. Following completion of the equipment modifications, the Pre - Performance Test shall be run again in its entirety. For any Pre -Performance Test after the first Pre -Performance Test, the centrifuge manufacturer shall pay for the City and Engineer to observe the Pre -Performance Test. 9. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, any one centrifuge did not meet the pre -performance requirements specified herein after a second pre - performance test, then the equipment shall be subject to rejection. 10. For the first and second (if required) Pre -Performance Tests, the cost and responsibility for supplying polymer shall be the responsibility of the City. The costs for power, feed sludge, centrate disposal, and dewatered cake disposal shall be borne by the City. Centrifuge manufacturer shall be responsible for recommending the emulsion polymer to use and centrifuge operational settings. F. Operational Testing: General: a. Performance testing shall be done to demonstrate the actual system operating conditions and verify that each dewatering centrifuge meets or exceeds the minimum performance requirements specified in Article Performance Requirements while dewatering the sludge stream specified in Article Service Conditions. Performance testing shall be performed at the solids loading rates specified in Article Performance Requirements. b. The centrifuge manufacturer shall notify the City in writing at least 14 days prior to when the Performance Test will occur. Performance Test shall not proceed until after the Pre - Performance Test is successfully concluded. c. The cost of all laboratory tests necessary to confirm the sludge characteristics for the initial performance test on a centrifuge will be borne by the City. All laboratory tests for performance testing shall be performed by the City in conformance with the applicable portions of standard methods. If retesting is required, the centrifuge manufacturer shall pay the City for all laboratory tests subsequent to the initial test. Payment rate for City performed laboratory testing shall be as documented by City and agreed prior to testing. If desired by the centrifuge manufacturer for initial performance test and/or retesting, centrifuge manufacturer may take duplicate samples and have laboratory tests performed by an independent laboratory at centrifuge manufacturer's expense. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 OCTOBER 6, 2025 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 JACOBS DEWATERING CENTRIFUGES 467633-PS2-47 ATTACHMENT 4-8 MARY'S CREEK WRF d. Polymer used shall be as recommended by the centrifuge manufacturer. The cost and responsibility for supplying polymer shall be the responsibility of the City until the equipment is accepted. e. The cost of power, water, and feed sludge shall be borne by the City. f. A qualified representative of the manufacturer shall supervise each test, analyze data, and certify the centrifuge's performance during the test. 2. Performance Test Procedures: a. Manufacturer's representative, assisted by the City, shall startup and operate each centrifuge system on the thickened wastewater activated sludge dewatering scenario specified herein, for a period of 2 working days, with 8 hours per day, once stable operation is achieved, with no interruptions allowed during each 8 -hour period. All centrifuge operations and associated manufacturer's field services required to adjust machine settings shall be performed prior to and exclusive of the above specified performance test duration. No more than one centrifuge shall be operated simultaneously. b. Proposed test procedures shall be developed by the centrifuge manufacturer and submitted to the Engineer for review, comment and approval. Testing shall not begin until the test procedures have been approved by the Engineer. c. A qualified representative of the manufacturer shall supervise each test, analyze data, and certify the centrifuge's performance during the test. d. Steady state operation at the specified sludge feed solids rates shall be maintained throughout the test and all hourly quantities shall be the average during the test period. The centrifuge shall maintain acceptable performance while dewatering feed sludge with properties within plus or minus 10 percent of the specified criteria listed in Article Service Conditions. e. Centrifuge manufacturer shall verify accuracy of instrumentation used to confirm performance prior to conducting the Performance Test. f. During each performance test, take measurements and collect all required samples for analysis in order to make the following determinations: 1) Sludge Feed Concentration: The total dry solids concentration of the feed sludge entering the centrifuge (percent TS), taken by sample. DEWATERING CENTRIFUGES PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 46 76 33 - PS2 - 48 OCTOBER 6, 2025 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 JACOBS ATTACHMENT 4-8 MARY'S CREEK WRF 2) Dewatered Cake Concentration: The total dry solids concentration of the dewatered cake discharged from the centrifuge @ercent TS), taken by sample. Take two duplicate samples per sample interval. 3) Centrate Concentration: The total suspended solids concentration of the centrate discharged from the centrifuge (percent TSS), taken by sample. 4) Solids Capture: Percent, by calculation specified herein. 5) Feed Hydraulic Loading Rate (Exclusive of Polymer): gpm, as measured by sludge feed flowmeter. 6) Feed Solids Loading Rate (Exclusive of Polymer): Pounds per hour of total dry solids, by calculation. 7) Polymer Feed Rate: gpm, as measured by polymer feed flowmeter. 8) Polymer Dose: Pounds active per dry ton of feed solids, by calculation. g. Collect samples at approximate 1 -hour intervals for a minimum of eight samples for each test period. Additional sampling may be made at centrifuge manufacturer's option. h. Performance evaluation will be based upon the arithmetic average of the test results obtained during the test period, with the average rounded to one decimal place. The City reserves the right to discard obviously high or low erroneous test results. As specified below, laboratory testing will be performed by the City. Turnaround time for dewatered cake concentration samples are approximately 24 hours. For more immediate dewatered cake results, centrifuge manufacturer may supply their own instrumentation. Performance results shall be based on the laboratory standard methods results. i. Prepare a formal test report including all laboratory analysis reports, all measured flows, the mass balance calculations, polymer dose, and solids capture. Submit final report to the Engineer within 20 days after completion of the test. Operational Testing Acceptance Procedures: a. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, the Performance Test is successful and meets the requirements specified herein, the Engineer will recommend to the City, by letter, the acceptance of the Performance Test. b. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, the centrifuge does not meet the minimum performance requirements specified in Article Performance Requirements, the representative of the manufacturer shall make such changes in the equipment and methods of operation as deemed necessary and as approved by the Engineer. The necessary adjustments shall be made as soon as practical, but within a period not to exceed 30 days. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 DEWATERING CENTRIFUGES OCTOBER 6, 2025 46 76 33 - PS2 - 49 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 JACOBS ATTACHMENT 4-8 MARY'S CREEK WRF c. Following the adjustments, centrifuge manufacturer and shall repeat the Operational Testing ("retest"). Prepare a formal test report including all laboratory analysis reports, all measured flows, the mass balance calculations, polymer dose, and solids capture. Submit the final report to the Engineer within 20 days after completion of the retest. d. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, the retest Performance Test is successful and meets the requirements specified herein, the Engineer will recommend to the City, by letter, the acceptance of the Operational Test. e. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, the centrifuge did not meet the minimum performance requirements specified in Article Performance Requirements during the retest, then the equipment shall be subject to rejection. 4. Equipment Rejection: Equipment subject to rejection shall be removed by the centrifuge manufacturer, at centrifuge manufacturer's expense, as defined in the Contract Documents. G. Manufacturer's Field Services: Provide manufacturer's services necessary to provide a Manufacturer's Certificate of Proper Installation per Section 01 43 33-PS2, Manufacturers' Field Services. a. Assistance during product (system, subsystem, or component) installation to include observation, guidance, instruction of Subcontractor's assembly, erection, installation or application procedures. b. Inspection, checking, testing, and adjustment as required for product (system, subsystem, or component) to function as warranted by manufacturer and necessary to furnish Manufacturer's Certificate of Proper Installation. c. Providing, on a daily basis, copies of manufacturers' representatives field notes and data to Engineer. d. Revisiting Site as required to correct problems and until installation and operation are acceptable to Engineer. e. Resolution of assembly or installation problems attributable to or associated with respective manufacturer's products and systems. f. Assistance during functional and performance testing, and facility startup and evaluation. g. Training of City's personnel in operation and maintenance of respective product as required. See Section 01 79 00-PS2, Demonstration and Training. DEWATERING CENTRIFUGES PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 46 76 33 - PS2 - 50 OCTOBER 6, 2025 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 JACOBS ATTACHMENT 4-8 MARY'S CREEK WRF H. The manufacturer is required to be onsite for all of the functions listed above to the extent that is required to complete those functions to the satisfaction of the City and Engineer. For additional field services regarding the VFDs, see Section 26 29 23-PS2, Variable Frequency Motor Controllers. END OF SECTION PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 DEWATERING CENTRIFUGES OCTOBER 6, 2025 46 76 33 - PS2 - 51 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 JACOBS ATTACHMENT 4-8 PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK CITY OF FORT WORTH MARY'S CREEK WATER RECLAMATION FACILITY APPENDIX III - FUNDING REQUIREMENTS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK MARY'S CREEK WRF SECTION 00 75 43 EMPLOYMENT REQUIREMENTS AND WAGE RATES 1.1 GENERAL A. This Contract shall be based upon payment by the CONTRACTOR and his subcontractors of wage rates not less than the general prevailing rate of per diem wages for work of a similar character in the locality in which the work is performed, and not less than the general prevailing rate of per diem wages for legal holiday and overtime work. B. The CONTRACTOR shall comply with the requirements of the prevailing wage law of the state of Texas, Texas revised civil statutes, article 5159a, including the latest amendments thereto. C. The prevailing wage law does not prohibit payment of more than the general prevailing rate of wages. 1.2 RECORDS A. The CONTRACTOR and each subcontractor shall keep an accurate record showing the names and occupations of all laborers, workman, and mechanics employed, together with the actual wages paid to each worker. at all reasonable hours, such records shall be open to inspection by a representative of the OWNER. 1.3 PENALTY A. In case the CONTRACTOR or any subcontractor fails to comply with the prevailing wage law, by statutory authority the CONTRACTOR shall forfeit to the OWNER $10.00 per day for each labor, workman, or mechanic who is paid less than the specified rate. 1.4 HOURS OF LABOR A. The CONTRACTOR shall comply with all requirements of the hours of work on public works law of the state of Texas, Texas revised civil statutes, articles 5165.1 or 5165.3, including the latest amendments thereto. 1.5 VETERANS PREFERENCE A. Pursuant to Texas revised civil statutes, article 4413(31), the CONTRACTOR shall give preference in employment to honorably discharged veterans who were engaged in the services of the United States in time of war or conflict and who are and have been citizens of Texas for not less than five years. 1.6 WAGE DETERMINATION A. The following prevailing wage rate determination is applicable to this contract. The minimum wage rates are not set by the City of Fort Worth but were obtained from https://sam.gov/search/?index=dbra&pa e-=I&pageSize=25&sort=- modifiedDate&sfm%5Bstatus%5D%5Bis active%5D=true October 23, 2025 EMPLOYMENT REQUIREMENTS & WAGE RATES COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER 00 75 43 - 1 MARY'S CREEK WRF CONTRACTOR shall comply with all state and federal laws applicable to such work. The preceding are minimum rates. Bidders shall base their bids on rates they expect to pay, if in excess of those listed. The OWNER will not consider claims for extra payment to CONTRACTOR on account of payment of wages higher than those specified. END OF SECTION EMPLOYMENT REQUIREMENTS & WAGE RATES October 23, 2025 007543-2 © COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER "General Decision Number: TX20260026 05/18/2026 State: Texas Construction Types: Heavy Counties: Texas Counties of Johnson, Parker and Tarrant Modification Number Publication Date 0 01/02/2026 05/18/2026 PLUM 0146-002 01/01/2024 Rates Fringes PLUMBER/PIPEFITTER..................................$ 38.28 12.81 SUTX1990-041 06/01/1990 Rates Fringes TRUCK DRIVER ........................................$ 7.34 $0.00 REINFORCING STEEL SETTER ............................$ 10.64 $0.00 POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS: SCRAPER ..................$ 10.00 $0.00 POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS: MECHANIC .................$ 10.93 $0.00 POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS: FRONT END LOADER.........$ 10.54 $ 0.00 POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS: CRANE ....................$ 13.16 $3.30 POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS: BULLDOZER ................$ 10.76 $0.00 POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS: (BACKHOE) ................$ 11.89 $3.30 PIPELAYER...........................................$ 8.43 $0.00 PAINTER .............................................$ 10.89 $0.00 LABORERS: (UTILITY) .................................$ 8.09 $0.00 LABORERS: (COMMON) ..................................$ 7.25 $0.00 FORM SETTER .........................................$ 7.86 $0.00 ELECTRICIAN .........................................$ 13.26 $0.00 CONCRETE FINISHER ...................................$ 9.81 $0.00 CARPENTER ...........................................$ 10.40 ---------------------------------------------------------------- $0.00 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- WELDERS - Receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to which welding is incidental. ---------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------- Note: Executive Order (EO) 13706, Establishing Paid Sick Leave for Federal Contractors applies to all contracts subject to the Davis -Bacon Act for which the contract is awarded (and any solicitation was issued) on or after January 1, 2017. If this contract is covered by the EO, the contractor must provide employees with 1 hour of paid sick leave for every 30 hours they work, up to 56 hours of paid sick leave each year. Employees must be permitted to use paid sick leave for their own illness, injury or other health -related needs, including preventive care; to assist a family member (or person who is like family to the employee) who is ill, injured, or has other health -related needs, including preventive care; or for reasons resulting from, or to assist a family member (or person who is like family to the employee) who is a victim of, domestic violence, sexual assault, or stalking. Additional information on contractor requirements and worker protections under the EO is available at https://www.dol.gov/agencies/whd/government-contracts. Note: Executive Order 13658 generally applies to contracts subject to the Davis -Bacon Act that were awarded on or between January 1, 2015 and January 29, 2022, and that have not been renewed or extended on or after January 30, 2022. Executive Order 13658 does not apply to contracts subject only to the Davis -Bacon Related Acts regardless of when they were awarded. If a contract is subject to Executive Order 13658, the contractor must pay all covered workers at least $13.65 per hour (or the applicable wage rate listed on this wage determination, if it is higher) for all hours spent performing on the contract from May 11, 2026, through December 31, 2026. The applicable Executive Order minimum wage rate will be adjusted annually. Additional information on contractor requirements and worker protections under Executive Order 13658 is available at www.dol.gov/whd/govcontracts. Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the scope of the classifications listed may be added after award only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses (29CFR 5.5 (a) (1) (iii)). The body of each wage determination lists the classifications and wage rates that have been found to be prevailing for the type(s) of construction and geographic area covered by the wage determination. The classifications are listed in alphabetical order under rate identifiers indicating whether the particular rate is a union rate (current union negotiated rate), a survey rate, a weighted union average rate, a state adopted rate, or a supplemental classification rate. Union Rate Identifiers A four-letter identifier beginning with characters other than SU , UAVG, SA, or SC denotes that a union rate was prevailing for that classification in the survey. Example: PLUM0198-005 07/01/2024. PLUM is an identifier of the union whose collectively bargained rate prevailed in the survey for this classification, which in this example would be Plumbers. 0198 indicates the local union number or district council number where applicable, i.e., Plumbers Local 0198. The next number, 005 in the example, is an internal number used in processing the wage determination. The date, 07/01/2024 in the example, is the effective date of the most current negotiated rate. Union prevailing wage rates are updated to reflect all changes over time that are reported to WHD in the rates in the collective bargaining agreement (CBA) governing the classification. Union Average Rate Identifiers The UAVG identifier indicates that no single rate prevailed for those classifications, but that 100% of the data reported for the classifications reflected union rates. EXAMPLE: UAVG-OH-0010 01/01/2024. UAVG indicates that the rate is a weighted union average rate. OH indicates the State of Ohio. The next number, 0010 in the example, is an internal number used in producing the wage determination. The date, 01/01/2024 in the example, indicates the date the wage determination was updated to reflect the most current union average rate. A UAVG rate will be updated once a year, usually in January, to reflect a weighted average of the current rates in the collective bargaining agreements on which the rate is based. Survey Rate Identifiers The SU identifier indicates that either a single non-union rate prevailed (as defined in 29 CFR 1.2) for this classification in the survey or that the rate was derived by computing a weighted average rate based on all the rates reported in the survey for that classification. As a weighted average rate includes all rates reported in the survey, it may include both union and non-union rates. Example: SUFL2022-007 6/27/2024. SU indicates the rate is a single non-union prevailing rate or a weighted average of survey data for that classification. FL indicates the State of Florida. 2022 is the year of the survey on which these classifications and rates are based. The next number, 007 in the example, is an internal number used in producing the wage determination. The date, 6/27/2024 in the example, indicates the survey completion date for the classifications and rates under that identifier. SU wage rates typically remain in effect until a new survey is conducted. However, the Wage and Hour Division (WHD) has the discretion to update such rates under 29 CFR 1.6(c)(1). State Adopted Rate Identifiers The SA identifier indicates that the classifications and prevailing wage rates set by a state (or local) government were adopted under 29 C.F.R 1.3(g) -(h). Example: SAME2023-007 01/03/2024. SA reflects that the rates are state adopted. ME refers to the State of Maine. 2023 is the year during which the state completed the survey on which the listed classifications and rates are based. The next number, 007 in the example, is an internal number used in producing the wage determination. The date, 01/03/2024 in the example, reflects the date on which the classifications and rates under the SA identifier took effect under state law in the state from which the rates were adopted. WAGE DETERMINATION APPEALS PROCESS 1) Has there been an initial decision in the matter? This can be: a) a survey underlying a wage determination b) an existing published wage determination c) an initial WHD letter setting forth a position on a wage determination matter d) an initial conformance (additional classification and rate) determination On survey related matters, initial contact, including requests for summaries of surveys, should be directed to the WHD Branch of Wage Surveys. Requests can be submitted via email to davisbaconinfo@dol.gov or by mail to: Branch of Wage Surveys Wage and Hour Division U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 Regarding any other wage determination matter such as conformance decisions, requests for initial decisions should be directed to the WHD Branch of Construction Wage Determinations. Requests can be submitted via email to BCWD-Office@dol.gov or by mail to: Branch of Construction Wage Determinations Wage and Hour Division U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 2) If an initial decision has been issued, then any interested party (those affected by the action) that disagrees with the decision can request review and reconsideration from the Wage and Hour Administrator (See 29 CFR Part 1.8 and 29 CFR Part 7). Requests for review and reconsideration can be submitted via email to dba.reconsideration@dol.gov or by mail to: Wage and Hour Administrator U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 The request should be accompanied by a full statement of the interested party's position and any information (wage payment data, project description, area practice material, etc.) that the requestor considers relevant to the issue. 3) If the decision of the Administrator is not favorable, an interested party may appeal directly to the Administrative Review Board (formerly the Wage Appeals Board). Write to: Administrative Review Board U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210. END OF GENERAL DECISION PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK DB-0154 Revised 06/24 Monthly Davis -Bacon Wage Rate Certificate of Compliance Submittal by Owner (Subrecipient) TWDB Project No. Loan No. This executed certificate must be submitted with each Outlay report for labor included within construction contracts. (Name) (Title) hereby certify that periodic reviews of a (Name of entity) representative sample of the weekly payroll data, and contractor weekly payroll certifications, such as OMB No. 1235-0008, have been performed to verify that contractors and subcontractors are paying the appropriate wage rate for compliance with section 513 of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (33 U.S.C. 1372) for the Clean Water State Revolving Fund or with section 1450(e) of the Safe Drinking Water Act (42 U.S.C.300j-9(e)) for the Drinking Water State Revolving Fund. These laws require payment of prevailing wages in accordance with 40 U.S.C. §§ 3141-3144, 3146, and 3147 (contained within the Davis -Bacon Act, as amended). I understand that a false statement herein may subject me to penalties under federal and state laws relating to filing false statements and other relevant statutes. Signature Date Statement of Compliance Certification by Contractor for State Revolving Funds Federal Davis -Bacon Requirements In accordance with Title 29 CFR Part 5.5(a)(3)(ii), each weekly payroll must be accompanied by a Statement of Compliance Certification executed by each contractor/subcontractor employing mechanics and laborers at the work site in which the federal government is to participate. Contractors may choose to use the DOL Form WH-347 payroll with the accompanying statement of compliance located on the back of Form WIT - 347 OR provide contractor's own payroll form using this TWDB Statement of Compliance Certification, DB-0155. Date: Estimate Number: for the payroll period commencing on (MM/DD/YY) to (MM/DD/YY) Name of Project: Location: Contract Number: TWDB SRF Project #: Date Contract Awarded: I (Name and Title of Signatory Party) do hereby state: (1) That I pay or supervise the payment, during the above payroll period, of the persons employed by (Contractor or Subcontractor); that all persons employed on said project have been paid the full weekly wages earned; that no rebates have been or will be made either directly or indirectly to or on behalf of said (Contractor or Subcontractor) from the full weekly wages earned by any person and that no deductions have been made either directly or indirectly from the full wages earned by any person, other than permissible deductions as defined in Regulations Part 3 (29 C.F.R. Subtitle A), issued by the Secretary of Labor under the Copeland Act, as amended (48 Stat. 948, 63 Start. 108, 72 Stat. 967; 76 Stat. 357; 40 U.S.C. § 3145) as described below: (2) That any payrolls otherwise under this contract required to be submitted for the above period are correct and complete; that the wage rates for laborers or mechanics contained therein are not less than the applicable wage rates contained in any wage determination incorporated into the contract; that the classifications set forth therein for each laborer or mechanic conform with the work s/he performed. (3) That any apprentices employed in the above period are duly registered in a bona fide apprenticeship program registered with a State apprenticeship agency recognized by the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training, United States Department of Labor, or if no such recognized agency exists in a State, are registered with the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training, United States Department of Labor. DB-0155 Rev 06/24 (4) That: (a) WHERE FRINGE BENEFITS ARE PAID TO APPROVED PLANS, FUNDS, OR PROGRAMS ❑ in addition to the basic hourly wage rates paid to each laborer or mechanic listed in the above referenced payroll, payments of fringe benefits as listed in the contract have been or will be made to appropriate programs for the benefit of such employees, except as noted in section 4(c) EXCEPTIONS below. (b) WHERE FRINGE BENEFITS ARE PAID IN CASH ❑ Each laborer or mechanic listed in the above -referenced payroll has been paid, as indicated on the payroll, an amount not less than the sum of the applicable basic hourly wage rate plus the amount of the required fringe benefits as listed in the contract, except as noted in section 4(c) below. c EXCEPTIONS EXCEPTION (CRAFT) EXPLANATION REMARKS NAME AND TITLE SIGNATURE THE WILLFUL FALSIFICATION OF ANY OF THE ABOVE STATEMENTS MAY SUBJECT THE CONTRACTOR OR SUBCONTRACTOR TO CIVIL OR CRIMINAL PROSECUTION. SEE SECTION 1001 OF TITLE 18 AND SECTION 3729 OF TITLE 31 OF THE UNITED STATES CODE. TWDB-0100 Rev 12/22 C Clean Water State Revolving Fund Loan Program (CWSRF) Program Guidance Manual Page 1 of 25 TW DB-0100 Rev 12/22 Table of Contents Acronyms.......................................................................................................................................... 3 I. Introduction.......................................................................................................................... 4 II. Financial Assistance............................................................................................................. 5 III. Intended Use Plan................................................................................................................. 8 IV. Application Phase................................................................................................................. 9 V. Closing and Release of Funds.............................................................................................12 VI. Design Phase.......................................................................................................................16 VII. Bidding Phase.....................................................................................................................18 VIII. Construction Phase............................................................................................................. 21 IX. Monitoring Phase................................................................................................................ 25 Forms and Guidance materials referenced throughout this manual are available through the TWDB's website: https://www.twdb.texas. gov/financial/instructions/index.asp Use the Search box of the Finance & Construction Assistance Guidance and Forms Library on the webpage to type in the form or guidance number needed. Page 2 of 25 TWDB-0100 Rev 12/22 Acronyms AIS American Iron & Steel AMHI Annual Median Household Income BAL Board Action Letter CCFI Construction Contract Final Inspection CE Categorical Exclusion COA Certificate of Approval DBE Disadvantaged Business Enterprise DMA Designated Management Agency CWA Clean Water Act CWSRF Clean Water State Revolving Fund EA Executive Administrator EEO Equal Employment Opportunity EFR Engineering Feasibility Report EIS Environmental Impact Statement EPA Environmental Protection Agency FONSI Finding of No Significant Impact GPR Green Project Reserve HCF Household Cost Factor IIPL Initial Invited Projects List IUP Intended Use Plan NEPA National Environmental Policy Act O&M Operation and Maintenance OLA Online Loan Application PAD Planning, Acquisition, and Design PDF Portable Document Format PEFR Preliminary Engineering Feasibility Report PIF Project Information Form PPL Project Priority List ROD Record of Decision RWPD Regional Water Project Development Team SFY State Fiscal Year SOF Statement of Findings SRF State Revolving Fund TAC Texas Administrative Code TCEQ Texas Commission on Environmental Quality TWDB Texas Water Development Board WSC Water Supply Corporation Page 3 of 25 TWDB-0100 Rev 12/22 I. Introduction The Clean Water State Revolving Fund (CWSRF) Program is administered for the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) and the State of Texas by the Texas Water Development Board (TWDB). The program provides low interest loans and principal forgiveness to eligible applicants for activities such as: ➢ the construction of and improvements to wastewater treatment and collection facilities; ➢ projects that facilitate compliance with wastewater regulations; projects that significantly further the health protection objectives of the Clean Water Act; projects implementing a non -point source program; ➢ projects replacing customer water meters; ➢ developing and implementing management plans for bays and estuaries, and ➢ projects that provide measures to manage, reduce, treat, or recapture stormwater of subsurface drainage water. This manual provides basic information for Applicant's and their consultants to understand how the TWDB's CWSRF Program works and to comply with the Program's rules and requirements, which are provided in 31 Texas Administrative Code (TAC) Chapter 375. No provision in this guidance supersedes any applicable administrative rule governing the program nor the applicable Intended Use Plan for the program. Page 4 of 25 TWDB-0100 Rev 12/22 II. Financial Assistance Financial assistance is available for any or all phases of a project, including planning, acquisition, design and construction, and for refinancing existing debt. Based on an evaluation of the Applicant's Project Information Form (PIF), the financial assistance application and availability of funds, the Executive Administrator will make a recommendation that includes the project phase funding to be considered by the Board. Applicants may be required to segment funding depending on the project's readiness to proceed to construction. Phases on the Initial Invited Projects Lists (IIPL) 1. Pre -Design Funding Option (or Planning, Acquisition, Design and Construction) The pre -design funding option allows an applicant to receive a single commitment for all phases of a project. The construction portion of the project must be deemed ready to proceed before funds for the construction phase will be released. 2. Construction Funding Only All projects that were determined to be ready to proceed to construction based on the current status of their planning, acquisition, and design activities will receive an invitation to fund the construction portion of the project. 3. Planning, Acquisition, and Design Funding A project on the IIPL that has not completed planning, acquisition, and design activities and was not deemed ready to proceed to construction may receive an invitation to fund only the PAD portion of the project. 4. Refinancing Funds for refinancing are available when (a) the project complies with all of the CWSRF Program rules and requirements, including evidence that the environmental review and engineering criteria considered by the original lender were conducted in a manner consistent with the criteria in 31 TAC, Chapter 375 and (b) the federal tax regulations allow such refinancing. Loan Benefits and Subsidies The CWSRF Program offers fixed interest rates significantly below the market rate based on the Applicant's underlying credit rating. The CWSRF has two types of projects: Equivalency and Non -Equivalency. Equivalency (Federal Requirements) - A portion of the CWSRF funds must follow all federal requirements. These projects are referred to as Equivalency projects. Page 5 of 25 TWDB-0100 Rev 12/22 Non -Equivalency (State Requirements) - Non -Equivalency financial assistance is not subject to all federal requirements. They must comply; however, with some federal requirements such as the requirement to perform a National Environmental Policy Act -like environmental review and adhere to all federal anti -discrimination laws. This type of assistance offers less of an interest rate reduction from the applicable market rate than Equivalency projects. Rates for a specific funding year can be found in the applicable Intended Use Plan (IUP). For more information on the IUP, see Section III of this guidance document. Repayment periods can be offered for up to 30 years for any phase of an eligible project, however, the term of a loan may not exceed to the projected useful life of the project. The TWDB also offers multi -year commitments to assist applicants that need to fund large projects over a period of time. Additional subsidization for qualifying disadvantaged communities and green projects may also be available. The total amount of additional loan subsidization available and the eligibility criteria for disadvantaged communities are identified each year in the Intended Use Plan (IUP). The guidance for determining eligibility for the Green Project subsidy, TWDB-0 161 1 is available on the TWDB 's website. Additional subsidies are highly competitive; therefore, eligible Applicant's seeking additional subsidies should consider the following guidelines for the best chances to receive subsidy: ➢ Submit a Project Information Form (PIF) during the annual CWSRF project solicitation period to ensure the project is scored, ranked and listed in the IUP in time for the first cycle of funding invitations. ➢ After TWDB approves the Intended Use Plan, the first round of funding invitations will be distributed. The invitations to apply will include a deadline to submit an application. Make sure to submit a complete application by the deadline. ➢ Be aware that an application which includes additional subsidies funding may be bypassed if it is submitted late or is incomplete. If your application is incomplete, you will have fourteen (14) days from receipt of the incomplete application notice to remedy any deficiency. Due to the high demand and limited availability of subsidized funding, it is imperative that applicants offered these funds proceed in a timely manner. Therefore, the TWDB has established commitment timeframes for projects that qualify and have been designated to receive additional subsidization in the form of principal forgiveness. If an applicant does not proceed through the application process and obtain a funding commitment within four (4) months, the additional subsidization may be re -allocated to another eligible project. In extenuating circumstances, TWDB may grant an extension of time for obtaining a commitment if an applicant demonstrates sufficient reason for a delay. ➢ Stay in close contact with the Regional Team Manager for the latest information on available subsidization and any additional details that may change in the IUP from year to year. The Regional Team Manager is your central point of contact and will work Page 6 of 25 TWDB-0100 Rev 12/22 diligently to ensure that you are able to capitalize on any and all benefits available to you. Even though the best chance of receiving additional subsidization is on the initial invitation round, project may be submitted year-round and receive additional subsidization if available. Green Project Reserve: Your project (or project component) may qualify for additional subsidization as "green" if the primary purpose of the project (or project component) qualifies under EPA rules as green infrastructure, energy efficient, water efficient, or other environmentally innovative activity. For further information go to the TWDB Green Project Reserve web page and review the TWDB guidance (TWDB-0161) for determining project eligibility with the Green Project Reserve. Page 7 of 25 TWDB-0100 Rev 12/22 III. Intended Use Plan The Intended Use Plan (IUP) is produced each year and provides information related to the funds available through the CWSRF and itemizes how those funds will be used. The TWDB accepts project information forms (PIFs) for the CWSRF program year-round. Projects can be added throughout the year until funding is fully utilized, however, the amount of subsidies available generally decreases as the year progresses. Based on the information provided in the PIFs submitted, each project will be scored, ranked and listed on the IUP to be considered for CWSRF funding. Below is a general overview of the IUP process. Additional information about the IUP, including copies of current or past IUP's, can be found on the website at: https://www.twdb.texas.gov/financial/programs/CWSRF/ Page 8 of 25 TWDB-0100 Rev 12/22 IV. Application Phase Pre -Application Meeting Applicants are required to participate in a pre -application meeting that will guide them through the application process. Pre -application teleconferencing is available. The following individuals should attend the pre -application meeting: ➢ a member of the governing body of the Applicant; ➢ the consulting engineer; and ➢ the financial advisor. At the time of the pre -application meeting the applicant will be informed of any required water conservation plans, reports or water loss audits that need to be submitted. Application Information General The financial assistance application can be submitted online using the On-line Loan Application tool. A Microsoft Word version is also available. The financial assistance application is used for all funding programs and includes simple step-by-step instructions of the legal, financial, engineering and environmental information required for TWDB staff to prepare a recommendation to the Board to fund your project. For Applicants who qualify for additional subsidization, it is especially important to submit an application by the date specified in the invitation to apply. Failure to timely submit the application or any additional information requested may result in the bypass of the project on the IUP priority list, which can compromise an Applicant's ability to receive subsidies they were offered. If your project is on the IUP, but you are not eligible for additional subsidization, your deadline to submit a complete application is prior to TWDB approving the IUP for the next fiscal year, typically in August. The Applicant will be notified in writing if their application is administratively complete or incomplete. If the application is incomplete, you will have fourteen (14) days from receipt of the notice of an incomplete application to remedy any deficiency. Engineering A Preliminary Engineering Feasibility Report (PEFR), signed and sealed by a professional engineer registered in the State of Texas, as outlined in the application, is required. During the planning phase of the project, the applicant must provide a final Engineering Feasibility Report (EFR) in accordance to the Guidance for the Preparation of Wastewater Project Engineering Feasibility Reports (TWDB-0556). Environmental During the application phase, the TWDB Environmental Reviewer will determine which level of Page 9 of 25 TWDB-0100 Rev 12/22 environmental review will be required based on the type and scope of the project and the potential for adverse environmental impacts. This assessment will be made based on information provided in the engineering and environmental sections of the financial assistance application. If additional information is required by TWDB staff, a request for supplemental information will be sent to the Applicant (or their consultant) at that time. For additional information about the environmental review requirements of the CWSRF Program, see the "Planning Phase - Environmental Review Process" section of this guidance document. TWDB forms applicable to CWSRF applications: Forms and Guidance materials referenced below can be accessed online through the TWDB's Finance & Construction Assistance Guidance and Forms Library by using the Search box and typing in the form or guidance number needed. ➢ Resolution from the governing body requesting financial assistance (TWDB-0201A) ➢ Application Affidavit (TWDB-0201), or for Private Entities (TWDB-0201P) ➢ Certificate of Secretary (TWDB-0201B) ➢ Water Use Survey ➢ Water Loss Audit ➢ Project Draw Schedule (TWDB-1202) ➢ Project Cost Estimate Budget (TWDB-1201) ➢ Wastewater Project Information Form (WRD-253a) ➢ Assurances — Construction Programs (EPA -424D) ➢ Designated Management Agency — This requires the applicant governing approval/resolution ➢ IF assistance requested is greater than $500,000, a copy of a draft or TWDB approved Water Conservation Plan, including a Utility Profile, is required to be submitted with the application. A TWDB approved Water Conservation Plan is required for loan commitment. Proof of the applicant's adoption of the Water Conservation Plan must be submitted prior to loan closing if not with the application. o Guidance (TWDB-1968), and o Water Conservation Utility Profile Form: Retail (TWDB-1965R), or o Water Conservation Utility Profile Form: Wholesale (TWDB-1965W) If your project will benefit wholesale customers, each of them will also be required to submit a water conservation plan prior to closing or, you will be required to include a clause in your contracts with wholesale customers that they will adopt and submit a water plan that conforms to TWDB's requirements at the time of the next contract renewal or amendment. ➢ Loan recipients must maintain an approved water conservation program in effect and revised as needed at a minimum once every five years. Loan recipients must report annually on its implementation until all financial obligations to the state have been discharged. If the loan recipient is a retail water provider, they will be required to submit a water loss audit Page 10 of 25 TWDB-0100 Rev 12/22 annually until all financial obligations to the state have been discharged. o Annual Reports o Water Loss Audit ➢ *IF assistance is requested from the CWSRF Equivalency Program, you will be required to: Submit an Architectural and Engineering Procurement Certification (TWDB-1108, TWDB-1 108-A) ➢ Submit a Certificate Regarding Lobbying Activities (TWDB-213) ➢ Provide Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, and other Responsibility Requirements, also required of the contractor during construction (SRF-404) ➢ Submit a Fiscal Sustainability Plan Certification Form (TWDB-1700, TWDB-1700-A) ➢ Procure for all prime contracts for services, equipment, supplies and construction, by demonstrating a "good faith effort" towards affording opportunity for Small Business Enterprises, Minority Business Enterprise, Women Business Enterprise, and Small Business in Rural Area participation: o Affirmative Steps Certification and Goals (TWDB-0215) o Affirmative Steps Solicitation Report (TWDB-0216) o Prime Contractor Affirmative Steps Certification and Goals (TWDB-0217) o Loan/ Grant Participation Summary (TWDB-0373) Funding Approval and Financial Assistance Commitment If the application is recommended for approval by TWDB staff, the application is placed on the TWDB Board meeting agenda. The Board's commitment for financial assistance expires on the date noted in the commitment or if no date is noted then the commitment expires after: 100% Bonds/Loan Bonds/Loan & Principal Forgiveness 12 6 months months If you are unable to close your commitment prior to its expiration, you may request an extension of the expiration period. To request an extension, submit a written request at least 45 days prior to the expiration date explaining the need for the extension and proposing a specific date for closing. Page 11 of 25 TWDB-0100 Rev 12/22 V. Closing and Release of Funds Closing After a financial assistance commitment has been approved by the Board, additional legal, financial, and engineering documentation must be submitted to close the loan and release funds. A full explanation of TWDB closing requirements for the CWSRF Program is provided in 31 Texas Administrative Code (TAC) Subchapter G, Loan Closings and Availability of Funds §375.91 and §375.92. 1. Please provide the TWDB financial analyst or Team manager a tentative closing schedule with your preferred loan closing date. 2. Submit the following items to the TWDB for approval at least 20 business days prior to the adoption date of the bond ordinance or resolution by the Applicant's governing body: Bond Counsel's legal opinion, draft. ➢ No -Arbitrage (Federal Tax) Certificate, draft. No - Litigation Certificate, draft. ➢ Private Placement Memorandum, draft. Proposed bond ordinance or resolution, draft. ➢ Copies of executed engineering contracts and other draft contracts. Sufficiency of funds statement & Release of funds request: o Option A: IF the project is funded 100% with TWDB funds, submit a statement which identifies the funds to be released at closing. o Option B: IF the project is funded with a combination of TWDB funds and other funds, provide a statement as to the status of securing non-TWDB funds and identify the TWDB funds to be released at closing, including a current budget of costs and sources of funds. ➢ IF assistance requested is greater than $500,000, proof of your adoption of your Water Conservation Plan. Page 12 of 25 TWDB-0100 Rev 12/22 ➢ *IF CWSRF Equivalency Program, include the following Disadvantaged Business Enterprise documentation: o TWDB-0216 Affirmative Steps Solicitation Report o TWDB-0217 Prime Contractor Affirmative Steps Certification and Goals o TWDB-0373 Loan Grant Participation Summary ➢ IF applicable, evidence that a wastewater permit application has been filed with TCEQ. ➢ IF seeking release of Design funds at closing: see "Design Phase — Release of Funds" section of this document for requirements. ➢ IF seeking release of Construction funds at closing: see "Construction Phase — Release of Funds" section of this document for requirements. 3. Approximately 15 business days prior to your loan closing date, youwill adopt a bond ordinance or resolution to approve the conditions of the TWDB financial commitment. 4. After you have adopted a bond ordinance, submit the final closing documents 8 business days prior to the closing date to your TWDB financial analyst to close the commitment: ➢ Attorney General Opinion Comptroller's Certificate ➢ Blanket Issuer Letter of Representation (BLOR) ➢ Debt Service Schedule Escrow Agreement, executed ➢ Financial Advisor's Closing Instructions Paying Agent Agreement, executed ➢ Private Placement Memorandum — with all attachments Sufficiency of Funds Statement ➢ Vendor Identification Form ➢ Executed Principal Forgiveness Agreement (if receiving principal forgiveness) Outlay Report, approved Invoices and an outlay report must be submitted prior to the release of funds. Page 13 of 25 TWDB-0100 Rev 12/22 Release of Funds The CWSRF program releases funds as project milestones are achieved. When a CWSRF loan includes a principal forgiveness component, the program operates as a reimbursement program, meaning there is an additional requirement that expenses must be incurred and documented by invoices or other acceptable proof of expenditure before payment will be made. All CWSRF loans require submittal of an outlay report and invoices to document costs for your project expenditures. Funds not eligible for release on the closing date will be held in an escrow account until the required project milestones have been completed and approved. Below is a simplified diagram which illustrates key project milestones during the planning, design and construction phase of a project that are tied to the release of funds: Planning, Environmental Review Completed & Environmental Finding Issued by TWDB. Engineering Feasibility Report Approved2 RELEASE OF FUNDS: Design Plans & Specs Approved3 Construction 1. Advertisement 2. Bids & Contracts 3. Executed Contracts 4. TWDB Notice to Proceed` E onstruction Conference Inspections I Change Orders TWDB Certificate of Approval Issued (COA)5 Project Close-out, Final Accounting 1. Planning: Funds for planning and permitting costs can be released once all loan closing documents have been submitted and approved. 2. Design Costs: Funds for design can be released once the environmental review and EFR have been completed and approved and the executed contracts for the design phase have been received. 3. Soft Costs: Soft costs can be released (construction engineering fees, inspection, etc.). 4. Construction Costs: Construction funds for a contract can be released after issuance of any applicable permits, and after contract documents, including Page 14 of 25 TWDB-0100 Rev 12/22 plans & specs are approved and executed construction documents are contingently awarded. 5. Retainage: Contract retainage can be released once the TWDB issues a COA. Outlay Report Outlay Reports are required quarterly from the time of closing until construction begins. Monthly reports are required thereafter. Further information on Outlay Reports can be obtained from the TWDB Website at: https://www.twdb.texas.gov/about/contract admin/outlay/ The key policies and procedures may be summarized as follows: ➢ Outlay Reports require invoices. Provide documentation for each reimbursable cost, except the origination fee. If an invoice includes costs associated with a different project, the CWSRF costs included in the invoice must be clearly distinguished. ➢ Within each budget category (engineering, construction, etc.), the TWDB can only reimburse up to the amount approved in the commitment for that category. However, you can reallocate funds from one category to another by requesting a budget amendment from your TWDB Project Engineer/Reviewer prior to submission of an outlay for such costs. ➢ Outlay reports should be submitted electronically to: outlaysgtwdb.texas.gov If you are unable to submit your outlay report electronically, then contact the Outlays and Escrows team for alternate submission instructions at (512) 463-5070. Page 15 of 25 TWDB-0100 Rev 12/22 VI. Design Phase Detailed plans and specifications will be developed during the design phase. Acquisition of the sites and easements and issuance of all permits should be completed by the end of the design phase. Design Phase Submittals The following items must be submitted to and approved by the TWDB Project Engineer/Reviewer during the design phase: ➢ Complete Plans and Specifications. ➢ Engineering Report meeting the requirements of §217.10. ➢ Executed engineering contract for construction phase services, including DBE procurement related documents (for Equivalency projects). ➢ Sufficiency of Funds Statement, if applicable. ➢ Site Certificate, ED -101, signed by the Applicant's Representative. Geotechnical Report, if available. ➢ Site Map showing sanitary control easements, if applicable. ➢ Special board resolution or environmental finding conditions satisfied. ➢ Cost and Effectiveness Certification Form TWDB-1107 and TWDB-1107-A. After the above information is reviewed and approved by the Project Engineer/Reviewer, construction funds can be made available to the Applicant. Design Criteria The 30 TAC Chapter 217, Design Criteria for Domestic Wastewater Systems design criteria must be followed in the design of all work affecting wastewater facilities. The Applicant's Consulting Engineer is required to prepare and submit plans and specifications for review. The TWDB has been delegated the responsibility of performing the design criteria review for wastewater plants and collection systems projects funded by TWDB. A TCEQ discharge permit for a new or expanded wastewater treatment plant must be issued prior to the approval of plans and specifications. Plans and Specifications Plans and specifications must conform with and contain all documents required in the Supplemental Contract Conditions and Instructions and mitigation measures identified in the environmental finding. The conditions for CWSRF Equivalency projects and Non -Equivalency Page 16 of 25 TWDB-0100 Rev 12/22 projects are *TWDB-0550 and TWDB-0551, respectively. The conditions must be incorporated into the General and Special Conditions section of the construction contract documents. The Applicant should submit one (1) copy of the plans and specifications for initial review. Ultimately two (2) copies of the final plans and specifications will be needed for TWDB approval. The plans and specifications must be submitted as a hard -copy (bound) and must be sealed by a professional engineer registered in Texas. The Applicant should immediately notify the TWDB Project Engineer/Reviewer and Environmental Reviewer if modifications have been made to the engineering report(s) and/or the plans and specifications. Amendments to the EFR may require revisions to the environmental finding(s) and any significant changes to the project scope that occur after loan commitment may require Board approval. A plans and specifications review checklist is available through the TWDB Financial Assistance website at: https://www.twdb.texas. gov/financial/instructions/index.asp Search by document name: Engineer Checklist Page 17 of 25 TWDB-0100 Rev 12/22 VII. Bidding Phase Competitive bidding is a widely used method of obtaining and selecting contractors for construction projects. Typically, the use of competitive bidding is mandated by law or regulation. The Applicant and its consulting engineer must comply with Subchapter B, Chapter 252 of the Local Government Code and other applicable statutes. Applicants should consult their legal counsel if there is any uncertainty regarding which specific bidding laws apply to a particular project. In general, the Bid Phase includes the following steps: ➢ Advertising ➢ Pre -bid conference ➢ Bid opening and bid evaluation ➢ Bid documents and TWDB approval to award contract ➢ Contract Award and issuance of Notice to Proceed a. Advertising Authorization from TWDB's Project Engineer/Reviewer should be obtained prior to advertising bids and based on the following documentation: ➢ TWDB approval of Plans & Specifications ➢ Acquisition of all property needed for the project certified on TWDB Site Certificate Form (ED -101) ➢ All permits, licenses, and other legal authorizations required by federal, state, and local agencies. The advertisement for Bids should clearly state the below requirements. For detailed information on language to be used in the advertisement for bids, see LJTWDB-0550 (for Equivalency projects) or TWDB-0551 (for Non -Equivalency projects). Davis -Bacon Wage Rate Requirements Davis -Bacon Wage Rate Requirements apply to contractors and subcontractors performing on federally funded or assisted contracts in excess of $2,000 for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works. See TWDB's Davis - Bacon Wage Rate Requirements Guidance for State Revolving Fund Projects (DB-0156). *Disadvantaged Business Enterprise For CWSRF Equivalency projects, the advertisement must clearly state EPA's "fair share policy" and "fair share goals" as discussed in TWDV/s DBE Guidance (TWDB-0210). Page 18 of 25 TWDB-0100 Rev 12/22 Invitation to Bid The Invitation to Bid (or Instructions to Bidders) should summarize key information about the project. Its purpose is to attract bidders, announce the bidding schedule for the project, and provide sufficient information to enable prospective bidders to determine whether they should obtain copies of the bidding documents. Specific contract wording addressed in the Supplemental Contract Conditions must be included for Equivalency Program (*TWDB-0551) or Non -Equivalency Program (TWDB-0550). b. Pre -Bid Conference Pre -bid conferences help to familiarize prospective bidders with the site and scope of the work on projects. TWDB's Project Engineer/Reviewer should be notified concurrent with Bidders of the date, time, and location of the pre -bid conference. It is advisable that no oral statements be made at the conference that cannot be appropriately reduced to written form in subsequent addenda. Addenda Bidders must acknowledge receipt of all addenda with their bids to ensure that all bidders are bidding on the same effort. Addenda should be issued in an expeditious manner to all document holders of record. If addenda cannot be issued to bidders four days in advance of bid opening, a brief postponement of the bid opening may be justified. The addenda should be submitted to TWDB concurrent with issuance to Bidders. c. Bid Opening and Bidder Evaluation Procedures to follow at the bid opening should be established ahead of time and included in the Instructions to Bidders. The TWDB Project Engineer/Reviewer should be notified concurrent with Bidders of the time, date and place of the bid opening. After the bids have been opened and tabulated, the Applicant and Consulting Engineer should evaluate the bids and bidders according to the criteria and process outlined in the bid documents for determining responsiveness and responsibility of the bidder. d. Bidding Documents and TWDB Approval to Award Contract The TWDB Project Engineer/Reviewer should receive the following information and documents as soon as possible after bid opening and before execution of the construction contract: Page 19 of 25 TWDB-0100 Rev 12/22 ➢ Bid tabulation ➢ Bid proposal of apparent low bidder with Bid Bond ➢ Advertisement and affidavit of advertisement ➢ Consulting Engineer's recommendation to Applicant for award. Explanation for any rejected bids or other bidding irregularities ➢ Construction inspection proposal ➢ Site Certificate (ED -101) ➢ Vendor Compliance with Reciprocity of Non -Resident Bidder (TWDB-0459) ➢ Li For Equivalency projects, DBE Documentation ➢ Li For Equivalency projects, Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, and Other Responsibility Matters (SRF-404) After receiving and reviewing the information identified as bid document submittals, the TWDB Project Engineer/Reviewer will authorize the Applicant to contingently award the construction contract. e. Contract Award Document Submittals The applicant/consulting engineer should submit the following documents as soon as possible after contract award and prior to issuance of a Notice to Proceed to the contractor. Fully executed and bound construction contract documents must include the following submittals: ➢ Specifications as approved by TWDB with executed bid proposal ➢ Payment, Performance, and other Bonds with Power of Attorney ➢ Contingently executed Contract Agreement ➢ Proof of Insurance Certificate ➢ Executed Contractor's Act of Assurance, ED -103 Executed Contractor's Resolution on Authorized Representative, ED -104 ➢ Sufficiency of Funds Letter (if not previously submitted) Page 20 of 25 TWDB-0100 Rev 12/22 VIII. Construction Phase After approval of contingently executed contract documents, the TWDB Project Engineer/Reviewer will issue a letter concurring with the issuance of a Notice to Proceed with construction. Prior to issuing a Notice to Proceed and before initiating construction, the Applicant should take steps to verify that all prerequisites are in place to ensure construction is performed in accordance with the approved contract documents. The following are steps to help with this goal. Preconstruction Conference A preconstruction conference should be scheduled prior to issuance of a Notice to Proceed and be attended by the owner, project engineer, contractor, and TWDB Project Engineer/Reviewer. The purpose of this meeting is to establish a working understanding among the parties as to the work to be accomplished and to discuss project schedules, milestones, procedures, program requirements, etc., for each construction contract. Applicant Inspection The Applicant should provide adequate inspection of the project under the supervision of a licensed registered professional engineer and require the Engineer's assurance that the work is being performed in a satisfactory manner in accordance with the approved plans and specifications and sound construction principles and practices. The Applicant should require that a thorough, daily log of activities be maintained. The Applicant is responsible for ensuring that all required testing is conducted, observed, and documented. Contractor Claims Awareness, documentation, and communication will aid in prevention and resolution of contractor claims. Loan money may not be eligible for increased costs due to claims. The following construction phase issues are discussed in detail in the Supplemental Contract Conditions applicable to your project (*TWDB-0550 for Equivalency projects, and TWDB- 0551 for Non -Equivalency projects). TWDB Access to Construction Site TWDB personnel shall have access to the project site and any project records or reports. 9 The TWDB Project Engineer/Reviewer will schedule periodic project site visits. The intent of these visits is to keep the TWDB informed of construction phase activities and progress of each contract. ➢ The TWDB Project Engineer/Reviewer will issue inspection reports. This report will be made available to the Applicant and the Consulting Engineer. Page 21 of 25 TWDB-0100 Rev 12/22 ➢ The inspection report and Construction Observation visits are not intended to relieve the Applicant of the responsibility to provide adequate on -site inspection and engineering review to determine acceptability of the work and is to ensure construction is in accordance with approved plans and specifications and in compliance with the contract documents. Retainage Generally a minimum of 5% retainage is required by law on all public loan contracts (Texas Governmental Code 2252.032). The amount, deposit and investment requirements for retainage are unique to each construction project. If there is any uncertainty regarding specific situations, the Applicant's legal counsel should be consulted. Retainage must not be released or reduced below 5% without the consent of the TWDB. A Certificate of Approval will be issued by TWDB after each contract is finalized and close out materials have been provided to the TWDB Project Engineer/Reviewer. This Certificate of Approval authorizes the Applicant to release the retainage to the contractor. Change Orders The construction contract is between the Applicant and the Contractor and any change orders signed by these two parties become part of that contract regardless of TWDB funding eligibility or participation. Two (2) copies of the change order are to be sent to the TWDB's Project Engineer/Reviewer for review and approval in order to determine funding eligibility. TWDB Staff reviews and approves change orders for the following: Eligibility of funding Compliance with design criteria ➢ Avoidance of environmental impacts ➢ A change order resulting in a change of scope of the project that may require action by the TWDB ➢ A change order that may require action by TCEQ Project Records It is in the Applicant's interest to keep an organized system of documentation for the project. Refer to Project Files & Construction Records, WRD-0 17 for guidance. Operation & Maintenance (O&M) Manuals Preparation of an O&M manual is encouraged and is an eligible use of TWDB funds. We suggest that the final O&M manual should be submitted to the Applicant before construction is 85% complete so that the manual will be available during start-up. For guidance, see O&M Manual Recommendations, ED -006. Page 22 of 25 TWDB-0100 Rev 12/22 Operations The following are staffing guidelines for your project: ➢ Hire and train operating personnel who will run the facility. They should be available during the later stages of construction and start-up, and if possible, they should have some input into the O&M manual. ➢ Operating personnel should visit the project during construction. Caution them to give no direction to the Contractor. However, their comments and suggestions should be forwarded to the Consulting Engineer for consideration. > Provide operator training prior to acceptance of the facility that includes review of the O&M manual and, if possible, on -site training by supplier's representatives during start- up. ➢ Staffing should be in accordance with the Operation and Maintenance manual. TWDB Closeout Submittals The following information and documents should be submitted to the TWDB Project Engineer/Reviewer prior for TWDB issuance of a Certificate of Approval and authorization of release of final retainage: ➢ A copy of the contractor's final payment request. ➢ Two (2) copies of any outstanding change orders not approved by TWDB to date or a statement that there are no further change orders. ➢ An affidavit by the contractor that all bills have been paid. Consulting Engineer's certification that the contract has been completed and that the work was constructed in accordance with the approved plans and specifications. ➢ Acceptance of the work under this contract by the Applicant in the form of a written resolution or other formal action. ➢ Notification of the beginning date of the warranty period for the contract and confirmation that the as -built or record drawings have been received from the contractor. Post Construction The TWDB has an interest in the continuing performance of the facility for the life of the loan. ➢ TWDB representatives may make a visit to the facility during the one-year warranty period to assist the Applicant in reviewing performance, operations, and maintenance. ➢ TWDB's Financial Compliance Staff will monitor the Applicant for the life of the loan to ensure compliance with the bond indenture. ➢ The water conservation plan required by the loan should remain in effect for the life of the loan and revised as needed at a minimum once every five years. Recipients of financial assistance are required to report annually on the implementation and status Page 23 of 25 TWDB-0100 Rev 12/22 of the required water conservation program for the life of the loan. ➢ If the loan recipient is a retail water provider, they will be required to submit a water loss audit for the life of the loan. ➢ TWDB staff will monitor compliance with any special environmental mitigation measures, as appropriate. Page 24 of 25 TWDB-0100 Rev 12/22 IX. Monitoring Phase The Financial Compliance Staff of TWDB's Finance Division is responsible for monitoring the Applicant's financial stability and compliance from the first receipt of funds until final repayment of the debt. Compliance staff is available by phone to assist all borrowers or grant recipients and can arrange a visit to the Applicant's location to assist in financial compliance matters. For questions regarding Financial Compliance requirements, or to request assistance, contact Carleton Wilkes at (512) 463-4189 or carleton.wilkes@twdb.texas.gov. Major Goal Financial Compliance's goal is to provide the TWDB with reasonable assurance that all grant and loan recipients continue with agreed upon terms of any debt or grant agreement, and that loan recipients continue to have the ability to repay debt in a timely and agreed upon manner. Loan Monitoring Financial Compliance monitors loan activities, including reviews of annual financial reports (audited financial statements) of every entity in the TWDB's portfolio. In addition, Financial Compliance can arrange on -site assistance if appropriate. Project Monitoring Project monitoring activities include reviews of final accountings which are a recap of the sources and uses of funds provided usually at the completion of a project. In addition, Financial Compliance reviews federal Single Audits to assure that relevant federal requirements associated with the funds are met as indicated by the required Single Audits. In addition, Financial Compliance reviews federal Single Audits to assure that relevant federal requirements associated with the funds are met. Single Audits are required each fiscal year the debt is outstanding, leading up and including the year Final Accounting is completed. Page 25 of 25 PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK TWDB-0551 Rev. 4/2026 TEXAS WATER DEVELOPMENT BOARD Texas Water Development Board Supplemental Construction Contract Conditions For Non -Equivalency Projects under the Clean Water State Revolving Fund and Drinking Water State Revolving Fund Programs TWDB-0551 Rev. 4/2026 Table of Contents Tableof Contents...................................................................................................................... I. INSTRUCTIONS TO APPLICANT.................................................................................. 1. Applicability..................................................................................................................... 2. Use of Conditions.......................................................................................................... 3. Modifications to Provisions........................................................................................... 4. Good Business Practices............................................................................................. 5. Other Requirements..................................................................................................... 6. Advertisements for Bids............................................................................................... 7. Bid Proposal................................................................................................................... 8. Bidding Process............................................................................................................. 9. Release of Funds.......................................................................................................... II. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS....................................................................................... 1. Contingent Award of Contract...................................................................................... 2. Davis -Bacon Wage Rate Requirements.................................................................... 3. American Iron and Steel Requirements..................................................................... 4. Equal Employment Opportunity.................................................................................. 5. Bid Guarantee................................................................................................................ 6. Award of Contract to Nonresident Bidder.................................................................. 7. Summary of Forms to be submitted with the Bid Documents................................ III. SUPPLEMENTAL CONTRACT CONDITIONS............................................................. 1. Supersession................................................................................................................. 2. Privity of Contract.......................................................................................................... 3. Definitions....................................................................................................................... 4. Laws to be Observed.................................................................................................... 5. Review by Owner and TWDB..................................................................................... 6. Performance and Payment Bonds............................................................................. 7. Payment Schedule and Cost Breakdown.................................................................. 8. Workman's Compensation Insurance Coverage (as applicable, consistent with Texas Labor Code § 406.096).................................................................................... 9. American Iron and Steel............................................................................................... 10. Davis -Bacon Wage Rate Requirements.................................................................... a. Compliance Procedures....................................................................................... .. 2 .. 5 11 11 12 12 12 12 12 13 13 13 13 13 13 14 14 14 15 16 16 Page 2 of 61 TWDB-0551 Rev. 4/2026 b. Subcontracts.......................................................................................................... c. Davis -Bacon General Wage Determinations.................................................... Option 1 — Applies to Governmental Entities (such as Cities and Districts) .............. Option 2 — Applies to Non -Governmental Entities (such as Water Supply Corporations and Private Companies)............................................................... 11. Payments........................................................................................................................ 12. Equal Employment Opportunity.................................................................................. 13. Archeological Discoveries and Cultural Resources................................................. 14. Threatened and Endangered Species....................................................................... 15. Hazardous Materials..................................................................................................... 16. Changes......................................................................................................................... 17. Operation and Maintenance Manuals and Training................................................. 18. As -Built Dimensions and Record Drawings.............................................................. 19. Close -Out Procedures.................................................................................................. 20. Additional Forms and Guidance:................................................................................ 18 18 19 36 53 55 56 57 57 58 59 60 60 61 Page 3 of 61 TWDB-0551 Rev. 4/2026 Forms and Guidance: The Texas Water Development Board (TWDB) forms and guidance documents noted in this instruction document may be accessed through the TWDB's Financial Assistance web site at: htto://www.twdb.texas.aov/financial/instructions/index.as0 Search by either the document number or name. Page 4 of 61 TWDB-0551 Rev. 4/2026 I. INSTRUCTIONS TO APPLICANT 1. Applicability These Supplemental Conditions contain provisions that are worded to comply with certain statutes and regulations that specifically relate to Clean Water State Revolving Fund (CWSRF) Non -Equivalency Program and Drinking Water State Revolving Fund (DWSRF) Non -Equivalency Program projects. Provisions that are applicable to the project's dollar value of the contract are so noted within these provisions. Construction projects which are considered Equivalency projects do not use these conditions but instead use Texas Water Development Board (TWDB) Supplemental Conditions TWDB-0550. Projects with State Loan funding use Supplemental Conditions TWDB-0552. 2. Use of Conditions The conditions and forms listed under Section II: Instructions to Bidders are to be included in the instructions to bidders for construction services. The provisions listed under Section III: Construction Contract Supplemental Conditions must be included, in their entirety, with the other general and special conditions that are typically included in the construction contract documents by the Engineer'. 3. Modifications to Provisions The Applicant may need to modify parts of these provisions to better fit the other provisions of the construction contract; however, everything herein must be included in the contract documents. The Applicant and the Engineer should carefully study these provisions before incorporating them into the construction contract documents. In particular, Water Districts and other types of districts should be aware of statutes relating to their creation and operation which may affect the application of these conditions. The TWDB Project Engineer/Reviewer should be consulted if the Applicant thinks there is a need to modify parts of these provisions. Section III, Supplemental Condition No. 13 (Archeological Discoveries and Cultural Resources) and Section III, Supplemental Condition No. 14 (Threatened and Endangered Species) may be superseded or modified by project -specific environmental conditions established during the environmental review process. These documents may confer certain duties and responsibilities on the Engineer that are beyond, or short of, what the Applicant intends to delegate. The Applicant should ensure that the contractual agreement with the Engineer provides for the appropriate services. Otherwise, the Applicant should revise the wording in these special conditions to agree with the delegated functions. 1 Throughout this document "Engineer" is used to mean Design Engineer/Engineer of Record, Prime Engineer, Consulting Engineer, or Owner's Engineer, depending on the contract type between the Applicant and the Engineer and depending on the phase of the project (i.e., planning, design, or construction). Page 5of61 TWDB-0551 Rev. 4/2026 4. Good Business Practices There are other contract provisions that the Applicant and Engineer need to include as a matter of good business practices. It is recommended that provisions addressing the following matters be included in the construction contract: (a) Specifying the time frame for accomplishing the Construction of the project, and the consequences of not completing construction on time, including liquidation damages. (b) Specifying the type, dollar value, and documentation of insurance the Contractor is to carry. At a minimum, the Contractor should carry worker's compensation, liability, and builder's risk insurance that will meet state statutory limits. (c) Identifying the responsibility of the Contractor including warranty of work. (d) Price reductions for defective pricing of negotiated costs. (e) Differing site conditions - notice and claims regarding site conditions differing from indicated conditions. (f) Specifying maximum time permitted to submit an official Change Order after a field change has been authorized and implemented. (g) Covenants against contingent fees — prohibit contingent fees for securing business. (h) Gratuities - prohibitions against offering and accepting gratuities. (i) Auditing and accessing records. (j) Suspension of work - conditions under which the Applicant may suspend work. (k) Termination - conditions under which the Applicant may terminate. (I) Remedies - how disputes will be remedied. 5. Other Requirements If applicable, Trench Safety requirements shall adhere to the Health and Safety Code Chapter 756, Subchapter C, which includes reference to the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) standards for trench safety in effect during the period of construction of the project and Owner's Geotechnical information to assist Contractor in design of Trench Safety System. There may be other local government requirements and applicable Federal and State statutes and regulations that are not accommodated by these conditions. It is the Applicant's responsibility to ensure that the project and all contract provisions are consistent with all relevant statutes and regulations. Page 6of61 TWDB-0551 Rev. 4/2026 6. Advertisements for Bids State procurement statutes require advertising a contract for bid at least once a week for at least two (2) consecutive weeks2. If this requirement is not followed, the project may need to be re -advertised (i.e., rebid). The official advertisement for bids that is published in the newspaper should include certain information such as, but not limited to, the following: (a) A clear description of what is being procured. (b) How to obtain plans and specifications (P&S), necessary forms, and information. (c) The date and time by which bids are to be submitted (deadline). (d) The address where bids are to be provided. (e) A statement that the contract is contingent upon release of funds from the TWDB. (f) A statement that any contract(s) awarded under this Invitation for Bids (IFB), Request for Proposals (RFP), or Request for Qualifications (RFQ) is/are expected to be funded in part by financial assistance from the TWDB. Neither the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) or the State of Texas, nor any of its departments, agencies, or employees are or will be a party to this IFB, RFP, RFQ or any resulting contract. (g) For CWSRF, include - Any contract(s) awarded under this Invitation for Bids is/are subject to the American Iron and Steel (AIS) requirements of federal law, including federal appropriation acts and/or Section 608 of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act. (h) The following is specific text that should be included as -is: Equal Opportunity in Employment - All qualified applicants will receive consideration for employment. (i) Acknowledgement of any specific requirements such as mandatory pre -bid conference. (j) Right to reject any and all bids. (k) A statement that Davis -Bacon prevailing wage requirements apply to the construction, alteration or repair of treatment works carried out, in whole or in part, with assistance made available by the Clean or Drinking Water State Revolving Fund Programs (CWSRF or DWSRF). (I) For additional information on Davis -Bacon Wage Rate Requirements and its applicability to this contract, please consult TWDB Guidance No. DB-0156. 2 From LGC 252.041, Municipalities are required to advertise in a newspaper at least once a week for two consecutive weeks. Page 7 of 61 TWDB-0551 Rev. 4/2026 7. Bid Proposal The Bid proposal form should account for the following: (a) If a lump sum bid, include a list of the materials used and associated costs. (b) Distinguish Eligible and Ineligible items. (c) Accommodate Trench Safety requirements with separate per unit pay item for trench excavation safety protection in accordance with Health and Safety Code Chapter 756, Subchapter C and as briefly noted below: Separate pay item for special shoring requirements, and ii. Separate pay item for trench excavation safety protection. (d) Include space for the Contractor to acknowledge receipt of each Addendum issued during the bidding process. 8. Bidding Process The Plans and Specifications (P&S) should include an explanation of how the bids will be processed. The explanation should include the following components: (a) Whether a Pre -bid Conference will be held, whether it is optional or mandatory, and where and when it will be held. If possible, it is recommended to hold the pre -bid via Zoom, Microsoft Teams or other online platform, as well as in person. The TWDB Project Engineer/Reviewer is to be invited to the Pre -Bid Conference. (b) Specify the criteria and process for determining responsiveness and responsibility of the bidder. (c) Specify the method of determining the successful bidder and award (e.g., award to the lowest responsive, responsible bidder, accounting for any multiple parts to bids), and accounting for non-resident bidder reciprocity requirements (TWDB-0459). (d) Allow for withdrawal of a bid due to a material mistake. (e) Identify the time frame that the bids may be held by the Applicant before awarding a contract (i.e., typically for 60 or 90 days). (f) Acknowledge the right of the Applicant to reject any and all bids. Page 8 of 61 TWDB-0551 Rev. 4/2026 9. Release of Funds Prior to the TWDB authorization for the Applicant to issue a notice to proceed (NTP) and subsequent release of funds for construction (according to program specific requirements), the Applicant and its Engineer must provide the following bid documents for TWDB review (a) Submittal of Bid Documents to the TWDB Project Engineer/Reviewer to allow contingent award of contract: • Advertisement and Affidavit of Advertisement (for municipalities, the project must be bid at least once a week for two (2) consecutive weeks in a newspaper), • Bid tabulation, • All Addenda submitted and approved for the contract, • Bid proposal of apparent low bidder (or chosen bidder with explanation), including the Contractor's bid guarantee or bid bond, • Site Certificate (ED -101), • Engineer's recommendation to award letter, • A description of any bidding irregularities, • Construction inspection proposal, and • Reciprocity of Non -Resident Bidder Form (TWDB-0459). Then the TWDB can issue authorization for the Applicant to issue the contingent Notice of Award for the construction contract. (b) Once the Applicant has issued their contingent Notice of Award of the construction contract, they must submit a bound copy (single file PDF document) of the executed contract documents (including specifications) and a bound copy (single file PDF document) of the Approved Plan Set. A complete set of bound executed contract documents should include: • Front -End Documents, Addenda, Executed Agreement, and Technical Specifications as approved by the TWDB and TCEQ (as applicable), • Contractor's Act of Assurance (TWDB Form ED -1 03), • Contractor's Act of Assurance Resolution (TWDB Form ED -1 04), • Payment and Performance Bonds (must be executed on or after the date of the agreement), • Contractor's Wage Rate Determination(s), • Contractor's Certificate of Insurance, and Page 9 of 61 TWDB-0551 Rev. 4/2026 • If applicable, the Applicant's Sufficiency of Funds letter. After reviewing and approving the executed contract documents, the TWDB will issue an authorization for the Applicant to issue a Notice to Proceed (NTP). At this time, TWDB staff can begin releasing construction funds in accordance with program requirements. Once construction begins, the Applicant must submit monthly Outlay Requests. Outlay Requests that include requests for construction funds must include the following documents: • DB-0154 - Monthly Davis Bacon Wage Rate Certificate of Compliance. • TWDB-1106-A— Monthly American Iron and Steel Certificate. Failure to provide these certificates will result in denial of the release of funds. For any questions or proposed modifications to these conditions, please contact your TWDB Project Engineer/Reviewer. Page 10 of 61 TWDB-0551 Rev. 4/2026 II. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS The language and conditions listed in this section must be included in the "Instructions to Bidders" section of the construction contract documents. I Contingent Award of Contract This contract is contingent upon release of funds from the Texas Water Development Board (TWDB). Any contract(s) awarded under this Invitation for Bids is/are expected to be funded in part by a loan or loan with principal forgiveness from the TWDB and a grant from the United States Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). Neither the State of Texas, the EPA, nor any of its departments, agencies, or employees, are or will be a party to this Invitation for Bids or any resulting contract. 2. Davis -Bacon Wage Rate Requirement Davis -Bacon prevailing wage requirements apply to the construction, alteration or repair of treatment works carried out, in whole or in part, with assistance made available by the Clean Water State Revolving Fund (CWSRF) or a construction project financed, in whole or in part, from the Drinking Water State Revolving Fund (DWSRF). The Davis -Bacon prevailing wage requirements apply to Contractors and Subcontractors performing on federally funded or assisted contracts in excess of $2,000 for the construction, alteration or repair (including painting) of a treatment works project under the CWSRF or a construction project under the DWSRF. For prime contracts in excess of $100,000, Contractors and Subcontractors must also, under the provisions of the Contract Wage Hours and Safety Standards Act (CWHSSA), as amended, pay laborers and mechanics, including guards and watchmen, at least one and one-half times their regular rate of pay for all hours worked over 40 in a workweek. The Fair Labor Standards Act may also apply to Davis -Bacon covered contracts. Any contracts in excess of $2,000 must include the provisions of the Davis -Bacon Wage Rate Requirements. See Section III, Paragraph 10, Option 1 (governmental entities) and Option 2 (non -governmental entities) for contract clauses required for Davis -Bacon requirements. This information is also included in TWDB Guidance DB-0156, as follows (Applicant = Owner (sub -recipient)): If the Owner (sub -recipient) is a governmental entity such as a city or district, it must insert in full the contract clauses found in TWDB Guidance DB-01 56, Appendix 1, Section 3, Section 4 (if the contract exceeds $100,000), and Section 5. • If the Owner (sub -recipient) is a non -governmental entity such as a water supply corporation or a private company, it must insert in full the contract clauses found in TWDB Guidance DB-01 56, Appendix 2, Section 3, Section 4 (if the contract exceeds $100,000), and Section 5. The Owner (sub -recipient) must ensure all prime contracts require the same full text in any subcontracts. See TWDB Guidance DB-0156 for the text of the contract language that must be included. Additional information on Davis -Bacon Wage Rate Requirements and its applicability to this contract can be found in TWDB Guidance DB-0156. Page 11 of 61 TWDB-0551 Rev. 4/2026 3. American Iron and Steel Requirements Any contract(s) awarded under this Invitation for Bids is/are subject to the American Iron and Steel (AIS) requirements of 33 U.S.C §1388 for Clean Water State Revolving Fund projects or Public Law 114-113, Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2016, or subsequent appropriations acts, for Drinking Water State Revolving Fund projects. The Contractor must complete the statement of understanding regarding this requirement, found in Section III Supplemental Contract Conditions, Item No. 9. The statement of understanding must be signed by the Contractor. 4. Equal Employment Opportunity All qualified applicants will receive consideration for employment. 5. Bid Guarantee Each bidder shall furnish a bid guarantee equivalent to five percent (5%) of the bid price (Water Code 17.183). If a bid bond is provided, the Contractor shall utilize a surety company that is authorized to do business in Texas in accordance with Surety Bonds and Related Instruments, Chapter 3503 of the Insurance Code. 6. Award of Contract to Nonresident Bidder A governmental entity may not award a governmental contract to a nonresident bidder unless the nonresident underbids the lowest bid submitted by a responsible resident bidder by an amount that is not less than the amount by which a resident bidder would be required to underbid the nonresident bidder to obtain a comparable contract in the state in which the nonresident's principal place of business is located. A nonresident bidder is a Contractor whose corporate offices or principal place of business is outside of the state of Texas (Source: Texas Government Code, Chapter 2252, Subchapter A, Nonresident Bidders, § 2252.002). The bidder will complete form TWDB-0459, Vender Compliance with Reciprocity on Nonresident Bidders, which must be submitted with the bid. 7. Summary of Forms to be submitted with the Bid Documents: • TWDB-0459, Vendor Compliance with Reciprocity on Non -Resident Bidder. Page 12 of 61 TWDB-0551 Rev. 4/2026 III. SUPPLEMENTAL CONTRACT CONDITIONS 1. Supersession The Owner and the Contractor agree that the TWDB Supplemental Conditions apply to that work eligible for TWDB assistance to be performed under this construction contract and these clauses supersede any conflicting provisions of this contract. 2_ Privity of Contract Funding for this project is expected to be provided in part by the TWDB. Neither the State of Texas, nor any of its departments, agencies or employees is, or will be, a party to this contract or any lower -tier contract. This contract is subject to applicable provisions 31 TAC Chapters 358 and 363, 31 TAC Chapter 371 (DWSRF), and 31 TAC Chapter 375 (CWSRF) in effect on the date of the assistance award for this project. 3. Definitions (a) The terms "Owner" or "Applicant" mean the local entity contracting for the construction services. (b) The term "TWDB" means the Executive Administrator of the Texas Water Development Board, or another person who may be, at the time, acting in the capacity or authorized to perform the functions of such Executive Administrator, or the authorized representative thereof. (c) The term "Engineer" means the engineer the Owner has authorized to work on the project. 4. Laws to be Observed In the execution of the Contract, the Contractor must comply with all applicable Local, State and Federal laws, including but not limited to laws concerned with labor, safety, minimum wages, and the environment. The Contractor shall be familiar with and at all times shall observe and comply with all Federal, State, and Local laws, ordinances and regulations which in any manner affect the conduct of the work, and must indemnify and save harmless the Owner, TWDB, and their representatives against any claim arising from violation of any such law, ordinance or regulation by the Contractor, their Subcontractor or their employees. 5. Review by Owner and TWDB (a) The Owner, authorized representatives and agents of the Owner and TWDB must, at all times have access to and be permitted to observe and review all work, materials, equipment, payrolls, personnel records, employment conditions, material invoices, and other relevant data and records pertaining to this Contract, provided, however that all instructions and approval with respect to the work will be given to the Contractor only by the Owner through authorized representatives or agents. (b) Any such inspection or review by the TWDB must not subject the State of Texas, or its representatives, to any action for damages. Page 13 of 61 TWDB-0551 Rev. 4/2026 6. Performance and Payment Bonds Each Contractor awarded a construction contract must furnish performance and payment bonds that include the following explicit conditions in the body of the bond: (a) the performance bond must include without limitation guarantees that work done under the contract will be completed and performed according to approved plans and specifications and in accordance with sound construction principles and practices; (b) the performance and payment bonds must be in a penal sum of not less than 100 percent of the contract price and remain in effect for one year beyond the date of approval by the Engineer of the political subdivision; and (c) the Contractor must utilize a surety company which is authorized to do business in Texas in accordance with Surety Bonds and Related Instruments, Chapter 3503 of the Insurance Code. 7. Payment Schedule and Cost Breakdown (a) The Contractor must submit for approval immediately after execution of the Agreement, a carefully prepared Progress Schedule, showing the proposed dates of starting and completing each of the various sections of the work. (b) The following paragraph applies only to contracts awarded on a lump sum contract price: COST BREAKDOWN - The Contractor must submit to the Owner a detailed breakdown of the estimated cost of all work to be accomplished under the contract, arranged and itemized as to meet the approval of the Owner or funding agencies. This breakdown must be submitted promptly after execution of the agreement and before any payment is made to the Contractor for the work performed under the contract. After approval by the Owner the unit prices established in the breakdown must be used in estimating the amount of the partial payments to be made to the Contractor. 8. Workman's Compensation Insurance Coverage (as applicable, consistent with Texas Labor Code § 406.096) (a) The Contractor must certify in writing that the Contractor provides workers' compensation insurance coverage for each employee of the Contractor employed on the public project. (b) Each Subcontractor on the public project must provide such a certificate relating to coverage of the Subcontractor's employees to the general Contractor, who shall provide the Subcontractor's certificate to the governmental entity. (c) A Contractor who has a contract that requires workers' compensation insurance coverage may provide the coverage through a group plan or other method satisfactory to the governing body of the governmental entity. (d) The employment of a maintenance employee by an employer who is not engaging in building or construction as the employer's primary business does not constitute engaging in building or construction. Page 14 of 61 TWDB-0551 Rev. 4/2026 (e) In this section: "Building or construction" includes: • erecting or preparing to erect a structure, including a building, bridge, roadway, public utility facility, or related appurtenance; • remodeling, extending, repairing, or demolishing a structure; or • otherwise improving real property or an appurtenance to real property through similar activities. ii. "Governmental entity" means this state or a political subdivision of this state. The term includes a municipality. 9. American Iron and Steel The following statement must be completed by the Contractor and made a part of the agreement between the Owner and the Contractor. The statement must be on a dedicated page within the contract that includes the Contractor signature and date; or the Contractor can choose to sign and date this page of the TWDB-0550. The Contractor acknowledges to and for the benefit of the Owner ("Purchaser') that it understands the goods and services under this Agreement are being funded with monies made available by the Clean Water State Revolving Fund or the Drinking Water State Revolving Fund that have statutory requirements commonly known as "American Iron and Steel" that requires all of the iron and steel products used in the project to be produced in the United States ("American Iron and Steel Requirement") including iron and steel products provided by the Contractor pursuant to this Agreement. The Contractor hereby represents and warrants to and for the benefit of the Owner that (a) the Contractor has reviewed and understands the American Iron and Steel Requirement, (b) all of the iron and steel products used in the project will be or have been produced in the United States in a manner that complies with the American Iron and Steel Requirement, unless a waiver of the requirement is approved, and (c) the Contractor will provide any further verified information, certification or assurance of compliance with this paragraph, or information necessary to support a waiver of the American Iron and Steel Requirement, as may be requested by the Owner. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, any failure to comply with this paragraph by the Contractor shall permit the Owner to enforce this Agreement and recover as damages against the Contractor any loss, expense, or cost (including without limitation attorney's fees) incurred by the Owner resulting from any such failure (including without limitation attorney's fees) incurred by the Owner resulting from any such failure (including without limitation any impairment or loss of funding, whether in whole or in part, from the TWDB or any damages owed to the Owner). Additional information on the American Iron and Steel (AIS) requirement and its applicability to this contract can be found in the TWDB-1106 guidance. The Owner must receive and maintain files documenting the Contractor's use of AIS. Monthly compliance with the AIS must be verified by the Owner through the submittal of the TWDB form TWDB-1 106-A. Page 15 of 61 TWDB-0551 Rev. 4/2026 10. Davis -Bacon Wage Rate Requirements a. Compliance Procedures To be held in compliance and satisfy this federal requirement, the following must be fulfilled: Wage Determinations - U.S. Department of Labor (DOL) wage determination must be included in the bidding and contract documents. DOL wage determinations may be obtained online at h ttps://sam.gov/content/wage- determinations. Once it is determined that Davis -Bacon wage rates will apply to a construction contract, the Owner must state in the solicitation that Davis -Bacon prevailing wage rates are applicable and bid packages must include the current Davis -Bacon general wage determination for the area where construction will occur. While the solicitation remains open, the Owner must monitor https://sam..qov/content/wage-determinations on a weekly basis to ensure that the wage determination contained in the solicitation remains current. The Owner must amend the solicitation if the DOL issues a modification more than 10 days prior to the closing date (i.e. bid opening) for the solicitation. If DOL modifies or supersedes the applicable wage determination less than 10 days prior to the closing date, the Owner may request a finding from the TWDB that there is not a reasonable amount of time to notify interested Contractors of the modification of the wage determination. If a contract is not awarded within 90 days after bid opening, any revised general wage determination issued prior to award of the contractor is effective for that contract; unless the TWDB, at the request of the Owner, requests and obtains an extension of the 90 -day period from DOL (29 CFR 1.6(c)(2)(ii)(D)). Wage determinations must be updated after contract award when (1) the contract has a change order that adds substantial construction, alternation, and/or repair work not within the original scope and the contract time is extended, or (2) the contract is a "work order" type contract (a general commitment to construction as the need arises, but exact construction is not necessarily specified). For "work order" type contracts, the most recent revision(s) of any applicable wage determination(s) on each anniversary date of the contract's award (or each anniversary date of the beginning of construction when there is no award). (29 CFR 1.6(c)(2)(iii)) Insert wage rate requirements in full for all contracts and subcontracts in excess of $2,000 - If the Owner is a governmental entity such as a city or district, it must insert in full the contract clauses shown herein as Option 1: Section 3, Section 4 (if the contract exceeds $100,000), and Section 5. If the Owner is a non -governmental entity such as a water supply corporation or a private company, it must insert in full the contract clauses shown herein as Option 2: Section 3, Section 4 (if the contract exceeds $100,000), and Section 5. The Owner must ensure all prime contracts require the same full text in any subcontracts. Davis Bacon applies regardless of whether the terms and conditions are included or not in all contracts and subcontracts. Include the following text in all contracts: "By accepting this award, the EPA Subrecipient acknowledges and agrees to the terms and conditions provided in the DBRA requirements for contractors." Page 16 of 61 TWDB-0551 Rev. 4/2026 iii. Monthly Certification — The Owner must complete and submit a Davis Bacon Wage Rate Certificate of Compliance monthly once construction has begun. (Use Monthly Davis Bacon Wage Rate Certificate of Compliance Submittal by Owner (Sub -recipient) DB-0154). iv. Contractor Payroll Requirements - The Contractor is required to pay the prevailing wage rates on a weekly basis to laborers and mechanics in accordance with the requirements of 29 CFR 5.5, which are incorporated into the actual construction contract. Contractors/Subcontractors must furnish a statement weekly with respect to the wages paid to each employee during the preceding week. The signature by the contractor, subcontractor, or authorized officer/employee must be an original handwritten signature or a legally valid electronic signature (e.g., DocuSign). They may use the Department of Labor (DOL) Payroll Form WH-347 and weekly Statement of Compliance on the reverse, or their own payroll form with all of the same data elements as the DOL Payroll Form WH-347, and the TWDB's form, Statement of Compliance Certification by Contractor for SRF, DB-0155. The DOL Payroll Form WH-347 can be found under the forms section of this document or at the following link: www.dol.gov/agencies/whd/government-contracts/construction/payroll- certification. (See DOL Payroll Form WH-347) v. Interviews - The Owner must periodically interview a sufficient number of employees entitled to the Davis -Bacon prevailing wages to verify that Contractors or Subcontractors are paying the appropriate wage rates. All interviews must be conducted in confidence. The Owner must use Standard Form 1445 (SF 1445), found at the following link: https://www.gsa.gov/system/files/SF 1445.pdf, or equivalent documentation to memorialize the interviews. The Owner must establish and follow an interview schedule based on its assessment of the risks of noncompliance with Davis - Bacon posed by Contractors or Subcontractors and the duration of the contract or subcontract. The Owner must conduct more frequent interviews if the initial interviews or other information indicate that there is a risk that the Contractor or Subcontractor is not complying with Davis -Bacon. The Owner must immediately conduct interviews in response to an alleged violation of the prevailing wage requirements. (See Section 5 of Option 1 [governmental entities] and Option 2 [non -governmental entities]). vi. Payroll Records - Certified payroll must be delivered by the Contractor or Subcontractor within seven (7) days after the regular payment date of the payroll period. Certified payroll records are required to be retained by the Owner and Contractor for three (3) years after completion of the construction project. The Owner must periodically conduct spot checks of a representative sample of weekly payroll data to verify that Contractors or Subcontractors are paying the appropriate wage rates. (See Section 5 of Options 1 and 2). The payroll records must include the following: the name, Social Security number, last known address, telephone number, and email address of each laborer and mechanic; each worker's correct classification(s) of work actually performed; hourly rates of wages paid (including rates of contributions or of contributions or costs anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits or cash equivalents thereof); daily and weekly number of hours actually worked in total and on each covered contract; deductions made; and actual wages paid. Page 17 of 61 TWDB-0551 Rev. 4/2026 vii. Wage Rate Poster — The Contractor must post the required Poster (WH-1321) and applicable wage rates at the construction site in a prominent and accessible place where it can be easily seen by the workers. The wage rate poster may be found at http://www.dol.gov/whd/programs/dbra/wh1321.htm. (See Davis -Bacon Wage Rate Poster, WH-1321) viii. Report Violations — The Owner must immediately report violations of the Davis- Bacon prevailing wage requirements to the EPA Davis -Bacon Coordinator listed in the assistance agreement and to the appropriate DOL WHD Office listed at http://www.dol.gov/whd/america2.htm. b. Subcontracts The Contractor will insert in full the required wage rate requirement in any subcontract in excess of $2,000 as specified in (a)(ii) of this section. Davis Bacon applies regardless of whether the terms and conditions are included or not in all contracts and subcontracts. Include the following text in all contracts: "By accepting this award, the EPA Subrecipient acknowledges and agrees to the terms and conditions provided in the DBRA requirements for contractors." c. Davis -Bacon General Wage Determinations A "wage determination" is the listing of wages and fringe benefits for each classification of laborers and mechanics that the Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division of the U.S. DOL has determined to be prevailing in a given area for a particular type of construction. In general, the project area is the county where the project will take place. For the type of construction, the Davis -Bacon Wage Determinations are classified by the nature of the construction projects performed, specifically listed as "schedules": residential, building, highway, and heavy construction. A brief outline of the definitions for each schedule is listed below. Construction Type: Residential determination This determination includes the construction, alteration or repair of single-family houses, apartment buildings of no more than four stories in height. This includes all incidental items such as site work, parking areas, utilities, streets, and sidewalks. Construction Type: Building determination This determination includes construction of sheltered enclosures with walk-in access for the purpose of housing persons, machinery, equipment or supplies; all construction of such structures; the installation of utilities and of equipment, both above and below grade levels; as well as incidental grading, utilities and paving. Such structures need not be "habitable" to be building construction. Also, the installation of heavy machinery and/or equipment does not generally change the project's character as a building. Construction Type: Highway determination This determination includes construction, alteration or repair of roads, streets, highways, runways, taxiways, alleys, trails, paths, parking areas, and other similar projects not incidental to building or heavy construction. Construction Type: Heavy determination Page 18 of 61 TWDB-0551 Rev. 4/2026 This determination includes those projects that are not properly classified as either "building," "highway," or "residential." Unlike these classifications, heavy construction is not a homogeneous classification. Because of this catch-all nature, projects within the heavy classification may sometimes be distinguished on the basis of their particular project characteristics, and separate schedules may be issued for dredging projects, water and sewer line projects, dams, major bridges, and flood control projects. The Owner should review their Contractor's wage decisions and confirm that they provide an adequate classification of the labor required for the specific construction contract. Most CWSRF and DWSRF projects will fall under the "Heavy" construction type, but Owners should ask their Consulting Engineers if unsure. Some contracts or projects may require more than one general schedule to be included depending on the nature and extent of the work (i.e. a building is constructed in a water treatment facility). This is described in more detail in DOL's All Agency Memorandum 130 with Addendum 131. See the DOL's website http://www.dol.gov/whd/programs/dbra/memorand.htm. In such cases, the contracting agency must incorporate the applicable wage determination for each type of construction involved that is anticipated to be substantial. The contracting agency is responsible for designating the specific work for which each incorporated wage determination applies ((29 CFR 1.6(b)(1)). The contracting agency should designate the work to which each wage determination or part thereof applies per Federal Acquisition Regulations (FAR) 22.404-2 through 404-3 (www.acquisition.gov/far/22.404-2). Should overlaps occur in the wage classification schedules for the contract(s), the Owner may consider adopting the higher rate classification. In all cases, the Owner is responsible to ensure an adequate classification is provided for compliance with the law. Where a Contractor alerts the Owner that the classification is inadequate, the Owner should work with the Contractor and the DOL to address any valid concerns. All questions regarding Davis -Bacon guidance can be directed to: U.S. Department of Labor Wage and Hour Division1-866-4USWAGE (1-866-487-9243), TTY: 1-877-889- 5627, Monday -Friday 8 a.m. to 8 p.m. Eastern Time. If you require further information about Davis -Bacon and how to apply it to your project, please contact the TWDB Regional Water Project Development (RWPD) Team Manager for your region. The Owner and Contractor may obtain additional information on the Davis -Bacon Wage Rates requirements in the TWDB's Guidance DB-0156 — "Guidance on Davis -Bacon Wage Rate Requirements". Option 1 — Applies to Governmental Entities (such as Cities and Districts) 1. Applicability of the Davis -Bacon and Related Acts Prevailing Wage Requirements. Davis -Bacon and Related Acts (DBRA) prevailing wage requirements apply to the construction, alteration, and repair of treatment works carried out in whole or in part with assistance made available by the Clean Water State Page 19 of 61 TWDB-0551 Rev. 4/2026 Revolving Fund and to any construction project carried out in whole or in part by assistance made available by the Drinking Water State Revolving Fund. If an Owner encounters a unique situation at a site that presents uncertainties regarding DBRA applicability, the Owner must discuss the situation with the TWDB before authorizing work on that site. 2. Obtaining Wage Determinations. (a) Owners shall obtain the wage determination for the locality in which a covered activity subject to DBRA will take place prior to issuing requests for bids, proposals, quotes or other methods for soliciting contracts (solicitation) for activities subject to DBRA. These wage determinations shall be incorporated into solicitations and any subsequent contracts. Prime contracts must contain a provision requiring that Subcontractors follow the wage determination incorporated into the prime contract. i. While the solicitation remains open, the Owner shall monitor https://sam.gov/content/wage-determinations weekly to ensure that the wage determination contained in the solicitation remains current. The recipients shall amend the solicitation if DOL issues a modification more than 10 days prior to the closing date (i.e. bid opening) for the solicitation. If DOL modifies or supersedes the applicable wage determination less than 10 days prior to the closing date, the subrecipients may request a finding from the TWDB that there is not a reasonable time to notify interested contractors of the modification of the wage determination. In the request, the subrecipient shall include documentation of the bid date and time and the DOL wage modification date. The TWDB will review the documentation and provide a report of its findings to the subrecipient. The subrecipient shall keep the report in the project contract file. ii. If the Owner does not award the contract within 90 days of the bid opening, any modifications or supersedes DOL makes to the wage determination contained in the solicitation shall be effective unless the TWDB, at the request of the Owner, obtains an extension of the 90 day period from DOL pursuant to 29 CFR 1.6(c)(3)(iv). The Owner shall monitor https://sam.gov/content/wage-determinations on a weekly basis if it does not award the contract within 90 days of closure of the solicitation to ensure that wage determinations contained in the solicitation remain current. (b) If the Owner carries out activity subject to DBRA by issuing a task order, work assignment or similar instrument to an existing Contractor (ordering instrument) rather than by publishing a solicitation, the Owner shall insert the appropriate DOL wage determination from https://sam.gov/content/wage- determinations into the ordering instrument. For "work order" type contracts, the most recent revision(s) of any applicable wage determination(s) on each anniversary date of the contract's award (or each anniversary date of the beginning of construction when there is no award). (29 CFR 1.6(c)(2)(iii)) (c) Owners shall review all subcontracts subject to DBRA entered into by Prime Contractors to verify that the Prime Contractor has required its Subcontractors to include the applicable wage determinations. Page 20 of 61 TWDB-0551 Rev. 4/2026 (d) As provided in 29 CFR 1.6(f), DOL may issue a revised wage determination applicable to an Owner's contract after the award of a contract or the issuance of an ordering instrument if DOL determines that the Owner has failed to incorporate a wage determination or has used a wage determination that clearly does not apply to the contract or ordering instrument. If this occurs, the Owner shall either terminate the contract or ordering instrument and issue a revised solicitation or ordering instrument or incorporate DOL's wage determination retroactive to the beginning of the contract or ordering instrument by change order. The Owner's Contractor must be compensated for any increases in wages resulting from the use of DOL's revised wage determination. 3. Contract and Subcontract provisions. The subrecipient shall insert in full in any contract to which Davis -Bacon and Related Acts apply the following clauses. Reference to www.epa.gov/grants/contract-provisions-davis-bacon-and-related-acts and 29 CRF 5.5. The Contractor acknowledges that by entering into this contract with a contracting agency, funded by an EPA Assistance agreement (grant), the Contractor agrees to comply with the following terms and conditions in accordance with 29 CFR 5.5, if this contract is for activities covered under Davis - Bacon and Related Acts (DBRA) and exceeds (or will exceed) $2,000. Definitions for many of the terms used below are provided in 29 CFR 5.2. (1) Minimum Wages. (i) Wage rates and fringe benefits All laborers and mechanics employed or working upon the site of the work (or otherwise working in construction or development of the project under a development statute), will be paid unconditionally and not less often than once a week, and without subsequent deduction or rebate on any account (except such payroll deductions as are permitted by regulations issued by the Secretary of Labor under the Copeland Act (29 CFR part 3)), the full amount of basic hourly wages and bona fide fringe benefits (or cash equivalents thereof) due at time of payment computed at rates not less than those contained in the wage determination of the Secretary of Labor which is attached hereto and made a part hereof, regardless of any contractual relationship which may be alleged to exist between the contractor and such laborers and mechanics. As provided in paragraphs (d) and (e) of this section, the appropriate wage determinations are effective by operation of law even if they have not been attached to the contract. Contributions made or costs reasonably anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits under the Davis -Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 3141(2)(B)) on behalf of laborers or mechanics are considered wages paid to such laborers or mechanics, subject to the provisions of 29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(v) of this section; also, regular contributions made or costs incurred for more than a weekly period (but not less often than quarterly) under plans, funds, or programs which cover the particular weekly period, are deemed to be constructively made or incurred during such weekly Page 21 of 61 TWDB-0551 Rev. 4/2026 period. Such laborers and mechanics shall be paid the appropriate wage rate and fringe benefits on the wage determination for the classification(s) of work actually performed, without regard to skill, except as provided in 29 CFR 5.5(a)(4). Laborers or mechanics performing work in more than one classification may be compensated at the rate specified for each classification for the time worked therein: Provided that the employer's payroll records accurately set forth the time spent in each classification in which work is performed. The wage determination (including any additional classification and wage rates conformed under 29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(iii) of this section) and the Davis -Bacon poster (WH-1321) must be posted at all times by the contractor and its subcontractors at the site of the work in a prominent and accessible place where it can be easily seen by the workers. (ii) Frequently recurring classifications (A) In addition to wage and fringe benefit rates that have bene determined to be prevailing under the procedures set forth in 29 CFR Part 1, a wage determination may contain, pursuant to 29 CFR 1.3(f), wage and fringe benefit rates for classifications of laborers and mechanics for which conformance requests are regularly submitted pursuant to 29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(iii), provided that: (1) The work performed by the classification is not performed by a classification in the wage determination for which a prevailing wage rate has been determined; (2) The classification is used in the area by the construction industry; and (3) The wage rate for the classification bears a reasonable relationship to the prevailing wage rates contained in the wage determination. (B) The Administrator will establish wage rates for such classifications in accordance with 29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(iii)(A)(3) of this section. Work performed in such a classification must be paid at no less than the wage and fringe benefit rate listed on the wage determination for such classification. (iii) Conformance (A) The contracting officer must require that any class of laborers or mechanics, including helpers, which is not listed in the wage determination and which is to be employed under the contract shall be classified in conformance with the wage determination. Conformance of an additional classification and wage rate and fringe benefits is appropriate only when the following criteria have been met: (1) The work to be performed by the classification requested is not performed by a classification in the wage determination; and (2) The classification is used in the area by the construction industry; and (3) The proposed wage rate, including any bona fide fringe benefits, bears a reasonable relationship to the wage rates contained in the wage determination. Page 22 of 61 TWDB-0551 Rev. 4/2026 (B) The conformance process may not be used to split, subdivide, or otherwise avoid application of classifications listed in the wage determination. (C) If the contractor and the laborers and mechanics to be employed in the classification (if known), or their representatives, and the contracting officer agree on the classification and wage rate (including the amount designated for fringe benefits where appropriate), a report of the action taken will be sent by the contracting officer by email to the TWDB. The TWDB will transmit the request to DBAconformance(a.dol.gov. The Administrator, or an authorized representative, will approve, modify, or disapprove every additional classification request within 30 days of receipt and so advise the TWDB or will notify the TWDB within the 30 -day period that additional time is necessary. (D) In the event the contractor, the laborers or mechanics to be employed in the classification or their representatives, and the contracting officer do not agree on the proposed classification and wage rate (including the amount designated for fringe benefits, where appropriate), the TWDB will, by email to DBAconformance(a�dol.gov, refer the questions, including the views of all interested parties and the recommendation of the contracting officer, to the Administrator for determination. The Administrator, or an authorized representative, will issue a determination within 30 days of receipt of the request and so advise the contracting officer or will notify the contracting officer within the 30 -day period that additional time is necessary. (E) The contracting officer must promptly notify the contractor of the action taken by the Wage and Hour Division under paragraphs (a)(1)(iii)(C) and (D) of this section. The contractor must furnish a written copy of such determination to each affected worker, or it must be posted as part of the wage determination. The wage rate (including fringe benefits where appropriate) determined pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)(iii)(C) or (D) of this section must be paid to all workers performing work in the classification under this contract from the first day on which work is performed in the classification. (iv) Fringe benefits not expressed as an hourly rate Whenever the minimum wage rate prescribed in the contract for a class of laborers or mechanics includes a fringe benefit which is not expressed as an hourly rate, the contractor may either pay the benefit as stated in the wage determination or may pay another bona fide fringe benefit or an hourly cash equivalent thereof. (v) Unfunded plans If the contractor does not make payments to a trustee or other third person, the contractor may consider as part of the wages of any laborer or mechanic the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing bona fide fringe benefits under a plan or program, provided that the Secretary of Labor has found, upon the written request of the contractor, in accordance with the criteria set forth in 29 CFR 5.28, that the applicable standards of the Davis - Bacon Act have been met. The Secretary of Labor may require the contractor Page 23 of 61 TWDB-0551 Rev. 4/2026 to set aside in a separate account assets for the meeting of obligations under the plan or program. (vi) Interest In the event of a failure to pay all or part of the wages required by the contract, the contractor will be required to pay interest on any underpayment of wages. (2) Withholding. (i) Withholding requirements The EPA, grant recipient, subrecipient at any tier, and/or contracting agency upon its own action, or must, upon written request of an authorized representative of the Department of Labor, withhold or cause to be withheld from the contractor so much of the accrued payments or advances as may be considered necessary to satisfy the liabilities of the prime contractor or any subcontractor for the full amount of wages and monetary relief, including interest, required by the clauses set forth in paragraph (a) of this section for violations of this contract, or to satisfy any such liabilities required by any other Federal contract, or federally assisted contract subject to Davis -Bacon labor standards, that is held by the same prime contractor (as defined in 29 CFR 5.2). The necessary funds may be withheld from the contractor under this contract, any other Federal contract with the same prime contractor, or any other federally assisted contract that is subject to Davis -Bacon labor standards requirements and is held by the same prime contractor, regardless of whether the other contract was awarded or assisted by the same agency, and such funds may be used to satisfy the contractor liability for which the funds were withheld. In the event of a contractor's failure to pay any laborer or mechanic, including any apprentice or helper working on the site of the work (or otherwise working in construction or development of the project under a development statute) all or part of the wages required by the contract, or upon the contractor's failure to submit the required records as discussed in 29 CFR 5.5(a)(3)(iv) of this section, the EPA, grant recipient, subrecipient at any tier, and/or contracting agency may on its own initiative and after written notice to the contractor, sponsor, applicant, owner, or other entity, as the case may be, take such action as may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further payment, advance, or guarantee of funds until such violations have ceased. (ii) Priority to withheld funds The Department has priority to funds withheld or to be withheld in accordance with 29 CFR 5.5(a)(2)(i) or 29 CFR 5.5(b)(3)(i) of this section, or both, over claims to those funds by: (A) A contractor's surety(ies), including without limitation performance bond sureties and payment bond sureties; Page 24 of 61 TWDB-0551 Rev. 4/2026 (B) A contracting agency for its reprocurement costs; (C) A trustee(s) (either a court -appointed trustee or a U.S. trustee, or both) in bankruptcy of a contractor, or a contractor's bankruptcy estate; (D) A contractor's assignee(s); (E) A contractor's successor(s); or (F) A claim asserted under the Prompt Payment Act, 31 U.S.C. 3901-3907. (3) Records and certified payrolls (i) Basic record requirements (A) Length of record retention All regular payrolls and other basic records must be maintained by the contractor and any subcontractor during the course of the work and preserved for all laborers and mechanics working at the site of the work (or otherwise working in construction or development of the project under a development statute) for a period of at least three (3) years after all the work on the prime contract is completed. (B) Information required Such records must contain the name; Social Security number; last known address, telephone number, and email of each such worker; each worker's correct classification(s) of work actually performed; hourly rates of wages paid (including rates of contributions or costs anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits or cash equivalents thereof of the types described in 40 U.S.C. 3141(2)(B) of the Davis -Bacon Act); daily and weekly number of hours actually worked in total and on each covered contract; deductions made; and actual wages paid. (C) Additional records relating to fringe benefits Whenever the Secretary of Labor has found under 29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(v) that the wages of any laborer or mechanic include the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing benefits under a plan or program described in 40 U.S.C. 3141(2)(B) of the Davis -Bacon Act, the contractor must maintain records which show that the commitment to provide such benefits is enforceable, that the plan or program is financially responsible, and that the plan or program has been communicated in writing to the laborers or mechanics affected, and records which show the costs anticipated or the actual cost incurred in providing such benefits. (D) Additional records relating to apprenticeship. Contractors with apprentices working under approved programs must maintain written evidence of the apprenticeship programs, the registration of the apprentices, and the ratios and wage rates prescribed in the applicable programs. Page 25 of 61 TWDB-0551 Rev. 4/2026 (ii) Certified payroll requirements (A) Frequency and method of submission The contractor or subcontractor must submit weekly, for each week in which any DBA- or Related Acts- covered work is performed, certified payrolls to the contracting agency if the agency is a party to the contract, but if the agency is not such a party, the contractor will submit the certified payrolls to the applicant, sponsor, owner, or other entity, as the case may be, that maintains such records, for transmission to the contracting agency. The prime contractor is responsible for the submission of all certified payrolls by all subcontractors. A contracting agency or prime contractor may permit or require contractors to submit certified payrolls through an electronic system, as long as the electronic system requires a legally valid electronic signature; the system allows the contractor, the contracting agency, and the Department of Labor to access the certified payrolls upon request for at least three (3) years after the work on the prime contract has been completed; and the contracting agency or prime contractor permits other methods of submission in situations where the contractor is unable or limited in its ability to use or access the electronic system. (B) Information required The certified payrolls submitted must set out accurately and completely all of the information required to be maintained under 29 CFR 5.5(a)(3)(i)(B), except that full Social Security numbers and last known addresses, telephone numbers, and email addresses must not be included on the weekly transmittals. Instead the certified payrolls need only include an individually identifying number for each worker (e.g., the last four digits of the worker's Social Security number). The required weekly certified payroll information may be submitted using Optional Form WH-347 or in any other format desired. Optional Form WH-347 is available for this purpose from the Wage and Hour Division website at https://www.dol.gov/sites/dolgov/files/WHD/legacy/files/wh347/.pdf or its successor website. It is not a violation of this section for a prime contractor to require a subcontractor to provide full Social Security numbers and last known addresses, telephone numbers, and email addresses to the prime contractor for its own records, without weekly submission by the subcontractor to the sponsoring government agency (or the applicant, sponsor, owner, or other entity, as the case may be, that maintains such records). (C) Statement of Compliance Each certified payroll submitted must be accompanied by a "Statement of Compliance," signed by the contractor or subcontractor, or the contractor's or subcontractor's agent who pays or supervises the payment of the persons working on the contract, and must certify the following: (1) That the certified payroll for the payroll period contains the information required to be provided under 29 CFR 5.5(a)(3)(iii), and such information and records are correct and complete; Page 26 of 61 TWDB-0551 Rev. 4/2026 (2) That each laborer or mechanic (including each helper and apprentice) working on the contract during the payroll period has been paid the full weekly wages earned, without rebate, either directly or indirectly, and that no deductions have been made either directly or indirectly from the full wages earned, other than permissible deductions as set forth in 29 CFR part 3; and (3) That each laborer or mechanic has been paid not less than the applicable wage rates and fringe benefits or cash equivalents for the classification(s) of work actually performed, as specified in the applicable wage determination incorporated into the contract. (D) Use of Optional Form WH-347 The weekly submission of a properly executed certification set forth on the reverse side of Optional Form WH-347 shall satisfy the requirement for submission of the "Statement of Compliance" required by 29 CFR 5.5(a)(3)(ii)(C). (E) Signature The signature by the contractor, subcontractor, or the contractor's or subcontractor's agent must be an original handwritten signature or a legally valid electronic signature. (F) Falsification The falsification of any of the above certifications may subject the contractor or subcontractor to civil or criminal prosecution under 18 U.S.C. 1001 and 31 U.S.C. 3729. (G) Length of certified payroll retention The contractor or subcontractor must preserve all certified payrolls during the course of the work for a period of three (3) years after all the work on the prime contract is completed. (iii) Contracts, subcontracts, and related documents The contractor or subcontractor must maintain this contract or subcontract and related documents including, without limitation, bids, proposals, amendments, modifications, and extensions. The contractor or subcontractor must preserve these contracts, subcontracts, and related documents during the course of the work and for a period of three (3) years after all the work on the prime contract is completed. (iv) Required disclosures and access (A) Required record disclosure and access to workers The contractor or subcontractor must make the records required under paragraph (a)(3)(i) through (iii) of this section, and any other documents that the EPA, recipient, or subrecipient at any tier, and/or contracting agency, or the Department of Labor deems necessary to determine Page 27 of 61 TWDB-0551 Rev. 4/2026 compliance with the labor standards provisions of any of the applicable 29 CFR 5.1, available for inspection, copying, or transcription by authorized representatives of the TWDB, EPA, recipient, or subrecipient at any tier, and/or contracting agency, or the Department of Labor, and must permit such representatives to interview workers during working hours on the job (B) Sanctions for non-compliance with records and worker access requirements If the contractor or subcontractor fails to submit the required records or to make them available, or refuse to permit worker interviews during working hours on the job, the Federal agency may, after written notice to the contractor, sponsor, applicant, owner, or other entity, as the case may be, that maintains such records or that employs such workers, take such action as may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further payment, advance, or guarantee of funds. Furthermore, failure to submit the required records upon request or to make such records available, or to permit worker interviews during working hours on the job, may be grounds for debarment action pursuant to 29 CFR 5.12. In addition, any contractor or other person that fails to submit the required records or make those records available to WHD within the time WHD requests that the records be produced will be precluded from introducing as evidence in an administrative proceeding under 29 CFR part 6 any of the required records that were not provided or made available to WHD. WHD will take into consideration a reasonable request from the contractor or person for an extension of the time for submission of records. WHD will determine the reasonableness of the request and may consider, among other things, the location of the records and the volume of production. (C) Required information disclosures Contractors and subcontractors must maintain the full Social Security number and last known address, telephone number, and email address of each covered worker, and must provide them upon request to the Environmental Protection Agency if the agency is a party to the contract, or to the Wage and Hour Division of the Department of Labor. If the Federal agency is not such a party to the contract, the contractor, subcontractor, or both, must, upon request, provide the full Social Security number and last known address, telephone number, and email address of each covered worker to the applicant, sponsor, owner, or other entity, as the case may be, that maintains such records, for transmission to the EPA, recipient, or subrecipient at any tier, contracting agency, the contractor, or the Wage and Hour Division of the Department of Labor for purposes of an investigation or other compliance action. (4) Apprentices and Equal Employment Opportunity (i) Apprentices (A) Rate of pay Apprentices will be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work they performed when they are employed pursuant to and individually Page 28 of 61 TWDB-0551 Rev. 4/2026 registered in a bona fide apprenticeship program registered with the U.S. Department of Labor, Employment and Training Administration, Office of Apprenticeship (OA), or with a State Apprenticeship Agency (where appropriate) to be eligible for probationary employment as an apprentice, will be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work they perform in the first 90 days of probationary employment as an apprentice in such a program. In the event the OA or a State Apprenticeship Agency recognized by the OA withdraws approval of an apprenticeship program, the contractor will no longer be permitted to use apprentices at less than the applicable predetermined rate for the work performed until an acceptable program is approved. (B) Fringe benefits Apprentices must be paid fringe benefits in accordance with the provisions of the apprenticeship program. If the apprenticeship program does not specify fringe benefits, apprentices must be paid the full amount of fringe benefits listed on the wage determination for the applicable classification. If the Administrator determines that a different practice prevails for the applicable apprentice classification, fringe benefits must be paid in accordance with that determination. (C) Apprenticeship ratio The allowable ratio of apprentices to journey workers on the job site in any craft classification must not be greater than the ratio permitted to the contractor as to the entire work force under the registered program or the ratio applicable to the locality of the project pursuant to 29 CFR 5.5(a)(4)(i)(D). Any worker listed on a payroll at an apprentice wage rate, who is not registered or otherwise employed as stated in 29 CFR 5.5(a)(4)(i)(A), must be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed. In addition, any apprentice performing work on the job site in excess of the ratio permitted under this section must be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the work actually performed. (D) Reciprocity of ratios and wage rates Where a contractor is performing construction on a project in a locality other than the locality in which its program is registered, the ratios and wage rates (expressed in percentages of the journey worker's hourly rate) applicable within the locality in which the construction is being performed must be observed. If there is no applicable ratio or wage rate for the locality of the project, the ratio and wage rate specified in the contractor's registered program must be observed. (ii) Equal employment opportunity The use of apprentices and journey workers under this part must be in conformity with 29 CFR part 30. (5) Is reserved. Page 29 of 61 TWDB-0551 Rev. 4/2026 (6) Subcontracts The contractor or subcontractor must insert in any subcontracts the clauses contained in paragraphs (a)(1) through (11) of this section or a link to the DBRA Requirements for Contractors and Subcontractors Under EPA Grants document on EPA's Contract Provisions for Davis -Bacon and Related Acts webpage, along with the applicable wage determination(s) and such other clauses or contract modifications as the Environmental Protection Agency may by appropriate instructions require, and a clause requiring the subcontractors to include these clauses and wage determination(s) in any lower tier subcontracts. The prime contractor is responsible for the compliance by any subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor with all the contract clauses in this section. In the event of any violations of these clauses, the Prime Contractor and any Subcontractor(s) responsible will be liable for any unpaid wages and monetary relief, including interest from the date of the underpayment or loss, due to any workers of lower - tier Subcontractors, and may be subject to debarment, as appropriate. (7) — (9) are reserved. (10) Certificate of Eligibility (i) By entering into this contract, the contractor certifies that neither it nor any person or firm who has an interest in the contractor's firm is a person or firm ineligible to be awarded Government contracts by virtue of 40 U.S.C. 3144(b) or 5.12(a). (ii) No part of this contract shall be subcontracted to any person or firm ineligible for award of a Government contract by virtue of 40 U.S.C. 3144(b) or 5.12(a). (iii) The penalty for making false statements is prescribed in the U.S. Code, Title 18 Crimes and Criminal Procedure, 18 U.S.C. 1001. (11) Anti -Retaliation It is unlawful for any person to discharge, demote, intimidate, threaten, restrain, coerce, blacklist, harass, or in any other manner discriminate against, or to cause any person to discharge, demote, intimidate, threaten, restrain, coerce, blacklist, harass, or in any other manner discriminate against, any worker or job applicant for: (i) Notifying any contractor of any conduct which the worker reasonably believes constitutes a violation of the DBA, Related Acts, this part, or 29 CFR part 1 or 3; (ii) Filing any complaint, initiating or causing to be initiated any proceeding, or otherwise asserting or seeking to assert on behalf of themselves or others any right or protection under the DBA, Related Acts, this part, or 29 CFR part 1 or 3; (iii) Cooperating in any investigation or other compliance action, or testifying in any proceeding under the DBA, Related Acts, this part, or 29 CFR part 1 or 3; or (iv) Informing any other person about their rights under the DBA, Related Page 30 of 61 TWDB-0551 Rev. 4/2026 Acts, this part, or 29 CFR part 1 or 3. 4. Contract Provision for Contracts in Excess of $100,000. For contracts over $100,000, additional Terms and Conditions apply. The DBRA Requirements for Contracts in Excess of $100,000 Under EPA Grants document is available on EPA's Contract Provisions for Davis -Bacon and Related Acts webpage provides the additional requirements provided under 29 CFR 5.5. This information is included as follows: (b) Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act. The subrecipient shall insert the following clauses set forth in paragraphs (b)(1) through (5) of this section in full in any contract in an amount in excess of $100,000 and subject to the overtime provisions of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act. These clauses shall be inserted in addition to the clauses required by 29 CFR 5.5(a), above or 29 CFR 4.6. As used in this paragraph, the terms "laborers and mechanics" include watchmen and guards. (1) Overtime requirements. No contractor or subcontractor contracting for any part of the contract work which may require or involve the employment of laborers or mechanics shall require or permit any such laborer or mechanic in any workweek in which they are employed on such work to work in excess of forty hours in such workweek unless such laborer or mechanic receives compensation at a rate not less than one and one-half times the basic rate of pay for all hours worked in excess of forty hours in such workweek. (2) Violation; liability for unpaid wages; liquidated damages. In the event of any violation of the clause set forth in 29 CFR 5.5(b)(1) the contractor and any subcontractor responsible therefore shall be liable for the unpaid wages and interest from the date of the underpayment. In addition, such contractor and subcontractor shall be liable to the United States (in the case of work done under contract for the District of Columbia or a territory, to such District or to such territory), for liquidated damages. Such liquidated damages shall be computed with respect to each individual laborer or mechanic, including watchpersons and guards, employed in violation of the clause set forth in 29 CFR 5.5(b)(1), in the sum of $32 for each calendar day on which such individual was required or permitted to work in excess of the standard workweek of forty hours without payment of the overtime wages required by the clause set forth in 29 CFR 5.5(b)(1). (3)Withholding for unpaid wages and liquidated damages. (i) Withholding process. The subrecipient may, upon its own action, or must upon the request of the EPA Award Official or an authorized representative of the Department of Labor, withhold or cause to be withheld from the contractor so much of the accrued payments or advances as may be considered necessary to satisfy the liabilities of the prime contractor or any subcontractor for any unpaid wages; monetary relief, including interest; and liquidated damages required by the clauses set forth in this 29 CFR 5.5(b) on this contract, any other Federal contract with the same prime contractor, or any other federally -assisted contract subject to the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act, that is held by the same prime contractor (as defined in Page 31 of 61 TWDB-0551 Rev. 4/2026 29 CFR 5.2). The necessary funds may be withheld from the contractor under this contract, any other Federal contract with the same prime contractor, or any other federally assisted contract that is subject to the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act and is held by the same prime contractor, regardless of whether the other contract was awarded or assisted by the same agency, and such funds may be used to satisfy the contractor liability for which the funds were withheld. (ii) Priority to withheld funds. The Department has priority to funds withheld or to be withheld in accordance with 29 CFR 5.5(a)(2)(i) or 29 CFR 5.5(b)(3)(i) of this section, or both, over claims to those funds by: (A) A contractor's surety(ies), including without limitation performance bond sureties and payment bond sureties; (B) A contracting agency for its reprocurement costs; (C) A trustee(s) (either a court -appointed trustee or a U.S. trustee, or both) in bankruptcy of a contractor, or a contractor's bankruptcy estate; (D) A contractor's assignee(s); (E) A contractor's successor(s); or (F) A claim asserted under the Prompt Payment Act, 31 U.S.C. 3901-3907. (4) Subcontracts. The contractor or subcontractor must insert in any subcontracts the clauses set forth in 29 CFR 5.5(b)(1) through j5) and a clause requiring the subcontractors to include these clauses in any lower tier subcontracts. The prime contractor shall be responsible for compliance by any subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor with the clauses set forth in 29 CFR 5.5(b)(1) through (5). In the event of any violations of these clauses, the prime contractor and any subcontractor(s) responsible will be liable for any unpaid wages and monetary relief, including interest from the date of the underpayment or loss, due to any workers of lower -tier subcontractors, and associated liquidated damages and may be subject to debarment, as appropriate. (5) Anti -retaliation. It is unlawful for any person to discharge, demote, intimidate, threaten, restrain, coerce, blacklist, harass, or in any other manner discriminate against, or to cause any person to discharge, demote, intimidate, threaten, restrain, coerce, blacklist, harass, or in any other manner discriminate against, any worker or job applicant for: (i) Notifying any contractor of any conduct which the worker reasonably believes constitutes a violation of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act (CWHSSA) or its implementing regulations in this part; (ii) Filing any complaint, initiating or causing to be initiated any proceeding, or otherwise asserting or seeking to assert on behalf of themselves or others any right or protection under CWHSSA or this part; (iii) Cooperating in any investigation or other compliance action, or testifying in any proceeding under CWHSSA or this part; or Page 32 of 61 TWDB-0551 Rev. 4/2026 (iv) Informing any other person about their rights under CWHSSA or this part. (c) CWHSSA required records clause. In addition to the clauses contained in 29 CFR 5.5(b), in any contract subject only to the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act and not to any of the other laws referenced by 29 CFR 5.1, the Subrecipient must insert a clause requiring that the contractor or subcontractor must maintain payrolls and basic records during the course of the work and must preserve them for a period of three (3) years after all the work on the prime contract is completed for all laborers and mechanics, including guards and watchpersons, working on the contract. Such records must contain the name; last known address, telephone number, and email address; and social security number of each such worker; each workers' correct classification(s) of work actually performed, hourly rates of wages paid, daily and weekly number of hours worked, deductions made, and actual wages paid. Further, the Subrecipient must insert in any such contract a clause providing that the records to be maintained under this paragraph must be made available by the contractor or subcontractor for inspection, copying, or transcription by authorized representatives of the EPA, the TWDB, and the Department of Labor, and the contractor or subcontractor will permit such representatives to interview employees during working hours on the job. (d) Incorporation of contract clauses and wage determinations by reference. Although agencies are required to insert the contract clauses set forth in this section, along with appropriate wage determinations, in full into covered contracts, and contractors and subcontractors are required to insert them in any lower -tier subcontracts, the incorporation by reference of the required contract clauses and appropriate wage determinations will be given the same force and effect as if they were inserted in full text. (e) Incorporation by operation of law. The contract clauses set forth in this section (or their equivalent under the Federal Acquisition Regulation), along with the correct wage determinations, will be considered to be a part of every prime contract required by the applicable statutes referenced by 29 CFR 5.1 to include such clauses, and will be effective by operation of law, whether or not they are included or incorporated by reference into such contract, unless the Administrator grants a variance, tolerance, or exemption from the application of this paragraph. Where the clauses and applicable wage determinations are effective by operation of law under this paragraph, the prime contractor must be compensated for any resulting increase in wages in accordance with applicable law. 5. Compliance Verification and Enforcement (a) Agency responsibilities. (1)(i) The Federal agency has the initial responsibility to ascertain whether the clauses required by 29 CFR 5.5 and the appropriate wage determination(s) have been incorporated into the contracts subject to the labor standards provisions of the laws referenced by 29 CFR 5.1. Additionally, a Federal agency that provides Federal financial assistance that is subject to the labor standards provisions of the Act must promulgate the necessary regulations or Page 33 of 61 TWDB-0551 Rev. 4/2026 procedures to require the recipient or sub -recipient of the Federal assistance to insert in its contracts the provisions of 29 CFR 5.5. No payment, advance, grant, loan, or guarantee of funds will be approved by the Federal agency unless it ensures that the clauses required by 29 CFR 5.5 and the appropriate wage determination(s) are incorporated into such contracts. Furthermore, no payment, advance, grant, loan, or guarantee of funds will be approved by the Federal agency after the beginning of construction unless there is on file with the Federal agency a certification by the contractor that the contractor and its subcontractors have complied with the provisions of 29 CFR 5.5 or unless there is on file with the Federal agency a certification by the contractor that there is a substantial dispute with respect to the required provisions. (ii) If a contract subject to the labor standards provisions of the applicable statutes referenced by 29 CFR 5.1 is entered into without the incorporation of the clauses required by 29 CFR 5.5, the agency must, upon the request of the Administrator or upon its own initiative, either terminate and resolicit the contract with the required contract clauses, or incorporate the required clauses into the contract (or ensure they are so incorporated) through supplemental agreement, change order, or any and all authority that may be needed. Where an agency has not entered directly into such a contract but instead has provided Federal financial assistance, the agency must ensure that the recipient or sub -recipient of the Federal assistance similarly incorporates the clauses required into its contracts. The method of incorporation of the correct wage determination, and adjustment in contract price, where appropriate, should be in accordance with applicable law. Additionally, the following requirements apply: (A) Unless the Administrator directs otherwise, the incorporation of the clauses required by 29 CFR 5.5 must be retroactive to the date of contract award or start of construction if there is no award. (B) If this incorporation occurs as the result of a request from the Administrator, the incorporation must take place within 30 days of the date of that request, unless the agency has obtained an extension from the Administrator. (C) The contractor must be compensated for any increases in wages resulting from incorporation of a missing contract clause. (D) If the recipient refuses to incorporate the clauses as required, the agency must make no further payment, advance, grant, loan, or guarantee of funds in connection with the contract until the recipient incorporates the required clauses into its contract, and must promptly refer the dispute to the Administrator for further proceedings under 29 CFR 5.13. (E) Before terminating a contract pursuant to this section, the agency must withhold or cross -withhold sufficient funds to remedy any back wage liability resulting from the failure to incorporate the correct wage determination or otherwise identify and obligate sufficient funds through a termination settlement agreement, bond, or other satisfactory mechanism. Page 34 of 61 TWDB-0551 Rev. 4/2026 (F) Notwithstanding the requirement to incorporate the contract clauses and correct wage determination within 30 days, the contract clauses and correct wage determination will be effective by operation of law, retroactive to the beginning of construction, in accordance with 29 CFR 5.5(e). (2) (i) Certified payrolls submitted pursuant to 29 CFR 5.5(a)(3)(ii) must be preserved by the Federal agency for a period of three (3) years after all the work on the prime contract is completed, and must be produced at the request of the Department of Labor at any time during the 3 -year period, regardless of whether the Department of Labor has initiated an investigation or other compliance action. (ii) In situations where the Federal agency does not itself maintain certified payrolls required to be submitted pursuant to 29 CFR 5.5(a)(3)(ii), upon the request of the Department of Labor the Federal agency must ensure that such certified payrolls are provided to the Department of Labor. Such certified payrolls may be provided by the applicant, sponsor, owner, or other entity, as the case may be, directly to the Department of Labor, or to the Federal agency which, in turn, must provide those records to the Department of Labor. (3) The Federal agency will cause such investigations to be made as may be necessary to assure compliance with the labor standards clauses required by 29 CFR 5.5 and the applicable statutes referenced in 29 CFR 5.1. Investigations will be made of all contracts with such frequency as may be necessary to assure compliance. Such investigations will include interviews with workers, which must be taken in confidence, and examinations of certified payrolls, regular payrolls, and other basic records required to be maintained under 29 CFR 5.5(a)(3). In making such examinations, particular care must be taken to determine the correctness of classification(s) of work actually performed, and to determine whether there is a disproportionate amount of work by laborers and of apprentices registered in approved programs. Such investigations must also include evidence of fringe benefit plans and payments thereunder. Federal agencies must give priority to complaints of alleged violations. (4) In accordance with normal operating procedures, the contracting agency may be furnished various investigatory material from the investigation files of the Department of Labor. None of the material, other than computations of back wages, liquidated damages, and monetary relief for violations of 29 CFR 5.5(a)(1 1) or (b 5), and the summary of back wages due, may be disclosed in any manner to anyone other than Federal officials charged with administering the contract or program providing Federal assistance to the contract, without requesting the permission and views of the Department of Labor. (b) Department of Labor Investigations and other compliance actions. (1) The Administrator will investigate and conduct other compliance actions as deemed necessary in order to obtain compliance with the labor standards provisions of the applicable statutes referenced by 29 CFR 5.1, or to affirm or Page 35 of 61 TWDB-0551 Rev. 4/2026 reject the recommendations by the Agency Head with respect to labor standards matters arising under the statutes referenced by 29 CFR 5.1. (2) Federal agencies, contractors, subcontractors, sponsors, applicants, owners, or other entities, as the case may be, must cooperate with any authorized representative of the Department of Labor in the inspection of records, in interviews with workers, and in all other aspects of the investigations or other compliance actions. (3) The findings of such an investigation or other compliance action, including amounts found due, may not be altered or reduced without the approval of the Department of Labor. (4) Where the underpayments disclosed by such an investigation or other compliance action total $1,000 or more, where there is reason to believe that the contractor or subcontractor has disregarded its obligations to workers or subcontractors, or where liquidated damages may be assessed under CWHSSA, the Department of Labor will furnish the Federal agency an enforcement report detailing the labor standards violations disclosed by the investigation or other compliance action and any action taken by the contractor or subcontractor to correct the violations, including any payment of back wages or any other relief provided workers or remedial actions taken for violations of 29 CFR 5.5(a)(1 1) or(b)(5). In other circumstances, the Department of Labor will furnish the Federal agency a notification summarizing the findings of the investigation or other compliance action. (c) Confidentiality requirements. It is the policy of the Department of Labor to protect from disclosure the identity of its confidential sources and to prevent an unwarranted invasion of personal privacy. Accordingly, the identity of a worker or other informant who makes a written or oral statement as a complaint or in the course of an investigation or other compliance action, as well as portions of the statement which would tend to reveal the identity of the informant, will not be disclosed in any manner to anyone other than Federal officials without the prior consent of the informant. Disclosure of such statements is also governed by the provisions of the "Freedom of Information Act" (5 U.S.C. 552, see part 70 of this subtitle) and the "Privacy Act of 1974" (5 U.S.C. 552a, see part 71 of this subtitle). Option 2 — Applies to Non -Governmental Entities (such as Water Supply Corporations and Private Companies) 1. Applicability of the Davis -Bacon (DB) Prevailing Wage Requirements. DB prevailing wage requirements apply to the construction, alteration, and repair of treatment works carried out in whole or in part with assistance made available by a State water pollution control revolving fund and to any construction project carried out in whole or in part by assistance made available by a drinking water treatment revolving loan fund. If a subrecipient encounters a unique situation at a site that presents uncertainties regarding DB applicability, the subrecipient must discuss the situation with the TWDB before authorizing work on that site. Page 36 of 61 TWDB-0551 Rev. 4/2026 2. Obtaining Wage Determinations. (a) Owner must obtain proposed wage determinations for specific localities at https://sam.gov/content/wage-determinations. After the Owner obtains its proposed wage determination, it must submit the wage determination to the TWDB for approval prior to inserting the wage determination into a solicitation, contract or issuing task orders, work assignments or similar instruments to existing contractors (ordering instruments unless subsequently directed otherwise by the TWDB.) (b) Owner shall obtain the wage determination for the locality in which a covered activity subject to DB will take place prior to issuing requests for bids, proposals, quotes or other methods for soliciting contracts (solicitation) for activities subject to DB. These wage determinations shall be incorporated into solicitations and any subsequent contracts. Prime contracts must contain a provision requiring that subcontractors follow the wage determination incorporated into the prime contract. (i) While the solicitation remains open, the Owner shall monitor https://sam.gov/content/wage-determinations on a weekly basis to ensure that the wage determination contained in the solicitation remains current. The recipients shall amend the solicitation if DOL issues a modification more than 10 days prior to the closing date (i.e. bid opening) for the solicitation. If DOL modifies or supersedes the applicable wage determination less than 10 days prior to the closing date, the subrecipients may request a finding from the TWDB that there is not a reasonable time to notify interested contractors of the modification of the wage determination. The TWDB will provide a report of its findings to the subrecipient. (ii) If the Owner does not award the contract within 90 days of the closure of the solicitation, any modifications or supersedes DOL makes to the wage determination contained in the solicitation shall be effective unless the TWDB, at the request of the Owner, obtains an extension of the 90 day period from DOL pursuant to 29 CFR 1.6(c)(3)(iv). The Owner shall monitor https://sam.gov/content/wage-determinations on a weekly basis if it does not award the contract within 90 days of closure of the solicitation to ensure that wage determinations contained in the solicitation remain current. (c) If the Owner carries out activity subject to DB by issuing a task order, work assignment or similar instrument to an existing Contractor (ordering instrument) rather than by publishing a solicitation, the Owner shall insert the appropriate DOL wage determination from https://sam.gov/content/wage-determinations into the ordering instrument. (d) Owners shall review all subcontracts subject to DB entered into by prime Contractors to verify that the prime Contractor has required its Subcontractors to include the applicable wage determinations. (e) As provided in 29 CFR 1.6(f), DOL may issue a revised wage determination applicable to an Owner's contract after the award of a contract or the issuance of an ordering instrument if DOL determines that the Owner has failed to incorporate a wage determination or has used a wage determination that clearly Page 37 of 61 TWDB-0551 Rev. 4/2026 does not apply to the contract or ordering instrument. If this occurs, the Owner shall either terminate the contract or ordering instrument and issue a revised solicitation or ordering instrument or incorporate DOL's wage determination retroactive to the beginning of the contract or ordering instrument by change order. The Owner's Contractor must be compensated for any increases in wages resulting from the use of DOL's revised wage determination. 3. Contract and Subcontract Provisions. The subrecipient(s) shall insert in full in any contract in excess of $2,000 which is entered into for the actual construction, alteration and/or repair, including painting and decorating, of a public building or public work, or building or work financed in whole or in part from Federal funds or in accordance with guarantees of a Federal agency or financed from funds obtained by pledge of any contract of a Federal agency to make a loan, grant or annual contribution (except where a different meaning is expressly indicated), and which is subject to the labor standards provisions of any of the acts listed in 29 CFR 5.1, the following clauses: (1) Minimum wages (i) Wage rates and fringe benefits. All laborers and mechanics employed or working upon the site of the work will be paid unconditionally and not less often than once a week, and without subsequent deduction or rebate on any account (except such payroll deductions as are permitted by regulations issued by the Secretary of Labor under the Copeland Act (29 CFR part 3)), the full amount of basic hourly wages and bona fide fringe benefits (or cash equivalents thereof) due at time of payment computed at rates not less than those contained in the wage determination of the Secretary of Labor which is attached hereto and made a part hereof, regardless of any contractual relationship which may be alleged to exist between the contractor and such laborers and mechanics. As provided in paragraphs (d) and (e) of this section, the appropriate wage determinations are effective by operation of law even if they have not been attached to the contract. Contributions made or costs reasonably anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits under the Davis -Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 3141(2)(B)) on behalf of laborers or mechanics are considered wages paid to such laborers or mechanics, subject to the provisions of 29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(v); also, regular contributions made or costs incurred for more than a weekly period (but not less often than quarterly) under plans, funds, or programs which cover the particular weekly period, are deemed to be constructively made or incurred during such weekly period. Such laborers and mechanics shall be paid the appropriate wage rate and fringe benefits on the wage determination for the classification(s) of work actually performed, without regard to skill, except as provided in 29 CFR 5.5(a)(4). Laborers or mechanics performing work in more than one classification may be compensated at the rate specified for each classification for the time actually worked therein: Provided, that the employer's payroll records accurately set forth the time spent in each classification in which work is performed. The wage determination (including any additional classification and wage rates Page 38 of 61 TWDB-0551 Rev. 4/2026 conformed under 29 CRF 5.5(a)(1)(iii)) and the Davis -Bacon poster (WH- 1321) must be posted at all times by the contractor and its subcontractors at the site of the work in a prominent and accessible place where it can be easily seen by the workers. Subrecipients may obtain wage determinations from the U.S. Department of Labor's web site, https://sam.gov/content/wage-determinations. (i) Frequently recurring classifications. (A) In addition to wage and fringe benefit rates that have been determined to be prevailing under the procedures set forth in 29 CFR Part 1, a wage determination may contain, pursuant to § 1.3(f), wage and fringe benefit rates for classifications of laborers and mechanics for which conformance requests are regularly submitted pursuant to 29 CFR Part 5.5(a)(1)(iii), provided that: (1) The work to be performed by the classification is not performed by a classification in the wage determination for which a prevailing wage rate has been determined; (2) The classification is utilized in the area by the construction industry; and (3) The wage rate for the classification bears a reasonable relationship to the prevailing wage rates contained in the wage determination. (B) The Administrator will establish wage rates for such classifications in accordance with 29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(iii)(A)(3). Work performed in such a classification must be paid at no less than the wage and fringe benefit rate listed on the wage determination for such classification. (ii) Conformance. (A) The contracting officer must require that any class of laborers or mechanics, including helpers, which is not listed in the wage determination and which is to be employed under the contract be classified in conformance with the wage determination. Conformance of an additional classification and wage rate and fringe benefits is appropriate only when the following criteria have been met: (1) The work to be performed by the classification requested is not performed by a classification in the wage determination; and (2) The classification is used in the area by the construction industry; and (3) The proposed wage rate, including any bona fide fringe benefits, bears a reasonable relationship to the wage rates contained in the wage determination. (B) The conformance process may not be used to split, subdivide, or otherwise avoid application of classifications listed in the wage determination. Page 39 of 61 TWDB-0551 Rev. 4/2026 (C) If the contractor and the laborers and mechanics to be employed in the classification (if known), or their representatives, and the Owner(s) agree on the classification and wage rate (including the amount designated for fringe benefits where appropriate), documentation of the action taken and the request, including the local wage determination shall be sent by the Owner(s) to the TWDB. The TWDB will transmit the request, to the Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division, Employment Standards Administration, U.S. Department of Labor via email to DBAconformance(�dol.gov, and to the EPA DB Regional Coordinator concurrently. The Administrator, or an authorized representative, will approve, modify, or disapprove every additional classification request within 30 days of receipt and so advise the TWDB or will notify the TWDB within the 30 -day period that additional time is necessary. (D) In the event the contractor, the laborers or mechanics to be employed in the classification or their representatives, and the Owner(s) do not agree on the proposed classification and wage rate (including the amount designated for fringe benefits, where appropriate), the TWDB will, by email to DBAconformance(c�dol.gov, refer the questions, including the views of all interested parties and the recommendation of the TWDB, to the Administrator for determination. The request shall be sent to the EPA DB Regional Coordinator concurrently. The Administrator, or an authorized representative, will issue a determination within 30 days of receipt and so advise the TWDB or will notify the TWDB within the 30 -day period that additional time is necessary. (E) The contracting officer must promptly notify the contractor of the action taken by the Wage and Hour Division under 29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(iii)(C) and LP..). The contractor must furnish a written copy of such determination to each affected worker or it must be posted as a part of the wage determination. The wage rate (including fringe benefits where appropriate) determined pursuant to 29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(iii)(C) and (D) must be paid to all workers performing work in the classification under this contract from the first day on which work is performed in the classification. (iv) Fringe benefits not expressed as an hourly rate. Whenever the minimum wage rate prescribed in the contract for a class of laborers or mechanics includes a fringe benefit which is not expressed as an hourly rate, the Contractor may either pay the benefit as stated in the wage determination or may pay another bona fide fringe benefit or an hourly cash equivalent thereof. (v) Unfunded plans. If the Contractor does not make payments to a trustee or other third person, the Contractor may consider as part of the wages of any laborer or mechanic the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing bona fide fringe benefits under a plan or program, Provided, That the Secretary of Labor has found, upon the written request of the Contractor, in accordance with t criteria set forth in 5.28, that the applicable standards of the Davis -Bacon Act have been met. The Secretary of Labor may require the contractor to set aside in a separate account assets for the meeting of obligations under the plan or program. Page 40 of 61 TWDB-0551 Rev. 4/2026 (vi) Interest. In the event of a failure to pay all or part of the wages required by the contract, the Contractor will be required to pay interest on any underpayment of wages. (2) Withholding (i) Withholding requirements. The Owner(s) may, upon its own action or must, upon written request of an authorized representative of the Department of Labor, withhold or cause to be withheld from the Contractor, so much of the accrued payments or advances as may be considered necessary to satisfy the liabilities of the Prime Contractor or any Subcontractor for the full amount of wages and monetary relief, including interest, required by the clauses set forth in 29 CRF 5.5(a) for violations of this contract, or to satisfy any such liabilities required by any other Federal contract, or federally assisted contract subject to Davis -Bacon labor standards, that is held by the same Prime Contractor (as defined in § 5.2). The necessary funds may be withheld from the Contractor under this contract, any other Federal contract with the same Prime Contractor, or any other federally assisted contract that is subject to Davis -Bacon labor standards requirements and is held by the same Prime Contractor, regardless of whether the other contract was awarded or assisted by the same agency, and such funds may be used to satisfy the Contractor liability for which the funds were withheld. In the event of a Contractor's failure to pay laborers and mechanics, including any apprentice or helper working on the site of the work (or otherwise working in construction or development of the project under a development statute) all or part of the wages required by the contract, or upon the Contractor's failure to submit the required records as discussed in 29 CFR 5.5(a)(3)(iv), the EPA may, on its own initiative and after written notice to the Contractor, sponsor, applicant, owner, or other entity, as the case may be, take such action as may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further payment, advance, or guarantee of funds until such violations have ceased. (ii) Priority to withheld funds. The Department has priority to funds withheld or to be withheld in accordance with 29 CFR (a)(2)(i) orb (b)(3)(i), , or both, over claims to those funds by: (A) A contractor's surety(ies), including without limitation performance bond sureties and payment bond sureties; (B) A contracting agency for its reprocurement costs; (C) A trustee(s) (either a court -appointed trustee or a U.S. trustee, or both) in bankruptcy of a contractor, or a contractor's bankruptcy estate; (D) A contractor's assignee(s); (E) A contractor's successor(s); or (F) A claim asserted under the Prompt Payment Act, 31 U.S.C. 3901- 3907. Page 41 of 61 TWDB-0551 Rev. 4/2026 (3) Records and certified Payrolls. (i) Basic Record requirements. (A) Length of record retention. All regular payrolls and other basic records must be maintained by the Contractor any Subcontractor during the course of the work and preserved for all laborers and mechanics working at the stie of the work (or otherwise work in construction or development of the project under a development statute) for a period of at least three (3) years after all the work on the prime contract is completed. (B) Information required. Such records shall contain the name, last known address, Social Security Number, telephone number, and email address of each such worker, each worker's correct classification(s) of work actually performed, hourly rates of wages paid (including rates of contributions or costs anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits or cash equivalents thereof of the types described in 40 U.S.C. 3141(2)(B) of the Davis -Bacon Act), daily and weekly number of hours actually worked in total and on each covered contract, deductions made, and actual wages paid. (C) Additional records relating to fringe benefits. Whenever the Secretary of Labor has found under 29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(v) that the wages of any laborer or mechanic include the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing benefits under a plan or program described in 40 U.S.C. 3141(2)(B) of the Davis -Bacon Act, the Contractor must maintain records which show that the commitment to provide such benefits is enforceable, that the plan or program is financially responsible, and that the plan or program has been communicated in writing to the laborers or mechanics affected, and records which show the costs anticipated or the actual cost incurred in providing such benefits. (D) Additional records relating to apprenticeship. Contractors with apprentices working under approved programs must maintain written evidence of the registration of apprenticeship programs, the registration of the apprentices, and the ratios and wage rates prescribed in the applicable programs. (ii) Certified payroll requirements. (A) Frequency and method of submission. The Contractor or Subcontractor must submit weekly, for each week in which any DBA-or Related Acts -covered work is performed, certified payrolls to the Owner, that is, the entity that receives the funds from the TWDB. The Prime Contractor is responsible for the submission of all certified payrolls by Subcontractors. A contracting agency or prime contractor may permit or require contractors to submit certified payrolls through an electronic system, as long as the electronic system requires a legally valid electronic signature (e.g., DocuSign); the system allows the Contractor, the contracting agency, and the Department of Labor to access the certified payrolls upon request for at least three (3) years after the work on the prime contract has been completed; and the contracting agency or prime Page 42 of 61 TWDB-0551 Rev. 4/2026 contractor permits other methods of submission in situations where the contractor is unable or limited in its ability to use or access the electronic system. Such documentation shall be available on request of the TWDB or EPA. (B) Information required. The certified payrolls submitted must set out accurately and completely all of the information required to be maintained under 29 CFR 5.5(a)(3)(i)(B), except that full Social Security Numbers and last known addresses, telephone numbers, and email addresses must not be included on the weekly transmittals. Instead, the certified payrolls need only include an individually identifying number for each worker (e.g., the last four digits of the employee's social security number). The required weekly certified payroll information may be submitted in any form desired. Optional Form WH-347 is available for this purpose from the Wage and Hour Division (WHD) website at https://www.dol.gov/sites/dolgov/files/WHD/legacy/files/wh347/.pdf or its successor site. It is not a violation of this section for a Prime Contractor to require a Subcontractor to provide full Social Security Numbers and last known addresses, telephone numbers, and email addresses to the Prime Contractor for its own records, without weekly submission by the Subcontractor to the TWDB (or the applicant, sponsor, owner, or other entity as the case may be, that maintains such records). (C) Statement of Compliance. Each certified payroll submitted must be accompanied by a "Statement of Compliance," signed by the Contractor or Subcontractor or their agent who pays or supervises the payment of the persons working on the contract and must certify the following: (1) That the certified payroll for the payroll period contains the information required to be provided under 29 CFR 5.5 (a)(3)(ii), the appropriate information and basic records are being maintained under 29 CFR 5.5 (a)(3)(i), and that such information and records are correct and complete; (2) That each laborer or mechanic (including each helper and apprentice) working on the contract during the payroll period has been paid the full weekly wages earned, without rebate, either directly or indirectly, and that no deductions have been made either directly or indirectly from the full wages earned, other than permissible deductions as set forth in 29 CFR part 3; and (3) That each laborer or mechanic has been paid not less than the applicable wage rates and fringe benefits or cash equivalents for the classification(s) of work actually performed, as specified in the applicable wage determination incorporated into the contract. (D) Use of the Optional Form WH-347. The weekly submission of a properly executed certification set forth on the reverse side of Optional Form WH-347 will satisfy the requirement for submission of the "Statement of Compliance" required by paragraph 29 CFR 5.5(a)(3)(ii)(C). Page 43 of 61 TWDB-0551 Rev. 4/2026 (E) Signature. The signature by the Contractor, Subcontractor, or the contractor's or subcontractor's agent must be an original handwritten signature or a legally valid electronic signature (e.g DocuSign). (F) Falsification. The falsification of any of the above certifications may subject the contractor or subcontractor to civil or criminal prosecution under section 1001 of title 18 and section 3729 of title 31 of the United States Code. (G)Length of certified payroll retention. The Contractor or Subcontractor must preserve all certified payrolls during the course of the work and for a period of three (3) years after all the work on the prime contract is completed. (iii) Contracts, subcontracts, and related documents. The Contractor or Subcontractor must maintain this contract or subcontract and related documents including, without limitation, bids, proposals, amendments, modifications, and extensions. The Contractor or Subcontractor must preserve these contracts, subcontracts, and related documents during the course of the work and for a period of three (3) years after all the work on the prime contract is completed. (iv) Required disclosures and access. (A) Required record disclosures and access to workers. The Contractor or Subcontractor must make the records required under 29 CRF 5.5 (a)(3)(i) through Qjfl of this section, and any other documents that the EPA or the Department of Labor deems necessary to determine compliance with the labor standards provisions of any of the applicable statues referenced by 5.1, available for inspection, copying, or transcription by authorized representatives of the TWDB, EPA, or the Department of Labor, and must permit such representatives to interview workers during working hours on the job. (B) Sanctions for non-compliance with records and worker access requirements. If the Contractor or Subcontractor fails to submit the required records or to make them available, or refuses to permit worker interviews during working hours on the job, the Federal agency may, after written notice to the contractor, sponsor, applicant, owner, or other entity, as the case may be, that maintains such records or that employs such workers, take such action as may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further payment, advance, or guarantee of funds. Furthermore, failure to submit the required records upon request or to make such records available, or to permit worker interviews during working hours on the job, may be grounds for debarment action pursuant to 29 CRF 5.12. In addition, any Contractor or other person that fails to submit the required records or make those records available to WHD within the time WHD requests that the records be produced will be precluded from introducing as evidence in an administrative proceeding under 29 CFR part 6 any of the required records that were not provided or made available to WHD. WHD will take into consideration a reasonable request from the contractor or person for an extension of the time for submission of records. WHD will Page 44 of 61 TWDB-0551 Rev. 4/2026 determine the reasonableness of the request and may consider, among other things, the location of the records and the volume of production. (C) Required information disclosures. Contractors and Subcontractors must maintain the full Social Security Number and last known address, telephone number, and email address of each covered worker, and must provide them upon request to the EPA if the agency is a party to the contract, or to the Wage and Hour Division of the Department of Labor. If the Federal agency is not such a party to the contract, the Contractor, Subcontractor, or both, must, upon request, provide the full Social Security Number and last known address, telephone number, and email address of each covered worker to the applicant, sponsor, owner, or other entity, as the case may be, that maintains such records, for transmission to the TWDB, EPA, the contractor, or the Wage and Hour Division of the Department of Labor for purposes of an investigation or other compliance action. (4) Apprentices and equal employment opportunity (i) Apprentices. (A) Rate of pay. Apprentices will be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work they perform when they are employed pursuant to and individually registered in a bona fide apprenticeship program registered with the U.S. Department of Labor, Employment and Training Administration, Office of Apprenticeship (OA), or with a State Apprenticeship Agency recognized by the OA. A person who is not individually registered in the program, but who has been certified by the OA or a State Apprenticeship Agency (where appropriate) to be eligible for probationary employment as an apprentice, will be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work they perform in the 90 days of probationary employment as an apprentice in such a program. In the event the OA or a State Apprenticeship Agency recognized by the OA withdraws approval of an apprenticeship program, the Contractor will no longer be permitted to use apprentices at less than the applicable predetermined rate for the work performed until an acceptable program is approved. (B) Fringe benefits. Apprentices must be paid fringe benefits in accordance with the provisions of the apprenticeship program. If the apprenticeship program does not specify fringe benefits, apprentices must be paid the full amount of fringe benefits listed on the wage determination for the applicable classification. If the Administrator determines that a different practice prevails for the applicable apprentice classification, fringe benefits must be paid in accordance with that determination. (C) Apprenticeship ratio. The allowable ratio of apprentices to journeymen on the job site in any craft classification must not be greater than the ratio permitted to the contractor as to the entire work force under the registered program or the ratio applicable to the locality of the project pursuant to 29 CFR 5.5(a)(4)(i)(D) of this section. Any worker listed on a payroll at an apprentice wage rate, who is not registered or otherwise employed as Page 45 of 61 TWDB-0551 Rev. 4/2026 stated in 29 CRF 5.5(a)(4)(i)(A) of this section, must be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed. In addition, any apprentice performing work on the job site in excess of the ratio permitted under this section must be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the work actually performed. (D) Reciprocity of rations and wage rates. Where a Contractor is performing construction on a project in a locality other than the locality in which its program is registered, the ratios and wage rates (expressed in percentages of the journeyman's hourly rate) applicable within the locality in which construction is being performed must be observed. If there is no applicable ratio or wage rate for the locality of the project, the ratio and wage rate specified in the Contractor's registered program must be observed. (ii) Equal employment opportunity. The use of apprentices and journeymen under this part must be in conformity with 29 CFR part 30. (5) Compliance with Copeland Act requirements. The Contractor shall comply with the requirements of 29 CFR part 3, which are incorporated by reference in this contract. (6) Subcontracts. The Contractor or Subcontractor shall insert in any subcontracts the clauses contained in 29 CFR 5.5(a)(1) through (11) along with the applicable wage determination(s) and such other clauses or contract modifications as the EPA determines may by appropriate instructions require, and a clause requiring the Subcontractors to include these clauses and wage determination(s) in any lower tier subcontracts. The Prime Contractor is responsible for the compliance by any Subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor with all the contract clauses in 29 CFR 5.5. In the event of any violations of these clauses, the prime Contractor and any Subcontractor(s) responsible will be liable for any unpaid wages and monetary relief, including interest from the date of the underpayment or loss, due to any workers of lower -tier subcontractors, and may be subject to debarment, as appropriate. (7) Contract termination; debarment. A breach of the contract clauses in 29 CFR 5.5 may be grounds for termination of the contract, and for debarment as a Contractor and a Subcontractor as provided in 29 CFR 5.12. (8) Compliance with Davis -Bacon and Related Act requirements. All rulings and interpretations of the Davis -Bacon and Related Acts contained in 29 CFR parts 1, 3, and 5 are herein incorporated by reference in this contract. (9) Disputes concerning labor standards. Disputes arising out of the labor standards provisions of this contract shall not be subject to the general disputes clause of this contract. Such disputes shall be resolved in accordance with the procedures of the Department of Labor set forth in 29 CFR parts 5, 6, and 7. Disputes within the meaning of this clause include disputes between the contractor (or any of its subcontractors) and Owner(s), the TWDB, EPA, the U.S. Department of Labor, or the employees or their representatives. Page 46 of 61 TWDB-0551 Rev. 4/2026 (10) Certification of eligibility. (i) By entering into this contract, the Contractor certifies that neither it nor any person or firm who has an interest in the contractor's firm is a person or firm ineligible to be awarded Government contracts by virtue of 40 U.S.C. 3144(b) or 29 CFR 5.12(a). (ii) No part of this contract shall be Subcontracted to any person or firm ineligible for award of a Government contract by virtue of 40 U.S.C. 3144(b) or 29 CFR 5.12(a). (iii) The penalty for making false statements is prescribed in the U.S. Criminal Code, 18 U.S.C. 1001 (11) Anti -retaliation. It is unlawful for any person to discharge, demote, intimidate, threaten, restrain, coerce, blacklist, harass, or in any other manner discriminate against, or to cause any person to discharge, demote, intimidate, threaten, restrain, coerce, blacklist, harass, or in any other manner discriminate against, any worker or job applicant for: (i) Notifying any Contractor of any conduct which the worker reasonably believes constitutes a violation of the DBA, Related Acts, this part, or 29 CFR part 1 or 3; (ii)Filing any complaint, initiating or causing to be initiated any proceeding, or otherwise asserting or seeking to assert on behalf of themselves or others any right or protection under the DBA, Related Acts, this part, or 29 CFR part 1 or 3; (iii) Cooperating in any investigation or other compliance action, or testifying in any proceeding under the DBA, Related Acts, this part, or 29 CFR part 1 or 3; or (iv) Informing any other person about their rights under the DBA, Related Acts, this part, or 29 CFR part 1 or 3. 4. Contract Provision for Contracts in Excess of $100,000 (b) Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act. The Owner shall insert the following clauses set forth in paragraphs (b)(1) through (5) of this section in full in any contract in an amount in excess of $100,000 and subject to the overtime provisions of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act. These clauses shall be inserted in addition to the clauses required by 29 CFR 5.5(a) or 29 CFR 4_6. As used in this paragraph, the terms "laborers and mechanics" include watchmen and guards. (1) Overtime requirements. No Contractor or Subcontractor contracting for any part of the contract work which may require or involve the employment of laborers or mechanics shall require or permit any such laborer or mechanic in any workweek in which they are employed on such work to work in excess of forty hours in such workweek unless such laborer or mechanic receives compensation at a rate not less than one and one-half times the basic rate of pay for all hours worked in excess of forty hours in such workweek. Page 47 of 61 TWDB-0551 Rev. 4/2026 (2) Violation; liability for unpaid wages; liquidated damages. In the event of any violation of the clause set forth in 29 CFR 5.5(b)(1) the Contractor and any Subcontractor responsible therefore shall be liable for the unpaid wages and interest from the date of the underpayment. In addition, such Contractor and Subcontractor shall be liable to the United States, for liquidated damages. Such liquidated damages shall be computed with respect to each individual laborer or mechanic, including watchpersons and guards, employed in violation of the clause set forth in 29 CFR 5.5(b)(1), in the sum of $32 for each calendar day on which such individual was required or permitted to work in excess of the standard workweek of forty hours without payment of the overtime wages required by the clause set forth in 29 CFR 5.5(b)(1). (3) Withholding for unpaid wages and liquidated damages. (ii) Withholding process. The Owner may, upon its own action, or must upon the request of the EPA Award Official or an authorized representative of the Department of Labor, withhold or cause to be withheld from the Contractor so much of the accrued payments or advances as may be considered necessary to satisfy the liabilities of the Prime Contractor or any Subcontractor for any unpaid wages; monetary relief, including interest; and liquidated damages required by the clauses set forth in 29 CFR 5.5(b), any other Federal contract with the same Prime Contractor, or any other federally -assisted contract subject to the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act, that is held by the same Prime Contractor (as defined in 29 CFR 5.2). The necessary funds may be withheld from the Contractor under this contract, any other Federal contract with the same Prime Contractor, or any other federally assisted contract that is subject to the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act and is held by the same prime contractor, regardless of whether the other contract was awarded or assisted by the same agency, and such funds may be used to satisfy the contractor liability for which the funds were withheld. (ii) Priority to withheld funds. The Department has priority to funds withheld or to be withheld in accordance with 29 CFR 5.5(a)(2)(i) or 29 CFR 5.5(b)(3)(i) of this section, or both, over claims to those funds by: (A) A contractor's surety(ies), including without limitation performance bond sureties and payment bond sureties; (B) A contracting agency for its reprocurement costs. (C) A trustee(s) (either a court -appointed trustee or a U.S. trustee, or both) in bankruptcy of a contractor, or a contractor's bankruptcy estate. (D) A contractor's assignee(s). (E) A contractor's successor(s); or (F) A claim asserted under the Prompt Payment Act, 31 U.S.C. 3901- 3907. Page 48 of 61 TWDB-0551 Rev. 4/2026 (4) Subcontracts. The Contractor or Subcontractor must insert in any subcontracts the clauses set forth in 29 CFR 5.5(b)(1) through L5) and a clause requiring the subcontractors to include these clauses in any lower tier subcontracts. The Prime Contractor shall be responsible for compliance by any subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor with the clauses set forth in 29 CFR 5.5(b)(1) through (55). In the event of any violations of these clauses, the Prime Contractor and any Subcontractor(s) responsible will be liable for any unpaid wages and monetary relief, including interest from the date of the underpayment or loss, due to any workers of lower -tier subcontractors, and associated liquidated damages and may be subject to debarment, as appropriate. (5) Anti -retaliation. It is unlawful for any person to discharge, demote, intimidate, threaten, restrain, coerce, blacklist, harass, or in any other manner discriminate against, or to cause any person to discharge, demote, intimidate, threaten, restrain, coerce, blacklist, harass, or in any other manner discriminate against, any worker or job applicant for: (i) Notifying any contractor of any conduct which the worker reasonably believes constitutes a violation of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act (CWHSSA) or its implementing regulations in this part. (ii) Filing any complaint, initiating or causing to be initiated any proceeding, or otherwise asserting or seeking to assert on behalf of themselves or others any right or protection under CWHSSA or this part. (iii) Cooperating in any investigation or other compliance action, or testifying in any proceeding under CWHSSA or this part; or (iv) Informing any other person about their rights under CWHSSA or this part. (c) CWHSSA required records clause. In addition to the clauses contained in 29 CFR 5.5(b), in any contract subject only to the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act and not to any of the other laws referenced by 29 CFR 5.1, the Owner must insert a clause requiring that the Contractor or Subcontractor must maintain payrolls and basic records during the course of the work and must preserve them for a period of three (3) years after all the work on the Prime Contract is completed for all laborers and mechanics, including guards and watchpersons, working on the contract. Such records must contain the name; last known address, telephone number, and email address; and Social Security Number of each such worker; each workers' correct classification(s) of work actually performed, hourly rates of wages paid, daily and weekly number of hours worked, deductions made, and actual wages paid. Further, the Owner must insert in any such contract a clause providing that the records to be maintained under this paragraph must be made available by the Contractor or Subcontractor for inspection, copying, or transcription by authorized representatives of the EPA, the TWDB, and the Department of Labor, and the Contractor or Subcontractor will permit such representatives to interview employees during working hours on the job. (d) Incorporation of contract clauses and wage determinations by reference. Page 49 of 61 TWDB-0551 Rev. 4/2026 Although agencies are required to insert the contract clauses set forth in this section, along with appropriate wage determinations, in full into covered contracts, and Contractors and Subcontractors are required to insert them in any lower -tier subcontracts, the incorporation by reference of the required contract clauses and appropriate wage determinations will be given the same force and effect as if they were inserted in full text. (e) Incorporation by operation of law. The contract clauses set forth in this section (or their equivalent under the Federal Acquisition Regulation), along with the correct wage determinations, will be considered to be a part of every prime contract required by the applicable statutes referenced by 29 CFR 5.1 to include such clauses, and will be effective by operation of law, whether or not they are included or incorporated by reference into such contract, unless the Administrator grants a variance, tolerance, or exemption from the application of this paragraph. Where the clauses and applicable wage determinations are effective by operation of law under this paragraph, the prime contractor must be compensated for any resulting increase in wages in accordance with applicable law. 5. Compliance Verification and Enforcement (a) Agency responsibilities. (1)(i) The Federal agency has the initial responsibility to ascertain whether the clauses required by 29 CFR 5.5 and the appropriate wage determination(s) have been incorporated into the contracts subject to the labor standards provisions of the laws referenced by 29 CFR 5.1. Additionally, a Federal agency that provides Federal financial assistance that is subject to the labor standards provisions of the Act must promulgate the necessary regulations or procedures to require the recipient or sub -recipient of the Federal assistance to insert in its contracts the provisions of 29 CFR 5.5. No payment, advance, grant, loan, or guarantee of funds will be approved by the Federal agency unless it ensures that the clauses required by 29 CFR 5.5 and the appropriate wage determination(s) are incorporated into such contracts. Furthermore, no payment, advance, grant, loan, or guarantee of funds will be approved by the Federal agency after the beginning of construction unless there is on file with the Federal agency a certification by the contractor that the contractor and its subcontractors have complied with the provisions of 29 CFR 5.5 or unless there is on file with the Federal agency a certification by the contractor that there is a substantial dispute with respect to the required provisions. (ii) If a contract subject to the labor standards provisions of the applicable statutes referenced by 29 CFR 5.1 is entered into without the incorporation of the clauses required by 29 CFR 5.5, the agency must, upon the request of the Administrator or upon its own initiative, either terminate and resolicit the contract with the required contract clauses, or incorporate the required clauses into the contract (or ensure they are so incorporated) through supplemental agreement, change order, or any and all authority that may be needed. Where an agency has not entered directly into such a contract but instead has provided Federal financial assistance, the agency must ensure that the recipient or sub -recipient of the Federal assistance similarly incorporates the clauses required into its contracts. The method of Page 50 of 61 TWDB-0551 Rev. 4/2026 incorporation of the correct wage determination, and adjustment in contract price, where appropriate, should be in accordance with applicable law. Additionally, the following requirements apply: (A) Unless the Administrator directs otherwise, the incorporation of the clauses required by 29 CFR 5.5 must be retroactive to the date of contract award or start of construction if there is no award. (B) If this incorporation occurs as the result of a request from the Administrator, the incorporation must take place within 30 days of the date of that request, unless the agency has obtained an extension from the Administrator. (C) The contractor must be compensated for any increases in wages resulting from the incorporation of a missing contract clause. (D) If the recipient refuses to incorporate the clauses as required, the agency must make no further payment, advance, grant, loan, or guarantee of funds in connection with the contract until the recipient incorporates the required clauses into its contract, and must promptly refer the dispute to the Administrator for further proceedings under 29 CFR 5.13. (E) Before terminating a contract pursuant to this section, the agency must withhold or cross -withhold sufficient funds to remedy any back wage liability resulting from the failure to incorporate the correct wage determination or otherwise identify and obligate sufficient funds through a termination settlement agreement, bond, or other satisfactory mechanism. (F) Notwithstanding the requirement to incorporate the contract clauses and correct wage determination within 30 days, the contract clauses and correct wage determination will be effective by operation of law, retroactive to the beginning of construction, in accordance with 29 CFR 5.5(e). (2) (i) Certified payrolls submitted pursuant to 29 CFR 5.5(a)(3)(ii) must be preserved by the Federal agency for a period of three (3) years after all the work on the prime contract is completed, and must be produced at the request of the Department of Labor at any time during the 3 -year period, regardless of whether the Department of Labor has initiated an investigation or other compliance action. (ii) In situations where the Federal agency does not itself maintain certified payrolls required to be submitted pursuant to 29 CFR 5.5(a)(3)(ii), upon the request of the Department of Labor the Federal agency must ensure that such certified payrolls are provided to the Department of Labor. Such certified payrolls may be provided by the applicant, sponsor, owner, or other entity, as the case may be, directly to the Department of Labor, or to the Federal agency which, in turn, must provide those records to the Department of Labor. (3) The Federal agency will cause such investigations to be made as may be necessary to assure compliance with the labor standards clauses required by Page 51 of 61 TWDB-0551 Rev. 4/2026 29 CFR 5.5 and the applicable statutes referenced in 29 CFR 5.1. Investigations will be made of all contracts with such frequency as may be necessary to assure compliance. Such investigations will include interviews with workers, which must be taken in confidence, and examinations of certified payrolls, regular payrolls, and other basic records required to be maintained under 29 CFR 5.5(a)(3). In making such examinations, particular care must be taken to determine the correctness of classification(s) of work actually performed, and to determine whether there is a disproportionate amount of work by laborers and of apprentices registered in approved programs. Such investigations must also include evidence of fringe benefit plans and payments thereunder. Federal agencies must give priority to complaints of alleged violations. (4) In accordance with normal operating procedures, the contracting agency may be furnished various investigatory material from the investigation files of the Department of Labor. None of the material, other than computations of back wages, liquidated damages, and monetary relief for violations of 29 CFR 5.5(a)(1 1) or (), and the summary of back wages due, may be disclosed in any manner to anyone other than Federal officials charged with administering the contract or program providing Federal assistance to the contract, without requesting the permission and views of the Department of Labor. (b) Department of Labor Investigations and other compliance actions. (5) The Administrator will investigate and conduct other compliance actions as deemed necessary in order to obtain compliance with the labor standards provisions of the applicable statutes referenced by 29 CFR 5.1, or to affirm or reject the recommendations by the Agency Head with respect to labor standards matters arising under the statutes referenced by 29 CFR 5.1. (6) Federal agencies, contractors, subcontractors, sponsors, applicants, owners, or other entities, as the case may be, must cooperate with any authorized representative of the Department of Labor in the inspection of records, in interviews with workers, and in all other aspects of the investigations or other compliance actions. (7) The findings of such an investigation or other compliance action, including amounts found due, may not be altered or reduced without the approval of the Department of Labor. (8) Where the underpayments disclosed by such an investigation or other compliance action total $1,000 or more, where there is reason to believe that the contractor or subcontractor has disregarded its obligations to workers or subcontractors, or where liquidated damages may be assessed under CWHSSA, the Department of Labor will furnish the Federal agency an enforcement report detailing the labor standards violations disclosed by the investigation or other compliance action and any action taken by the contractor or subcontractor to correct the violations, including any payment of back wages or any other relief provided workers or remedial actions taken for violations of 29 CFR 5.5(a)(1 1) or (b)(5). In other circumstances, the Department of Labor will furnish the Federal agency a notification Page 52 of 61 TWDB-0551 Rev. 4/2026 summarizing the findings of the investigation or other compliance action. (c) Confidentiality requirements. It is the policy of the Department of Labor to protect from disclosure the identity of its confidential sources and to prevent an unwarranted invasion of personal privacy. Accordingly, the identity of a worker or other informant who makes a written or oral statement as a complaint or in the course of an investigation or other compliance action, as well as portions of the statement which would tend to reveal the identity of the informant, will not be disclosed in any manner to anyone other than Federal officials without the prior consent of the informant. Disclosure of such statements is also governed by the provisions of the "Freedom of Information Act" (5 U.S.C. 552, see part 70 of this subtitle) and the "Privacy Act of 1974" (5 U.S.C. 552a, see part 71 of this subtitle). 11. Payments (a) Progress Payments: i. The Contractor shall prepare their requisition for progress payment as of the last day of the payment month and submit it, with the required number of copies, to the Owner or Engineer for review. Except as provided in Paragraph (iii) of this subsection, the amount of the payment due to the Contractor shall be determined by: • Adding to the total value of work completed to date, • The value of materials properly stored on the site, and • Deducting (1) five percent (5%) minimum of the total amount, as a retainage and (2) the amount of all previous payments. The total value of work completed to date shall be based on the actual or estimated quantities of work completed and on the unit, prices contained in the agreement (or cost breakdown approved pursuant to Section 7.b relating to lump sum bids) and adjusted by approved Change Orders. The value of materials properly stored on the site shall be based upon the estimated quantities of such materials and the invoices prices. Copies of all invoices shall be available for inspection by the TWDB. ii. The Contractor shall be responsible for the care and protection of all materials and work upon which payments have been made until final acceptance of such work and materials by the Owner. Such payments shall not constitute a waiver of the right of the Owner to require the fulfillment of all terms of the contract and the delivery of all improvements embraced in the contract complete and satisfactory to the Owner in all details. iii. Only one of the following clauses applies: This clause applies to contracts when the Owner is a District or Authority. The retainage shall be a minimum of ten percent (10%) of the amount otherwise due until at least fifty (50%) of the work has been completed. After the project is fifty (50%) percent completed, and if the District or Authority's Board finds that satisfactory progress is being made, then the District may authorize any of the remaining progress payments to be Page 53 of 61 TWDB-0551 Rev. 4/2026 made in full. The District is not obligated to pay interest earned on the first 50% of work completed (Texas Water Code Sec. 49.276(d)). This clause applies to contracts when the Owner is a Public Entity (i.e., not a District and not an Authority). The five (5%) percent retainage of the progress payments due to the Contractor may not be reduced until the building of the project is substantially complete and a reduction in the retainage has been authorized by the TWDB (Texas Water Code Sec. 17.183(a)(4)). (b) Withholding Payments. The Owner may withhold from any payment otherwise due to the Contractor so much as may be necessary to protect the Owner, and if so elects, the Owner may also withhold any amounts due from the Contractor to any Subcontractors or material dealers for work performed or material furnished by them. The foregoing provisions shall be construed solely for the benefit of the Owner and will not require the Owner to determine or adjust any claims or disputes between the Contractor and Subcontractors or material dealers, or to withhold any monies for their protection unless the Owner elects to do so. The failure or refusal of the Owner to withhold any monies from the Contractor shall in no way impair the obligations of any surety or sureties under any bond or bonds furnished under this contract. (c) Payments Subject to Submission of Certificates. Each payment to the Contractor by the Owner shall be made subject to submission by the Contractor of all written certifications required of the Subcontractors by general and special conditions pertaining to this contract. (d) Final Payment. i. Upon satisfactory completion of the work performed under this contract, as a condition before final payment under this contract or as a termination settlement under this contract the Contractor shall execute and deliver to the Owner a release of all claims against the Owner arising under, or by virtue of, this contract, except claims which are specifically exempted by the Contractor to be set forth therein. Unless otherwise provided in this contract, by State law or otherwise expressly agreed to by the parties to this contract, final payment under this contract or settlement upon termination of this contract shall not constitute a waiver of the Owner's claims against the Contractor or their sureties under this contract or applicable performance and payment bonds. ii. After final inspection and acceptance by the Owner of all work under the Contract, the Contractor shall prepare his requisition for final payment which shall be based upon the carefully measured or computed quantity of each item of work at the applicable unit prices stipulated in the Agreement or cost breakdown (if lump sum), as adjusted by approved Change Orders. The total amount of the final payment due to the Contractor under this contract shall be the amount computed as described above less all previous payments. iii. The retainage and its interest earnings, if any, shall not be paid to the Page 54 of 61 TWDB-0551 Rev. 4/2026 Contractor until the TWDB has authorized a reduction in, or release of, retainage on the contract work. (See Section 19, Close -Out Procedures.) iv. Withholding of any amount due to the Owner, under general and/or special conditions regarding "Liquidated Damages," shall be deducted from the final payment due the Contractor. 12. Equal Employment Opportunity This provision applies to Clean Water State Revolving Fund Program projects and Drinking Water Revolving Fund Program projects where the contract agreement is for more than $10,000. During the performance of this contract, the Contractor agrees as follows: (1) The Contractor will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment. Such action shall include, but not be limited to the following: employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. The Contractor agrees to post in conspicuous places, available to employees and applicants for employment, notices to be provided by the contracting officer setting forth the provisions of this nondiscrimination clause. (2) The Contractor will, in all solicitations or advancements for employees placed by or on behalf of the Contractor, state that all qualified applicants will receive consideration for employment. (3) The Contractor will not discharge or in any other manner discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because such employee or applicant has inquired about, discussed, or disclosed the compensation of the employee or applicant or another employee or applicant. This provision shall not apply to instances in which an employee who has access to the compensation information of other employees or applicants as a part of such employee's essential job functions discloses the compensation of such other employees or applicants to individuals who do not otherwise have access to such information, unless such disclosure is in response to a formal complaint or charge, in furtherance of an investigation, proceeding, hearing, or action, including an investigation conducted by the employer, or is consistent with the Contractor's legal duty to furnish information. (4) The Contractor will send to each labor union or representative of workers with which the Contractor has a collective bargaining agreement or other contract or understanding, a notice, to be provided by the agency contracting officer, advising the labor union or workers' representative of the Contractor's commitments, and shall post copies of the notice in conspicuous places available to employees and applicants for employment. (5) The Contractor will comply with all the rules, regulations, and relevant orders of the Secretary of Labor. (6) The Contractor will maintain all information and reports required by the rules, regulations, and orders of the Secretary of Labor, or pursuant thereto, and will permit access to his books, records, and accounts by the contracting agency Page 55 of 61 TWDB-0551 Rev. 4/2026 and the Secretary of Labor for purposes of investigation to ascertain compliance with such rules, regulations, and orders. (7) In the event of the Contractor's noncompliance with the nondiscrimination clauses of this contract or with any of such rules, regulations, or orders, this contract may be cancelled, terminated, or suspended in whole or in part and the Contractor may be declared ineligible for further Government contracts in accordance the rule, regulation, or order of the Secretary of Labor, or as otherwise provided by law. (8) The Contractor will include the provisions of paragraphs (1) through (8) in every subcontract or purchase order unless exempted by rules, regulations, or orders of the Secretary of Labor, so that such provisions will be binding upon each Subcontractor or vendor. The Contractor will take such action with respect to any subcontract or purchase order as may be directed by the Secretary of Labor as a means of enforcing such provisions including sanctions for noncompliance: Provided, however, that in the event the Contractor becomes involved in, or is threatened with, litigation with a Subcontractor or vendor as a result of such direction, the Contractor may request the United States to enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the United States. Whenever the Contractor, or any Subcontractor at any tier, subcontracts a portion of the work involving any construction trade, it shall physically include in each subcontract in excess of $10,000 the provisions of these specifications. 13. Archeological Discoveries and Cultural Resources No activity which may affect properties listed or properties eligible for listing in the National Register of Historic Places or eligible for designation as a State Archeological Landmark is authorized until the Owner has complied with the provisions of the National Historic Preservation Act and the Antiquities Code of Texas. The Owner has previously coordinated with the appropriate agencies and impacts to known cultural or archeological deposits have been avoided or mitigated. However, the Contractor may encounter unanticipated cultural or archeological deposits during construction. If archeological sites or historic structures which may qualify for designation as a State Archeological Landmark according to the criteria in 13 TAC Chapter 26, or that may be eligible for listing on the National Register of Historic Places in accordance with 36 CFR Part 800, are discovered after construction operations are begun, the Contractor shall immediately cease operations in that particular area and notify the Owner, the TWDB, and the Texas Historical Commission, P.O. Box 12276, Capitol Station, Austin, Texas 78711- 2276. The Contractor must take reasonable steps to protect and preserve the discoveries until they have been inspected by the Owner's representative and the TWDB. The Owner will promptly coordinate with the State Historic Preservation Officer, the Texas Historical Commission, and any other appropriate agencies to obtain any necessary approvals or permits to enable the work to continue. The Contractor must not resume work in the area of the discovery until authorized to do so by the Owner. Page 56 of 61 TWDB-0551 Rev. 4/2026 14.Threatened and Endangered Species No activity is authorized that is likely to jeopardize the continued existence of a threatened or endangered species as listed or proposed for listing under the Federal Endangered Species Act (ESA), or the State of Texas Parks and Wildlife Code on threatened, endangered, or state -listed species, or to destroy or adversely modify the habitat of such species. If a threatened, endangered, or state -listed species is encountered during construction, the Contractor must immediately cease work in the area of the encounter, avoid disturbance of the animal or plant, and notify the TWDB and the Owner, who will immediately implement actions in accordance with the ESA and applicable State statutes. These actions must include reporting the encounter to the TWDB, the U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, and the Texas Parks and Wildlife Department, obtaining any necessary approvals or permits to enable the work to continue, and implementing other mitigation actions as directed. The Contractor must not resume construction in the area of the encounter until authorized to do so by the Owner. 15. Hazardous Materials Materials utilized in the project must be free of any hazardous materials, except as may be specifically provided for in the specifications. If the Contractor encounters existing hazardous material on sites owned or controlled by the Owner or in material sources that are suspected by visual observation or smell to contain hazardous materials, the Contractor must immediately cease work in the area of the encounter, take steps needed to prevent contact with the materials, and notify the Engineer and the Owner who will immediately notify the TWDB and appropriate authorities, depending on the circumstances, such as local emergency responders, the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ), The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), and others. Unless otherwise directed by appropriate authorities, the Owner will be responsible for the testing for and removal or disposal of hazardous materials on sites owned or controlled by the Owner and may suspend the work in the area of the encounter, wholly or in part during the testing, removal or disposal operations. Funding from the TWDB must not be used for sampling, testing, removing, or disposing of contaminated soils or media at the project site, except for an LSLR project or associated activity directly connected to the identification, planning, design, and replacement of lead service lines. The Obligations within the contract must include an environmental indemnification provision wherein the Owner/Applicant agrees, and agrees to cause its construction contractors, to indemnify, hold harmless and protect the TWDB from any and all claims, causes of action, or damages arising from activities performed during the project funded by the TWDB, including their officials and employees, in connection with the project, to the extent permitted by law. Page 57 of 61 TWDB-0551 Rev. 4/2026 16. Changes *Provisions identified with an asterisk below are consistent with Local Government Code 271.060. Counties and Municipalities may modify the identified provisions, when applicable, to conform to Local Government Code 262.031 (Counties) or 252.048 (Municipalities). (a) The Owner may at any time, without notice to any surety, by written order designated or indicated to be a change order, make changes in the work within the general scope of the contract, including but not limited to changes: i. In the specifications (including drawings and designs); ii. In the time, method or manner of performance of the work. iii. To decrease or increase the quantity of work to be performed or materials, equipment or supplies to be furnished. (b) *The total price of a contract may not be increased by a change order unless provision has been made for the payment of the added cost by the appropriation of current funds or bond funds for that purpose, by the authorization of the issuance of certificates, or by a combination of those procedures. (c) *A contract with an original contract price of $1 million or more may not be increased by more than 25 percent. If a change order for a contract with an original contract price of less than $1 million increases the contract amount to $1 million or more, subsequent change orders may not increase the revised contract amount by more than 25 percent. (d) *A governing body may grant authority to an official or employee responsible for purchasing or for administering a contract to approve a change order that involves an increase or decrease of $50,000 or less. (e) Changes that involve an increase in price will be supported by documentation of the cost components. For projects funded through the EDAP program, or with grant proceeds, the TWDB staff may request this information to be provided in a format equivalent to the Cost and Pricing Information form (WRD-277). (f) Any change orders involving a change in the project requiring a relocation of project components, sizing, or process may require additional environmental approval. A map and description of the proposed changes should be sent to the TWDB Environmental Reviewer for coordination and approval as soon as possible to avoid any delay. Page 58 of 61 TWDB-0551 Rev. 4/2026 17. Operation and Maintenance Manuals and Training (a) The Contractor shall obtain installation, operation, and maintenance manuals from manufacturers and suppliers for equipment furnished under the contract. The Contractor must submit an electronic copy (e.g., PDF) with bookmarks of each complete manual to the Owner's Engineer within 90 days after approval of shop drawings, product data, and samples, and not later than the date of shipment of each item of equipment to the project site or storage location. One (1) hard copy, with divider tabs in a binder, must be submitted to the Owner's Engineer upon request. (b) The Owner shall require their Engineer to promptly review each manual submitted, noting necessary corrections and revisions. If the Owner's Engineer rejects the manual, the Contractor must correct and resubmit the manual until it is acceptable to the Owner's Engineer as being in conformance with the design concept of the project and for compliance with information given in the Contract Documents. Owner may assess the Contractor a charge for reviews of the same items in excess of two (2) times. Such procedures shall not be considered cause for delay. (c) Acceptance of the manuals by Owner's Engineer does not relieve Contractor of any requirements on terms of Contract. (d) The Contractor shall provide the services of trained, qualified technicians to check final equipment installation, to assist as required in placing same in operation, and to instruct operating personnel in the proper manner of performing routine operation and maintenance of the equipment. (e) Operations and maintenance manuals specified hereinafter are in addition to any operation, maintenance, or installation instructions required by the Contractor to install, test, and start-up the equipment. Each manual is to be bound in a folder and labeled to identify the contents and project to which it applies. The manual shall contain the following applicable items: I. A listing of the manufacturer's identification, including order number, model, serial number, and location of parts and service centers. ii. A list of recommended stock of parts, including part number and quantity. iii. Complete replacement parts list. iv. Performance data and rating tables. v. Specific instructions for installation, operation, adjustment, and maintenance. vi. Exploded view drawings for major equipment items. vii. Lubrication requirements. viii. Complete equipment wiring diagrams and control schematics with terminal identification. Page 59 of 61 TWDB-0551 Rev. 4/2026 18. As -Built Dimensions and Record Drawings (a) The Contractor shall make appropriate daily measurements of facilities constructed and keep accurate records of location (horizontal and vertical) of all facilities. (b) Upon completion of each facility, the Contractor must furnish the Owner with one (1) set of full-size direct prints, marked with red pencil, to show as -built dimensions and locations of all work constructed (Record Drawings) and one (1) full-size electronic set of these drawings (e.g., PDF). As a minimum, the Record Drawings shall include the following: i. Horizontal and vertical locations of work. ii. Changes in equipment and dimensions due to substitutions. iii. "Nameplate" data on all installed equipment. iv. Deletions, additions, and changes to scope of work. v. Any other changes made. 19. Close -Out Procedures To close-out the construction contract and release final retainage, the following steps must be completed: (a) TWDB Staff must conduct a construction contract Final Site Visit (FSV) and issue a FSV Report. (b) The following submittals must be received, reviewed, and accepted by the TWDB: i. The final change order, adjustment of quantities, or a statement that all change orders have previously been submitted and there will be no more change orders. ii. The final pay request from the Contractor. iii. A notarized affidavit by the Contractor that all bills have been paid. iv. Certification by the Owner's Engineer that the work has been completed and was constructed in accordance with the approved plans and specifications and sound engineering principles and construction practices; v. Acceptance of the project by the Owner in the form of a written resolution, or other formal action. vi. A warranty statement from the Contractor with a duration of at least 12 months from the date of the project's completion is required; and the warranty's start date specified; vii. The Owner's Final AIS Certification (TWDB-1 106-C). viii. Confirmation that the Owner has received the Record Drawings from the Contractor; and Page 60 of 61 TWDB-0551 Rev. 4/2026 ix. If CWSRF or DWSRF funds were used by the entity to prepare a Fiscal Sustainability Plan (FSP) or an Asset Management Plan (AMP), then the Owner must submit a copy of the applicable plan. (c) Once items (a) and (b) have been completed, the TWDB will be able to issue a Certificate of Approval, which will then allow the release of the construction contract's retainage. 20. Additional Forms and Guidance: The forms and guidance documents, mentioned throughout this guidance and below, are available at the following TWDB website: http://www.twdb.texas.gov/financial/instructions/index.asp Search by either the document number or name. Forms • Contractor's act of Assurance (ED -103) • Contractor's Resolution on Authorized Representative (ED -104) • Vendor Compliance with Reciprocity on Non -Resident Bidders (TWDB-0459) • Monthly American Iron and Steel Certificate (TWDB-1106-A) • American Iron and Steel (AIS) De Minimis Log (TWDB-1106-B) • Final AIS Certification by Owner (TWDB-1 106-C) • Monthly Davis Bacon Wage Rate Certificate of Compliance Submittal by Owner (Sub- Recipient) (DB-0154) Guidance Documents: • CWSRF Guidance Manual (TWDB-0100) • DWSRF Guidance Manual (TWDB-0115) • Requirements for American Iron and Steel (AIS) Guidance (TWDB-1 106) • Guidance on Davis -Bacon Wage Rate Requirements for State Revolving Fund Projects (DB-0156) Page 61 of 61 TWDB-1 106-A Rev. 02/2025 Monthly American Iron and Steel (AIS) Certificate Compliance Submittal by Owner/Entity (Sub -Recipient) Delegation of signatory authority by the Entity's governing body must be submitted to the TWDB if a person other than an authorized member of the governing body signs this form. TWDB Project No. Commitment No. Outlay No. Eligible Project Expenses Through: (Month/Year) Enter ALL TWDB CID No.(s) and Contract Name(s) applicable to the Outlay listed above: This executed certificate must be submitted with each Outlay report requesting funds associated with construction contracts for all AIS-eligible iron and steel products and/or materials included within the project's construction contracts. (Name) (Title) of (Name of Entity) hereby certify that all iron and steel products and/or materials incorporated into the construction, alteration, maintenance, or repair of the subject project are in full compliance with the American Iron and Steel requirements of Section 608 of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (33 U.S.C. §1388) for the Clean Water State Revolving Fund or applicable federal law, including federal appropriation acts and Section 1452(a)(4) of the Safe Drinking Water Act (42 U.S.C. §300j -12(a)(4)), as applicable, for the Drinking Water State Revolving Fund, or comply with waivers granted by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. I understand that a false statement herein may subject me to penalties under federal and state laws relating to filing false statements and other relevant statutes. Signature Date TWDB-1106-B Revised: 09/09/2016 American Iron and Steel de minimis log Owner Name: City Project Name: CID 01 - Project TWDB SRF Number: #### Contractor Name: Contractor Total Project Cost: $130,000.00 Total Material Cost: $100,000.00 Item No. Iron or Steel Product Unit Cost Quantity Total Cost % Material Cost (< 1%) Cumulative Cost % Material Cost (< 5%) 1 Steel Door $400.00 1 $ 400.00 0.40% $ 400.00 0.40% 2 Bolts $100.00 1 $ 100.00 0.10% $ 500.00 0.50% 3 Welding rods $30.00 l $ 30.00 0.03% $ 530.00 0.53% 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 TWDB-1 106-C Rev. 02/2025 Final American Iron and Steel (AIS) Certification Compliance Submittal by Owner/Entity (Sub -Recipient) Delegation of signatory authority by the Entity's governing body must be submitted to the TWDB if a person other than an authorized member of the governing body signs this form. TWDB Project No. TWDB Construction Contract CID No. Construction Contract Name: This executed certification must be submitted after the completion of each construction contract and prior to the issuance of a Certificate of Approval by the TWDB, stating the construction contract project was completed in compliance with the AIS requirements. I (Name) of (Name of Entity) (Title) hereby certify that all iron and steel products and/or materials incorporated into the construction, alteration, maintenance, or repair of the subject project were in full compliance with the American Iron and Steel requirements of Section 608 of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (33 U.S.C. §1388) for the Clean Water State Revolving Fund or federal law, including federal appropriation acts and Section 1452(a)(4) of the Safe Drinking Water Act (42 U.S.C. §300j -12(a)(4)), as applicable, for the Drinking Water State Revolving Fund, or comply with waivers granted by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. I understand that a false statement herein may subject me to penalties under federal and state laws relating to filing false statements and other relevant statutes. Signature Date TEXAS WATER DEVELOPMENT BOARD P.O. Box 13231, 1700 N. Congress Ave. Austin, TX 78711-3231, www.twdb.texas.gov Phone (512) 463-7847, Fax (512) 475-2053 State Revolving Fund Project Public Awareness Certification This executed certification covering project public awareness is required of all recipients of Clean Water State Revolving Fund (CWSRF) and Drinking Water State Revolving Fund (DWSRF) equivalency financial assistance. The requirement for this certification applies to all effected applications received on or after August 26, 2015. NOTE: By executing this certification, it is understood that it is the Recipient's sole responsibility to fully comply and keep records for proof of compliance with the State Revolving Fund Project Public Awareness requirements. Name of Entity: TWDB Project Number: Project Name: Select Method of Implementation Used (see guidance TWDB-1109) And Record of Compliance Kept ❑ Online signage via website or social media -- Full screenshots of posting(s) kept as record ❑ Press release -- Copy of press release kept as record ❑ Posters or wall signage -- Photographs of sign(s) with location(s) identified kept as record ❑ Newspaper or periodical advertisement -- Copy of advertisement kept as record ❑ Standard signage -- Photographs of sign(s) with location(s) identified kept as record The undersigned hereby certifies that the project referenced above meets the requirements listed in TWDB-1109 Guidance on SRF Project Public Awareness and that records of proof of implementation are being kept. Signature of Recipient Governing Body Official or its Authorized Official Date Printed Name of Recipient Governing Body Official or its Authorized Official Title of Recipient Governing Body Official or its Authorized Official TWDB-1109-A Rev. 06/2025 WIFIA Specification Package and Bid Contract Language Last Updated: May 2025 AMERICAN IRON AND STEEL (AIS) REQUIREMENT The Contractor acknowledges to and for the benefit of [Insert WIFIA Borrower Name] ("Purchaser") and the United States Environmental Protection Agency ("EPA") that it understands the goods and services under this Agreement are being funded with monies made available by the Water Infrastructure Finance and Innovation Act program of the EPA that has statutory requirements commonly known as "American Iron and Steel" that requires all of the iron and steel products used in the project to be produced in the United States ("American Iron and Steel Requirement") including iron and steel products provided by the Contactor pursuant to this Agreement. The Contractor hereby represents, warrants and covenants to and for the benefit of the Purchaser and the EPA that (a) the Contractor has reviewed and understands the American Iron and Steel Requirement, (b) all of the iron and steel products used in the project will be and/or have been produced in the United States in a manner that complies with the American Iron and Steel Requirement, unless a waiver of the requirement is approved, and (c) the Contractor will provide any further verified information, certification or assurance of compliance with this paragraph, or information necessary to support a waiver of the American Iron and Steel Requirement, as may be requested by the Purchaser or the EPA. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, any failure to comply with this paragraph by the Contractor shall permit the Purchaser or the EPA to recover as damages against the Contractor any loss, expense, or cost (including without limitation attorney's fees) incurred by the Purchaser or the EPA resulting from any such failure (including without limitation any impairment or loss of funding, whether in whole or in part, from the EPA or any damages owed to the EPA by the Purchaser). While the Contractor has no direct contractual privity with the EPA, as a lender to the Purchaser for the funding of its project, the Purchaser and the Contractor agree that the EPA is a third- party beneficiary and neither this paragraph (nor any other provision of this Agreement necessary to give this paragraph force or effect) shall be amended or waived without the prior written consent of the EPA. WIFIA PROGRAM BUILD AMERICA, BUY AMERICA ACT Other language may be included on contracts for clarity on this federal requirement if an applicable waiver applies. For example, if the WIFIA program has determined program waiver coverage, indicate in contract documents, "This Project is covered under the WIFIA Program Waiver (June 22, 2022), which waives BABA requirements." Build America, Buy America (Effective May 14, 2022) The Contractor acknowledges to and for the benefit of _ ("Purchaser") and the United States Environmental Protection Agency ("EPA") that it understands the goods and services under this Agreement are being funded with federal monies made available by the Water Infrastructure Finance and Innovation Act program of EPA that have statutory requirements commonly known as "Build America, Buy America;" that requires all of the iron and steel, manufactured products, and construction materials used in the project to be produced in the United States ("Build America, Buy America Requirements") including iron and steel, manufactured products, and construction materials provided by the Contactor pursuant to this Agreement. The Contractor hereby represents and warrants to and for the benefit of the Purchaser and Funding Authority (a) the Contractor has reviewed and understands the Build America, Buy America Requirements, (b) all of the iron and steel, manufactured products, and construction materials used in the project will be and/or have been produced in the United States in a manner that complies with the Build America, Buy America Requirements, unless a waiver of the requirements is approved, and (c) the Contractor will provide any further verified information, certification or assurance of compliance with this paragraph, or information necessary to support a waiver of the Build America, Buy America Requirements, as may be requested by the Purchaser or the Funding Authority. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, any failure to comply with this paragraph by the Contractor shall permit the Purchaser or Funding Authority to recover as damages against the Contractor any loss, expense, or cost (including without limitation attorney's fees) incurred by the Purchaser or Funding Authority resulting from any such failure (including without limitation any impairment or loss of funding, whether in whole or in part, from the Funding Authority or any damages owed to the Funding Authority by the Owner). If the Contractor has no direct contractual privity with the Funding Authority, as a lender or awardee to the Purchaser for the funding of its project, the Purchaser and the Contractor agree that the Funding Authority is a third -party beneficiary and neither this paragraph (nor any other provision of this Agreement necessary to give this paragraph force or effect) shall be amended or waived without the prior written consent of the Funding Authority. WIFIA PROGRAM LABOR LAWS AND STANDARDS The language below reflects the August 2023 updates to the Davis Bacon regulations. Contract provisions and related matters. a) Required contract clauses. The Agency head will cause or require the contracting officer to require the contracting officer to insert in full, or (for contracts covered by the Federal Acquisition Regulation (48_ CFR chapter 1)) by reference, in any contract in excess of $2,000 which is entered into for the actual construction, alteration and/or repair, including painting and decorating, of a public building or public work, or building or work financed in whole or in part from Federal funds or in accordance with guarantees of a Federal agency or financed from funds obtained by pledge of any contract of a Federal agency to make a loan, grant or annual contribution (except where a different meaning is expressly indicated), and which is subject to the labor standards provisions of any of the laws referenced by §_ 5.1, the following clauses (or any modifications thereof to meet the particular needs of the agency, Provided, That such modifications are first approved by the Department of Labor): (1) Minimum wages — (i) Wage rates and fringe benefits. All laborers and mechanics employed or working upon the site of the work (or otherwise working in construction or development of the project undera development statute), will be paid unconditionally and not less often than once a week, and without subsequent deduction or rebate on any account (except such payroll deductions as are permitted by regulations issued by the Secretary of Labor under the Copeland Act (29 CFR.part 3)), the full amount of basic hourly wages and bona fide fringe benefits (or cash equivalents thereof) due at time of payment computed at rates not less than those contained in the wage determination of the Secretary of Labor which is attached hereto and made a part hereof, regardless of any contractual relationship which may be alleged to exist between the contractor and such laborers and mechanics. As provided in paragraphs (d) and (e) of this section, the appropriate wage determinations are effective by operation of law even if they have not been attached to the contract. Contributions made or costs reasonably anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits under the Davis -Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 3141(2)(B)) on behalf of laborers or mechanics are considered wages paid to such laborers or mechanics, subject to the provisions of paragraph (a )(1)(v) of this section; also, regular contributions made or costs incurred for more than a weekly period (but not less often than quarterly) under plans, funds, or programs which cover the particular weekly period, are deemed to be constructively made or incurred during such weekly period. Such laborers and mechanics must be paid the appropriate wage rate and fringe benefits on the wage determination for the classification(s) of work actually performed, without regard to skill, except as provided in paragraph (a)(4) of this section. Laborers or mechanics performing work in more than one classification may be compensated at the rate specified for each classification for the time actually worked therein: Provided, That the employer's payroll records accurately set forth the time spent in each classification in which work is performed. The wage determination (including any additional classifications and wage rates conformed under paragraph (a)(1)(iii) of this section) and the Davis -Bacon poster (WH-1321) must be posted at all times by the contractor and its subcontractors at the site of the work in a prominent and accessible place where it can be easily seen by the workers. WIFIA F I A 3 PROGRAM (ii) Frequently recurring classifications. (A) In addition to wage and fringe benefit rates that have been determined to be prevailing under the procedures set forth in 29 CFR part 1, a wage determination may contain, pursuant to §.1.3(f), wage and fringe benefit rates for classifications of laborers and mechanics for which conformance requests are regularly submitted pursuant to paragraph(a_)(1)(i.ii) of this section, provided that: (1) The work performed by the classification is not performed by a classification in the wage determination for which a prevailing wage rate has been determined; (2) The classification is used in the area by the construction industry; and (3) The wage rate for the classification bears a reasonable relationship to the prevailing wage rates contained in the wage determination. (B) The Administrator will establish wage rates for such classifications in accordance with paragraph (a)(1)_(iii)_(A)(3) of this section. Work performed in such a classification must be paid at no less than the wage and fringe benefit rate listed on the wage determination for such classification. (iii) Conformance. (A) The contracting officer must require that any class of laborers or mechanics, including helpers, which is not listed in the wage determination and which is to be employed under the contract be classified in conformance with the wage determination. Conformance of an additional classification and wage rate and fringe benefits is appropriate only when the following criteria have been met: (1) The work to be performed by the classification requested is not performed by a classification in the wage determination; and (2) The classification is used in the area by the construction industry; and (3) The proposed wage rate, including any bona fide fringe benefits, bears a reasonable relationship to the wage rates contained in the wage determination. (B) The conformance process may not be used to split, subdivide, or otherwise avoid application of classifications listed in the wage determination. (C) If the contractor and the laborers and mechanics to be employed in the classification (if known), or their representatives, and the contracting officer agree on the classification and wage rate (including the amount designated for fringe benefits where appropriate), a report of the action taken will be sent by the contracting officer by email to DBAconformance@doLgov. The Administrator, or an authorized representative, will approve, modify, or disapprove every additional classification action within 30 days of receipt and so advise the contracting officer or will notify the contracting officer within the 30 -day period that additional time is necessary. (D) In the event the contractor, the laborers or mechanics to be employed in the classification or their representatives, and the contracting officer do not agree on the proposed classification and wage rate (including the amount designated for fringe benefits, where appropriate), the contracting officer will, by email to DBAconformance@dol.gov, refer the questions, including the views of all interested parties and the recommendation of the contracting officer, to the Administrator for determination. The Administrator, or an authorized representative, will issue a determination within 30 days of receipt and so advise the contracting officer or will notify the contracting officer within the 30 -day period WIFIA F I A 4 PROGRAM that additional time is necessary. (E) The contracting officer must promptly notify the contractor of the action taken by the Wage and Hour Division under paragraphs(a)(1)(iii)_(C) and (D) of this section. The contractor must furnish a written copy of such determination to each affected worker or it must be posted as a part of the wage determination. The wage rate (including fringe benefits where appropriate) determined pursuant to paragraph (a)_(1)(iii)(C) or (D) of this section must be paid to all workers performing work in the classification under this contract from the first day on which work is performed in the classification. (iv) Fringe benefits not expressed as an hourly rate. Whenever the minimum wage rate prescribed in the contract for a class of laborers or mechanics includes a fringe benefit which is not expressed as an hourly rate, the contractor may either pay the benefit as stated in the wage determination or may pay another bona fide fringe benefit or an hourly cash equivalent thereof. (v) Unfunded plans. If the contractor does not make payments to a trustee or other third person, the contractor may consider as part of the wages of any laborer or mechanic the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing bona fide fringe benefits under a plan or program, Provided, That the Secretary of Labor has found, upon the written request of the contractor, in accordance with the criteria set forth in §_ 5..28, that the applicable standards of the Davis- Bacon Act have been met. The Secretary of Labor may require the contractor to set aside in a separate account assets for the meeting of obligations under the plan or program. (vi) Interest. In the event of a failure to pay all or part of the wages required by the contract, the contractor will be required to pay interest on any underpayment of wages. (2) Withholding — (i) Withholding requirements. The [write in name of Federal agency or the recipient of Federal assistance] may, upon its own action, or must, upon written request of an authorized representative of the Department of Labor, withhold or cause to be withheld from the contractor so much of the accrued payments or advances as may be considered necessary to satisfy the liabilities of the prime contractor or any subcontractor for the full amount of wages and monetary relief, including interest, required by the clauses set forth in paragraph (a) of this section for violations of this contract, or to satisfy any such liabilities required by any other Federal contract, or federally assisted contract subject to Davis -Bacon labor standards, that is held by the same prime contractor (as defined in §_ 5.2). The necessary funds may be withheld from the contractor under this contract, any other Federal contract with the same prime contractor, or any other federally assisted contract that is subject to Davis -Bacon labor standards requirements and is held by the same prime contractor, regardless of whether the other contract was awarded or assisted by the same agency, and such funds may be used to satisfy the contractor liability for which the funds were withheld. In the event of a contractor's failure to pay any laborer or mechanic, including any apprentice or helper working on the site of the work (or otherwise working in construction or development of the project under a development statute) all or part of the wages required by the contract, or upon the contractor's failure to submit the required records as discussed in paragraph (_a)(3)(iv) of this section, the [Agency] may on its own initiative and after written notice to the contractor, sponsor, applicant, owner, or other entity, as the case may be, take such action as may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further payment, WIFIA F I A 5 PROGRAM advance, or guarantee of funds until such violations have ceased. (ii) Priority to withheld funds. The Department has priority to funds withheld or to be withheld in accordance with paragraph_(a)(2)(i) or (b)(3)(i) of this section, or both, over claims to those funds by: (A) A contractor's surety(ies), including without limitation performance bond sureties and payment bond sureties; (B) A contracting agency for its reprocurement costs; (C) A trustee(s) (either a court -appointed trustee or a U.S. trustee, or both) in bankruptcy of a contractor, or a contractor's bankruptcy estate; (D) A contractor's assignee(s); (E) A contractor's successor(s); or (F) A claim asserted under the Prompt Payment Act, 31 U.S.C. 3901-3907. (3) Records and certified payrolls — (i) Basic record requirements — (A) Length of record retention. All regular payrolls and other basic records must be maintained by the contractor and any subcontractor during the course of the work and preserved for all laborers and mechanics working at the site of the work (or otherwise working in construction or development of the project under a development statute) for a period of at least 3 years after all the work on the prime contract is completed. (B) Information required. Such records must contain the name; Social Security number; last known address, telephone number, and email address of each such worker; each worker's correct classification(s) of work actually performed; hourly rates of wages paid (including rates of contributions or costs anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits or cash equivalents thereof of the types described in 40 U.S.C. 3141(2)(B) of the Davis -Bacon Act); daily and weekly number of hours actually worked in total and on each covered contract; deductions made; and actual wages paid. (C) Additional records relating to fringe benefits. Whenever the Secretary of Labor has found under paragraph__(a)(1)(v)- of this section that the wages of any laborer or mechanic include the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing benefits under a plan or program described in 40 U.S.C. 3141(2)(B) of the Davis -Bacon Act, the contractor must maintain records which show that the commitment to provide such benefits is enforceable, that the plan or program is financially responsible, and that the plan or program has been communicated in writing to the laborers or mechanics affected, and records which show the costs anticipated or the actual cost incurred in providing such benefits. (D) Additional records relating to apprenticeship. Contractors with apprentices working under approved programs must maintain written evidence of the registration of apprenticeship programs, the registration of the apprentices, and the ratios and wage rates prescribed in the applicable programs. (ii) Certified payroll requirements — (A) Frequency and method of submission. The contractor or subcontractor must submit weekly, for each week in which any DBA- or Related Acts -covered work is performed, certified payrolls to the [write in name of appropriate Federal agency] if the agency is a party to the contract, but if the agency is not such a party, the contractor will submit the certified payrolls to the applicant, sponsor, owner, or other entity, as the case may be, that maintains such records, for transmission to the [write in name of WIFIA F I A 6 PROGRAM agency]. The prime contractor is responsible for the submission of all certified payrolls by all subcontractors. A contracting agency or prime contractor may permit or require contractors to submit certified payrolls through an electronic system, as long as the electronic system requires a legally valid electronic signature; the system allows the contractor, the contracting agency, and the Department of Labor to access the certified payrolls upon request for at least 3 years after the work on the prime contract has been completed; and the contracting agency or prime contractor permits other methods of submission in situations where the contractor is unable or limited in its ability to use or access the electronic system. (B) Information required. The certified payrolls submitted must set out accurately and completely all of the information required to be maintained under paragraph (a)(3)(i)(B) of this section, except that full Social Security numbers and last known addresses, telephone numbers, and email addresses must not be included on weekly transmittals. Instead, the certified payrolls need only include an individually identifying number for each worker (e.g., the last four digits of the worker's Social Security number). The required weekly certified payroll information may be submitted using Optional Form WH-347 or in any other format desired. Optional Form WH-347 is available for this purpose from the Wage and Hour Division website at https://www.dol.gov/sitesldolgov/files/WHDllegacylfiles/wh347/pdf or its successor website. It is not a violation of this section for a prime contractor to require a subcontractor to provide full Social Security numbers and last known addresses, telephone numbers, and email addresses to the prime contractor for its own records, without weekly submission by the subcontractor to the sponsoring government agency (or the applicant, sponsor, owner, or other entity, as the case may be, that maintains such records). (C) Statement of Compliance. Each certified payroll submitted must be accompanied by a "Statement of Compliance," signed by the contractor or subcontractor, or the contractor's or subcontractor's agent who pays or supervises the payment of the persons working on the contract, and must certify the following: (1) That the certified payroll for the payroll period contains the information required to be provided under paragraph (a)(3)(ii) of this section, the appropriate information and basic records are being maintained under paragraph (a)(3)(i) of this section, and such information and records are correct and complete; (2) That each laborer or mechanic (including each helper and apprentice) working on the contract during the payroll period has been paid the full weekly wages earned, without rebate, either directly or indirectly, and that no deductions have been made either directly or indirectly from the full wages earned, other than permissible deductions as set forth in 29CFRpart3; and (3) That each laborer or mechanic has been paid not less than the applicable wage rates and fringe benefits or cash equivalents for the classification(s) of work actually performed, as specified in the applicable wage determination incorporated into the contract. (D) Use of Optional Form WH-347. The weekly submission of a properly executed certification set forth on the reverse side of Optional Form WH-347 will satisfy the requirement for submission of the "Statement of Compliance" required by paragraph (a)(3)(ii)(C) of this section. (E) Signature. The signature by the contractor, subcontractor, or the contractor's or WI FAA 7 PROGRAM subcontractor's agent must be an original handwritten signature or a legally valid electronic signature. (F) Falsification. The falsification of any of the above certifications may subject the contractor or subcontractor to civil or criminal prosecution under 18 U.S.C. 1001 ---------------------- and 31 U.S.C. 3729. (G) Length of certified payroll retention. The contractor or subcontractor must preserve all certified payrolls during the course of the work and for a period of 3 years after all the work on the prime contract is completed. (iii) Contracts, subcontracts, and related documents. The contractor or subcontractor must maintain this contract or subcontract and related documents including, without limitation, bids, proposals, amendments, modifications, and extensions. The contractor or subcontractor must preserve these contracts, subcontracts, and related documents during the course of the work and for a period of 3 years after all the work on the prime contract is completed. (iv) Required disclosures and access — (A) Required record disclosures and access to workers. The contractor or subcontractor must make the records required under paragraphs_(a)(3)_(i) through (iii) of this section, and any other documents that the [write the name of the agency] or the Department of Labor deems necessary to determine compliance with the labor standards provisions of any of the applicable statutes referenced by § 5.1, available for inspection, copying, or transcription by authorized representatives of the [writethe name ofthe agency] orthe Department of Labor, and must permit such representatives to interview workers during working hours on the job. (B) Sanctions for non-compliance with records and worker access requirements. If the contractor or subcontractor fails to submit the required records or to make them available, or refuses to permit worker interviews during working hours on the job, the Federal agency may, after written notice to the contractor, sponsor, applicant, owner, or other entity, as the case may be, that maintains such records or that employs such workers, take such action as may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further payment, advance, or guarantee of funds. Furthermore, failure to submit the required records upon request or to make such records available, or to permit worker interviews during working hours on the job, may be grounds for debarment action pursuant to § 5.12. In addition, any contractor or other person that fails to submit the required records or make those records available to WHD within the time WHD requests that the records be produced will be precluded from introducing as evidence in an administrative proceeding under 29_CFR part 6 any of the required records that were not provided or made available to WHD. WHD will take into consideration a reasonable request from the contractor or person for an extension of the time for submission of records. WHD will determine the reasonableness of the request and may consider, among other things, the location of the records and the volume of production. (C) Required information disclosures. Contractors and subcontractors must maintain the full Social Security number and last known address, telephone number, and email address of each covered worker, and must provide them upon request to the [write in name of appropriate Federal agency] if the agency is a party to the contract, or to the Wage and Hour Division of the Department of Labor. If the Federal agency is not such a party to the contract, the contractor, subcontractor, or WI FAA 8 PROGRAM both, must, upon request, provide the full Social Security number and last known address, telephone number, and email address of each covered worker to the applicant, sponsor, owner, or other entity, as the case may be, that maintains such records, for transmission to the [write in name of agency], the contractor, or the Wage and Hour Division of the Department of Laborfor purposes of an investigation or other compliance action. (4) Apprentices and equal employment opportunity — (i) Apprentices — (A) Rate of pay. Apprentices will be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work they perform when they are employed pursuant to and individually registered in a bona fide apprenticeship program registered with the U.S. Department of Labor, Employment and Training Administration, Office of Apprenticeship (OA), or with a State Apprenticeship Agency recognized by the OA. A person who is not individually registered in the program, but who has been certified by the OA or a State Apprenticeship Agency (where appropriate) to be eligible for probationary employment as an apprentice, will be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work they perform in the first 90 days of probationary employment as an apprentice in such a program. In the event the OA or a State Apprenticeship Agency recognized by the OA withdraws approval of an apprenticeship program, the contractor will no longer be permitted to use apprentices at less than the applicable predetermined rate for the work performed until an acceptable program is approved. (B) Fringe benefits. Apprentices must be paid fringe benefits in accordance with the provisions of the apprenticeship program. If the apprenticeship program does not specify fringe benefits, apprentices must be paid the full amount of fringe benefits listed on the wage determination for the applicable classification. If the Administrator determines that a different practice prevails for the applicable apprentice classification, fringe benefits must be paid in accordance with that determination. (C) Apprenticeship ratio. The allowable ratio of apprentices to journeyworkers on the job site in any craft classification must not be greater than the ratio permitted to the contractor as to the entire work force under the registered program or the ratio applicable to the locality of the project pursuant to paragraph(a)(4)(i)(D) of this section. Any worker listed on a payroll at an apprentice wage rate, who is not registered or otherwise employed as stated in paragraph (a)(4)(i)(A) of this section, must be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed. In addition, any apprentice performing work on the job site in excess of the ratio permitted under this section must be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the work actually performed. (D) Reciprocity of ratios and wage rates. Where a contractor is performing construction on a project in a locality other than the locality in which its program is registered, the ratios and wage rates (expressed in percentages of the journeyworker's hourly rate) applicable within the locality in which the construction is being performed must be observed. If there is no applicable ratio or wage rate for the locality of the project, the ratio and wage rate specified in the contractor's registered program must be observed. WIFIA F I A 9 PROGRAM (ii) Equal employment opportunity. The use of apprentices and journeyworkers under this part must be in conformity with the equal employment opportunity requirements of Executive Order 11246, as amended, and 29 CFR part 30. (5) Compliance with Copeland Act requirements. The contractor shall comply with the requirements of 29_CFRpart 3, which are incorporated by reference in this contract. (6) Subcontracts. The contractor or subcontractor must insert in any subcontracts the clauses contained in paragraphs _(a)(1) through (11) of this section, along with the applicable wage determination(s) and such other clauses or contract modifications as the [write in the name of the Federal agency] may by appropriate instructions require, and a clause requiring the subcontractors to include these clauses and wage determination(s) in any lower tier subcontracts. The prime contractor is responsible for the compliance by any subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor with all the contract clauses in this section. In the event of any violations of these clauses, the prime contractor and any subcontractor(s) responsible will be liable for any unpaid wages and monetary relief, including interestfrom the date of the underpayment or loss, due to any workers of lower -tier subcontractors, and may be subject to debarment, as appropriate. (7) Contract termination: debarment. A breach of the contract clauses in 29 CFR 5.5 may be grounds for termination of the contract, and for debarment as a contractor and a subcontractor as provided in 29 CFR 5.12. (8) Compliance with Davis -Bacon and Related Act requirements. All rulings and interpretations of the Davis -Bacon and Related Acts contained in 29 CFR parts 1, 3, and 5 are herein incorporated by reference in this contract. (9) Disputes concerning labor standards. Disputes arising out of the labor standards provisions of this contract shall not be subject to the general disputes clause of this contract. Such disputes shall be resolved in accordance with the procedures of the Department of Labor set forth in 29 CFR parts 5, 6, and 7. Disputes within the meaning of this clause include disputes between the contractor (or any of its subcontractors) and the contracting agency, the U.S. Department of Labor, or the employees or their representatives. (10) Certification of eligibility. (i) By entering into this contract, the contractor certifies that neither it nor any person or firm who has an interest in the contractor's firm is a person or firm ineligible to be awarded Government contracts by virtue of 40_ U.S.C. 3144(b) or §5.12(a). (ii) No part of this contract shall be subcontracted to any person or firm ineligible for award of a Government contract by virtue of 40. U.S.C. 3144(b) or §_5.12_(a). (iii) The penalty for making false statements is prescribed in the U.S. Code, Title 18 Crimes and Criminal Procedure, 18_ U.S.C. 1001. (11)Anti-retaliation. It is unlawful for any person to discharge, demote, intimidate, threaten, restrain, coerce, blacklist, harass, or in any other manner discriminate against, or to cause any person to discharge, demote, intimidate, threaten, restrain, coerce, blacklist, harass, or in any other manner discriminate against, any worker or job applicant for: (i) Notifying any contractor of any conduct which the worker reasonably believes constitutes a violation of the DBA, Related Acts, this part, or 29 CFR part 1 or 3; (ii) Filing any complaint, initiating or causing to be initiated any proceeding, or otherwise asserting or seeking to assert on behalf of themselves or others any right or protection under the DBA, Related Acts, this part, or 29 CFR part 1 or 3; (iii) Cooperating in any investigation or other compliance action, or testifying in any WIFIA F I A 10 PROGRAM proceeding under the DBA, Related Acts, this part, or 29_CFR_part 1 or 3; or (iv) Informing any other person about their rights under the DBA, Related Acts, this part, or 29 CFR part_1 or 3. b) Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act (CWHSSA). The Agency Head must cause or require the contracting officer to insert the following clauses set forth in para_graphs.(b)_(i) through (5) of this section in full, or (for contracts covered by the Federal Acquisition Regulation) by reference, in any contract in an amount in excess of $100,000 and subject to the overtime provisions of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act. These clauses must be inserted in addition to the clauses required by paragraph (a) of this section or 29 CFR 4.6. As used in this paragraph (b), the terms "laborers and mechanics" include watchpersons and guards. (1) Overtime requirements. No contractor or subcontractor contracting for any part of the contract work which may require or involve the employment of laborers or mechanics shall require or permit any such laborer or mechanic in any workweek in which he or she is employed on such work to work in excess of forty hours in such workweek unless such laborer or mechanic receives compensation at a rate not less than one and one-half times the basic rate of pay for all hours worked in excess of forty hours in such workweek. (2) Violation; liability for unpaid wages; liquidated damages. In the event of any violation of the clause set forth in paragraph (b)(1) of this section the contractor and any subcontractor responsible therefor shall be liable for the unpaid wages and interest from the date of the underpayment. In addition, such contractor and subcontractor shall be liable to the United States (in the case of work done under contract for the District of Columbia or a territory, to such District or to such territory), for liquidated damages. Such liquidated damages shall be computed with respect to each individual laborer or mechanic, including watchpersons and guards, employed in violation of the clause set forth in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, in the sum of $32 for each calendar day on which such individual was required or permitted to work in excess of the standard workweek of forty hours without payment of the overtime wages required by the clause set forth in paragraph (b)(1). (3) Withholding for unpaid wages and liquidated damages — (i) Withholding process. The [write in the name of the Federal agency or the recipient of Federal assistance] may, upon its own action, or must, upon written request of an authorized representative of the Department of Labor, withhold or cause to be withheld from the contractor so much of the accrued payments or advances as may be considered necessary to satisfy the liabilities of the prime contractor or any subcontractor for any unpaid wages; monetary relief, including interest; and liquidated damages required by the clauses set forth in this paragraph (b) on this contract, any other Federal contract with the same prime contractor, or any other federally assisted contract subject to the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act that is held by the same prime contractor (as defined in p5.2). The necessary funds may be withheld from the contractor under this contract, any other Federal contract with the same prime contractor, or any other federally assisted contract that is subject to the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act and is held by the same prime contractor, regardless of whether the other contract was awarded or assisted by the same agency, and such funds may be used to satisfy the contractor liability for which the funds were withheld. WIFIA F I A 11 PROGRAM (ii) Priority to withheld funds. The Department has priority to funds withheld or to be withheld in accordance with paragraph_(a)(2)_(i) or (b)(3)(i) of this section, or both, over claims to those funds by: (A) A contractor's surety(ies), including without limitation performance bond sureties and payment bond sureties; (B) A contracting agency for its reprocurement costs; (C) A trustee(s) (either a court -appointed trustee or a U.S. trustee, or both) in bankruptcy of a contractor, or a contractor's bankruptcy estate; (D) A contractor's assignee(s); (E) A contractor's successor(s); or (F) A claim asserted under the Prompt Payment Act, 31 U.S.C. 3901-3907. (4) Subcontracts. The contractor or subcontractor must insert in any subcontracts the clauses set forth in paragraphs (b)(1) through (5)_ of this section and a clause requiring the subcontractors to include these clauses in any lower tier subcontracts. The prime contractor is responsible for compliance by any subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor with the clauses set forth in paragraphs (b)(1) through (5). In the event of any violations of these clauses, the prime contractor and any subcontractor(s) responsible will be liable for any unpaid wages and monetary relief, including interest from the date of the underpayment or loss, due to any workers of lower -tier subcontractors, and associated liquidated damages and may be subject to debarment, as appropriate. (5) Anti -retaliation. (i) It is unlawful for any person to discharge, demote, intimidate, threaten, restrain, coerce, blacklist, harass, or in any other manner discriminate against, or to cause any person to discharge, demote, intimidate, threaten, restrain, coerce, blacklist, harass, or in any other manner discriminate against, any worker or job applicant for: Notifying any contractor of any conduct which the worker reasonably believes constitutes a violation of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act (CWHSSA) or its implementing regulations in this part; (ii) Filing any complaint, initiating or causing to be initiated any proceeding, or otherwise asserting or seeking to assert on behalf of themselves or others any right or protection under CWHSSA or this part; (iii) Cooperating in any investigation or other compliance action, or testifying in any proceeding under CWHSSA or this part; or (iv) Informing any other person about their rights under CWHSSA or this part. c) CWHSSA required records clause. In addition to the clauses contained in paragraph (b) of this section, in any contract subject only to the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act and not to any of the other laws referenced by §5.1, the Agency Head must cause or require the contracting officer to insert a clause requiring that the contractor or subcontractor must maintain regular payrolls and other basic records during the course of the work and must preserve them for a period of 3 years after all the work on the prime contract is completed for all laborers and mechanics, including guards and watchpersons, working on the contract. Such records must contain the name; last known address, telephone number, and email address; and social security number of each such worker; each worker's correct classification(s) of work actually performed; hourly rates of wages paid; daily and weekly number of hours actually worked; deductions made; and actual wages paid. Further, the Agency Head must cause or require the contracting officer to insert in any such contract a clause providing that the records to be maintained under this paragraph must be made available by the contractor or WIFIA F I A 12 PROGRAM subcontractor for inspection, copying, or transcription by authorized representatives of the (write the name of agency) and the Department of Labor, and the contractor or subcontractor will permit such representatives to interview workers during working hours on the job. d) Incorporation of contract clauses and wage determinations by reference. Although agencies are required to insert the contract clauses set forth in this section, along with appropriate wage determinations, in full into covered contracts, and contractors and subcontractors are required to insertthem in any lower -tier subcontracts, the incorporation by reference of the required contract clauses and appropriate wage determinations will be given the same force and effect as if they were inserted in full text. e) Incorporation by operation of law. The contract clauses set forth in this section (or their equivalent under the Federal Acquisition Regulation), along with the correct wage determinations, will be considered to be a part of every prime contract required by the applicable statutes referenced by § 5.1 to include such clauses, and will be effective by operation of law, whether or not they are included or incorporated by reference into such contract, unless the Administrator grants a variance, tolerance, or exemption from the application of this paragraph. Where the clauses and applicable wage determinations are effective by operation of law under this paragraph, the prime contractor must be compensated for any resulting increase in wages in accordance with applicable law. WIFIA F I A 13 PROGRAM PROHIBITION ON CERTAIN TELECOMMUNICATIONS AND VIDEO SURVEILLANCE SERVICES OR EQUIPMENT Prohibition on Certain Telecommunications and Video Surveillance Services or Equipment (Effective August 13, 2020). The John S. McCain National Defense Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 2019 (P.L. 115- 232), at Section 889, prohibits EPA financial assistance recipients, including WIFIA borrowers, from expending loan funds to procure or obtain; extend or renew a contract to procure or obtain; or enter into a contract (or extend or renew a contract) to procure or obtain equipment, services, or systems that use covered telecommunications equipment or services as a substantial or essential component of any system, or as critical technology as part of any system. As described in the Act, "covered telecommunications equipment or services" means: a) Telecommunications equipment produced by Huawei Technologies Company or ZTE Corporation (or any subsidiary or affiliate of such entities). b) For the purpose of public safety, security of government facilities, physical security surveillance of critical infrastructure, and other national security purposes, video surveillance and telecommunications equipment produced by Hytera Communications Corporation, Hangzhou Hikvision Digital Technology Company, or Dahua Technology Company (or any subsidiary or affiliate of such entities). c) Telecommunications or video surveillance services provided by such entities or using such equipment. d) Telecommunications or video surveillance equipment or services produced or provided by an entity that the Secretary of Defense, in consultation with the Director of the National Intelligence or the Director of the Federal Bureau of Investigation, reasonably believes to be an entity owned or controlled by, or otherwise connected to, the government of a covered foreign country. e) The Act does not prohibit: f) Procuring with an entity to provide a service that connects to the facilities of a third -party, such as backhaul, roaming, or interconnection arrangements. g) Telecommunications equipment that cannot route or redirect user data traffic or permit visibility into any user data or packets that such equipment transmits or otherwise handles. WIFIA 14 PROGRAM ECONOMIC AND MISCELLANEOUS AUTHORITIES DEBARMENT AND SUSPENSION AND PROHIBITIONS RELATING TO VIOLATIONS OF CWA AND CAA WITH RESPECT TO FEDERAL CONTRACTS, GRANTS, OR LOANS Debarment and Suspension. Contractor certifies that it will not knowingly enter into a contract with anyone who is ineligible under the 2 CFR part 180 and part 1532 (per Executive Order 12549, 51 FR 6370, February 21, 1986) or who is prohibited under Section 306 of the Clean Air Act or Section 508 of the Clean Water Act to participate in the [Project]. Suspension and debarment information can be accessed at http://www.sam.gov. Contractor represents and warrants that it has or will include a term or conditions requiring compliance with this provision in all of its subcontracts under this Agreement. NEW RESTRICTIONS ON LOBBYING Federal Lobbying Restrictions (31 U.S.C 1352). Recipients of federal financial assistance may not pay any person for influencing or attempting to influence any officer or employee of a federal agency, a member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a member of Congress with respect to the award, continuation, renewal, amendment, or modification of a federal grant, loan, or contract. These requirements are implemented for USEPA in 40 CFR Part 34, which also describes types of activities, such as legislative liaison activities and professional and technical services, which are not subject to this prohibition. Upon award of this contract, Contractor shall complete and submit to the Citythe certification and disclosure forms in Appendix A and Appendix B to 40 CFR Part 34. Contractor shall also require all subcontractors and suppliers of any tier awarded a subcontract over $100,000 to similarly complete and submit the certification and disclosure forms pursuant to the process set forth in 40 CFR 34.110. WIFIA F I A 15 PROGRAM CIVIL RIGHTS, NONDISCRIMINATION, AND EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY AUTHORITIES AGE DISCRIMINATION ACT, SECTION 504 OF THE REHABILITATION ACT, TITLE VI OF THE CIVIL RIGHTS ACT OF 1964, AND SECTION 13 OF THE CLEAN WATER ACT CIVIL RIGHTS OBLIGATIONS. Contractor shall comply with the following federal non-discrimination requirements: • Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, which prohibits discrimination based on race, color, and national origin, including limited English proficiency (LEP). (42 U.S.C 2000D, et. seq) • Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, which prohibits discrimination against persons with disabilities. (29 U.S.C. 794, supplemented by EO 11914, 41 FR • 17871, April 29, 1976 and EO 11250, 30 FR 13003, October 13, 1965) • The Age Discrimination Act of 1975, which prohibits age discrimination. (42 U.S.C 6101 et. seq) • Section 13 of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act Amendments of 1972, which prohibits discrimination on the basis of sex. • 40 CFR Part 7, as it relates to the foregoing. EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY Note the language below include 41 CFR 60 contract language for: EEO, Standard Federal Equal Employment Opportunity Construction Contract Specifications, and Segregated Facilities. Executive Order 14173, Ending Illegal Discrimination and Restoring Merit -Based Opportunity, revokes Executive Order 11246, Equal Employment Opportunity. However, the Department of Labor issued regulations implementing certain sections of the EO 11246 at 41 CFR part 60. Until DOL revokes these regulations, they remain effective law and compliance is required. Note that the required contract language references the revoked EO 11246 in several places. Though the language is required, any mention of EO 11246 can be disregarded. Equal Employment Opportunity (EEO). The Contractor shall comply with Executive Order 11246, entitled 'Equal Employment Opportunity,' as amended by Executive Order 11375, and as supplemented in Department of Labor regulations (41 CFR Part 60). (EO 11246, 30 FR 12319, September 28, 1965) Contractor's compliance with Executive order 11246 shall be based on implementation of the Equal Opportunity Clause, and specific affirmative active obligations required by the Standard Federal Equal Employment Opportunity Construction Contract Specifications, as set forth in 41 CFR Part 60-4. During the performance of this contract, the contractor agrees as follows: 1. The contractor will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, religion, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity, or national origin. The contractor will take affirmative action to ensure that applicants are employed, and that employees are treated during employment, without regard to their race, color, religion, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity, or national origin. Such action shall include, but not be limited to the following: WIFIA F I A 16 PROGRAM employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. The contractor agrees to post in conspicuous places, available to employees and applicants for employment, notices to be provided by the contracting officer setting forth the provisions of this nondiscrimination clause. 2. The contractor will, in all solicitations or advancements for employees placed by or on behalf of the contractor, state that all qualified applicants will receive consideration for employment without regard to race, color, religion, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity, or national origin. 3. The contractor will not discharge or in any other manner discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because such employee or applicant has inquired about, discussed, or disclosed the compensation of the employee or applicant or another employee or applicant. This provision shall not apply to instances in which an employee who has access to the compensation information of other employees or applicants as a part of such employee's essential job functions discloses the compensation of such other employees or applicants to individuals who do not otherwise have access to such information, unless such disclosure is in response to a formal complaint or charge, in furtherance of an investigation, proceeding, hearing, or action, including an investigation conducted by the employer, or is consistent with the contractor's legal duty to furnish information. 4. The contractor will send to each labor union or representative of workers with which he has a collective bargaining agreement or other contract or understanding, a notice, to be provided by the agency contracting officer, advising the labor union or workers' representative of the contractor's commitments under Section 202 of Executive Order No. 11246 of September 24, 1965, and shall post copies of the notice in conspicuous places available to employees and applicants for employment. 5. The contractor will comply with all provisions of Executive Order No. 11246 of Sept. 24, 1965, and of the rules, regulations, and relevant orders of the Secretary of Labor. 6. The contractor will furnish all information and reports required by Executive Order No. 11246 of September 24, 1965, and by the rules, regulations, and orders of the Secretary of Labor, or pursuant thereto, and will permit access to his books, records, and accounts by the contracting agency and the Secretary of Labor for purposes of investigation to ascertain compliance with such rules, regulations, and orders. 7. In the event of the contractor's noncompliance with the nondiscrimination clauses of this contract or with any of such rules, regulations, or orders, this contract may be cancelled, terminated, or suspended in whole or in part and the contractor may be declared ineligible for further Government contracts in accordance with procedures authorized in Executive Order No. 11246 of Sept. 24, 1965, and such other sanctions may be imposed and remedies invoked as provided in Executive Order No. 11246 of September 24, 1965, or by rule, regulation, or order of the Secretary of Labor, or as otherwise provided by law. 8. The contractor will include the provisions of paragraphs (1) through (8) in every subcontract or purchase order unless exempted by rules, regulations, or orders of the Secretary of Labor issued pursuant to Section 204 of Executive Order No. 11246 of September 24, 1965, so that such WIFIA F I A 17 PROGRAM provisions will be binding upon each subcontractor or vendor. The contractor will take such action with respect to any subcontract or purchase order as may be directed by the Secretary of Labor as a means of enforcing such provisions including sanctions for noncompliance: Provided, however, that in the event the contractor becomes involved in, or is threatened with, litigation with a subcontractor or vendor as a result of such direction, the contractor may request the United States to enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the United States. [Sec. 202 amended by EO 11375 of Oct. 13, 1967, 32 FR 14303, 3 CFR, 1966-1970 Comp., p. 684, EO 12086 of Oct. 5, 1978, 43 FR 46501, 3 CFR, 1978 Comp., p. 230, EO 13665 of April 8, 2014, 79 FR 20749, EO 13672 of July 21, 2014, 79 FR 42971] Standard Federal Equal Employment Opportunity Construction Contract Specifications. (41 CFR 60-4.3) 2) As used in these specifications: f) "Covered area" means the geographical area described in the solicitation from which this contract resulted; g) "Director" means Director, Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs, United States Department of Labor, or any person to whom the Director delegates authority; h) "Employer identification number" means the Federal Social Security number used on the Employer's Quarterly Federal Tax Return, U.S. Treasury Department Form 941. i) "Minority" includes: i)Black (all persons having origins in any of the Black African racial groups not of Hispanic origin); ii) Hispanic (all persons of Mexican, Puerto Rican, Cuban, Central or South American or other Spanish Culture or origin, regardless of race); iii) Asian and Pacific Islander (all persons having origins in any of the original peoples of the Far East, Southeast Asia, the Indian Subcontinent, or the Pacific Islands); and iv) American Indian or Alaskan Native (all persons having origins in any of the original peoples of North America and maintaining identifiable tribal affiliations through membership and participation or community identification). 2) Whenever the Contractor, or any Subcontractor at any tier, subcontracts a portion of the work involving any construction trade, it shall physically include in each subcontract in excess of $10,000 the provisions of these specifications and the Notice which contains the applicable goals for minority and female participation and which is set forth in the solicitations from which this contract resulted. 3) If the Contractor is participating (pursuant to 41 CFR 60-4.5) in a Hometown Plan approved by the U.S. Department of Labor in the covered area either individually or through an association, its affirmative action obligations on all work in the Plan area (including goals and timetables) shall be in accordance with that Plan for those trades which have unions participating in the Plan. Contractors must be able to demonstrate their participation in and compliance with the provisions of any such Hometown Plan. Each Contractor or Subcontractor participating in an approved Plan is individually required to comply with its obligations under the EEO clause, and to make a good faith effort to achieve each goal under the Plan in each trade in which it has employees. The overall good faith performance by other Contractors or Subcontractors toward a goal in an approved Plan does not excuse any covered Contractor's or Subcontractor's failure to take good faith efforts to achieve the Plan goals and timetables. WIFIA F I A 18 PROGRAM 4) The Contractor shall implement the specific affirmative action standards provided in paragraphs 7 a through p of these specifications. The goals set forth in the solicitation from which this contract resulted are expressed as percentages of the total hours of employment and training of minority and female utilization the Contractor should reasonably be able to achieve in each construction trade in which it has employees in the covered area. Covered Construction contractors performing construction work in geographical areas where they do not have a Federal or federally assisted construction contract shall apply the minority and female goals established for the geographical area where the work is being performed. Goals are published periodically in the Federal Register in notice form, and such notices may be obtained from any Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs office or from Federal procurement contracting officers. The Contractor is expected to make substantially uniform progress in meeting its goals in each craft during the period specified. 5) Neither the provisions of any collective bargaining agreement, nor the failure by a union with whom the Contractor has a collective bargaining agreement, to refer either minorities or women shall excuse the Contractor's obligations under these specifications, Executive Order 11246, or the regulations promulgated pursuant thereto. 6) In order for the nonworking training hours of apprentices and trainees to be counted in meeting the goals, such apprentices and trainees must be employed by the Contractor during the training period, and the Contractor must have made a commitment to employ the apprentices and trainees at the completion of their training, subject to the availability of employment opportunities. Trainees must be trained pursuant to training programs approved by the U.S. Department of Labor. 7) The Contractor shall take specific affirmative actions to ensure equal employment opportunity. The evaluation of the Contractor's compliance with these specifications shall be based upon its effort to achieve maximum results from its actions. The Contractor shall document these efforts fully, and shall implement affirmative action steps at least as extensive as the following: a) Ensure and maintain a working environment free of harassment, intimidation, and coercion at all sites, and in all facilities at which the Contractor's employees are assigned to work. The Contractor, where possible, will assign two or more women to each construction project. The Contractor shall specifically ensure that all foremen, superintendents, and other on -site supervisory personnel are aware of and carry out the Contractor's obligation to maintain such a working environment, with specific attention to minority or female individuals working at such sites or in such facilities. b) Establish and maintain a current list of minority and female recruitment sources, provide written notification to minority and female recruitment sources and to community organizations when the Contractor or its unions have employment opportunities available, and maintain a record of the organizations' responses. c) Maintain a current file of the names, addresses and telephone numbers of each minority and female off -the -street applicant and minority or female referral from a union, a recruitment source or community organization and of what action was taken with respect to each such individual. If such individual was sent to the union hiring hall for referral and was not referred back to the Contractor by the union or, if referred, not employed by the Contractor, this shall be documented in the file with the reason therefor, along with whatever additional actions the Contractor may have taken. d) Provide immediate written notification to the Director when the union or unions with which the WIFIA F I A 19 PROGRAM Contractor has a collective bargaining agreement has not referred to the Contractor a minority person or woman sent by the Contractor, or when the Contractor has other information that the union referral process has impeded the Contractor's efforts to meet its obligations. e) Develop on-the-job training opportunities and/or participate in training programs for the area which expressly include minorities and women, including upgrading programs and apprenticeship and trainee programs relevant to the Contractor's employment needs, especially those programs funded or approved by the Department of Labor. The Contractor shall provide notice of these programs to the sources compiled under 7b above. f) Disseminate the Contractor's EEO policy by providing notice of the policy to unions and training programs and requesting their cooperation in assisting the Contractor in meeting its EEO obligations; by including it in any policy manual and collective bargaining agreement; by publicizing it in the company newspaper, annual report, etc.; by specific review of the policy with all management personnel and with all minority and female employees at least once a year; and by posting the company EEO policy on bulletin boards accessible to all employees at each location where construction work is performed. g) Review, at least annually, the company's EEO policy and affirmative action obligations under these specifications with all employees having any responsibility for hiring, assignment, layoff, termination or other employment decisions including specific review of these items with onsite supervisory personnel such as Superintendents, General Foremen, etc., prior to the initiation of construction work at any job site. A written record shall be made and maintained identifying the time and place of these meetings, persons attending, subject matter discussed, and disposition of the subject matter. h) Disseminate the Contractor's EEO policy externally by including it in any advertising in the news media, specifically including minority and female news media, and providing written notification to and discussing the Contractor's EEO policy with other Contractors and Subcontractors with whom the Contractor does or anticipates doing business. i) Direct its recruitment efforts, both oral and written, to minority, female and community organizations, to schools with minority and female students and to minority and female recruitment and training organizations serving the Contractor's recruitment area and employment needs. Not later than one month prior to the date for the acceptance of applications for apprenticeship or other training by any recruitment source, the Contractor shall send written notification to organizations such as the above, describing the openings, screening procedures, and tests to be used in the selection process. j) Encourage present minority and female employees to recruit other minority persons and women and, where reasonable, provide after school, summer and vacation employment to minority and female youth both on the site and in other areas of a Contractor's work force. k) Validate all tests and other selection requirements where there is an obligation to do so under 41 CFR part 60-3. I) Conduct, at least annually, an inventory and evaluation at least of all minority and female personnel for promotional opportunities and encourage these employees to seek or to prepare for, through appropriate training, etc., such opportunities. WIFIA F I A 20 PROGRAM m) Ensure that seniority practices, job classifications, work assignments and other personnel practices, do not have a discriminatory effect by continually monitoring all personnel and employment related activities to ensure that the EEO policy and the Contractor's obligations under these specifications are being carried out. n) Ensure that all facilities and company activities are non -segregated except that separate or single - user toilet and necessary changing facilities shall be provided to assure privacy between the sexes. o) Document and maintain a record of all solicitations of offers for subcontracts from minority and female construction contractors and suppliers, including circulation of solicitations to minority and female contractor associations and other business associations. p) Conduct a review, at least annually, of all supervisors' adherence to and performance under the Contractor's EEO policies and affirmative action obligations. 8) Contractors are encouraged to participate in voluntary associations which assist in fulfilling one or more of their affirmative action obligations (7a through p). The efforts of a contractor association, joint contractor -union, contractor -community, or other similar group of which the contractor is a member and participant, may be asserted as fulfilling any one or more of its obligations under 7a through p of these Specifications provided that the contractor actively participates in the group, makes every effort to assure that the group has a positive impact on the employment of minorities and women in the industry, ensures that the concrete benefits of the program are reflected in the Contractor's minority and female workforce participation, makes a good faith effort to meet its individual goals and timetables, and can provide access to documentation which demonstrates the effectiveness of actions taken on behalf of the Contractor. The obligation to comply, however, is the Contractor's and failure of such a group to fulfill an obligation shall not be a defense for the Contractor's noncompliance. 9) A single goal for minorities and a separate single goal for women have been established. The Contractor, however, is required to provide equal employment opportunity and to take affirmative action for all minority groups, both male and female, and all women, both minority and non -minority. Consequently, the Contractor may be in violation of the Executive Order if a particular group is employed in a substantially disparate manner (for example, even though the Contractor has achieved its goals for women generally, the Contractor may be in violation of the Executive Order if a specific minority group of women is underutilized). 10) The Contractor shall not use the goals and timetables or affirmative action standards to discriminate against any person because of race, color, religion, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity, or national origin. 11) The Contractor shall not enter into any Subcontract with any person or firm debarred from Government contracts pursuant to Executive Order 11246. 12) The Contractor shall carry out such sanctions and penalties for violation of these specifications and of the Equal Opportunity Clause, including suspension, termination and cancellation of existing subcontracts as may be imposed or ordered pursuant to Executive Order 11246, as amended, and its implementing regulations, by the Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs. Any Contractor who fails to carry out such sanctions and penalties shall be in violation of these specifications and Executive Order 11246, as amended. 13) The Contractor, in fulfilling its obligations under these specifications, shall implement specific WIFIA F I A 21 PROGRAM affirmative action steps, at least as extensive as those standards prescribed in paragraph 7 of these specifications, so as to achieve maximum results from its efforts to ensure equal employment opportunity. If the Contractor fails to comply with the requirements of the Executive Order, the implementing regulations, or these specifications, the Director shall proceed in accordance with 41 CFR 60-4.8. 14) The Contractor shall designate a responsible official to monitor all employment related activity to ensure that the company EEO policy is being carried out, to submit reports relating to the provisions hereof as may be required by the Government and to keep records. Records shall at least include for each employee the name, address, telephone numbers, construction trade, union affiliation if any, employee identification number when assigned, social security number, race, sex, status (e.g., mechanic, apprentice trainee, helper, or laborer), dates of changes in status, hours worked per week in the indicated trade, rate of pay, and locations at which the work was performed. Records shall be maintained in an easily understandable and retrievable form; however, to the degree that existing records satisfy this requirement, contractors shall not be required to maintain separate records. 15) Nothing herein provided shall be construed as a limitation upon the application of other laws which establish different standards of compliance or upon the application of requirements for the hiring of local or other area residents (e.g., those under the Public Works Employment Act of 1977 and the Community Development Block Grant Program). Segregated Facilities. (41 CFR 60-1.8) The contractor must ensure that facilities provided for employees are provided in such a manner that segregation on the basis of race, color, religion, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity, or national origin cannot result. The contractor may neither require such segregated use by written or oral policies nor tolerate such use by employee custom. The contractor's obligation extends further to ensuring that its employees are not assigned to perform their services at any location, under the contractor's control, where the facilities are segregated. This obligation extends to all contracts containing the equal opportunity clause regardless of the amount of the contract. The term "facilities," as used in this section, means waiting rooms, work areas, restaurants and other eating areas, time clocks, restrooms, wash rooms, locker rooms, and other storage or dressing areas, parking lots, drinking fountains, recreation or entertainment areas, transportation, and housing provided for employees; Provided, That separate or single -user restrooms and necessary dressing or sleeping areas shall be provided to assure privacy between the sexes. WIFIA F I A 22 PROGRAM PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK CITY OF FORT WORTH MARY'S CREEK WATER RECLAMATION FACILITY APPENDIX IV - GEOTECHNICAL REPORT CITY OF FORT WORTH MARY'S CREEK WATER RECLAMATION FACILITY PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION MARY'S CREEK WATER RECLAMATION FACILITY FORT WORTH, TEXAS SUBMITTED TO ALAN PLUMMER ASSOCIATES 1320 S.UNIVERSITY DRIVE, SUITE # 300 FORT WORTH, TX 76107 BY HVJ ASSOCIATES" DALLAS, TEXAS APRIL 15, 2026 REPORT NO. DG -22-10230.1 ASSOCIATES' April 15, 2026 8701 John Carpenter Freeway, Suite 250 Dallas, Texas 75247-4640 214.678.0227 Ph 214.678.0228 Fax www.hvj.com ASSOCIATES Josh Frisinger, PE Alan Plummer Associates 1320 S. University Drive, Suite 300 Fort Worth, Texas 76107 Re: Geotechnical Investigation Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility Fort Worth, TX Owner: City of Fort Worth HVJ Associates® Opportunity No. DG -22-10230.1 Dear Mr. Frisinger: Submitted herein is the report of our geotechnical investigation for the above referenced project. The study was performed in accordance with the professional service agreement between Plummer Associates, Inc. and HVJ North Texas - Chelliah Consultants, Inc. executed on December 3, 2022, and is subject to the limitations presented in this report. This report supersedes the previously issued report on August 20, 2025. We appreciate the opportunity of working with you on this project. Please read the entire report and notify us if there are questions concerning this report or if we may be of further assistance. Sincerely, HVJ NORTH TEXAS - CHELLIAH CONSULTANTS, INC. Texas Firm Registration No. F-17942 =:.S 0 F �* '* j SAHEEM AHMED j �l ,o•• 108450 . � �� C Saheem Ahmed, PE Sudip Upadhyay Sr. Principal Engineer / Vice President Staff Engineer SA/SU The seal appearing on this document was authorized by Saheem Ahmed, PE 108450 on April 15, 2026. Alteration of a sealed document without proper notification to responsible engineer is an offence under the Texas Engineering Practice Act. Office operated by HVJ North Texas - Chelliah Consultants, Inc., a proud independently owned and operated HVJ Associates® franchisee CONTENTS PAGE EXECUTIVESUMMARY.............................................................................................................................. I INTRODUCTION...........................................................................................................................1 1.1 General................................................................................................................................................1 1.2 Geotechnical Study Program........................................................................................................... 2 2 FIELD EXPLORATION............................................................................................................... 3 2.1 General................................................................................................................................................ 3 2.2 Sampling Methods............................................................................................................................. 3 2.3 Groundwater Observations.............................................................................................................4 2.4 Borehole Completion........................................................................................................................ 5 3 LABORATORY TESTING........................................................................................................... 5 4 SITE CHARACTERIZATION..................................................................................................... 7 4.1 General Geology................................................................................................................................ 7 4.2 Soil S tratigraphy................................................................................................................................. 7 5 GRADE SUPPORTED STRUCTURES - FOUNDATION RECOMMENDATION.....9 5.1 Mat Foundation Recommendation.................................................................................................9 5.2 Recommended Depth of Subgrade Preparation.........................................................................11 5.3 Uplift Resistance..............................................................................................................................12 6 MONOLITHICK SLAB -ON -GRADE FOUNDATION......................................................13 6.1 General..............................................................................................................................................13 6.2 Foundation Subgrade Preparation................................................................................................13 6.3 Monolithic Slab -on -Grade Foundation Design Recommendation..........................................13 7 CHEMICAL FEED BUILDING FOUNDATION................................................................14 7.1 Subgrade Modification Recommendations..................................................................................14 7.2 Foundation Recommendations.....................................................................................................14 7.3 Grade Beams....................................................................................................................................15 7.4 Floor Slab on Modified Subgrade.................................................................................................15 8 STRAIGHT DRILLED SHAFT RECOMMENDATIONS..................................................15 8.1 Drilled Shaft Axial Capacity...........................................................................................................16 8.2 Lateral Capacity................................................................................................................................17 8.3 Group Effects..................................................................................................................................19 8.4 Shaft Settlement...............................................................................................................................19 8.5 Drilled Shaft Construction Recommendations...........................................................................19 8.6 Structural Slab..................................................................................................................................20 9 BELOW GRADE WALLS...........................................................................................................20 9.1 Lateral Earth Pressures...................................................................................................................20 10 PAVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS...................................................................................21 10.1 Pavement Subgrade.........................................................................................................................21 10.2 Pavement Section............................................................................................................................22 10.3 Pavement Subgrade Requirement.................................................................................................23 11 EARTHWORK............................................................................................................................... 23 11.1 Fill Soils.............................................................................................................................................23 11.2 Site Preparation................................................................................................................................ 23 11.3 Suitable Fill ....................................................................................................................................... 23 11.4 Fill Placement and Compaction....................................................................................................24 11.5 Drainage............................................................................................................................................ 2 5 11.6 Excavation........................................................................................................................................ 25 11.7 Groundwater Control..................................................................................................................... 26 11.8 Footing Base..................................................................................................................................... 26 12 LIMITATIONS............................................................................................................................... 27 LIST OF TABLES Page Table 1-1 — WRF Structure Information........................................................................................................1 Table2-1 — Boring Information......................................................................................................................3 Table 2-2 — Groundwater Conditions.............................................................................................................4 Table 3-1 — Type and Number of Laboratory Tests....................................................................................5 Table3-2 — Summary of Swell Tests...............................................................................................................6 Table 3-3 — Sulfates, pH and Resistivity Test Results..................................................................................6 Table 5-1 — Design Parameters for Mat Foundation....................................................................................9 Table 5-2 — Subgrade Modification...............................................................................................................11 Table 5-3 — Submerged Unit Weight for Uplift..........................................................................................12 Table 6-1 — Subgrade Preparation Depth per Structure...........................................................................13 Table 6-2 — Design Parameters for Slab -on -Grade Foundations............................................................14 Table 7-1 — Foundation Design Parameters................................................................................................14 Table 8-1— Drilled Shaft Design Values.......................................................................................................16 Table 8-2 — LPILE Analyses Parameters for Soil.......................................................................................17 Table 8-3 — LPILE Analysis Parameters for Rock.....................................................................................18 Table8-4 — Design P-multiplier....................................................................................................................19 Table 9-1 — Lateral Earth Pressure Recommendations..............................................................................21 Table 10-1 — Pavement Thickness.................................................................................................................22 Table 11-1 — Fill Description.........................................................................................................................23 Table 11-2 — Compaction Requirements......................................................................................................24 PLATES Plate SITEVICINITY...............................................................................................................................................1 GEOLOGYMAP............................................................................................................................................. 2 PLANOF BORINGS......................................................................................................................................3 BORINGLOGS............................................................................................................................ 4 THRU 37 KEY TO TERM & SYMBOLS.................................................................................................... 38A & 38B APPENDICES Appendix SUMMARY OF LABORATORY RESULTS.............................................................................................A EXECUTIVE SUMMARY HVJ Associates® was retained by Plummer Associates, Inc. to provide a geotechnical study for the construction of Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility in Fort Worth, Texas. The project includes two storage tanks for wastewater storage, pump vaults, membrane tanks, sludge holding tanks, lift stations, pump stations, an odor control structure, preliminary treatment unit, operating building, dewatering building, electrical building, truck bay scale, outfall and various water reclamation structures like aerator, bioreactor, UV treatment unit and UV electrical building. Transmission lines and generator pads are also included in the facility. Concrete pavement is planned across the site. This report details our geotechnical investigation and our geotechnical recommendations for the structures planned at Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility. Subsurface conditions were evaluated by drilling and sampling a total of thirty-four (34) borings, to depths ranging from 15 to 50 feet below existing ground surface. A brief summary of our investigational findings is presented below: 1. Subsurface conditions consist of predominantly sandy clays with gravel and clayey sand with gravel. Occasional fat and lean clays were encountered. Overburden soil extends to depths ranging from 5 to 15 feet. Marl and limestone bedrock was encountered below overburden soils. 2. Groundwater was not encountered during drilling of the majority of borings. The borings were left open overnight. Groundwater was encountered in some borings 24 - hour after drilling completion. It is anticipated that groundwater levels will fluctuate due to seasonal variations in climactic conditions. Groundwater may also be encountered through fissures and fractures of rock with seasonal variations. 3. Standard laboratory tests consisting of moisture content, percent passing No. 200 sieve, Atterberg Limits, unconfined compression (UC), unit dry weight, soluble sulfate content, pH, resistivity, and free swell were performed on select soil and rock samples. The test results are included in the boring logs and report appendix. 4. Grade supported mat foundations can be used to support structures if movements on the order of to 1 inch can be tolerated. Design recommendations for mat foundations are presented in Section 5. 5. Slab -on -grade foundations can be used for the proposed dewatering building structure if post -construction vertical movements on the order of up to about 1 inch is acceptable. Design recommendations for slab -on -grade foundations and subgrade preparation are presented in Section 6 of this report. 6. Alternative foundation recommendations for Chemical Feed Building are provided in Section 7. 7. If movements of structure should be limited to less than 1/2 inch, drilled shaft foundations with structural slab should be used to support the structures. Drilled shaft design recommendations are presented in Section 8. 8. Below grade walls are required for some structures. Design and construction recommendations for below grade walls are provided in Section 9. 9. Portland cement concrete (PCC) pavement will be used across the site. Pavement recommendations are presented in Section 10 of this report. 10. Construction guidelines and earthwork recommendations are provided in Section 11 of this report. Please note that this executive summary does not fully relate our findings and opinions. Those findings and opinions are only presented through our full report. ii INTRODUCTION 1.1 General HVJ Associates® was retained by Plummer Associates, Inc. to provide a geotechnical study for the construction of Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility (WRF) in Fort Worth, Texas. The project includes two wastewater storage tanks, membrane tanks, sludge holding tanks, lift stations, pump stations, an odor control structure, preliminary treatment unit, operation building and dewatering building, truck bay scale, outfall structure and various water reclamation structures like aerator, bioreactor, ultraviolet treatment unit as part of Water Reclamation Facility. Reinforced concrete road is also planned across the facility. All structures are planned to be constructed using reinforced concrete. The following table summarizes the planned structures to the facility. Table 1-1— WRF Structure Information Structures Structure Description Peak Flow (PF) Storage • The tanks are expected have diameters of 189 feet and height of 35 feet with Tank and Equalizer (EQ) a capacity of 30 million gallons per day (MGD). Storage Tank • Two pump vaults and an electrical building are planned between the PF Storage and EQ Storage tanks. The pump unit are planned to be placed at Pump Vaults and PF and about 9 to 10 feet below existing grade. Foundation for pump vaults is EQ Electrical Building expected to be placed near elevation of 776 to 777 feet. • PF and EQ electrical building planned near existing grade. Preliminary Treatment • The structure includes both above and below -grade sections. The below - Unit grade floor elevation is expected to be at elevation of 772 feet, which is approximately 8 to 10 feet below the existing grade. • The structure includes a below -grade section, with the top located near the Bio Reactor Unit existing grade. The below -grade floor elevation is expected to be at 750 feet, approximately 26 to 28 feet below the existing grade • The structure includes a below -grade section, with the top located 4 to 6 feet Distribution Box above the existing grade. The below -grade floor elevation is expected to be at 770 feet, approximately 7 to 8 feet below the existing grade • The pump station includes below -grade, at -grade, and above -grade sections. Return flow pump station The below -grade floor elevation is expected to be 742 feet, which is approximately 19 feet below the existing grade. The finished floor elevation of near -grade section is about at elevation 760 feet. • The outfall structure is planned to be located within the floodplain. The base Outfall of the outfall is planned at about El. 741 feet. The 100 -year flood elevation at the outfall is 756 feet, and the normal creek elevation is 741.90 feet UV Treatment Unit • The unit is planned to be placed at 4 to 5 feet below existing grade. UV Electrical Building • The Foundation of UV Electrical Building is planned to be palced at or near grade elevation of 772 Structures Structure Description • The sludge holding tanks are about 50 feet and are planned to be placed near Sludge Holding Tank the existing grade at elevation 772 feet. Underground utilities are to be installed beneath the tank • The operations building is expected to have two levels: one near grade at Operation Building elevation 774 feet and a below -grade level near elevation 757 feet. The building is planned on sloping ground, with the below -grade section located on the side with higher ground elevations. Membrane Tanks • The membrane tank is planned to be placed 21 to 22 feet below existing grade at approximate elevation of about 754 feet. Plant water and Reuse • The pump station is planned to be placed at about 7 to 8 feet below existing Pump Station grade and at approximate elevation of about 754 feet. Dewatering Building • The dewatering building is expected to have two levels. Foundation is assumed to be at or near grade elevation of 775 feet The study includes geotechnical field exploration, laboratory testing of soil and rock samples, and the development of geotechnical design and construction recommendations for the planned facility structures. A vicinity map is shown on Plate 1. Site geology map is presented on Plate 2. Approximate locations of each structure are shown on Plate 3. 1.2 Geotechnical Study Program The objectives of this study were to gather information on subsurface conditions at the site and to provide foundation recommendations for the proposed structures. The objectives were accomplished by: 1. Drilling a total of thirty-four (34) borings to a depths ranging from 15 to 50 feet to determine soil stratigraphy and to obtain samples for laboratory testing. 2. Performing laboratory tests to determine physical and engineering characteristics of the soils; and 3. Performing engineering analyses to develop design guidelines and recommendations for the proposed buildings, lift station, operation building and other water reclamation facility structures. Subsequent sections of this report contain descriptions of the field exploration, laboratory testing program, general site and subsurface conditions, design recommendations, and construction considerations. 00 2 FIELD EXPLORATION 2.1 General The field exploration program was performed between June 19 and July 29, 2024. Subsurface conditions were evaluated by drilling and sampling a total of thirty-four (34) borings. The following table summarizes the structures with the corresponding borings and boring depths. Table 2-1— Boring Information Structure Boring ID Boring Depth Transmission Line B-1 50 feet Transformer Pad B-2 30 feet WRF Facility Borings B-3 through B-32 40 feet Pavement P-1 and P-2 15 feet A site plan showing approximate boring locations is presented on Plates 3 Plan of Borings. Boring coordinates were obtained from a hand-held GPS device, and elevation was provided by Alan Plummer. 2.2 Sampling Methods Samples were obtained continuously to a depth of 10 feet and every 5 -foot intervals thereafter to the maximum termination depths of the borings where feasible. Bedrock was encountered at depth shallower than 10 feet in some borings. Cohesive soil samples were obtained with a three-inch thin - walled (Shelby) tube sampler in general accordance with ASTM D-1587. Cohesionless soils and hard clays were obtained using split -spoon samplers in accordance with modified Standard Penetration Testing (SS) procedures as discussed below. Each sample was removed from the sampler in the field, carefully examined and then classified. The shear strength of the cohesive soils was estimated by a hand penetrometer in the field. Suitable portions of each sample were sealed and packaged for transportation to our laboratory. TxDOT cone penetrometer (TCP) test was performed where rock was encountered. The test consists of driving a 3 -inch diameter cone with a 170 -pound hammer, which is dropped for a distance of 2 feet. The cone is seated and driven to 12 blows or 12 inches whichever comes first. Then it is driven for two consecutive 6 -inch increments, and the blow counts for each increment are noted. In hard materials, the cone is driven with the resulting penetration in inches recorded for the 50 blows. The numbers of blows for each 6 -inch increment and/or the amount of penetration for each 50 blows are presented on the boring logs. Modified split spoons were conducted in non -cohesive and hard clays. The TCP test caused the split spoons to be performed with a deviation from ASTM D 1586 — Penetration Test and Split -Barrel Sampling of Soils. The procedure performed in the field consisted of driving a standardized 1.50 - inch inner diameter split -spoon sampler into undisturbed soil with a 170 -pound (as opposed to the standard 140 -pound) hammer falling 24 inches (as opposed to the standard 30 inches). The split - spoon sampler was first seated 6 inches to penetrate any loose cuttings and was then driven an additional 12 inches with blows from the hammer. The number of hammer blows required to drive the sampler each 6 -inch increment was recorded. The penetration resistance is defined as the 3 number of hammer blows required to drive the sampler the final 12 inches. In very dense or hard material the split -spoon test was typically stopped after 50 blows from the hammer and the measurement was recorded as 50 blows per distance penetrated (e.g., 50 over 3 inches). Encountered rock that was suitable for coring was cored continuously to the maximum termination depth of the borings in the bridge borings. The coring method employed consisted of a NX core barrel with an inside diameter of 2 inches and length of 5 feet. Water was used as the drilling fluid to facilitate the coring process. The core samples were retrieved from the borehole and the percent recovery (REC) and the Rock Quality Designation (RQD) were recorded for each 5 -foot run. The REC value was obtained by dividing the total length of core recovered by the total length of the core run. The RQD value was obtained by dividing the total length of sound core pieces with a minimum length of 4 inches by the total length of the core run. The core samples were visually examined for rock type and features, which were properly documented on boring logs along with the REC and RQD values. The samples were then wrapped and secured in core boxes to be transported to our laboratory. Detailed descriptions of the soils encountered in the borings are given on the boring logs presented on Plates 4 through 37. The key to the terms and symbols used for soil and rock classification is presented on Plates 38A and 38B. 2.3 Groundwater Observations Groundwater measurements were taken during drilling and 24 -hours after drilling completion. Water was added to facilitate rock coring. The following table summarizes groundwater observation during drilling and 24 -hours after drilling completion. Groundwater was not encountered in the borings that are not listed in the table during drilling. Those borings were observed to be dry 24 - hours after drilling. The absence of water in some borings does not conclusively indicate that the borings terminated above the groundwater table. The borings were left open for a short period, and due to the low permeability of the soils and rock encountered, it is expected that groundwater would take a significant amount of time to develop and accumulate. Table 2-2 — Groundwater Conditions Boring ID Groundwater Depth (feet) During Drilling 24 -hours After Drilling Completion B-2 Not Encountered 8.2 B-3 Not Encountered 7.4 B-4 Not Encountered 6.3 B-5 Not Encountered 8.3 B-11 Not Encountered 6.3 B-12 14 8.3 B-14 Not Encountered 12.3 B-15 Not Encountered 10.6 B-16 Not Encountered 6.6 B-19 Not Encountered 8.5 B-21 Not Encountered 7.2 B-24 Not Encountered 6.3 I Boring ID Groundwater Depth (feet) During Drilling 24 -hours After Drilling Completion B-30 Not Encountered 13.3 B-31 Not Encountered 17.2 Based on the groundwater observations presented above, groundwater was not encountered in some borings during drilling, but was observed at various depths after 24 hours of drilling completion. The 24 -hour groundwater readings provide a more representative indication of stabilized groundwater levels. Therefore, the designer may consider the 24 -hour groundwater measurements as the design groundwater level for design purposes. 2.4 Borehole Completion The borings were backfilled with soil cuttings from the bottom to about 10 feet below existing grade. Upper 10 feet was backfilled with bentonite chips. 3 LABORATORY TESTING Selected soil samples were tested in the laboratory to determine applicable physical and engineering properties. All tests were performed according to the relevant ASTM or TxDOT Standards. These tests consisted of moisture content, percent passing No. 200 sieve, Atterberg Limits, unconfined compression (UC), unconsolidated undrained triaxial compression (UU), unit dry weight, soluble sulfate content, chloride content, soil pH, resistivity and free swell. The unconfined compression tests were performed to estimate the undrained shear strength of the soil. Unconfined compressive strength of intact rock cores was evaluated by test method ASTM D7012. Results reported may differ from test specimens that meet the requirements of ASTM practice D4543. The type and number of tests performed for this investigation are summarized in Table 3-1 below, and the test results are presented in Appendix A. Table 3-1— Type and Number of Laboratory Tests Type of Test Number of Tests Moisture Content (ASTM D2216) 252 Atterberg Limits (ASTM D4318) 95 Percent Passing No. 200 Sieve (ASTM D1140) 95 Unconfined Compression (Soil) (ASTM D2166) 16 Unconsolidated Undrained Triaxial Compression (Soil) (ASTM D2850) 4 Unconfined Compression (Rock) (ASTM D7012) 85 Dry Unit Weight (ASTM D2166) 101 Sulfates Content Test EX -145-E) 2 Sulfates Content Test (TEX 620-J) 10 Chlorides Content Test (TEX 620-J) 10 Soil pH (TEX 128-E) 10 Resistivity (ASTM G-187) 4 Type of Test Number of Tests Free Swell Tests (ASTM D4546) 5 Free swell tests were performed on soil samples and are summarized in the following table. Table 3-2 — Summary of Swell Tests Initial Final Depth Liquid Plasticity Moisture Moisture Surcharge Measured Brin o g (feet) Limit Index Content Content Load (psf) Swell (%) (%) (%) B-2 4 to 6 28 13 14.4 13.9 625 0.0 B-5 2 to 4 44 26 23.3 26.8 375 3.13 B-8 2 to 4 74 46 25.1 31.0 375 2.51 B-7 4 to 6 37 22 15.3 18.2 625 0.0 B-10 4 to 6 26 15 15.3 18.7 625 2.47 Sulfate content, pH and resistivity were performed on selected samples. The test results are presented in the following table. Table 3-3 — Sulfates, pH and Resistivity Test Results Boring Depth (feet) Sulfate content. TEX-620J m Sulfate content. TEX-145- E (ppm) Chlorides (ppm) pH Resistivity (ohm -cm) B-1 8-10 <100 - <10 8.8 3484 B-14 8.5-10 174 - 136 8.3 - B-15 4.5-6 <100 - 26.2 8.73 2077 B-17 4.5-6 <100 - <9.48 8.5 1608 B-18 4-5.5 <100 - 18.1 8.3 - B-21 4.5-6 185 - 11.1 8.3 1474 B-22 4-5.5 <100 - <9.93 8.5 3149 B-23 6-7.5 <100 - <10 8.55 - B-25 8-9.5 <100 - <10 8.9 - B-26 4-5.5 <100 - <9.96 8.7 - P-1 0-2 - <100 - - P-2 0-2 - <100 - - 6 4 SITE CHARACTERIZATION 4.1 General Geolo According to the University of Texas at Austin, Bureau of Economic Geology "Geologic Atlas of Texas Dallas Sheet," the project area lies within the Goodland limestone and walnut clay (map symbol Kgw). A geology map is presented on Plates 2. The Goodland Limestone and Walnut Clay formations, undivided, present a lithological profile characteristic of the Early Cretaceous period. The Goodland Limestone is predominantly a fine- grained, well -indurated, massive limestone that exhibits nodular texture. This limestone is interbedded with thin beds of dark -gray, marly shale layers. The thickness of the formations ranges about 90 feet. 4.2 Soil Stratigranh Our interpretation of soil conditions at the project site is based on information obtained at the boring locations only. This information has been used as the basis for our conclusions and recommendations. Significant variations at areas not explored by the project borings may require reevaluation of our findings and conclusions. Detailed descriptions of the soils and rock encountered in the borings are given on the boring logs presented on Plates 4 through 37. The keys to the terms and symbols used for soil and rock classification is presented on Plates 38A and 38B. General subsurface condition at each structural elements planned for the project is provided below. Oncor Transmission Line and Generator Pad Borings B-1 and B-2 were drilled within the vicinity of the transmission line and generator pad. Subsurface condition encountered fat clay, lean clay with varying amount of sand and clayey sand to a depth of 6.5 to 8 feet. Limestone and marl bedrock was encountered below the overburden soil. Peak Flow (PF) Storage Tank and Pump Vault Borings B-3, B-5, and B-8 were drilled near the peak flow storage tank. The subsurface conditions consist of very stiff fat and lean clay, along with medium -dense to dense clayey sand and gravel, extending to the top of weathered marl and limestone encountered at a depth of 10 feet. Limestone and marl bedrock continue to the boring termination depth of 40 feet. Equalization (EQ-) Tank, Pump Vault, and PF and EQ Electrical Building Borings B-4, B-6, and B-9 were drilled near the equalization tank and electrical building. The subsurface conditions consist of very stiff fat and lean clay extending to depths of 2.5 to 4 feet, followed by medium -dense to dense clayey gravel to a depth of 6 feet. Bedrock, composed of marl and limestone, was encountered at depths ranging from 2.5 to 6 feet and extends to the termination depth of the borings. Preliminary Treatment Unit Borings B-7, B-10 and B-11 were drilled for geotechnical recommendation for preliminary treatment unit building. Stiff to very stiff sandy fat and lean clay was encountered to depths ranging from 6 to 6.5 feet. Bedrock consists of limestone and marl were encountered below the soil to boring termination depth. 7 Bioreactor, Bioreactor Splitter Box, and Bioreactor Odor Borings B-12, B-13, and B-14 were drilled within the vicinity of the structures. Fat and lean clays with varying amounts of sand content were encountered to a depth about 15 to 20 feet. Marl and limestone bedrock were encountered beneath the overburden soil. RS & WS Pump Station and Membrane Tank Borings B-15 and B-16 were drilled within the vicinity of the structures. Lean clays with varying amounts of sand and clayey sand were encountered to a depth about 15 to 20 feet. Marl and limestone bedrock were encountered beneath the overburden soil. Operations Building and Backpulse Tank Borings B-17, B-19, B-20 and B-21 were drilled near the structures. Clayey gravel with sand/ clayey sand with gravel were predominantly encountered in the borings up to a depth of 10 to 13.5 feet, bedrock consists of marl/limestone was encountered at depths ranging of 10 to 13.5 feet to the termination depth. Return Flow Pump Station Boring B-18 was drilled for the return flow pump station. Fill material consist of gravelly lean clay and lean clay up to a depth of 8.5 feet were encountered. Bedrock consists of marl/limestone was encountered at depths of 8.5 feet to the termination depth in the boring. Dewatering Building, UV Electrical Building, Truck Bay / Scale, Plant Water & Reuse Pump Station Borings B-22, B-23, B-24, B-25 and B-26 were drilled for the structures. Subsurface conditions generally consisted of clayey gravel with sand/ clayey sand with gravel to a depth of 10 to 13.5 feet. Bedrock consists of marl and limestone was encountered at depths ranging of 8.5 to 15 feet in all the borings drilled for peak flow storage tank. Sludge Holding Tanks Borings B-27 and B-28 were drilled for sludge holding tanks. Lean clay, sandy lean clay, clayey gravel with sand were encountered to a depth of .15 feet. Bedrock consists of marl and limestone was encountered below the overburden soil to the boring termination depth. UV Treatment Unit Boring B-29 and B-30 were drilled for providing recommendation for UV treatment unit. Subsurface conditions consist of clayey sand and lean clay to a depth of 5 to 6 feet. Bedrock consists of marl and limestone was encountered below overburden soil. Outfall Structure Boring B-31 was drilled for evaluating the subgrade at the outfall structure. Subsurface conditions include fill soils and lean clay soils extending to depths about 8 feet. Limestone and marl bedrock was encountered below the soils to the boring termination depth. Cascade Aeration Boring B-32 was drilled to provide recommendations for a cascade aeration system. Subsurface condition consisted of clayey gravel with sand to a depth of 10 feet. Weathered limestone was encountered from 10 to 15 feet, followed by unweathered limestone to the termination depth. Pavement Two pavement borings P-1 and P-2 were drilled. Pavement is planned across facility. Pavement subgrade includes low to moderate plasticity clays, clayey sand with varying amount of gravel. 5 GRADE SUPPORTED STRUCTURES - FOUNDATION RECOMMENDATION This section includes mat foundation design recommendations for grade supported structures. Fill soils were encountered in some borings. These soils can exhibit differential settlement on foundation supported on them. Recommendations are provided to reduce the risk of differential settlement in this report. If some movements on the order of '/2 to 1 inch can be tolerated, structures can be supported on mat foundation placed on properly prepared subgrade. Design recommendation for mat foundation along with the subgrade modifications are provided in this section. If movements should be limited to less than 1/2 inch, the structures should be supported on drilled shaft foundations. Drilled shaft design recommendations are provided in Section 7. 5.1 Mat Foundation Recommendation The following table presents the recommended net allowable bearing pressure. The net bearing pressure is the pressure in excess of the minimum surrounding overburden pressure at the footing base elevation. The recommended net allowable bearing pressure includes a factor of safety of 3. Mat foundations are expected to experience both total and differential settlement as the foundation is loaded. Total settlement refers to the overall vertical movement of the foundation system as a whole, typically caused by the compression of underlying soils under load. Differential settlement, on the other hand, occurs when one part of the foundation settles more than another, resulting in tilting, distortion, or cracking in the supported structure. The following table provides anticipated total and differential settlements. Differential settlements are provided for equivalent loaded foundations and measured between foundation edges for foundation width of less than 50 feet or a slope of 1/600 across the foundation span. Table 5-1— Design Parameters for Mat Foundation Parameters Approximate Net Allowable Structure Bearing Bearing Stratum Allowable Coefficient Subgrade Design Elevation, Bearing of Sliding Modulus Note feet Pressure Resistance (pci) s Peak Flow Storage, El. 787 to 788 Modified Subgrade 6,600 0.36 125 Note 1 Equalization ft. with Flexible Base Storage Tanks Pump Vaults El. 777 to 778 Weathered 10,000 0.46 150 Note 6 ft. Limestone/Limestone Preliminary Near El. 780 Modified Subgrade 4,500 0.54 125 Note 7 Treatment ft. with Flexible Base Unit Near El. 762 Weathered 10,000 0.46 150 Note 6 ft. Limestone/Limestone Outfall Near El. 741 Modified Subgrade 2,500 0.36 125 Note 2 Structure ft. with Flexible Base 9 Parameters Approximate Net Allowable Structure Bearing Bearing Stratum Allowable Coefficient Subgrade Design Elevation, Bearing of Sliding Modulus Note feet Pressure (pci) Resistance s Bioreactor Near El. 752 Distribution Marl Bedrock 10,000 0.46 150 Note 6 ft Box Bioreactor Near El. 752 Marl Bedrock 10,000 0.46 150 Note 6 Basins ft. El. 754 to 760 Compacted Subgrade 3,000 0.36 100 Note 7 RS/WS Pump ft. Station Below El. 754 ft. Marl Bedrock 10,000 0.46 150 Note 6 UV El. 757 to 780 Compacted Subgrade 3,000 0.36 100 Note 7 ft. Disinfection Below 757 ft. Marl Bedrock 10,000 0.46 150 Note 6 Cascade Near El. 750 Modified Subgrade 3,000 0.54 125 Note 3 Aeration Basin ft. with Flexible Base and 7 Membrane Below El. 754 Marl Bedrock 10,000 0.46 150 Note 6 Tanks ft. Sludge El. 770 to 771 Compacted Subgrade 4,000 0.36 100 Note 8 Holding Tank ft. Near El. 742 Marl Bedrock 10,000 0.46 150 Note 4 Return Flow ft. and 6 Pump Station Near El. 760 Modified Subgrade Note 4 ft. with Flexible Base 4,500 0.54 125 and 7 Operation Near El. 755 Modified Subgrade 4,500 0.54 125 Note 5 Building ft. with Flexible Base and 7 Reuse Pump Near El. 753 Limestone or Marl 10,000 0.46 150 Note 6 Station ft. Bedrock Generator Pad Near Existing Compacted Subgrade 3,000 0.36 100 Note 8 Grade The following notes and recommendations are based on the 30% Review Drawing set dated June of 2024. The recommendation should be read in conjunction with Section 5.2. Design Notes: Peak flow storage tank and equalizer storage tanks are planned to be placed at approximate elevation of 787 to 788 feet. Grade elevation (El.) across peak flow storage tank varies between 780 to 790 feet. Grade elevation at equalizer storage tanks varies between 784 and 790 feet. Cut and fill are anticipated across the tank foundation. Flexible base material is recommended to be placed beneath the mat foundations. Total settlement of the properly constructed mat foundation expected to range from /2 to 1 inch. The differential settlement will be l/2 times the total settlement. 10 2. The base of the outfall structure is planned to be placed at El. 741 feet. The 100 -year flood elevation at the outfall is 756 feet and normal creek elevation is 741.90 feet. Outfall structure should be placed on modified subgrade. Hydrostatic uplift is anticipated on the structure. Design measures to be considered to resist hydrostatic uplift. Total settlement of the properly constructed mat foundation expected to range from'/2 to 1 inch. The differential settlement will be '/2 times the total settlement. 3. The foundation of the Cascade Aeration Basin is planned at El. 750 feet. Subgrade at the foundation level should be replaced with flexible base. The 100 -year flood elevation at the structure is 756 feet. Hydrostatic uplift is anticipated on the structure. Design measures to be considered to resist hydrostatic uplift. 4. Bases of the grade supported foundations at Return Flow Pump Station are planned at El. 742 feet and at El. 758.5 feet. Subgrade modification is not required near El. 742 feet. Existing fill soil near El. 758.5 feet should be excavated and replaced with proper compactions. Alternatively, fill soils should be excavated and replaced with flexible base. 5. Operating building is planned to have two levels. Base of the building is planned at an elevation of 756.0 feet. The building foundation should be placed on modified subgrade. 6. Total settlement of the properly constructed mat foundation expected to be less than '/2 inch. The differential settlement will be'/2 times the total settlement. 7. Total settlement of the properly constructed mat foundation expected to range between ½ to 3/4 inch. The differential settlement will be '/2 times the total settlement. 8. Total settlement of the properly constructed mat foundation expected to be about 1 inch. The differential settlement will be'/z times the total settlement. 5.2 Recommended Depth of Subgrade Preparation The subgrade for grade -supported structures should be prepared in accordance with the guideline in Section 11 of this report. A flexible base layer should be placed over the properly prepared subgrade to the recommended thickness shown in the following table. Subgrade modifications are not required for Bioreactor Distribution Box, Bioreactor Basins, RS/WS Pump Station, UV Disinfection Cascade, Aeration Basin, and Sludge Holding Tank. Table 5-2 — Subgrade Modification Recommended Thickness of Flexible Base' below the Structure bottom of Mat Foundation Peak Flow Storage Tanks 2 3 feet Equalizer Storage tanks 2 4 feet or to the top of limestone or gravel, whichever is greater 3 feet in areas where the floor elevation is approximately El. 780 feet. Preliminary Treatment Unit Subgrade modification is not required in areas with a floor elevation of El. 762 feet. Outfall Structure 2 feet Cascade Aeration Basin 2 feet Return Flow Pump Station Near F.I.760 ft, fill soils should be removed and replaced in a compacted manner or replace lace fill soils with flexible base. 11 Recommended Thickness of Flexible Basebelow the Structure bottom of Mat Foundation Operation Building 2 feet Note: 1. Flexible base should be placed in lifts and compaction criteria outlined in Section 11.3 and 11.4 2. The potential vertical rise (PVR) of tank foundations placed on properly prepared subgrade as recommended in the table is expected to be about one inch or less. 5.3 Uplift Resistance Groundwater was encountered in the boring approximately 24 hours after drilling was completed. A detailed discussion of groundwater depth observations and recommended design groundwater levels is provided in Section 2.3. Mat foundations that are planned to be constructed below the recommended design groundwater elevation should account for hydrostatic uplift pressure. It is recommended that these foundations be designed with sufficient dead load, structural anchoring, or uplift -resisting elements to ensure stability under maximum anticipated groundwater conditions. Additionally, the outfall and cascade aeration structures are planned to be located below the 100 -year flood elevation. For these structures, it is recommended to use the 100 -year flood elevation as the design groundwater level, to conservatively account for potential worst -case hydrostatic conditions. These structures will be subject to buoyant forces and potential flotation under full saturation conditions. To mitigate flotation risks, the following measures are recommended: • Hydrostatic uplift pressure can be resisted by increasing the thickness of the mat foundation slab and/or by the weight of soil overburden extending beyond the foundation walls. This resistance is in addition to the dead load of the structure itself. The unit weight of the soil will need to be based on the submerged condition and will depend on the type of soil used to backfill around the structure. Backfill material description and placement recommendations are provided in Section 11.4. The following submerged unit weights are provided to design for resisting uplift pressures: Table 5-3 — Submerged Unit Weight for Uplift Backfill Material Submerged Unit Weight, pcf Onsite Soils 63 Select Fill 58 Flexible Base 53 Granular Fill 48 Lean Concrete 68 • Tieback anchors may be used to resist buoyant forces. Tieback should have unbonded length and bonded length in the bearing stratum should be considered. The spacing and structural detailing of the anchors must be integrated in the structure design. If tieback anchors are planned to be used, HVJ should be contacted for additional recommendations. 12 6 MONOLITHICK SLAB -ON -GRADE FOUNDATION 6.1 General The project involves the construction of PF & EQ Electrical Building, UV Electrical Building, Chemical Feed Building, and Dewatering Building. Monolithic slab -on -grade foundation system should only be considered if foundation movements on the order of one inch are acceptable. Recommendations for foundations over modified subgrade are presented in this section. If foundation movements should be limited to less than 1/2 inch, drilled shaft foundations and structural slabs should be considered. Alternative design recommendations are also provided for Chemical Feed Building in Section 7 of this report. 6.2 Foundation Subgrade Preparation Existing subgrade should be excavated to depths shown in the following table. Exposed subgrade should be prepared in accordance with Section 11. Select fill and flexible base should be used beneath the foundation. Table 6-1 — Subgrade Preparation Depth per Structure Structure Description PF & EQ Electrical Building, UV Electrical Building, and Chemical Feed Building Dewatering Building Depth of Subgrade Preparation 2 feet below existing grade 4 feet below existing grade Subgrade Replacement Material 2 feet of flexible base 2 feet of select fill over 2 feet of flexible base Subgrade modification should be extended horizontally at least 5 feet beyond the edge of the foundation. Select fill and flexible base material should be placed in loose lifts not exceeding nine (9) inches and should be compacted in accordance with Table 11-2. Field density test for each lift of fill should be performed at the frequencies of 2,500 square feet under the structures or minimum of 3 tests per lift. The upper 2 feet of backfill material placed from the foundation edge horizontally out to cover the surface of select fill or flexible should consist of onsite clay, compacted to onsite soil criteria as discussed in Table 11-2. This clay layer should be installed in a manner to provide a moisture seal to reduce surface water infiltration beneath the structure. 6.3 Monolithic Slab -on -Grade Foundation Design Recommendation A conventionally reinforced slab -on -grade foundation may be used to support the proposed dewatering building. Design recommendations are presented in the table below and based on "Design of Slab -on -grade Foundations" (August 1981) and "Design of Slab -on -grade Foundations — An Update" (March 1996) prepared by the Wire Reinforcement Institute (WRI). 13 Table 6-2 — Design Parameters for Slab -on -Grade Foundations Description Design Parameters Design Plasticity Index (PI) 20 Climatic Rating (Cw) 19 Cantilever Distance (Ic) 2.0 Allowable Net Bearing Capacity 1 2,500 psf Modulus of Subgrade Reaction 100 pci Note: 1. Net allowable bearing capacity includes a factor of safety of 3. The foundation should have adequate exterior and interior grade beams to provide sufficient rigidity to the foundation system. Minimum embedment of perimeter grade beam should be 24 inches and interior grade beam should be 12 inches below finished grade. The width and depth of the grade beams should be properly evaluated by the structural engineer. If needed, grade beam may be widened and thickened at interior location where concentrated loads are anticipated. It should be noted that some risks are involved when a slab -on -grade foundation is utilized. Some vertical movements of the foundation are still possible during seasonal soil moisture variations. These movements could cause cracking of interior and exterior finishes, and operating problems such as doors which do not open and close freely. The area around the structures should be well drained, landscape beds are not over watered. 7 CHEMICAL FEED BUILDING FOUNDATION Alternative foundation design recommendations for Chemical Feed Building are provided in this section. High expansive clays are present at the building location. Building foundation and floor slab should be supported on modified subgrade as recommended in this section. 7.1 Subgrade Modification Recommendations Subgrade modification recommendations for Chemical Feed Building in Section 6.2 should be followed. 7.2 Foundation Recommendations Spread or strip cast -in -place footings may be used to support the new Chemical Feed Building. The following table shows the foundation design parameters. Table 7-1— Foundation Design Parameters Description Recommended Parameters Bearing Stratum Compacted select fill 14 Description Recommended Parameters Minimum Embedment Depth 3 feet from finished grade Minimum Dimension 3 feet Allowable Bearing Pressure (1) 2,500 psf Ultimate Passive Pressure (2) 332 psf/ft (Triangular Distribution) Soil to Concrete Ultimate Sliding Resistance (3) 0.53 Notes: (1) The allowable bearing pressure includes a factor of safety of 3. (2) The excavation for the spread footing foundation should be mainlined vertical, and the concrete needs to be placed against these surfaces to ensure the passive earth pressure calculations are valid. If the side of the excavation is either sloped or has steps (benches) and is subsequently filled in with concrete, the resistance from the passive pressure will be decreases. Disregard passive resistance in the upper 2 feet of the soil layers. (3) A minimum safety factor of 1.5 should be used for sliding failure. (4) Footing constructed as recommended above is expected to experience post -construction total settlements less than 1 inch 7.3 Grade Beams All grade beams should be supported by the foundations. A minimum void space of 6 inches is recommended between the bottom of grade beams and the subgrade. Structural cardboard forms are one acceptable means of providing the void space beneath cast -in -place elements. Soil retainers should be used to prevent infilling of the void. 7.4 Floor Slab on Modified Subgrade If slab movements on the order of one inch can be acceptable, floor slab can be placed on modified subgrade as discussed in Section 6.2. At least 10 mils thickness of vapor retarder consisting of polyethylene or polypropylene fabric reinforcement layers should be used below the slab if floor covering is susceptible to moisture damage. ACI 302 guidelines should be referred to and followed for the placement of vapor retarder. 8 STRAIGHT DRILLED SHAFT RECOMMENDATIONS If movements of the structures should be limited to less than '/2 inch, the structures should be supported on drilled shaft. Our recommendations for straight sided drilled shaft axial capacities are provided below. Additionally, straight drilled shafts or directly embedded poles can be used to support the transmission line. Drilled shaft foundations should bear in the limestone and marl bedrock. Our recommendations for straight sided drilled shaft axial and lateral capacities are provided in this section. 15 8.1 Drilled Shaft Axial Capacity The recommended axial design parameters for drilled shaft capacity are presented in the table below. Drilled shaft should penetration into marl or limestone bearing stratum. Axial resistance from overburden should be neglected. Table 8-1— Drilled Shaft Design Values Approximate Allowable End Allowable Skin Friction Structure Elevation (feet) Bearing Pressure (psf) Compression (psf) Tension (psf) Peak Flow 765-775 16,600 2,500 1,700 Storage, 745-765 33,300 3,500 2,400 777-781 16,600 2,500 1,700 Equalization 755-777 33,300 3,500 2,400 Storage Tanks 745-755 65,000 5,600 3,900 Operation 745-754 16,600 2,500 1,700 Building/ Return Flow 725-745 41,600 3,900 2,700 Pump Station Bioreactor Distribution 750-754 8,300 1,700 1,100 Box Bioreactor 740-750 25,000 3,000 2,100 Distribution Box 725-740 65,000 6,500 4,500 Plant Water 738-755 25,000 3,000 2,100 Reuse and Pump Station 725-738 50,000 4,300 3,000 UV Disinfection 735-755 16,600 2,500 1,700 UV Disinfection 715-735 50,000 4,300 3,000 Cascade 738-745 25,000 3,000 2,100 Aeration Basin 715-738 50,000 4,300 3,000 Dewatering 740-757 16,600 2,500 1,700 Building 725-740 65,000 5,600 3,900 Sludge 740-761 16,600 2,500 1,700 Holding Tank 725-740 65,000 5,600 3,900 Transmission 774-782 16,600 2,500 1,700 16 Approximate Allowable End Allowable Skin Friction Structure Elevation (feet) Bearing Pressure (psf) Compression (psf) Tension (psf) Line 739-774 50,000 4,300 3,000 Drilled shafts should penetrate limestone or marl to a minimum depth of 6 feet or two times shaft diameters, whichever is greater, to use the unit design values above. A minimum drilled shaft length of 10 feet should be used. Deeper penetrations may be required to develop additional skin friction and/or buoyancy resistance. Skin friction should only be considered for that portion of the shaft below any temporary casing (if any). We recommend a minimum drilled shaft diameter of 24 inches. The shafts must contain sufficient continuous vertical reinforcing and embedment depth to resist the net tensile load resulting from soil induced uplift. The soil induced uplift loads can be approximated by applying a uniform uplift of 800 psf over the shaft perimeter for a shaft length in the clay soil to a depth of 7 feet or to the top of marl or limestone, whichever is shallower. 8.2 Lateral Capacity Foundation elements often have to withstand significant lateral loads in addition to axial loads. Lateral loads on a drilled shaft will be countered by the mobilization of resistance in the surrounding soils as the shaft deflects. The lateral load capacity of the shaft, therefore, will depend on its relative stiffness, and the strength of the surrounding soils and rock. A rational analysis of a problem involving lateral loading on a shaft must consider the interaction of the soil / rock and the structure. Equilibrium of forces and compatibility of displacements throughout the total system are the two fundamental conditions that are to be satisfied in the analysis. The recommended parameters for lateral load analysis are provided in the table below for use in L - PILE computer program. The recommendations in the table below do not account for lateral resistance within the upper 5 feet. Table 8-2 — LPILE Analyses Parameters for Soil Effective Undrained Non - Approximate Unit Friction Shear Default Non - Structure Elevation P -Y Curve Type weight, Angle, Strength, Strain default (feet) pcf degrees psf Factor, k, (pci) E50 Peak Flow 778-780 Sand (Reese) 120 25 -- -- 90 Storage, Equalization Stiff clay w/o Storage 781-785 free water 125 -- 1500 0.007 -- Tanks Operation Building / Stiff clay w/o Return Flow 760 to 754 free water 125 -- 1300 0.007 Pump Station Bioreactor 763-773 Sand (Reese) 120 25 -- -- 90 17 Effective Undrained Non - Approximate Unit Friction Shear Default Non - Structure Elevation P -Y Curve Type weight, Angle, Strength, Strain default (feet) pcf degrees psf Factor, k, (pci) E50 Distribution Stiff clay w/o Box 754-763 free water 125 2000 0.005 Plant Water and Reuse 755-758 Sand (Reese) 120 25 -- -- 9� Pump Station UV Stiff clay w/o Disinfection 755-760 free water 125 -- 1500 0.007 -- Cascade Aeration 745-750 Sand (Reese) 120 25 -- -- 90 Basin 762-769 Sand (Reese) 120 25 -- -- 90 Dewatering Building 756-762 Stiff clay w/o 125 -- 2500 0.005 -- free water Sludge 767-771 Stiff clay w/o 125 -- 1500 0.007 -- Holding free water Tank 757-767 Sand (Reese) 120 25 -- -- 90 Transmission Stiff clay w/o Line 782-785 free water 125 1300 0.007 Table 8-3 — LPILE Analysis Parameters for Rock Approximate Elevation (feet) Effective Unit Weight, pcf Uniaxial Compressive Strength, psi Initial Modulus of Rock Mass, psi RQD, (%) Strain Factor, k r Peak Flow Storage 765-775 130 140 3,500 50 0.0005 745-765 130 280 7,000 50 0.0005 Equalization Storage Tanks 777-781 130 140 3,500 50 0.0005 755-777 130 280 7,000 60 0.0005 745-755 130 695 43,400 80 0.0005 Operation Building / 745-754 130 140 3,500 40 0.0005 Return Flow Pump Station 725-745 130 345 8 600 40 0.0005 Bioreactor Distribution Box 750-754 130 70 1,800 50 0.0005 740-750 130 210 5,300 60 0.0005 725-740 130 695 17,400 60 0.0005 Plant Water and Reuse 738-755 130 210 5,300 40 0.0005 Pump Station 725-738 130 415 10,400 40 0.0005 UV Disinfection 735-755 130 140 3,500 30 0.0005 715-735 130 415 10,400 30 0.0005 Cascade Aeration Basin 738-745 130 210 5,300 40 0.0005 Structure Approximate Elevation (feet) Effective Unit Weight, pcf Uniaxial Compressive Strength, psi Initial Modulus of Rock Mass, psi RQD, (%) Strain Factor, kn„ Cascade Aeration Basin 715-738 130 415 10,400 40 0.0005 Dewatering Building 740-757 130 140 3,500 50 0.0005 725-740 130 695 17,400 50 0.0005 Sludge Holding Tank 740-761 130 140 3,500 30 0.0005 725-740 130 695 17,400 50 0.0005 Transmission Line 774-782 130 210 5,300 50 0.0005 739-774 130 415 25,900 80 0.0005 8.3 Group Effects Axial Capacity: Groups of shafts should have a center -to -center spacing of at least 2.5D when designing foundations using one row group of shafts and 3D for foundations using two or more rows of shafts where D is the diameter of the shaft. For greater spacing, the total capacity will be equal to the sum of the capacities of the individual shafts in the group. The group capacity may be less than the sum of individual capacities at closer spacing. Lateral Capacity: Groups of shafts should have a center -to -center spacing of at least 5D when designing foundations using one row group of shafts and 6D for foundations using two or more rows of shafts where D is the diameter of the shaft. The recommended P -multiplier values for lateral design by row position is given in the table below. Table 8-4 — Design P -multiplier Design P -multiplier Pile Spacing c -c 3D 4D 5D >/= 6D Lead Row 0.7 0.85 1.0 1.0 2nd Row 0.5 0.65 0.85 1.0 3rd and higher rows 0.35 0.5 0.7 1.0 8.4 Shaft Settlement Movements will consist generally of elastic shortening of the shaft and rock deformation at the shaft tip. It is our opinion the shaft head settlement will be less than '/z inch at properly constructed drilled shafts. 8.5 Drilled Shaft Construction Recommendations Drilled shaft construction and installation should follow TxDOT Standard Specification Item 416. Slurry displacement methods for drilled shaft construction are allowed under TxDOT Standard Specifications. A computation of the final concrete volume for each shaft should be made. Shafts taking an unreasonably high or low volume of concrete should be cored to check their integrity. 19 We anticipate that temporary casing be needed to prevent caving soils. Our analyses assume no casing will be left in place. We should be informed if casing will be left in place so we may provide revised shaft capacity calculations. Groundwater was encountered in some borings and should be expected during installation of the drilled shafts. Clays with varying amounts of sand and gravel were also encountered. Groundwater seepage rates and caving soils will require the use of temporary casing for installation of the straight drilled shafts. The casing should be seated in marl or limestone and all water and loose material should be removed prior to beginning the design penetration. Marl bedrock can be excavated using augers with bullet teeth. Hard limestone may be present within marl. Drilling through limestone layers can be difficult to penetrate. A contractor experienced in this type of geologic formation should be retained. 8.6 Structural Slab Concrete slabs or foundations should be supported drilled shaft and may be constructed with a minimum void space of 9 inches between the ground and bottom of the slab. This may best be accomplished by casting the concrete over the structural cardboard forms (void boxes). Soil retainers should be used to help prevent the filling of the void with soil. 9 BELOW GRADE WALLS Below grade structures are planned for the facility. Design recommendations for below grade walls are presented in this section. 9.1 Lateral Earth Pressures Below grade structures will need to withstand the lateral earth pressure acting behind the wall retaining the fill. Lateral earth pressures will be affected by structural design/stiffness of the wall, wall restraint conditions, methods of construction, and compaction and strength of the materials being retained. Design lateral earth pressures recommended for the below grade walls are provided in the following table. These earth pressures do not include a factor of safety and are provided for horizontal backfill. Design recommendations for active, at -rest and passive conditions are included in the following table. Active earth pressures can be used for design of walls where the top of the wall will deflect on the order of 0.5 percent of the wall height. The "at -rest" condition is for where no or very small movement is anticipated. The at -rest condition is commonly used for walls restrained at the top. Flat backfill conditions are expected behind the wall. Passive earth pressure resistance in front of below -grade structures is typically not considered reliable for design due to the uncertainty in its mobilization. Passive earth pressure should not be relied upon as a primary resisting force unless it can be demonstrated that the contributing soil mass will remain undisturbed and adequately confined over the design life of the structure. 20 Table 9-1 — Lateral Earth Pressure Recommendations Equivalent Fluid Pressure Earth Pressure (pcf) Drained Undrained Coefficient Backfill Unit Friction Condition Condition Weight, Angle, Materials pcf degrees 6 ,L v a Passive, Drained Onsite Soils 125 23 0.61 0.44 2.28 76 55 101 90 285 Select Fill 120 28 0.53 0.36 2.77 64 43 93 83 332 Flexible Base 115 34 0.44 0.28 3.54 51 33 86 77 406 Granular Fill 110 34 0.44 0.28 3.54 48 30 83 76 389 Note 1. Backfill material description and placement recommendations are provided in Section 11. Drainage must be provided behind the walls for earth pressures provided for drained condition to prevent the development of hydrostatic pressures. A vertical drain can be used. The limits of backfill should extend outward at least 2 feet from the wall base and then upward on a 1H: 1V slope. Surcharge loads should be considered if they apply at the surface above the wall within an area defined by an angle of 45 degrees extending up from the base of the wall. Wall backfill should be placed and compacted as described in Section 11. The top of the granular backfill should be protected by 2 -foot -thick clay material with plasticity index between 20 and 40. Clay should be backfilled in accordance with guidelines in Section 11.4. The wall backfill is expected to settle over time. It is anticipated that backfill compacted to the recommended density may settle about one to two percent of the fill thickness. 10 PAVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS We understand that the project will involve construction of a roadway across the facility. Reinforced concrete pavement is planned. Traffic patterns and anticipated loading conditions were not available at the time of this report. This section provides planned pavement section and pavement subgrade preparation recommendations. 10.1 Pavement Subgrade Clays were encountered near the surface across the site. These clays have low to moderate potential to shrink/swell movements in response to soil moisture content changes. Moisture changes occur due to seasonal changes in the relative amount of rainfall and evaporation potential. 21 Potential Vertical Rise (PVR) values were estimated by the TxDOT standard Tex -124-E method for the overburden soils. The swell potential of the upper 10 feet of soils were considered. PVR values were estimated based on the existing and dry soil conditions. The PVR represents the potential ability of a soil at a specific density, moisture and loading condition to swell. It indicates the potential movement of the soils that may be realized if the soils become wet from a relatively dry/existing condition. The actual amount of swell the pavement may experience depends on many variables which are not known at the time of this study (such as the time of year the pavement is constructed, moisture contents of the pavement subgrade when pavement is constructed, etc.). Based on the borings, PVR values ranging from 1 to 2 inches were computed. The PVR of 2 inches is generally accepted for road pavement subgrade. Therefore, pavement section can be placed on properly prepared subgrade. 10.2 Pavement Section Pavement section provided in the following table is planned for this project. Table 10-1— Pavement Thickness Pavement Section Roadway Dumpster Pad Concrete (Rigid) Pavement 6 8 Compacted Subgrade 6 6 The roadway pavement section is expected to support pavement equivalent single axle load (ESAL) of 145,000. If the pavements are subject to heavier loading and higher traffic counts than the calculated ESAL's, we should be notified and provided with the information so that we may review these pavement sections and make revisions if necessary. Portland cement concrete with a minimum 28 -day compressive strength of 4,000 pounds per square inch (psi) should be used. Grade 60 reinforcing steel (No. 3 bars spaced at 18 -inch intervals each way) should be used in the transverse and longitudinal directions. The maximum control joint spacing should be 15 feet. Saw cut control joints should be cut within 6 to 12 hours of concrete placement. Where not specified herein, concrete pavements should comply with TxDOT Item 360 - "Concrete Pavement", or local equivalent. Flat grades should be avoided with positive drainage provided away from the pavement edges. Backfilling of curbs should be accomplished as soon as practical to prevent ponding water. Openings in pavement, such as landscape islands, are sources for water infiltration into surrounding pavements. Water collects in the islands and migrates into the surroundings subgrade soils thereby degrading support of the pavement. This is especially applicable for islands with raised concrete curbs, irrigated foliage, and low permeability near -surface soils. The civil design for the pavements with these conditions should include features to restrict or to collect and discharge excess water from the islands. Examples of features are edge drains connected to the storm water collection 22 system or other suitable outlet and impermeable barriers preventing lateral migration of water such as cutoff wall installed to a depth below the pavement structures. 10.3 Pavement Subgrade Requirement. Pavement subgrade should be proof rolled and prepared as per the guidelines in Section 11. 11 EARTHWORK 11.1 Fill Soils Fill soils were encountered in Borings B-17, B-18, B-21, B-22, B-30, and B-31 at depths ranging from about 2 to 4 feet. Deeper fills may exist at the site in areas where borings were not drilled. The fill soils possess the potential to experience settlement, a phenomenon that could impact the structures supported on them. To mitigate this risk of unacceptable settlements, it is recommended that the fills be removed and replaced in a controlled manner. However, if some level of settlement risk can be tolerated, proof rolling as described in the Site Preparation section, can be considered as an alternative to complete removal of the fill. Although proof rolling is a reasonable approach for constructing floor slabs and paving, it cannot completely eliminate the possibility of acceptable movements in some areas. 11.2 Site Preparation The structure area should be stripped of all vegetation and any other deleterious materials or gravels. Trees are present at the site. Trees within the planned structure area should be removed with root balls. The exposed subgrade should be proof rolled with a loaded dump truck, having a single axle weight of at least 10 tons. Soft or pumping areas should be excavated to a firm subgrade and properly backfllled with onsite clays or select fill. Proof rolling is not required on top of tan limestone or marl if exposed during excavation. 11.3 Suitable Fill The following table provide material description for suitable fill and their appropriate use. Existing subgrade to receive frill should be scarified to a minimum depth of 6 inches and compacted. Table 11-1— Fill Description Baclll Material Fill Description Appropriate Use Onsite soil free from organic material, loam debris, frozen Site Grading, outside of subgrade Onsite Soil soil or other deleterious material and rock size less than 4 modification depth inches, with a liquid limit of less than 60 and a plasticity index range for grade less than 40. supported structures 23 Backfill Material Fill Description Appropriate Use Onsite soil free from organic material, loam debris, frozen Over granular and Clay Cap soil, or other deleterious material and rock size less than 4 Flexible base fill inches, with plasticity indices between 20 and 40. behind below grade wall Flexible base meeting the TxDOT Item 247, Grade 1-2, Type Beneath below grade Flexibletanks, A or D. Crushed limestone meeting this requirement is grade Base acceptable. supported mat foundation Select fill should consist of lean, sandy clay or clayey sand with Beneath below grade a Liquid Limit less than 35 and a Plasticity Index between 7 to tanks, grade Select Fill 15. Select fill should consist of soil free from organic material, supported loam debris, frozen soil, or other deleterious material. Onsite foundations soil meeting the select fill criteria can be used. Granular Granular fill should consist of non -plastic material with less Behind retaining wall Fill than 3% passing no. 200 sieve and less than 30% passing no. and below grade 40 sieve. Maximum aggregate size of 2 inches basin walls Some structures are designed to include void spaces between structural elements. These voids will be formed by the floor slab, vertical walls, and top structural elements such as stairs. To facilitate construction of the upper structural components, fill soils will be used to backfill these void spaces. On -site soils can be used for this purpose, provided they meet the compaction requirements outlined in Table 11-2. 11.4 Fill Placement and Compaction Fill material meeting the requirement previously should be placed in loose lifts not exceeding nine (8) inches and should be compacted as outlined in the following table. Table 11-2 — Compaction Requirements Materials Compaction Requirements Optimum Moisture Content Range Onsite Soils At least 95% of Standard Proctor -1% to +3% (ASTM D698) Maximum Dry Density Onsite Soil (Fill for Void About 90 to 95% of Standard Proctor -1% to +3% Spaced with Structure) (ASTM D698) Maximum Dry Density Clay Cap At least 95% of Standard Proctor +1% to +3% (ASTM D698) Maximum Dry Density Select Fill At least 95% of Standard Proctor 2% to +2% (ASTM D698) Maximum Dry Density Flexible Base At least 95% of Standard Proctor (Tex - -2% to +2% 113-E) Maximum Dry Density 24 11.5 Drainage Drainage around the structure perimeter becomes an important consideration in the performance of the structure. If an area of poor drainage is allowed to exist around the structure, the soils beneath the slab or structures in that area have greater access to water. The owner must take care to maintain good drainage over the life of the structure to reduce the potential for weak subgrade . Exposed ground should be sloped away from the structures for at least 10 feet beyond the perimeter of the structure. Additionally, we recommend trees, shrubbery and similar vegetation with deep roots and/or high watering demand be placed at least 10 feet away from the edge of the structures. 11.6 Excavation The excavation should satisfy two requirements. First, the soil above final grade must be removed without disturbing the soil below excavation grade, which will support the structure. Second, the sides and base of the excavation must be stable to prevent damage to adjacent facilities as a result of either lateral or vertical movements of the soil. For vertical -sided excavations, the principal problem related to satisfactory excavation procedures is the design and installation of sheeting and bracing to form vertical sides of the excavation. In addition, a satisfactory excavation procedure must include an adequate construction dewatering system to keep the excavation grade dry. Excavation Stability. Excavations shall be shored, laid back to a stable slope or some other equivalent means may be used to provide safety for workers and adjacent structures. Assessment of the need for excavation sloping, use of trench boxes or other measures required providing a stable excavation and the use of appropriate construction practices and/or equipment is the contractor's responsibility. The excavation operations shall be performed in accordance with 29 CFR Part 1926 subpart P, as amended, including rules published in the Federal Register, Vol. 54, No. 209, dated October 31, 1989, as a minimum. In addition, the provisions of legislation enacted by the Texas Legislature should be satisfied. In general, it is our opinion that the pressure distribution (for braced walls) should be used for the design of sheeting or trench boxes. To reduce the potential for ground movement adjacent to the top of the excavation, the bracing should be preloaded in stages as the excavation is deepened. The detailed earth pressure diagrams are presented in the following figure. 25 i DC 0 0 CD CD U w 8 0 I — Bottom of Excavation P„= 48 H 9 B Where: H: Depth of Excavation H1: Distance from ground surface to upper most support Hn+1: Distance from base of excavation to lower most support Th: Horizontal load on support Pa: Maximum ordinate of pressure diagram Figure 11-1 — Braced Excavation — Lateral Earth Pressure Diagram The difficulty of excavation will increase with depth. Soft weathered rock can generally be ripped with backhoes fitted with rock teeth. However, rock excavation methods may be required in the intact limestone encountered at some sites. These methods could include hoe rams, back hoes with rock excavation buckets, and pneumatic hammers. Excavation of the rock is expected to be difficult and time consuming. 11.7 Groundwater Control Groundwater was encountered in borings drilled across the site. Groundwater may be encountered during construction. Assessment of the need for groundwater control and installation of appropriate dewatering equipment is the contractor's responsibility. The following comments are intended to represent common solutions to groundwater control problems encountered in similar subgrade conditions in this region and may not be construed as dewatering system design recommendations. A conventional pump and sump arrangement may be adequate if groundwater is encountered during excavations. Well points or eductors may be utilized to lower the groundwater level to at least three feet below the excavation level. Well points are generally not effective below about 15 feet beneath the top of the well point, and deeper dewatering requires deep wells with submersible pumps and eductors. In any case, the groundwater control system used must provide a relatively dry, stable base for construction. However, it should be noted that groundwater conditions will change due to rainfall and seasonal changes. 11.8 Footing Base Footing excavations should be maintained in a dry condition. The base of all foundation excavations should be free of water and loose materials prior to placing concrete. Excavations of the footings and the placement of concrete and steel should proceed in a reasonably continuous manner. 26 If groundwater is encountered during excavation, the foundation base will likely soften and result in loss of bearing support. A 4 -inch -thick lean concrete working slab or mud slab can be used at the foundation level in combination with dewatering. The mud slab should not be used as a replacement for the fill materials specified in Table 11-1. 12 LIMITATIONS This investigation was performed for the exclusive use of Plummer Associates, Inc. to provide a geotechnical study for the construction of Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility in Fort Worth, Texas. HVJ Associates® has endeavored to comply with generally accepted geotechnical engineering practice common in the local area. HVJ Associates® makes no warranty, express or implied. The analyses and recommendations contained in this report are based on data obtained from subsurface exploration, laboratory testing, the project information provided to us and our experience with similar soils and site conditions. The methods used indicate subsurface conditions only at the specific locations where samples were obtained, only at the time they were obtained, and only to the depths penetrated. Samples cannot be relied on to accurately reflect the strata variations that usually exist between sampling locations. Should any subsurface conditions other than those described in our boring logs be encountered, HVJ Associates® should be immediately notified so that further investigation and supplemental recommendations can be provided. 27 PLATES ' •1. cY ' 1� � , '� x V � ' � � .�. r l � • y 1 7 ✓�"� V`! l� fir,. , i ' �- 1 V [ p mil • V ..-F�,��JM �,� •i,� �; ; • �"� � �� Y 2mi n " r Goggle Earth Kgw: Goodland Limestone and Walnut Clay, undivided Kid: Kiamichi Formation Qt: Terrace deposits Kdc: Duck Creek Limestone Source: USGS- Pocket Texas Geology -August 2024. 7 ------------ 4 9„ o 'w r 1 --S. v.a c - rsrrar ,t 11 Approximate Structure Boring Location m' Approximate Pavement Boring Location Source: Google Earth Pro -March 2025 LOG OF BORING Project: Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility Date: 6/26/2024 Project No.: DG2210230.1 Boring No.: P-1 Latitude: 32.732491 Elevation: 763 feet Groundwater during drilling: Not Encountered Longitude: -97.531462 Station: -- Groundwater after drilling: --- Offset: -- ELEV. SOIL SYMBOLS z w ~ SHEAR STRENGTH, TSF DEPTH, SAMPLER SYMBOLS SOIL/ROCK CLASSIFICATION co(')Z <o W U a FEET AND FIELD TEST DATA a N } 0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 z MOISTURE 0 CONTENT, % PLASTIC LIMIT I I LIQUID LIMIT 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 0 ....................................................................... CLAYEY SAND (SC), medium dense, moist, brown to f light brown, with calcareous nodules 41 760 9-6-6 5 CLAYEY GRAVEL WITH SAND (GC), medium dense, 5-8-9 light brown, with calcareous deposits 47 10-15-19 755 - SANDY LEAN CLAY (CL), hard, light brown and gray, 22-35-18 with calcareous deposits 68 10 750 745 740 735 730 20 25 30 X35 Shear Types NA MARL, slightly weathered, soft, gray and dark gray 15-35-50/5" Boring terminated at 15 feet below ground surface. • = Hand Penet. ■ = Torvane A = Unconf. Comp. K = UU Triaxial PLATE 4 ASSOCIATES' LOG OF BORING Project: Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility Date: 6/20/2024 Project No.: DG2210230.1 Boring No.: P-2 Latitude: 32.733388 Elevation: 778 feet Groundwater during drilling: Not Encountered Longitude: -97.529156 Station: -- Groundwater after drilling: --- Offset: -- SOIL SYMBOLS w z w ~ SHEAR STRENGTH, TSF DEPTH, SAMPLER SYMBOLS SOIL/ROCK CLASSIFICATION U <o Z W U a FEET AND FIELD TEST DATA a N } 0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 z MOISTURE 0 CONTENT, % PLASTIC LIMIT I I LIQUID LIMIT 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 .................................................................... LEAN CLAY (CL), stiff, moist, brown, with calcareous deposits 88 CLAYEY GRAVEL WITH SAND (GC), medium dense, 775 brown and light brown, with calcareous deposits 35 WEATHERED LIMESTONE, soft to hard, tan, with clay seams 770 765 760 755 750 745 10 ..................................... 50/0.5" LIMESTONE, hard, gray 15 50/2"-50/1" I................................................................. Boring terminated at 15.25 feet below ground surface. 20 25 30 X35 Shear Types • = Hand Penet. ■ = Torvane A = Unconf. Comp. K = UU Triaxial PLATE 5 ASSOCIATES' LOG OF BORING Project: Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility Date: 6/26/2024 Project No.: DG2210230.1 Boring No.: B-1 Latitude: 32.733975 Elevation: 789 feet Groundwater during drilling: Not Encountered Longitude: -97.528647 Station: -- Groundwater after drilling: --- Offset: -- ELEV. SOIL SYMBOLS z w ~ SHEAR STRENGTH, TSF DEPTH, SAMPLER SYMBOLS SOIL/ROCK CLASSIFICATION U <o Z W U a FEET AND FIELD TEST DATA a N } 0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 z MOISTURE 0 CONTENT, % PLASTIC LIMIT I I LIQUID LIMIT 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 785 5 780_I- 10 775 15 770_I- -20 765_I- -25 FAT CLAY (CH), very stiff, moist, dark brown, with organics and limestone fragments ........................................................................ SANDY LEAN CLAY WITH GRAVEL (CL), soft to hard, 10-8-6 brown and tan, with limestone fragments 8-34-19 52 ........................................................................ 7-50/1" WEATHERED LIMESTONE, soft to hard, tan, with clay seams 50/0.75"- 50/0.25" 50/0.5"- 50/0.25" REC:92%, RQD:60% LIMESTONE, very hard, gray, with intermittent layers of dark gray marl 47 138 I C�mo] StrLnoth at L1.21ft =151.6 tsf REC:98%, ............................................................ - - - RQD:67% MARL, very hard, gray and dark gray, with intermittent 760 - - - layers of gray limestone 30 — - - — — REC:98%, — — — RQD:87% 755- -35 Shear Types: = Hand Penet. ■ = Torvane A = Unconf. Comp. K = UU Triaxial PLATE 6a ASSOCIATES' LOG OF BORING Project: Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility Date: 6/26/2024 Project No.: DG2210230.1 Boring No.: B-1 Latitude: 32.733975 Elevation: 789 feet Groundwater during drilling: Not Encountered Longitude: -97.528647 Station: -- Groundwater after drilling: --- Offset: -- ELEV. SOIL SYMBOLS z w ~ SHEAR STRENGTH, TSF DEPTH, SAMPLER SYMBOLS SOIL/ROCK CLASSIFICATION Z W U <o a N } a 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 FEET AND FIELD TEST DATA 0 z MOISTURE O CONTENT, % PLASTIC LIMIT I I LIQUID LIMIT 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 MARL, very hard, gray and dark gray, with intermittent layers of gray limestone REC:98%, RQD:78% 750 REC:10O /�, 122 C�mmpa Str�ngt� at 10.0 ft = 25. tsf 745 124 I C4mpl Str�ngtl at 46.11 ft =127.1 tsf REC:100%, RQD:98% 740-j- -50 735 155 730_I- -60 725 115 720 + i L70 Shear Types Boring terminated at 50 feet below ground surface. • = Hand Penet. ■ = Torvane A = Unconf. Comp. K = UU Triaxial PLATE 6b ASSOCIATES' LOG OF BORING Project: Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility Date: 6/21/2024 Project No.: DG2210230.1 Boring No.: B-2 Latitude: 32.733772 Elevation: 788 feet Groundwater during drilling: Not Encountered Longitude: -97.528725 Station: -- Groundwater after drilling: 8.2 feet Offset: -- ELEV• . SOIL SYMBOLS z w ~ SHEAR STRENGTH, TSF DEPTH, SAMPLER SYMBOLS SOIL/ROCK CLASSIFICATION U Z W U <o a N } a 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 FEET AND FIELD TEST DATA 0 z MOISTURE O CONTENT, % PLASTIC LIMIT I I LIQUID LIMIT o 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 CLAYEY SAND (SC), medium dense, dark gray to brown, with organics from 0 to 2 feet, with traces of o gravel 785• 35 O CLAYEY SAND WITH GRAVEL (SC), dense, light s brown and tan, with limestone fragments 41 - -e - 50/1" O 780 WEATHERED LIMESTONE, soft to hard, tan, with clay - • seams 10 50/2-50/1" 775 15 770 20 765 25 760 131 LIMESTONE, very hard, gray 50/1.5"- 50/0.5" REC:92%, RQD:17% .............................................. MARL, very hard, gray and dark gray REC:25%, - 12 inch thick gray limestone layer at 27.5 feet RQD:8% Boring terminated at 30 feet below ground surface. 130 4mp� Str ngtf at 12.2 ft = 97.$ tsf 144 C mo Str not at 3.0 ft = 82. tsf 755 35 Shear Types: = Hand Penet. ■ = Torvane A = Unconf. Comp. K = UU Triaxial PLATE 7 ASSOCIATES' LOG OF BORING Project: Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility Date: 7/23/2024 Project No.: DG2210230.1 Boring No.: B-3 Latitude: 32.733678 Elevation: 790 feet Groundwater during drilling: Not Encountered Longitude: -97.527739 Station: -- Groundwater after drilling: 7.4 feet Offset: -- ELEV. SOIL SYMBOLS z w ~ SHEAR STRENGTH, TSF DEPTH, SAMPLER SYMBOLS SOIL/ROCK CLASSIFICATION co(')Z <o W U a FEET AND FIELD TEST DATA a N } 0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 z MOISTURE O CONTENT, % PLASTIC LIMIT I I LIQUID LIMIT 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 790 0 .................*...................................i..,........ CLAYEY GRAVEL WITH SAND (GC), dense, moist, dark gray, with calcareous nodules and deposits 103 39 785+5 780-4-10 775+15 770+20 765+25 760+30 755135 Shear Types 14-19-50/4" 36 24-50/5" - with weathered limestone fragments 22-50/5" 45 ........................................................................ CLAYEY SAND WITH GRAVEL (SC), dense, moist, 5-29-50/4" brown and gray, with weathered limestone fragments and 41 .calcareous deposits LIMESTONE, very hard, gray, with intermittent layers of dark gray marl REC:100%, RQD:38% REC:100%, RQD:50% REC:100%, RQD:50% REC:100%, RQD:22% MARL, hard to very hard, gray and dark gray REC:100%, RQD:80% 145"C� mD] Strnti at h2.91ft =1101[5 132 • = Hand Penet. ■ = Torvane A = Unconf. Comp. K = UU Triaxial PLATE 8a ASSOCIATES' LOG OF BORING Project: Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility Date: 7/23/2024 Project No.: DG2210230.1 Boring No.: B-3 Latitude: 32.733678 Elevation: 790 feet Groundwater during drilling: Not Encountered Longitude: -97.527739 Station: -- Groundwater after drilling: 7.4 feet Offset: -- ELEV. SOIL SYMBOLS z w ~ SHEAR STRENGTH, TSF DEPTH, SAMPLER SYMBOLS SOIL/ROCK CLASSIFICATION <o Z W U a FEET AND FIELD TEST DATA a N } o 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 z MOISTURE 0 CONTENT, % PLASTIC LIMIT I I LIQUID LIMIT 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 755 35 - - - REC:88%, RQD:50% 750 40 745 740-I--50 735-I--55 730 + 60 I 725-I--65 MARL, hard to very hard, gray and dark gray LIMESTONE, very hard, gray Boring terminated at 40 feet below ground surface. 72070 Shear Types: = Hand Penet. ■ = Torvane A = Unconf. Comp ASSOCIATES' 1501° �E = UU Triaxial PLATE 8b LOG OF BORING Project: Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility Date: 6/27/2024 Boring No.: B-4 Northing: 100 Groundwater during drilling: Not Encountered Easting: 200 Groundwater 24 hr. after drilling: 6.3 feet ELEV. SOIL SYMBOLS DEPTH, SAMPLER SYMBOLS SOIL/ROCK CLASSIFICATION FEET AND FIELD TEST DATA 90-0 785+5 780+10 775+15 770+20 765+25 760+30 755135 ' Shear Types Project No.: DG2210230.1 Elevation: 790 feet Station: -- Offset: -- (U> I- Z W SHEAR STRENGTH, TSF co(') z� (n o W U a N } a 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 z 0 MOISTURE O CONTENT, % PLASTIC LIMIT I I LIQUID LIMIT 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 FAT CLAY (CH), very stiff, moist, dark brown, with limestone fragments 92 .................................................................... WEATHERED LIMESTONE, soft to hard, tan, with clay 50/5.5" seams 50/2"-50/0.5"I ................................................................ LIMESTONE, hard to very hard, gray 50/3.5"- 50/0.5" 50/1.5"- 50/0.25" REC:100%, RQD:42% MARL, hard, gray and dark gray, with intermittent layers of gray limestone REC:67%, RQD:20% 138 140 at 21.31 ft =120013 REC:63%, RQD:50% 131 C mp Strngti at t32.1ft =17. tsf 115 Cimp Stringt at L3 ft =R I • = Hand Penet. ■ = Torvane A = Unconf. Comp. K = UU Triaxial PLATE 9a ASSOCIATES' LOG OF BORING Project: Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility Date: 6/27/2024 Project No.: DG2210230.1 Boring No.: B-4 Northing: 100 Elevation: 790 feet Groundwater during drilling: Not Encountered Easting: 200 Station: -- Groundwater 24 hr. after drilling: 6.3 feet Offset: -- SOIL SYMBOLS w z w ~ SHEAR STRENGTH, TSF DEPTH, SAMPLER SYMBOLS SOIL/ROCK CLASSIFICATION U <o Z W U a FEET AND FIELD TEST DATA a N } 0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 z MOISTURE O CONTENT, % PLASTIC LIMIT I I LIQUID LIMIT 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 MARL, hard, gray and dark gray, with intermittent layers of gray limestone _ _ — REC:83%, RQD:27% 138 C mp Str ngt at 6.9 ft = 111 4 750 40 . .............................. Boring terminated at 40 feet below ground surface. 745 740-I-50 735-I-55 730 + 60 1 725-I-65 72070 Shear Types: = Hand Penet. ■ = Torvane A = Unconf. Comp ASSOCIATES' �E = UU Triaxial PLATE 9b LOG OF BORING Project: Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility Date: 7/23/2024 Project No.: DG2210230.1 Boring No.: B-5 Latitude: 32.7335 Elevation: 787 feet Groundwater during drilling: Not Encountered Longitude: -97.527944 Station: -- Groundwater after drilling: 8.25 feet Offset: -- ELEV. SOIL SYMBOLS z w ~ SHEAR STRENGTH, TSF DEPTH, SAMPLER SYMBOLS SOIL/ROCK CLASSIFICATION co(')Z <o W U a FEET AND FIELD TEST DATA a N } 0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 z MOISTURE O CONTENT, % PLASTIC LIMIT I I LIQUID LIMIT 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 ro iii/■ /� + .......gSAND C ),verysf. ois,............. LEAN CLAY WITH (CL), very stiff, moist, dark gray and light brown, with calcareous deposits 09 785 s 780- -10 775- -15 - 770 - 20 - 765 - 25 760 - 30 - 755 - 35 Shear Types 100 81 ........................................................................ SANDY LEAN CLAY WITH GRAVEL (CL), very stiff, 13-26-25 moist, light brown and tan, with calcareous deposits and 61 limestone fragments ........................................................................ 14-50/3" CLAYEY GRAVEL WITH SAND (GC), medium dense to dense, tan and light brown, with limestone fragments 15-17-50/4" 40 .................................................................... WEATHERED LIMESTONE, soft to hard, tan, with clay seams REC:100%, ........................................................................ RQD:53% MARL, hard to very hard, gray and dark gray, with intermittent layer of gray limestone 133 C mp Str nqt at 3.0 ft = 8.1 REC:100%, RQD:50% REC:100%, RQD:20% REC:80%, RQD:45% 143 OCimpl StrJnoth at p 5.0 ft =65. tsf REC:20%, I I122 C mp Str ngt at 2.0 ft = 15. tsf RQD:20% • = Hand Penet. ■ = Torvane A = Unconf. Comp. K = UU Triaxial PLATE 10a ASSOCIATES' LOG OF BORING Project: Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility Date: 7/23/2024 Project No.: DG2210230.1 Boring No.: B-5 Latitude: 32.7335 Elevation: 787 feet Groundwater during drilling: Not Encountered Longitude: -97.527944 Station: -- Groundwater after drilling: 8.25 feet Offset: -- ELEV. SOIL SYMBOLS z w ~ SHEAR STRENGTH, TSF DEPTH, SAMPLER SYMBOLS SOIL/ROCK CLASSIFICATION U Z W U <o a N } a 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 FEET AND FIELD TEST DATA 0 z MOISTURE 0 CONTENT, % PLASTIC LIMIT I I LIQUID LIMIT 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 750 35 - _ - REC:100%, - - - RQD:30% An 745- -45 740- -50 735- -55 730- -60 725- -65 720 - MARL, hard to very hard, gray and dark gray, with intermittent layer of gray limestone Boring terminated at 40 feet below ground surface. --70 Shear Types: = Hand Penet. ■ = Torvane A = Unconf. Comp ASSOCIATES' �E = UU Triaxial PLATE 10b LOG OF BORING Project: Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility Date: 6/26/2024 Project No.: DG2210230.1 Boring No.: B-6 Latitude: 32.733492 Elevation: 789 feet Groundwater during drilling: Not Encountered Longitude: -97.527031 Station: -- Groundwater after drilling: --- Offset: -- ELEV. SOIL SYMBOLS z w ~ SHEAR STRENGTH, TSF DEPTH, SAMPLER SYMBOLS SOIL/ROCK CLASSIFICATION co(')Z <o W U a FEET AND FIELD TEST DATA a N } 0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 z MOISTURE O CONTENT, % PLASTIC LIMIT I I LIQUID LIMIT 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 FAT CLAY (CH), very stiff, moist, dark gray, with calcareous nodules, with traces of gravel 96 ........................................................................ • CLAYEY GRAVEL WITH SAND (GC), medium dense, tan and light brown, with limestone fragments, calcareous 26 785 •. nodules and deposits ..................... 5 WEATHERED LIMESTONE, soft to hard, tan, with clay 25-45-50/5" seams 780_I- 10 45/6-50/1" LIMESTONE, hard to very hard, gray, with intermittent 775 layers of dark gray marl 15 50/2-50/1.5' 770 20 50/2"-50/0.5" REC:83%, 137 RQD:38% C mp Str ngt at 2.3 ft = 40. tsf 765- -25 • REC:33%, RQD:17% 760 0 30 147 C mD Str not at 9.4 ft = 160 2 t: f35 Shear Types REC:67%, 144 O RQD:17%a C mp Str ngt at 2.5 ft = 79 • = Hand Penet. ■ = Torvane A = Unconf. Comp. K = UU Triaxial PLATE 11a ASSOCIATES' tsf LOG OF BORING Project: Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility Date: 6/26/2024 Project No.: DG2210230.1 Boring No.: B-6 Latitude: 32.733492 Elevation: 789 feet Groundwater during drilling: Not Encountered Longitude: -97.527031 Station: -- Groundwater after drilling: --- Offset: -- ELEV. SOIL SYMBOLS z w ~ SHEAR STRENGTH, TSF DEPTH, SAMPLER SYMBOLS SOIL/ROCK CLASSIFICATION Z W U <o a N >') 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 FEET AND FIELD TEST DATA 0 z MOISTURE O CONTENT, % PLASTIC LIMIT I I LIQUID LIMIT 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 MARL, hard to very hard, gray and dark gray — _ — REC:97%, RQD:25% An 745- -45 740- -50 735- -55 730- -60 725- -65 720-p i L70 Shear Types Boring terminated at 40 feet below ground surface. • = Hand Penet. ■ = Torvane A = Unconf. Comp ASSOCIATES' 123 Cd�Opl Str�ngt at R7.7 ft = 16.Q tsf �E = UU Triaxial PLATE 11b LOG OF BORING Project: Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility Date: 6/20/2024 Project No.: DG2210230.1 Boring No.: B-7 Latitude: 32.732719 Elevation: 781 feet Groundwater during drilling: Not Encountered Longitude: -97.528061 Station: -- Groundwater after drilling: --- Offset: -- ELEV. SOIL SYMBOLS z w ~ SHEAR STRENGTH, TSF DEPTH, SAMPLER SYMBOLS SOIL/ROCK CLASSIFICATION co(')Z <o W U a FEET AND FIELD TEST DATA a N } 0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 z MOISTURE 0 CONTENT, % PLASTIC LIMIT I I LIQUID LIMIT 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 0 e FAT CLAY (CH), stiff to very stiff, moist, dark gray and 780-1-j/ /� light brown, with organics from 0 to 2 feet, with 97 t r ;1 calcareous deposits 94I• SANDY LEAN CLAY (CL), very stiff, moist, light brown s and gray, with limestone fragments and calcareous 68 deposits 775.................................................................... WEATHERED LIMESTONE, soft to hard, tan, with clay seams 40-27-40 61 10 770 111 50/0.25" 15 50/0.5"- 50/0.5" 765 REC:63%, RQD:0% 20 ....................... ....................... _ _ = MARL, soft, gray and dark gray 760 = _ _ _ — — REC:60%, - - - RQD:22% 25 --- 755 - - - _ = 50/4.5" 30 - -- 750 _ = 50/1" 35 Shear Types: • = Hand Penet. ■ = Torvane A = Unconf. Comp. K = UU Triaxial PLATE 12a ASSOCIATES' LOG OF BORING Project: Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility Date: 6/20/2024 Project No.: DG2210230.1 Boring No.: B-7 Latitude: 32.732719 Elevation: 781 feet Groundwater during drilling: Not Encountered Longitude: -97.528061 Station: -- Groundwater after drilling: --- Offset: -- ELEV. SOIL SYMBOLS z w ~ SHEAR STRENGTH, TSF DEPTH, SAMPLER SYMBOLS SOIL/ROCK CLASSIFICATION Z W U <o a N >') 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 FEET AND FIELD TEST DATA 0 z MOISTURE O CONTENT, % PLASTIC LIMIT I I LIQUID LIMIT 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 745 35 LIMESTONE, very hard, gray, with intermittent layers of dark gray marl REC:77%, RQD:33% 40 ......................... Boring terminated at 40 feet below ground surface. 740- -45 735- -50 730- -55 725- -60 720- -65 715- --70 Shear Types: = Hand Penet. ■ = Torvane A = Unconf. Comp ASSOCIATES' 151 I C�mp] StrQngth at R8.7I ft �E = UU Triaxial PLATE 12b LOG OF BORING Project: Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility Date: 7/22/2024 Project No.: DG2210230.1 Boring No.: B-8 Northing: 100 Elevation: 785 feet Groundwater during drilling: Not Encountered Easting: 200 Station: -- Groundwater 24 hr. after drilling: --- Offset: -- SOIL SYMBOLS w z w ~ SHEAR STRENGTH, TSF DEPTH, SAMPLER SYMBOLS SOIL/ROCK CLASSIFICATION U <o Z W U a FEET AND FIELD TEST DATA a N } 0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 z MOISTURE O CONTENT, % PLASTIC LIMIT I I LIQUID LIMIT 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 785 0 SANDY FAT CLAY (CH), very stiff, moist, dark brown and brown, with organics from 0 to 2 feet 100 O 1i 88 ........................................................................ 780 -1-5 CLAYEY GRAVEL WITH SAND (GC), medium dense 19-8-50/3" to dense, tan and light brown, with calcareous deposits 21 and weathered limestone fragments 6-50/4" 41 15-37-50/5" 72 775 10 MARL, slightly weathered, soft to hard, gray and dark _ _ _ = gray 134 — _ — REC:92%, Comp Str ngt at 1.5 ft = 41 t f — — — RQD:50% 770 15 - - - 131 C mp Str ngt at 5.0 ft = 25. tsf — — — REC:100%, — — — RQD:43% 765 20 --- - — — REC:92%, RQD:47% 760 25 - - - O __= 125 = C mp Str ngt at 5.1 ft = 12. tsf — — — REC:25%, — — — RQD:25% 755 30 .................................................................. LIMESTONE, hard to very hard, gray, with interbedded i�i dark gray marl REC:100%, RQD:57% 75035 Shear Types • = Hand Penet. ■ = Torvane A = Unconf. Comp. K = UU Triaxial PLATE 13a ASSOCIATES' LOG OF BORING Project: Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility Date: 7/22/2024 Project No.: DG2210230.1 Boring No.: B-8 Northing: 100 Elevation: 785 feet Groundwater during drilling: Not Encountered Easting: 200 Station: -- Groundwater 24 hr. after drilling: --- Offset: -- ELEV. SOIL SYMBOLS DEPTH, SAMPLER SYMBOLS SOIL/ROCK CLASSIFICATION FEET AND FIELD TEST DATA 750 35 LIMESTONE, hard to very hard, gray, with interbedded dark gray marl REC:93%, RQD:62% 745 40 . . ........................ Boring terminated at 40 feet below ground surface. 740 735+50 730+55 725+60 I 720+65 c0> I- Z W SHEAR STRENGTH, TSF co(') z � (n o W U a N } a 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 z 0 MOISTURE O CONTENT, % PLASTIC LIMIT I I LIQUID LIMIT 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 132 C mo Str nat at 4.2 ft = 40. tsf 715170 Shear Types: = Hand Penet. ■ = Torvane A = Unconf. Comp ASSOCIATES' �E = UU Triaxial PLATE 13b LOG OF BORING Project: Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility Date: 6/19/2024 Project No.: DG2210230.1 Boring No.: B-9 Latitude: 32.733314 Elevation: 787 feet Groundwater during drilling: Not Encountered Longitude: -97.527236 Station: -- Groundwater 24 hr. after drilling: --- Offset: -- SOIL SYMBOLS w z w ~ SHEAR STRENGTH, TSF DEPTH, SAMPLER SYMBOLS SOIL/ROCK CLASSIFICATION U Z W U <o a N } a 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 FEET AND FIELD TEST DATA 0 z MOISTURE O CONTENT, % PLASTIC LIMIT I I LIQUID LIMIT 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 0 .................................................................... LEAN CLAY WITH SAND (CL), stiff to very stiff, moist, dark brown, with organics from 0 to 2 feet 85 785 • 77 0 ........................................................................ CLAYEY GRAVEL WITH SAND (GC), medium dense, 5 3-19-4 brown and light brown, with iron stains, calcareous 39 - deposits and limestone fragments .................................................................... WEATHERED LIMESTONE, soft to hard, tan, with clay _ 780 seams 50/3" 10 50/1.5-50/1" LIMESTONE hard to very hard, gray, with intermittent layers of dark gray marl 775 REC:70%, RQD:37% 15 770- -20 766- -25 REC:100%, RQD:67% REC:87%, RQD:23% 140 I C � mp] Str�ngth at [18.31 ft =167.6 tsf 760 RQD:83% 142 REC:98%, +p� Strngti at6.5 ft =41. tsf 30 755II REC:95%, I II RQD:83% Ifl ___________________ __ 133 35 Shear Types: • = Hand Penet. ■ = Torvane A = Unconf. Comp. K = UU Triaxial PLATE 14a ASSOCIATES' LOG OF BORING Project: Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility Date: 6/19/2024 Project No.: DG2210230.1 Boring No.: B-9 Latitude: 32.733314 Elevation: 787 feet Groundwater during drilling: Not Encountered Longitude: -97.527236 Station: -- Groundwater 24 hr. after drilling: --- Offset: -- SOIL SYMBOLS w z w ~ SHEAR STRENGTH, TSF DEPTH, SAMPLER SYMBOLS SOIL/ROCK CLASSIFICATION U Z W U <o a N } a 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 FEET AND FIELD TEST DATA 0 z MOISTURE O CONTENT, % PLASTIC LIMIT I I LIQUID LIMIT 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 35 LIMESTONE, hard to very hard, gray, with intermittent layers of dark gray marl C mp Str ngt at 4.0 ft = 44. tsf 750 REC:98%, RQD:95% -40 142 mp r ng a _ s Boren terminated at 40 feet below round surface. 745- -45 740- -50 735- -55 730- -60 725- -65 720- --70 Shear Types: = Hand Penet. ■ = Torvane A = Unconf. Comp ASSOCIATES' �E = UU Triaxial PLATE 14b LOG OF BORING Project: Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility Date: 6/19/2024 Project No.: DG2210230.1 Boring No.: B-10 Latitude: 32.732703 Elevation: 782 feet Groundwater during drilling: Not Encountered Longitude: -97.527361 Station: -- Groundwater 24 hr. after drilling: --- Offset: -- ELEV. SOIL SYMBOLS z > ~ SHEAR STRENGTH, TSF DEPTH, SAMPLER SYMBOLS SOIL/ROCK CLASSIFICATION c <o Z WO OD FEET AND FIELD TEST DATA a N 0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 z MOISTURE 0 CONTENT, % PLASTIC LIMIT I I LIQUID LIMIT 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 SANDY FAT CLAY (CH), stiff to very stiff, moist, dark brown, with organics up to 2 feet 69 780 • ........................................................................ 115 A LEAN CLAY WITH SAND (CL), stiff to very stiff, moist, s light brown and brown, with limestone fragments and 77 calcareous deposits ........................................................................ 775 17-50/5.75" WEATHERED LIMESTONE, soft, tan and brown, with clay seams • 15-50/3" 10 770- -15 765- 760 18-50/3" 50/6" 20 50/3.5-50/1" zs........'6r'.......ry.......g..y...........g..y................. _ _ = 50/5.5"- MARL, hard to ve hard, ra and dark ra , with _ _ = 50/2.5" intermittent layers of dark gray marl 755- -30 = _ = 50/2-50/1" 750 - - - _ _ - REC:80%, RQD:67% 134 C mp Str ngt at •2.9 ft = 29. tsf 35 Shear Types: • = Hand Penet. ■ = Torvane A = Unconf. Comp. K = UU Triaxial PLATE 15a ASSOCIATES' LOG OF BORING Project: Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility Date: 6/19/2024 Project No.: DG2210230.1 Boring No.: B-10 Latitude: 32.732703 Elevation: 782 feet Groundwater during drilling: Not Encountered Longitude: -97.527361 Station: -- Groundwater 24 hr. after drilling: --- Offset: -- SOIL SYMBOLS w z w ~ SHEAR STRENGTH, TSF DEPTH, SAMPLER SYMBOLS SOIL/ROCK CLASSIFICATION U Z W U <o a N } a 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 FEET AND FIELD TEST DATA 0 z MOISTURE O CONTENT, % PLASTIC LIMIT I I LIQUID LIMIT 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 35 LIMESTONE, very hard, gray, with intermittent layers of dark gray marl 745 121 C mp Str ngt at 6.3 ft = 15. tsf REC:65%, An........................................................................ RQD:60% Boring terminated at 40 feet below ground surface. 740- -45 735- -50 730- -55 725- -60 720 65 715- --70 Shear Types: = Hand Penet. ■ = Torvane A = Unconf. Comp. K = UU Triaxial PLATE 15b ASSOCIATES' LOG OF BORING Project: Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility Date: 6/27/2024 Project No.: DG2210230.1 Boring No.: B-11 Latitude: 32.732972 Elevation: 783 feet Groundwater during drilling: Not Encountered Longitude: -97.527847 Station: -- Groundwater 24 hr. after drilling: 6.25 feet Offset: -- SOIL SYMBOLS w z w ~ SHEAR STRENGTH, TSF DEPTH, SAMPLER SYMBOLS SOIL/ROCK CLASSIFICATION U <o Z W U a FEET AND FIELD TEST DATA a N } 0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 z MOISTURE O CONTENT, % PLASTIC LIMIT I I LIQUID LIMIT 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 . stiff, ... i ... dark ..... , .......... t .. very FAT CLAY (CH), stiff to very moist, dark gray, with stiff + V calcareous nodules, with organics from 0 to 2 feet o 780- -5 775- -10 770- -15 765- -20 760- -25 755- -30 750 35 Shear Types SANDY FAT CLAY WITH GRAVEL (CH), very stiff, moist, gray and brown, with limestone fragments ............................................................... WEATHERED LIMESTONE, soft to hard, tan, with clay 14-15-19 seams 13/6-50/2" 50/2.5-50/1" 50/1" ............................... 50/0.25" LIMESTONE, hard, gray ................................................................... 50/0.25" MARL, hard, gray and dark gray, with intermittent layers of gray limestone REC:92%, RQD:25% 92 96 52 125 C4�Or StrJn0th at 5.0 ft =L5.4 tsf REC:97%, RQD:25% • = Hand Penet. ■ = Torvane A = Unconf. Comp. K = UU Triaxial PLATE 16a ASSOCIATES' LOG OF BORING Project: Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility Date: 6/27/2024 Project No.: DG2210230.1 Boring No.: B-11 Latitude: 32.732972 Elevation: 783 feet Groundwater during drilling: Not Encountered Longitude: -97.527847 Station: -- Groundwater 24 hr. after drilling: 6.25 feet Offset: -- w SOIL SYMBOLS z w ~ SHEAR STRENGTH, TSF DEPTH, SAMPLER SYMBOLS SOIL/ROCK CLASSIFICATION U Z <o W U a N } a 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 FEET AND FIELD TEST DATA z 0 MOISTURE O CONTENT, % PLASTIC LIMIT I I LIQUID LIMIT 35 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 _ _ = MARL, hard, gray and dark gray, with intermittent layers _ _ = of gray limestone 138 C mp Str ngt at 6.1 ft = 42 t f 745 — _ — REC:100%, — — — RQD:33% Boring terminated at 40 feet below ground surface. C mp Str ngt at 9.5 ft = 25. tsf 740- -45 735- -50 730- -55 725- -60 720 65 715 70 Shear Types: = Hand Penet. ■ = Torvane A = Unconf. Comp. K = UU Triaxial PLATE 16b ASSOCIATES' LOG OF BORING Project: Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility Date: 6/28/2024 Boring No.: B-12 Latitude: 32.732281 Groundwater during drilling: 14 feet Longitude: -97.528883 Groundwater 24 hr. after drilling: 8.3 feet ELEV. SOIL SYMBOLS DEPTH, SAMPLER SYMBOLS SOIL/ROCK CLASSIFICATION FEET AND FIELD TEST DATA 70�0 FAT CLAY WTH ISAND (CH), very stiff, moist, brown;...... with calcareous nodules and traces of gravel 765+5 760-I- 10 755+15 750+20 745+25 740+30 735-I--35 r Shear Types CLAYEY GRAVEL WITH SAND (GC), loose, brown, with iron nodules CLAYEY SAND WITH GRAVEL (SC), loose, tan and light brown, with waeathered limestone fragments MARL, slightly weathered, soft, gray and dark gray 18-50/3" LIMESTONE, very hard, with intermittent layers of dark gray marl REC:72%, RQD:53% Project No.: DG2210230.1 Elevation: 770 feet Station: -- Offset: -- O> H Z W SHEAR STRENGTH, TSF u)(') z � (n o W U a N } a 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 z 0 MOISTURE 0 CONTENT, % PLASTIC LIMIT I I LIQUID LIMIT 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 80 1113 26 127 26 I GmpJ Strength at137 Cimpl Strngth at �8.5�ft 1311 tsf REC:95%, RQD:67% • = Hand Penet. ■ = Torvane A = Unconf. Comp. K = UU Triaxial PLATE 17a ASSOCIATES' 66 LOG OF BORING Project: Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility Date: 6/28/2024 Project No.: DG2210230.1 Boring No.: B-12 Latitude: 32.732281 Elevation: 770 feet Groundwater during drilling: 14 feet Longitude: -97.528883 Station: -- Groundwater 24 hr. after drilling: 8.3 feet Offset: -- SOIL SYMBOLS w z w ~ SHEAR STRENGTH, TSF DEPTH, SAMPLER SYMBOLS SOIL/ROCK CLASSIFICATION U Z W U <o a N } a 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 FEET AND FIELD TEST DATA 0 z MOISTURE 0 CONTENT, % PLASTIC LIMIT I I LIQUID LIMIT 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 735 35 LIMESTONE, very hard, with intermittent layers of dark gray marl REC:77%, RQD:47% 734QI....................................................157 ................... Boring termnated at 4fblground ue C mo Str nqt at 9.5 ft = 186 9 is 725 720+50 715+55 710+60 I 705+65 70070 1 Shear Types: = Hand Penet. ■ = Torvane A = Unconf. Comp ASSOCIATES' �E = UU Triaxial PLATE 17b LOG OF BORING Project: Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility Date: 6/24/2024 Project No.: DG2210230.1 Boring No.: B-13 Latitude: 32.732381 Elevation: 777 feet Groundwater during drilling: Not Encountered Longitude: -97.528244 Station: -- Groundwater 24 hr. after drilling: --- Offset: -- SOIL SYMBOLS w z w ~ SHEAR STRENGTH, TSF DEPTH, SAMPLER SYMBOLS SOIL/ROCK CLASSIFICATION U <o Z W U a FEET AND FIELD TEST DATA a N } 0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 z MOISTURE 0 CONTENT, % PLASTIC LIMIT I I LIQUID LIMIT 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 0 775- -5 770- -10 765- -15 760 - FAT CLAY (CH), very stiff, moist, dark gray, with calcareous nodules, with organics up to 2 feet FAT CLAY WITH SAND (CH), stiff to very stiff, moist, reddish brown SANDY LEAN CLAY (CL), stiff to very stiff, moist, gray and brown, with calcareous deposits and calcareous nodules 97 78 106 107 53 119 ....................................................................... GRAVELLY LEAN CLAY WITH SAND (CL), stiff, moist, 4-7-8 with limestone fragments and calcareous deposits 57 MARL, slightly weathered, soft to hard, gray and dark _ _ = gray, with interbedded gray limestone layers 755- -25 = _ = 50/1-50/1" 750- - - - REC:90%, - - - RQD:33% 30 745- - - - REC:87%, RQD:60% 135 Shear Types: • = Hand Penet. ■ = Torvane A = Unconf. Comp ASSOCIATES' 121 Cd�mmol Str�notl at (32.2 ft = 17.� tsf �E = UU Triaxial PLATE 18a LOG OF BORING Project: Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility Date: 6/24/2024 Project No.: DG2210230.1 Boring No.: B-13 Latitude: 32.732381 Elevation: 777 feet Groundwater during drilling: Not Encountered Longitude: -97.528244 Station: -- Groundwater 24 hr. after drilling: --- Offset: -- SOIL SYMBOLS w z w ~ SHEAR STRENGTH, TSF DEPTH, SAMPLER SYMBOLS SOIL/ROCK CLASSIFICATION U Z W U <o a N } a 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 FEET AND FIELD TEST DATA 0 z MOISTURE 0 CONTENT, % PLASTIC LIMIT I I LIQUID LIMIT 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 35 LIMESTONE, hard to very hard, dark gray, with intermittent layers of dark gray marl 740 ------- I REC:97%, RQD:37% -40 Boring terminated at 40 feet below ground surface. 735- -45 730- -50 725- -55 720- -60 715 65 710- --70 Shear Types: = Hand Penet. ■ = Torvane A = Unconf. Comp ASSOCIATES' �E = UU Triaxial PLATE 18b LOG OF BORING Project: Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility Date: 7/26/2024 Project No.: DG2210230.1 Boring No.: B-14 Latitude: 32.732447 Elevation: 777 feet Groundwater during drilling: Not Encountered Longitude: -97.528508 Station: -- Groundwater after drilling: 12.25 feet Offset: -- ELEV. SOIL SYMBOLS z w ~ SHEAR STRENGTH, TSF DEPTH, SAMPLER SYMBOLS SOIL/ROCK CLASSIFICATION co(')Z <o W U a FEET AND FIELD TEST DATA a N } 0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 z MOISTURE O CONTENT, % PLASTIC LIMIT I I LIQUID LIMIT 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 CLAYEY SAND WITH GRAVEL (SC), loose, brown and gray, with calcareous nodules and deposits 31 100 6.4 775 ':••'•. 5 770- -10 765- -15 760- -20 755- -25 750- -30 745- 9-12-16 5-4-3 3-11-6 CLAYEY GRAVEL WITH SAND (GC), medium dense, brown and gray, with marl fragments, calcareous nodules and calcareous deposits 5-10-12 MARL, slightly weathered, soft, gray and dark gray 5-14-32 50/5-50/4" MARL, very hard, gray and dark gray REC:88%, RQD:47% 9 32 136 I CCmp] StrLngth at I26.1ft =114.1 tsf _ REC:95%, RQD:87% I 121 = C mp Str ngt at 3.0 ft = 9.8 35 Shear Types: • = Hand Penet. ■ = Torvane A = Unconf. Comp. K = UU Triaxial PLATE 19a ASSOCIATES' LOG OF BORING Project: Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility Date: 7/26/2024 Project No.: DG2210230.1 Boring No.: B-14 Latitude: 32.732447 Elevation: 777 feet Groundwater during drilling: Not Encountered Longitude: -97.528508 Station: -- Groundwater after drilling: 12.25 feet Offset: -- ELEV. SOIL SYMBOLS z w ~ SHEAR STRENGTH, TSF DEPTH, SAMPLER SYMBOLS SOIL/ROCK CLASSIFICATION co(')Z W U <o a N } a 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 FEET AND FIELD TEST DATA 0 z MOISTURE O CONTENT, % PLASTIC LIMIT I I LIQUID LIMIT 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 35II 740 REC:100%, RQD:42% an 736- -45 730- -50 725- -55 720- -60 715 65 710- LIMESTONE, very hard, gray Boring terminated at 40 feet below ground surface. --70 Shear Types: = Hand Penet. ■ = Torvane A = Unconf. Comp ASSOCIATES' 143 136 at 35.8 ft at 6.5 ft �E = UU Triaxial PLATE 19b tsf tsf LOG OF BORING Project: Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility Date: 7/24/2024 Project No.: DG2210230.1 Boring No.: B-15 Latitude: 32.731847 Elevation: 774 feet Groundwater during drilling: Not Encountered Longitude: -97.528811 Station: -- Groundwater 24 hr. after drilling: 10.66 feet Offset: -- SOIL SYMBOLS w z w ~ SHEAR STRENGTH, TSF DEPTH, SAMPLER SYMBOLS SOIL/ROCK CLASSIFICATION U <o Z W U a FEET AND FIELD TEST DATA a N } 0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 z MOISTURE O CONTENT, % PLASTIC LIMIT I I LIQUID LIMIT 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 0 ....................................................................... CLAYEY SAND WITH GRAVEL (SC), medium dense f to dense, brown, with organics from 0 to 2 feet, with calcareous nodules and iron oxides 770- -5 766- -10 760- -15 766- -20 750- -25 745- -30 740-j- 35 Shear Types 12-13-20 I 40 4-4-8 44 CLAYEY GRAVEL WITH SAND (GC), medium dense 8-20-50/5" to very dense, gray and brown, with calcareous nodules 25 O and iron oxides 4-9-14 37-50/3" LEAN CLAY (CL), very stiff to hard, brown, with marl fragments MARL, slightly weathered, soft, gray and dark gray 50/0.5"- MARL, hard to very hard, gray and dark gray 50/0.25' REC:80%, RQD:47% ii 0 129 I C1mo] Strnati at L6.9Ift =I57.� tsf REC:100%, RQD:67% 1117 C mp Strngt1i at 30.0ft = 10 • = Hand Penet. ■ = Torvane A = Unconf. Comp. K = UU Triaxial PLATE 20a ASSOCIATES' LOG OF BORING Project: Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility Date: 7/24/2024 Project No.: DG2210230.1 Boring No.: B-15 Latitude: 32.731847 Elevation: 774 feet Groundwater during drilling: Not Encountered Longitude: -97.528811 Station: -- Groundwater 24 hr. after drilling: 10.66 feet Offset: -- SOIL SYMBOLS w z w ~ SHEAR STRENGTH, TSF DEPTH, SAMPLER SYMBOLS SOIL/ROCK CLASSIFICATION U Z W U <o a N } a 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 FEET AND FIELD TEST DATA 0 z MOISTURE O CONTENT, % PLASTIC LIMIT I I LIQUID LIMIT 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 35 REC:100%, RQD:22% II 735 an 730- -45 725- -50 720- -55 715- -60 710- -65 705 + 70 Shear Types LIMESTONE, very hard, gray, with intermittent layers of dark gray marl 145 Boring terminated at 40 feet below ground surface. • = Hand Penet. ■ = Torvane A = Unconf. Comp ASSOCIATES' at 136.01 ft =116114 �E = UU Triaxial PLATE 20b LOG OF BORING Project: Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility Date: 7/24/2024 Project No.: DG2210230.1 Boring No.: B-16 Latitude: 32.731783 Elevation: 767 feet Groundwater during drilling: Not Encountered Longitude: -97.528219 Station: -- Groundwater 24 hr. after drilling: 6.6 feet Offset: -- SOIL SYMBOLS w z w ~ SHEAR STRENGTH, TSF DEPTH, SAMPLER SYMBOLS SOIL/ROCK CLASSIFICATION U <o Z W U a FEET AND FIELD TEST DATA a N } 0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 z MOISTURE O CONTENT, % PLASTIC LIMIT I I LIQUID LIMIT 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 0 17 SANDY LEAN CLAY WITH GRAVEL (CL), very stiff, moist, dark gray and brown, with organics from 0 to 2 feet 117 765 62 5 760- -10 755- -15 750 - 20 - 745 - 25 740 - 30 - 735 - 35 Shear Types 12-13-10 5-4-4 2-4-5 4-8-9 25-50/1.5" ...................................................................... SANDY LEAN CLAY (CL), firm, moist, brown and gray, with calcareous deposits 60 ................................................................ LEAN CLAY WITH SAND (CL), firm to stiff, moist, brown and gray, with calcareous deposits 77 ....................................................................... CLAYEY GRAVEL WITH SAND (GC), medium dense, brown and gray, with marl fragments and iron oxides 30 ...........:.......................................................... MARL, slightly weathered, soft, gray and dark gray 50/0.25" MARL, hard to very hard, gray and dark gray O 125 C mp Str ngt at 5.1 ft = 2.7 REC:100%, RQD:50% 119 I C mo] Strnati at k0.01ft =18.8 REC:100%, RQD:42% • = Hand Penet. ■ = Torvane A = Unconf. Comp. K = UU Triaxial PLATE 21a ASSOCIATES' LOG OF BORING Project: Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility Date: 7/24/2024 Project No.: DG2210230.1 Boring No.: B-16 Latitude: 32.731783 Elevation: 767 feet Groundwater during drilling: Not Encountered Longitude: -97.528219 Station: -- Groundwater 24 hr. after drilling: 6.6 feet Offset: -- SOIL SYMBOLS w z w ~ SHEAR STRENGTH, TSF DEPTH, SAMPLER SYMBOLS SOIL/ROCK CLASSIFICATION U <o Z W U a FEET AND FIELD TEST DATA a N } 0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 z MOISTURE 0 CONTENT, % PLASTIC LIMIT I I LIQUID LIMIT 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 730 725- -45 720- -50 715- -55 710- -60 705- -65 700- MARL, hard to very hard, gray and dark gray — — — REC:83%, - - - RQD:27% ...................................................... Boring terminated at 40 feet below ground surface. --70 Shear Types: = Hand Penet. ■ = Torvane A = Unconf. Comp ASSOCIATES' 144 �E = UU Triaxial PLATE 21b LOG OF BORING Project: Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility Date: 7/25/2024 Project No.: DG2210230.1 Boring No.: B-17 Latitude: 32.731503 Elevation: 773 feet Groundwater during drilling: Not Encountered Longitude: -97.528867 Station: -- Groundwater 24 hr. after drilling: --- Offset: -- ELEV• . SOIL SYMBOLS z w ~ SHEAR STRENGTH, TSF DEPTH, SAMPLER SYMBOLS SOIL/ROCK CLASSIFICATION U Z W U <o a N } a 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 FEET AND FIELD TEST DATA 0 z MOISTURE O CONTENT, % PLASTIC LIMIT I I LIQUID LIMIT 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 FILL, SANDY LEAN CLAY, very stiff, brown and gray, • with calcareous deposits ........................................................................ CLAYEY GRAVEL WITH SAND (GC), medium dense, 770 brown and gray, with calcareous deposits O 11 9 7 20 ........................................................................ LEAN CLAY WITH SAND (CL), very stiff to hard, brown 5 and gray, with limestone fragments O 5-16-24 6-33-50/4" 80 765 50/6" MARL, soft to hard, gray a760 --- REC:83%, RQD:63%a 134 C mp Str ngt at 2.5 ft = 11. tsf 15 755 --- REC:100%, — — — RQD:92% zo .........................82 with intermittent layers of gray limestone elow 20 -- 140 O C mp Str ngt at 0.7 ft = 48. tsf 750 - - - REC:100%, --- RQD:10% 25 --- 745 - - - REC:100%, 130 RQD:10% I REC:100%, C mp Str ngt at 1.5 ft = 255 7 740 RQD:38% 35 Shear Types: • = Hand Penet. ■ = Torvane A = Unconf. Comp. 'IE = UU Triaxial PLATE 22a ASSOCIATES' LOG OF BORING Project: Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility Date: 7/25/2024 Project No.: DG2210230.1 Boring No.: B-17 Latitude: 32.731503 Elevation: 773 feet Groundwater during drilling: Not Encountered Longitude: -97.528867 Station: -- Groundwater 24 hr. after drilling: --- Offset: -- SOIL SYMBOLS w z w ~ SHEAR STRENGTH, TSF DEPTH, SAMPLER SYMBOLS SOIL/ROCK CLASSIFICATION U Z W U <o a N } a 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 FEET AND FIELD TEST DATA 0 z MOISTURE 0 CONTENT, % PLASTIC LIMIT I I LIQUID LIMIT 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 735 35 REC:100%, RQD:0% an 730- -45 725- -50 720- -55 715- -60 710- -65 705 - LIMESTONE, hard to very hard, gray, with intermittent layer of dark gray marl Boring terminated at 40 feet below ground surface. --70 Shear Types: = Hand Penet. ■ = Torvane A = Unconf. Comp ASSOCIATES' �E = UU Triaxial PLATE 22b LOG OF BORING Project: Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility Date: 7/10/2024 Project No.: DG2210230.1 Boring No.: B-18 Latitude: 32.730978 Elevation: 761 feet Groundwater during drilling: Not Encountered Longitude: -97.529414 Station: -- Groundwater 24 hr. after drilling: --- Offset: -- SOIL SYMBOLS w z w ~ SHEAR STRENGTH, TSF DEPTH, SAMPLER SYMBOLS SOIL/ROCK CLASSIFICATION U Z W U <o a N } a 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 FEET AND FIELD TEST DATA 0 z MOISTURE 0 CONTENT, % PLASTIC LIMIT I I LIQUID LIMIT 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 FILL, GRAVELLY LEAN CLAY WITH SAND, firm to 760 5-2-3 stiff, moist, brown, with calcareous nodules and iron oxides • 2-4-6 ...................................................................... LEAN CLAY (CL), very stiff to hard, moist, tan and brown, with weathered limestone fragments and iron O 5 5-18-17 oxides 755 • 50/4.5" 22-50/3.5....................92 MARL, slightly and dark gray 10 50/0.75"- MARL, hard to very hard, gray and dark gray 750 - - - ...............65 REC:33%, - - - RQD:0% 15 745 - - - REC:88%, 117 O RQD:23% C mp Str ngt at 7.2 ft = 9.6 sf -20 LIMESTONE, very hard, gray, very thinly bedded, 740 fossiliferous REC:77%, RQD:0% 25 735 REC:30%, RQD:0% 30 730-I-- -'-35 Shear Types REC:45%, RQD:0% • = Hand Penet. ■ = Torvane A = Unconf. Comp. K = UU Triaxial PLATE 23a ASSOCIATES' LOG OF BORING Project: Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility Date: 7/10/2024 Project No.: DG2210230.1 Boring No.: B-18 Latitude: 32.730978 Elevation: 761 feet Groundwater during drilling: Not Encountered Longitude: -97.529414 Station: -- Groundwater 24 hr. after drilling: --- Offset: -- SOIL SYMBOLS w z w ~ SHEAR STRENGTH, TSF DEPTH, SAMPLER SYMBOLS SOIL/ROCK CLASSIFICATION U Z W U <o a N } a 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 FEET AND FIELD TEST DATA 0 z MOISTURE 0 CONTENT, % PLASTIC LIMIT I I LIQUID LIMIT 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 725 720 35 LIMESTONE, very hard, gray, very thinly bedded, fossiliferous REC:55%, RQD:0% 40 . . ................... Boring terminated at 40 feet below ground surface. 715- -50 710- -55 705- -60 700- -65 695- --70 Shear Types: = Hand Penet. ■ = Torvane A = Unconf. Comp ASSOCIATES' �E = UU Triaxial PLATE 23b LOG OF BORING Project: Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility Date: 7/25/2024 Project No.: DG2210230.1 Boring No.: B-19 Latitude: 32.731603 Elevation: 767 feet Groundwater during drilling: Not Encountered Longitude: -97.528372 Station: -- Groundwater 24 hr. after drilling: 8.5 feet Offset: -- ELEV• . SOIL SYMBOLS z w ~ SHEAR STRENGTH, TSF DEPTH, SAMPLER SYMBOLS SOIL/ROCK CLASSIFICATION U Z W U <o a N } a 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 FEET AND FIELD TEST DATA 0 z MOISTURE O CONTENT, % PLASTIC LIMIT I I LIQUID LIMIT 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 CLAYEY SAND WITH GRAVEL (SC), medium dense, dark brown, with organics 48 118 765 SANDY FAT CLAY (CH), very stiff, moist, brown and light brown, with calcareous deposits 68 O 5 ........................................................................ CLAYEY GRAVEL WITH SAND (GC), dense, tan and 10-20-50/5" light brown, with calcareous deposits and weathered limestone fragments below 6 feet 760 6-11-40 21 0 35-50/2" 10 .................................... MARL, soft to hard, gray and dark gray - - - 755 - 15 - 750 - 20 - 745 - 25 740 30 If 735 -35 Shear Types REC:97%, RQD:80% REC:82%, RQD:42% REC:100%, RQD:82% LIMESTONE, hard to very hard, gray, very thinly bedded, with interbedded dark gray marl, fossiliferous REC:100%, RQD:O% 142 I C41mol St4ngth at [ 0.51 ft =123.4 tsf 132 I Como] Strnati at F 6.51 ft =113.1 tsf REC:92%, RQD:10% • = Hand Penet. ■ = Torvane A = Unconf. Comp. K = UU Triaxial PLATE 24a ASSOCIATES' LOG OF BORING Project: Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility Date: 7/25/2024 Project No.: DG2210230.1 Boring No.: B-19 Latitude: 32.731603 Elevation: 767 feet Groundwater during drilling: Not Encountered Longitude: -97.528372 Station: -- Groundwater 24 hr. after drilling: 8.5 feet Offset: -- SOIL SYMBOLS w z w ~ SHEAR STRENGTH, TSF DEPTH, SAMPLER SYMBOLS SOIL/ROCK CLASSIFICATION U Z W U <o a N } a 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 FEET AND FIELD TEST DATA 0 z MOISTURE O CONTENT, % PLASTIC LIMIT I I LIQUID LIMIT 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 35II 730-11 H REC:92%, RQD:17% An 726- -45 720- -50 715- -55 710- -60 705 65 700 - LIMESTONE, hard to very hard, gray, very thinly bedded, with interbedded dark gray marl, fossiliferous Boring terminated at 40 feet below ground surface. 149 OCLol StrLath at fi7.9 ft = 23.1 tsf --70 Shear Types: = Hand Penet. ■ = Torvane A = Unconf. Comp. K = UU Triaxial PLATE 24b ASSOCIATES' LOG OF BORING Project: Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility Date: 7/10/2024 Project No.: DG2210230.1 Boring No.: B-20 Latitude: 32.731114 Elevation: 767 feet Groundwater during drilling: Not Encountered Longitude: -97.528897 Station: -- Groundwater 24 hr. after drilling: --- Offset: -- ELEV• . SOIL SYMBOLS z w ~ SHEAR STRENGTH, TSF DEPTH, SAMPLER SYMBOLS SOIL/ROCK CLASSIFICATION U Z W U <o a N } a 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 FEET AND FIELD TEST DATA o z MOISTURE 0 CONTENT, % PLASTIC LIMIT I I LIQUID LIMIT 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 CLAYEY SAND WITH GRAVEL (SC), medium dense 11-8-7 to dense, brown, with calcareous deposits 765 5-10-17 32 0 5 7-14-20 ........................................................................ FAT CLAY WITH GRAVEL (CH), very stiff to hard, 760 3-6-28 moist, brown and gray, with calcareous deposits and limestone fragments 15-9-8 71 O 10 755 .................................................... LIMESTONE, very hard, gray, fossiliferous 35-50/3.5" 15 50/0.25"- 50/0.25" 750 REC:57%, RQD:18% 142 1 o 20 745 REC:80%, RQD:40% z5 740 — _ — REC:100%, RQD:72% 30 735 - MARL, very hard, gray and dark gray LIMESTONE, very hard, gray, very thinly bedded, fossiliferous 134 120 Cdr of Str�nath at P7.9 ft = 15.4 tsf REC:42%, RQD:O% 35 Shear Types: • = Hand Penet. ■ = Torvane A = Unconf. Comp. K = UU Triaxial PLATE 25a ASSOCIATES' LOG OF BORING Project: Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility Date: 7/10/2024 Project No.: DG2210230.1 Boring No.: B-20 Latitude: 32.731114 Elevation: 767 feet Groundwater during drilling: Not Encountered Longitude: -97.528897 Station: -- Groundwater 24 hr. after drilling: --- Offset: -- SOIL SYMBOLS w z w ~ SHEAR STRENGTH, TSF DEPTH, SAMPLER SYMBOLS SOIL/ROCK CLASSIFICATION U Z W U <o a N } a 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 FEET AND FIELD TEST DATA 0 z MOISTURE 0 CONTENT, % PLASTIC LIMIT I I LIQUID LIMIT 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 730 35 LIMESTONE, very hard, gray, very thinly bedded, fossiliferous REC:42%, RQD:0% 40 . . ................... Boring terminated at 40 feet below ground surface. 725- -45 720- -50 715- -55 710- -60 705- -65 700- --70 Shear Types: = Hand Penet. ■ = Torvane A = Unconf. Comp ASSOCIATES' �E = UU Triaxial PLATE 25b LOG OF BORING Project: Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility Date: 7/26/2024 Project No.: DG2210230.1 Boring No.: B-21 Latitude: 32.731139 Elevation: 762 feet Groundwater during drilling: Not Encountered Longitude: -97.528375 Station: -- Groundwater 24 hr. after drilling: 7.2 feet Offset: -- SOIL SYMBOLS w z w ~ SHEAR STRENGTH, TSF DEPTH, SAMPLER SYMBOLS SOIL/ROCK CLASSIFICATION U <o Z W U a FEET AND FIELD TEST DATA a N } 0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 z MOISTURE O CONTENT, % PLASTIC LIMIT I I LIQUID LIMIT 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 FILL, SANDY FAT CLAY, very stiff, moist, dark gray and brown 103 760 .................................................................... CLAYEY SAND WITH GRAVEL (SC), medium dense, 13-13-15 brown, with calcareous deposits 24 755 12-28-50/5" 30-50/5 CLAYEY GRAVEL WITH SAND (GC), medium dense to dense, light gray, with calcareous deposits ............:................................................... MARL, slightly weathered, soft, gray and dark gray _ _ = o MARL, hard to very hard, gray and dark gray 750- — — — REC:80%, - - - RQD:50% 15 745- - _ - REC:100%, - - - RQD:77% z0 740- - - - REC:100%, - - - RQD:27% 25 735- - - - REC:100%, - - - RQD:37% 30 730 - - - __ REC:100%, - - - RQD:35% -35 38 63 Shear Types: • = Hand Penet. ■ = Torvane A = Unconf. Comp ASSOCIATES' 134 I C'mo] StrLnoth at h 1.31 ft =118.4 tsf 139 C�mp] StrLngth at [18.01ft =114.1 tsf * = UU Triaxial PLATE 26a LOG OF BORING Project: Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility Date: 7/26/2024 Project No.: DG2210230.1 Boring No.: B-21 Latitude: 32.731139 Elevation: 762 feet Groundwater during drilling: Not Encountered Longitude: -97.528375 Station: -- Groundwater 24 hr. after drilling: 7.2 feet Offset: -- SOIL SYMBOLS w z w ~ SHEAR STRENGTH, TSF DEPTH, SAMPLER SYMBOLS SOIL/ROCK CLASSIFICATION U Z W U <o a N } a 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 FEET AND FIELD TEST DATA 0 z MOISTURE O CONTENT, % PLASTIC LIMIT I I LIQUID LIMIT 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 ss - MARL, very hard, gray and dark gray, with intermittent 148 - - - layers of gray limestone C mp Str ngt at 3.9 ft = 33.E tsf 725 — _ — REC:100%, An — — — RQD:37% Boring terminated at 40 feet below ground surface. 720- -45 715- -50 710- -55 705- -60 700- -65 695- --70 Shear Types: = Hand Penet. ■ = Torvane A = Unconf. Comp ASSOCIATES' �E = UU Triaxial PLATE 26b LOG OF BORING Project: Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility Date: 7/12/2024 Project No.: DG2210230.1 Boring No.: B-22 Latitude: 32.732381 Elevation: 775 feet Groundwater during drilling: Not Encountered Longitude: -97.530339 Station: -- Groundwater 24 hr. after drilling: --- Offset: -- SOIL SYMBOLS w z w ~ SHEAR STRENGTH, TSF DEPTH, SAMPLER SYMBOLS SOIL/ROCK CLASSIFICATION U <o Z W U a FEET AND FIELD TEST DATA a N } 0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 z MOISTURE 0 CONTENT, % PLASTIC LIMIT I I LIQUID LIMIT 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 775--0 4-4-5 N7-4-5 770-I--5 765 + 10 5-14-16 6-16-14 9-13-14 13-24-13 760 15 755 20 - _ - 50/1°- _ _ = 50/0.25" _ _ _ REC:67%, - - - RQD:40% 750 25 - - - REC:50%, - - - RQD:50% 745 30 - - - REC:42%, RQD:42% 740 35 FILL, LEAN CLAY WITH SAND, stiff, moist, brown, with organics and iron oxides CLAYEY GRAVEL WITH SAND (GC), medium dense, light gray and brown, with calcareous deposits - with weathered limestone fragments from 13 to 15 feet ............................................................. MARL, hard to very hard, gray and dark gray 84 21 24 0 Shear Types: • = Hand Penet. ■ = Torvane A = Unconf. Comp ASSOCIATES' 135 I Cp1mp] Str�ngth at 1l2.9I ft =118.4 tsf �E = UU Triaxial PLATE 27a LOG OF BORING Project: Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility Date: 7/12/2024 Project No.: DG2210230.1 Boring No.: B-22 Latitude: 32.732381 Elevation: 775 feet Groundwater during drilling: Not Encountered Longitude: -97.530339 Station: -- Groundwater 24 hr. after drilling: --- Offset: -- ELEV. SOIL SYMBOLS DEPTH, SAMPLER SYMBOLS SOIL/ROCK CLASSIFICATION FEET AND FIELD TEST DATA 740 35 MARL, hard to very hard, gray and dark gray — _ — REC:100%, — — — RQD:68% 735 40 ................... Boring terminated at 40 feet below ground surface. 730 725+50 720+55 715+60 1 710+65 c0> I- Z W SHEAR STRENGTH, TSF u)(J) z � (n o W U a N } a 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 z 0 MOISTURE O CONTENT, % PLASTIC LIMIT I I LIQUID LIMIT 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 118 C mo Strnati at k3.6ft =10 tsf 70570 1 Shear Types: = Hand Penet. ■ = Torvane A = Unconf. Comp ASSOCIATES' �E = UU Triaxial PLATE 27b LOG OF BORING Project: Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility Date: 7/5/2024 Project No.: DG2210230.1 Boring No.: B-23 Latitude: 32.731811 Elevation: 763 feet Groundwater during drilling: Not Encountered Longitude: -97.531008 Station: -- Groundwater 24 hr. after drilling: --- Offset: -- SOIL SYMBOLS w z w ~ SHEAR STRENGTH, TSF DEPTH, SAMPLER SYMBOLS SOIL/ROCK CLASSIFICATION U Z W U <o a N } a 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 FEET AND FIELD TEST DATA 0 z MOISTURE O CONTENT, % PLASTIC LIMIT I I LIQUID LIMIT 0 ........................................................................ 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 CLAYEY SAND WITH GRAVEL (SC), medium dense, 12-9-9 light brown, with calcareous deposits O 760 23-15-10 33 O •5 • 12-15-19 ........................................................................ CLAYEY GRAVEL WITH SAND (GC), medium dense, 23-50/5" light brown, with calcareous deposits 44 755.................................................................... WEATHERED LIMESTONE, soft to hard, tan, with clay • seams -10 _ _ = MARL, hard, gray and dark gray, with trace fossils 750 - - - 15 134 — — — RQD:25% 134C mp Str ngt at 7.0 ft = 16. tsf z0 740 - — - REC:67%, RQD:43% __- 119 -25 C mp Str ngt at 3.0 ft = 14. tsf ILI LIMESTONE, very hard, gray, with intermittent layers of dark gray marl 735-I- 30 730 35 Shear Types REC:67%, RQD:42% REC:73%, RQD:37% • = Hand Penet. ■ = Torvane A = Unconf. Comp. K = UU Triaxial PLATE 28a ASSOCIATES' LOG OF BORING Project: Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility Date: 7/5/2024 Project No.: DG2210230.1 Boring No.: B-23 Latitude: 32.731811 Elevation: 763 feet Groundwater during drilling: Not Encountered Longitude: -97.531008 Station: -- Groundwater 24 hr. after drilling: --- Offset: -- SOIL SYMBOLS w z w ~ SHEAR STRENGTH, TSF DEPTH, SAMPLER SYMBOLS SOIL/ROCK CLASSIFICATION U Z W U <o a N } a 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 FEET AND FIELD TEST DATA 0 z MOISTURE O CONTENT, % PLASTIC LIMIT I I LIQUID LIMIT 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 725 35 LIMESTONE, very hard, gray, with intermittent layers of dark gray marl REC:67%, RQD:32% 40 . . ......................... Boring terminated at 40 feet below ground surface. 720- -45 716- -50 710- -55 705- -60 700 65 696- 143 OCLI Str�noth at k7.8 ft = 33.4 tsf --70 Shear Types: = Hand Penet. ■ = Torvane A = Unconf. Comp. K = UU Triaxial PLATE 28b ASSOCIATES' LOG OF BORING Project: Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility Date: 7/12/2024 Boring No.: B-24 Latitude: 32.732592 Groundwater during drilling: Not Encountered Longitude: -97.530817 Groundwater 24 hr. after drilling: 6.25 feet ELEV. SOIL SYMBOLS DEPTH, SAMPLER SYMBOLS SOIL/ROCK CLASSIFICATION FEET AND FIELD TEST DATA 75T(1 770-I--5 765+10 760 + 15 755+20 750+25 745+30 74035 1 Shear Types Project No.: DG2210230.1 Elevation: 775 feet Station: -- Offset: -- (U> I- Z W SHEAR STRENGTH, TSF co(') z � COo WU a N } a 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 z 0 MOISTURE O CONTENT, % PLASTIC LIMIT I I LIQUID LIMIT 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 CLAYEY GRAVEL WITH SAND (GC), medium dense, 6-7-9 dark brown, with organics from 0 to 2 feet, with calcareous deposits 9-10-6 33 7-13-19 ........................................................................ CLAYEY SAND WITH GRAVEL (SC), medium dense 7-16-19 to dense, dark brown, with calcareous deposits 34 CLAYEY GRAVEL WITH SAND (GC), dark brown, with 3-13-17 calcareous deposits 26 8-19-50/3" SANDY LEAN CLAY (CL), hard, tan and gray, with 64 50/1.5"- •.calcareous deposits and marl fragments 50/0.25" MARL, hard to very hard, gray and dark gray, with intermittent layers of gray limestone 137 REC:70%, RQD:43% REC:45%, RQD:37% REC:57%, RQD:50% 119 at ) 6.51 ft =127.7 tsf F3iIU IIIHMIEWSMI REC:50%, RQD:50% • = Hand Penet. ■ = Torvane A = Unconf. Comp. K = UU Triaxial PLATE 29a ASSOCIATES' LOG OF BORING Project: Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility Date: 7/12/2024 Project No.: DG2210230.1 Boring No.: B-24 Latitude: 32.732592 Elevation: 775 feet Groundwater during drilling: Not Encountered Longitude: -97.530817 Station: -- Groundwater 24 hr. after drilling: 6.25 feet Offset: -- ELEV. SOIL SYMBOLS DEPTH, SAMPLER SYMBOLS SOIL/ROCK CLASSIFICATION FEET AND FIELD TEST DATA 740 35 MARL, hard to very hard, gray and dark gray, with _ _ = intermittent layers of gray limestone — — — REC:47%, — — — RQD:22% 735 40 . . ................... Boring terminated at 40 feet below ground surface. 730 725-1-50 720-I-55 715 -I --GO 1 710-I-65 c0> I- Z W 0 SHEAR STRENGTH, TSF E5o3 z � (n o W U <C OD 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 z 0 MOISTURE O CONTENT, % PLASTIC LIMIT I I LIQUID LIMIT 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 O 141 70570 1 Shear Types: = Hand Penet. ■ = Torvane A = Unconf. Comp ASSOCIATES' �E = UU Triaxial PLATE 29b LOG OF BORING Project: Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility Date: 7/5/2024 Project No.: DG2210230.1 Boring No.: B-25 Latitude: 32.731961 Elevation: 770 feet Groundwater during drilling: Not Encountered Longitude: -97.530931 Station: -- Groundwater 24 hr. after drilling: --- Offset: -- SOIL SYMBOLS w z w ~ SHEAR STRENGTH, TSF DEPTH, SAMPLER SYMBOLS SOIL/ROCK CLASSIFICATION U <o Z W U a FEET AND FIELD TEST DATA a N } 0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 z MOISTURE O CONTENT, % PLASTIC LIMIT I I LIQUID LIMIT 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 770 0 .................. CLAYEY GRAVEL WITH SAND (GC), medium dense 2-10-11 to dense, light brown, with calcareous deposits, with weathered limestone fragments • 19-12-8 765 5 12-15-16 9-15-16 23-34-39 760 10 755 15 — - — REC:77%, - - - RQD:50% 750 20 745+25 740+30 73535 1 1 Shear Types REC:92%, RQD:57% REC:92%, RQD:43% MARL, hard to very hard, gray and dark gray LIMESTONE, very hard, gray 261 1° 21 O 120 Cdr of Str�nath at � 8.1 ft =15 146 0 4mpl StrQngth at 22.1 ft = 62.$ tsf 147 OCdlmoI Str ngth at 25.0 ft REC:93%, RQD:42% • = Hand Penet. ■ = Torvane A = Unconf. Comp. K = UU Triaxial PLATE 30a ASSOCIATES' LOG OF BORING Project: Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility Date: 7/5/2024 Project No.: DG2210230.1 Boring No.: B-25 Latitude: 32.731961 Elevation: 770 feet Groundwater during drilling: Not Encountered Longitude: -97.530931 Station: -- Groundwater 24 hr. after drilling: --- Offset: -- SOIL SYMBOLS w z w ~ SHEAR STRENGTH, TSF DEPTH, SAMPLER SYMBOLS SOIL/ROCK CLASSIFICATION U Z W U <o a N } a 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 FEET AND FIELD TEST DATA 0 z MOISTURE O CONTENT, % PLASTIC LIMIT I I LIQUID LIMIT 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 735 35 LIMESTONE, very hard, gray II 146 OC mp Str ngt at 6.2 ft = 58. tsf REC:90%, RQD:45% 730--40 . . ........................... Boring terminated at 40 feet below ground surface. 725 720+50 715+55 710+60 I 705+65 70070 1 Shear Types: = Hand Penet. ■ = Torvane A = Unconf. Comp ASSOCIATES' �E = UU Triaxial PLATE 30b LOG OF BORING Project: Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility Date: 7/11/2024 Project No.: DG2210230.1 Boring No.: B-26 Northing: 100 Elevation: 772 feet Groundwater during drilling: Not Encountered Easting: 200 Station: -- Groundwater 24 hr. after drilling: --- Offset: -- ELEV• . SOIL SYMBOLS z w ~ SHEAR STRENGTH, TSF DEPTH, SAMPLER SYMBOLS SOIL/ROCK CLASSIFICATION U Z W U <o a N } a 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 FEET AND FIELD TEST DATA 0 z MOISTURE 0 CONTENT, % PLASTIC LIMIT I I LIQUID LIMIT 0 ........................................................................ 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 CLAYEY SAND WITH GRAVEL (SC), loose to dense, 4-4-4 gray and brown, with calcareous deposits and iron oxides O 770 • 6-10-18 25 5 5-19-18 O 765 12-17-14 ........................ CLAYEY GRAVEL WITH SAND (GC), medium dense, 5-12-12 tan and light brown, with weathered limestone fragments, 25 with calcareous deposits and iron oxides 10 MARL, hard to very hard, gray and dark gray 760 = _ _ 15 _ = 50/0.25"- 50/0.5" 755 - - - - - - REC:58%, - - - RQD:0% 20 --- 750 - - - _ - - REC:52%, - - - RQD:33% 117 O z5 =_= C m Str n t at 3.6ft=9ts 745- — — — REC:40%, RQD:40% -30 LI................12 MESTONE, very hard, gray, very thinly bedded,. O C mp Str ngt at 9.5 ft = 21. tsf fossiliferous 740 REC:53%, RQD:27% O 144 C mp Str ngt at 3.3 ft = 24. tsf 35 Shear Types: • = Hand Penet. ■ = Torvane A = Unconf. Comp. K = UU Triaxial PLATE 31a ASSOCIATES' LOG OF BORING Project: Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility Date: 7/11/2024 Project No.: DG2210230.1 Boring No.: B-26 Northing: 100 Elevation: 772 feet Groundwater during drilling: Not Encountered Easting: 200 Station: -- Groundwater 24 hr. after drilling: --- Offset: -- SOIL SYMBOLS w z w ~ SHEAR STRENGTH, TSF DEPTH, SAMPLER SYMBOLS SOIL/ROCK CLASSIFICATION U <o Z W U a FEET AND FIELD TEST DATA a N } 0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 z MOISTURE 0 CONTENT, % PLASTIC LIMIT I I LIQUID LIMIT 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 735 35 LIMESTONE, very hard, gray, very thinly bedded, fossiliferous REC:52%, RQD:0% 40 . . ................... Boring terminated at 40 feet below ground surface. 730- -45 725- -50 720- -55 715- -60 710- -65 705- --70 Shear Types: = Hand Penet. ■ = Torvane A = Unconf. Comp ASSOCIATES' �E = UU Triaxial PLATE 31b LOG OF BORING Project: Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility Date: 6/24/2024 Project No.: DG2210230.1 Boring No.: B-27 Latitude: 32.732086 Elevation: 776 feet Groundwater during drilling: Not Encountered Longitude: -97.529956 Station: -- Groundwater after drilling: --- Offset: -- ELEV. SOIL SYMBOLS z w ~ SHEAR STRENGTH, TSF DEPTH, SAMPLER SYMBOLS SOIL/ROCK CLASSIFICATION <o Z W U a FEET AND FIELD TEST DATA a N } 0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 z MOISTURE 0 CONTENT, % PLASTIC LIMIT I I LIQUID LIMIT 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 To LEAN CLAY WITH SAND (CL), very stiff, moist, brown776—i- light brown, with traces of gravel and calcareous nodules 71 112 SANDY LEAN CLAY WITH GRAVEL (CL), very stiff, 5 moist, light brown, with calcareous deposits 51 770 9-10-15 ....................................................................... CLAYEY GRAVEL WITH SAND (GC), medium dense, 7-8-10 gray and tan, with limestone fragments and calcareous 28 10 deposits 765 10-18-24 15 760 _ _ = 30-50/3" 20 755- -25 _ _ = 50/5.5-50/1" 750- -30 24/6-50/1" 745- -35 ....................................................................... CLAYEY SAND WITH GRAVEL (SC), dense, gray and tan, with limestone fragments 26 ....................................................................... MARL, slightly weathered, soft to hard, gray and dark gray, with interbedded gray limestone layers Shear Types: • = Hand Penet. ■ = Torvane A = Unconf. Comp ASSOCIATES' �E = UU Triaxial PLATE 32a LOG OF BORING Project: Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility Date: 6/24/2024 Project No.: DG2210230.1 Boring No.: B-27 Latitude: 32.732086 Elevation: 776 feet Groundwater during drilling: Not Encountered Longitude: -97.529956 Station: -- Groundwater after drilling: --- Offset: -- ELEV. SOIL SYMBOLS z w ~ SHEAR STRENGTH, TSF DEPTH, SAMPLER SYMBOLS SOIL/ROCK CLASSIFICATION Z W U <o a N } a 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 FEET AND FIELD TEST DATA 0 z MOISTURE O CONTENT, % PLASTIC LIMIT I I LIQUID LIMIT 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 740 735 730 725 720 715 710 35 50/1"-50/0.5" LIMESTONE, hard, dark gray 40 50/0.5'-................................................................ 50/0.25' Boring terminated at 40.0625 feet below ground surface. 50 55 60 65 --70 Shear Types: = Hand Penet. ■ = Torvane A = Unconf. Comp ASSOCIATES' �E = UU Triaxial PLATE 32b LOG OF BORING Project: Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility Date: 6/26/2024 Project No.: DG2210230.1 Boring No.: B-28 Latitude: 32.731892 Elevation: 775 feet Groundwater during drilling: Not Encountered Longitude: -97.529956 Station: -- Groundwater after drilling: --- Offset: -- ELEV. SOIL SYMBOLS z w ~ SHEAR STRENGTH, TSF DEPTH, SAMPLER SYMBOLS SOIL/ROCK CLASSIFICATION co(')Z W U <o a N } a 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 FEET AND FIELD TEST DATA 0 z MOISTURE O CONTENT, % PLASTIC LIMIT I I LIQUID LIMIT 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 775 0 T SANDY LEAN CLAY (CL), very stiff, moist, gray and + brown, with organics from 0 to 2 feet, with calcareous o nodules from 2 to 4 feet ........................................................................ 62 CLAYEY GRAVEL WITH SAND (GC), medium dense, 770 5 10-9-9 gray and reddish brown, with calcareous nodules and limestone fragments 5-10-8 14 O 8-9-9 22 765 10 50/2.5' 760 15 755 20 - - - 50/5-50/1.5' 750 25 - -_ -_ - - - 45/6-50/5" 745 30 TF 50/1.5"- 50/0.5" 74035 Shear Types REC:67%, RQD:17% MARL, slightly weathered, soft, gray and dark gray LIMESTONE, very hard, gray 159 r C mo] Strnati at 131.81 ft =153715 • = Hand Penet. ■ = Torvane A = Unconf. Comp. K = UU Triaxial PLATE 33a ASSOCIATES' LOG OF BORING Project: Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility Date: 6/26/2024 Project No.: DG2210230.1 Boring No.: B-28 Latitude: 32.731892 Elevation: 775 feet Groundwater during drilling: Not Encountered Longitude: -97.529956 Station: -- Groundwater after drilling: --- Offset: -- ELEV. SOIL SYMBOLS z w ~ SHEAR STRENGTH, TSF DEPTH, SAMPLER SYMBOLS SOIL/ROCK CLASSIFICATION <o Qo Z W U Od FEET AND FIELD TEST DATA a N p } 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 740 35 REC:40%, RQD:8% 735 40 730 725-I--50 720-I--55 715 f 60 I 710-I--65 LIMESTONE, very hard, gray Boring terminated at 40 feet below ground surface. z MOISTURE O CONTENT, % PLASTIC LIMIT I I LIQUID LIMIT 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 70570 1 Shear Types: = Hand Penet. ■ = Torvane A = Unconf. Comp ASSOCIATES' 151 0 d�mol Str�noth at (38.4 ft =66. tsf �E = UU Triaxial PLATE 33b LOG OF BORING Project: Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility Date: 7/11/2024 Project No.: DG2210230.1 Boring No.: B-29 Latitude: 32.731669 Elevation: 762 feet Groundwater during drilling: Not Encountered Longitude: -97.530303 Station: -- Groundwater after drilling: --- Offset: -- ELEV• . SOIL SYMBOLS z w ~ SHEAR STRENGTH, TSF DEPTH, SAMPLER SYMBOLS SOIL/ROCK CLASSIFICATION U Z W U 1.0 1.5 2.0 <o a N } a 0.5 FEET AND FIELD TEST DATA 0 z MOISTURE O CONTENT, % PLASTIC LIMIT I I LIQUID LIMIT 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 LEAN CLAY WITH SAND (CL), very stiff to hard, moist, 10-30-31 gray and brown, with marl fragments and calcareous deposits 760- ). 5-14-13 82 O O 5 - - - 50/1.5 ........................................................... MARL, hard to very hard, gray and dark gray, with - - - 50/0.5" intermittent layers of gray limestone 755 - - - - - — REC:60%, - - - RQD:33% 129 C mp Str ngt sf 10 --- 750 — — — REC:58%, RQD:17% O • 125 C mp Str ngt at 3.3 ft = 10. tsf 15 --- 745- — - — REC:60%, - - - RQD:12% 20 --- 740- - - - REC:38%, - - - RQD:0% 25 LIMESTONE, very hard, gray, very thinly bedded, fossiliferous 735 30 III 730 35 Shear Types REC:33%, RQD:0% REC:42%, RQD:0% • = Hand Penet. ■ = Torvane A = Unconf. Comp. K = UU Triaxial PLATE 34a ASSOCIATES' LOG OF BORING Project: Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility Date: 7/11/2024 Project No.: DG2210230.1 Boring No.: B-29 Latitude: 32.731669 Elevation: 762 feet Groundwater during drilling: Not Encountered Longitude: -97.530303 Station: -- Groundwater after drilling: --- Offset: -- ELEV. SOIL SYMBOLS z w ~ SHEAR STRENGTH, TSF DEPTH, SAMPLER SYMBOLS SOIL/ROCK CLASSIFICATION Z W U <o a N } a 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 FEET AND FIELD TEST DATA 0 z MOISTURE 0 CONTENT, % PLASTIC LIMIT I I LIQUID LIMIT 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 725 35 LIMESTONE, very hard, gray, very thinly bedded, fossiliferous REC:73%, RQD:0% 40 . . ................... Boring terminated at 40 feet below ground surface. 720- -45 715- -50 710- -55 705- -60 700- -65 695- --70 Shear Types: = Hand Penet. ■ = Torvane A = Unconf. Comp ASSOCIATES' �E = UU Triaxial PLATE 34b LOG OF BORING Project: Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility Date: 7/29/2024 Project No.: DG2210230.1 Boring No.: B-30 Latitude: 32.731531 Elevation: 764 feet Groundwater during drilling: Not Encountered Longitude: -97.529914 Station: -- Groundwater after drilling: 13.3 feet Offset: -- ELEV. SOIL SYMBOLS z w ~ SHEAR STRENGTH, TSF DEPTH, SAMPLER SYMBOLS SOIL/ROCK CLASSIFICATION co(')Z <o W U a FEET AND FIELD TEST DATA a N } 0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 z MOISTURE 0 CONTENT, % PLASTIC LIMIT I I LIQUID LIMIT 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 0 FILL, CLAYEY SAND, brown 49 760 5 755 10 750 15 745 20 740 25 735 30 730 + 35 Shear Types ...................................................................... LEAN CLAY (CL), stiff to very stiff, moist, light brown, with weathered limestone fragments 17-25-50/5" 8-32-50/5" .................................................................. WEATHERED LIMESTONE, soft to hard, tan, with clay 35-50/4" seams 50/1-50/0.5" I ...................................... LIMESTONE, soft to hard, gray, with interbedded dark gray marl 50/2.5"- 50/4.5" 50/1"-.................................................................. 50/0.25" MARL, hard, gray and dark gray, with intermittent layer of gray limestone REC:100%, RQD:25% REC:100%, RQD:30% 64 1° 141 I C�mpJ St4ngth at 6.11 ft =125.$ tsf REC:100%, RQD:30% • = Hand Penet. ■ = Torvane A = Unconf. Comp. K = UU Triaxial PLATE 35a ASSOCIATES' LOG OF BORING Project: Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility Date: 7/29/2024 Project No.: DG2210230.1 Boring No.: B-30 Latitude: 32.731531 Elevation: 764 feet Groundwater during drilling: Not Encountered Longitude: -97.529914 Station: -- Groundwater after drilling: 13.3 feet Offset: -- ELEV. SOIL SYMBOLS z w ~ SHEAR STRENGTH, TSF DEPTH, SAMPLER SYMBOLS SOIL/ROCK CLASSIFICATION co(')Z W U <o a N } a 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 FEET AND FIELD TEST DATA 0 z MOISTURE O CONTENT, % PLASTIC LIMIT I I LIQUID LIMIT 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 MARL, hard, gray and dark gray, with intermittent layer _ _ = of gray limestone _ _ — REC:80%, — _ — RQD:18% 725 -40 Boring terminated at 40 feet below ground surface. 720- -45 715- -50 710- -55 705- -60 700- -65 695_I- 70 Shear Types • = Hand Penet. ■ = Torvane A = Unconf. Comp ASSOCIATES' 151 0 �mol Strnati1 at 67.1 ft = 94.1 tsf �E = UU Triaxial PLATE 35b LOG OF BORING Project: Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility Date: 7/29/2024 Project No.: DG2210230.1 Boring No.: B-31 Latitude: 32.731103 Elevation: 743 feet Groundwater during drilling: Not Encountered Longitude: -97.531806 Station: -- Groundwater after drilling: 17.2 feet Offset: -- ELEV. SOIL SYMBOLS z w ~ SHEAR STRENGTH, TSF DEPTH, SAMPLER SYMBOLS SOIL/ROCK CLASSIFICATION U Z W U <o a N } a 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 FEET AND FIELD TEST DATA 0 z MOISTURE 0 CONTENT, % PLASTIC LIMIT I I LIQUID LIMIT 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 0 28 FILL, SANDY FAT CLAY, very stiff, dark gray and light ILbrown 70 117 O 740-1- -5 735- -10 730- -15 725- -20 720- -25 715- -30 710 35 Shear Types ........................................................................ SANDY LEAN CLAY (CL), moist, tan and brown, with weathered limestone layers 5-6-6 54 35-50/5" 51 .................................................................... WEATHERED LIMESTONE, soft to hard, tan, with clay 50/5" seams 18 MARL, hard, gray and dark gray, with intermittent layers of gray limestone 50/1-50/0.5" REC:100%, RQD:38% REC:100%, RQD:25% REC:100%, RQD:12% 0 124 Cdr of Str�nath at � 7.2 ft = 3.6 REC:100%, RQD:12% 140 imp Strngti at 2.1 ft = 17. tsf • = Hand Penet. ■ = Torvane A = Unconf. Comp. K = UU Triaxial PLATE 36a ASSOCIATES' LOG OF BORING Project: Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility Date: 7/29/2024 Project No.: DG2210230.1 Boring No.: B-31 Latitude: 32.731103 Elevation: 743 feet Groundwater during drilling: Not Encountered Longitude: -97.531806 Station: -- Groundwater after drilling: 17.2 feet Offset: -- ELEV. SOIL SYMBOLS z w ~ SHEAR STRENGTH, TSF DEPTH, SAMPLER SYMBOLS SOIL/ROCK CLASSIFICATION Z W U <o a N } a 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 FEET AND FIELD TEST DATA 0 z MOISTURE O CONTENT, % PLASTIC LIMIT I I LIQUID LIMIT 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 705 700- -45 695- -50 690- -55 685- -60 680- -65 676- MARL, hard, gray and dark gray, with intermittent layers _ _ = of gray limestone _ _ _ REC:80%, _ _ — RQD:27% Boring terminated at 40 feet below ground surface. --70 Shear Types: = Hand Penet. ■ = Torvane A = Unconf. Comp ASSOCIATES' 127 I Como] StrLnath at Ci7.0Ift =115.1 tsf �E = UU Triaxial PLATE 36b LOG OF BORING Project: Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility Date: 7/16/2024 Project No.: DG2210230.1 Boring No.: B-32 Latitude: 32.731772 Elevation: 755 feet Groundwater during drilling: Not Encountered Longitude: -97.531408 Station: -- Groundwater after drilling: --- Offset: -- ELEV. SOIL SYMBOLS z w ~ SHEAR STRENGTH, TSF DEPTH, SAMPLER SYMBOLS SOIL/ROCK CLASSIFICATION U <o Z W U a FEET AND FIELD TEST DATA a N } 0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 z MOISTURE 0 CONTENT, % PLASTIC LIMIT I I LIQUID LIMIT 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 755 0 kI •••••••••••••••••• CLAYEY GRAVEL WITH SAND (GC), medium dense, dark gray, with calcareous deposits 103 0 40 113 750 5 10-8-6 5-12-13 21 O 50/4" 87 745 10.................................................................... WEATHERED LIMESTONE, soft to hard, tan, with clay seams 740 15 LIMESTOE, very hard gray, very thinly bedded, fossiliferous REC:100%, RQD:10% 735+20 - with intermittent layers of dark gray marl REC:100%, RQD:10% 730+25 REC:100%, RQD:0% 725+30 REC:100%, RQD:0% 72035 1 1 Shear Types • = Hand Penet. ■ = Torvane A = Unconf. Comp. K = UU Triaxial PLATE 37a ASSOCIATES' LOG OF BORING Project: Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility Date: 7/16/2024 Project No.: DG2210230.1 Boring No.: B-32 Latitude: 32.731772 Elevation: 755 feet Groundwater during drilling: Not Encountered Longitude: -97.531408 Station: -- Groundwater after drilling: --- Offset: -- ELEV. SOIL SYMBOLS DEPTH, SAMPLER SYMBOLS SOIL/ROCK CLASSIFICATION FEET AND FIELD TEST DATA 720 35 LIMESTONE, very hard, gray, very thinly bedded, fossiliferous REC:100%, RQD:8% 715 40 . . ................... Boring terminated at 40 feet below ground surface. 710 705+50 700+55 695+60 690+65 c0> �_ Z W I SHEAR STRENGTH, TSF v) cnI Z u (n o W U <C OD 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 Tz 0 MOISTURE 0 CONTENT, % PLASTIC LIMIT I I LIQUID LIMIT 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 68570 1 Shear Types: = Hand Penet. ■ = Torvane A = Unconf. Comp ASSOCIATES' �E = UU Triaxial PLATE 37b SOIL AND ROCK SYMBOLS SAMPLER TYPES DRILLING TYPES USCS High Plasticity Clay El Rock Core Rock Core USCS High Plasticity Sandy Clay USCS Low Plasticity Clay ® Split Spoon Solid -Stem Continous Flight Auger USCS Low Plasticity Sandy ■ Shelby Tube Clay Fill (made ground) USCS Clayey Gravel ® Limestone WATER LEVEL SYMBOLS Marl USCS Clayey Sand Groundwater meaured during drilling operations 1 Groundwater meaured after drilling operations SOIL GRAIN SIZE Particle Size or Sieve Classification Particle Size No. (U.S. Standard) Clay <0.002 mm <0.002 mm Silt 0.002 - 0.075 mm 0.002 mm - # 200 sieve Sand 0.075 - 4.75 mm # 200 sieve - #4 sieve Gravel 4.7 - 75 mm #4 sieve - 3 in. Cobble 75 - 200 mm 3 in. -8 in. Boulder > 200 mm > 8 in. DENSITY OF COHESIONLESS SOILS CONSISTENCY OF COHESIVE SOILS Penetration Penetration Descriptive Resistance "N" * Undrained Shear Resistance "N"* Consistency Term Blows/ft Strength (tsfl (Blows/ft) Very Soft 0-0.125 <2 Very Loose 0-4 Soft 0.125-0.25 2-4 Loose 4-10 Firm 0.25-0.5 4-8 Medium Dense 10-30 Stiff 0.5-1.0 8-15 Dense 30-50 VeryStiff 1.0-2.0 15-30 Very Dense >50 Hard >2.0 >30 PENETRATION RESISTANCE #-#-# Blows required penetrating each of three consecutive 6 -inches per ASTM D-1 586* 50/4" If more than 50 blows are required, driving is discontinued and penetration at 50 blows is noted (4/6") Texas Cone Penetration blows required penetrating each of two consecutive 6 -inches per TEX-1 32-E *The N value is taken as the blows required to penetrate the final 12 inches TERMS DESCRIBING SOIL STRUCTURE Slickensided Fracture planes appear polished or Intermixed Soil sample composed of pockets of different soil type glossy, sometimes striated and laminated or stratified structure is not evident Fissured Breaks along definite planes of fracture Calcareous Having appreciable quantities of calcium carbonate with little resistance to fracturing Inclusion Small pockets of different soils, such Ferrous Having appreciable quantities of iron as small lenses of sand scattered through a mass of clay Nodule A small mass of irregular shape Parting Inclusion less than 1/4 inch thick extending through the sample 8701 John Carpenter Fwy, Suife 250 Seam Inclusion 1/4 inch to 3 inches thick Dallas, Texas 75247 extending through the sample 214-678-0227 Phone Layer Inclusion greater than 3 inches thick ^ is 214-678-0228 Fax extending through the sample KEY TO TERMS AND SYMBOLS Laminated Soil sample composed of alternating USF�D ON BO ING LOGS s reek Mary'Water ec amation acility partings of different soil type Stratified Soil sample composed of alternating PROJECT NUMBER: DRAWING NUMBER: seams or layers of different soil type DG2210230.1 Plate 38A ROCK WEATHERING/ALTERATION Residual Original minerals of rock have been entirely decomposed to secondary minerals, and original rock fabric is not apparent; material can be easily broken by hand Extremely Weathered Original minerals of rock have been almost entirely decomposed to secondary minerals, although original fabric may be intact; material can be granulated by hand Highly Weathered More than half of the rock is decomposed; rock is weakened so that minimum 2 -inch -diameter sample can be broken readily by hand across rock fabric Moderately Weathered Rock is discolored and noticeably weakened, but less than half is decomposed; a minimum 2 -inch - diameter sample cannot be broken readily by hand across rock fabric Slightly Weathered Rock is slightly discolored or dulled, but not noticeably lower in strength than fresh rock Fresh Rock shows no discoloration, loss of strength, or other effect of weathering/alteration, except on or immediately adjacent to joint surfaces SOLUTION AND VOID CONDITIONS SCRATCH HARDNESS Void Interstice; a general term for pore space or Soft Applicable only to plastic material other openings in rock. Friable Easily crumbled by hand, pulverized, or Cavities Small solutional concavities, reduced to powder; too soft to be cut by pocket knife Vuggy Containing small cavities, usually lined with a mineral of different composition from that of the Low Hardness Can be gouged deeply or carved with a surrounding rock. pocket knife Vesicular Containing numerous small, unlined cavities, formed by expansion of gas bubbles or steam Moderately Hard Can be readily scratched by knife blade; during solidification of the rock. scratch leaves heavy trace of dust and is readily visible after powder has been blown Porous Containing pores, interstices, or other openings away which may or may not interconnect. Hard Can be scratched with pocket knife only with Cavernous Containing cavities or caverns, sometimes difficulty; scratch produces little powder; traces of knife steel may be visible quite large. Most frequent in limestones and dolomites. Very Hard Cannot be scratched with pocket knife; knife steel marks are left on surface JOINT DESCRIPTION SPACING INCLINATION SURFACES Very Close <2" Horizontal 0-5 Slickensided Polished, grooved Close 2"-12" Shallow 5-35 Smooth Planar Medium Close 12"-3' Moderate 35-65 Irregular Undulating or granular Wide >3' Steep 65-85 Rough Jagged or pitted Vertical 85-90 REFERENCES BEDDING THICKNESSf2) (1) British Standard (1981) Code of Practice for Site Investigation, Very Thick >4' Thick 2'-4' BS 5930. Thin 2"-2' (2) The Bridge Div., Tx. Highway Dept. Foundation Exploration & Very Thin 1/22" " Laminated 0.08-1/2" " Design Manual, 2nd Division, revised June, 1974. Thinly Laminated <0.08" Information on each boring log is a compilation of subsurface 8701 John Carpenter Fwy, Suife 250 Dallas, Texas 75247 conditions and soil and rock classifications obtained from the 214-678-0227 Phone field as well as from laboratory testing of samples. Strata have 01x x 214-678-0228 Fax KEY TO TERMS AND SYMBOLS been interpreted by commonly accepted procedures. The stratum lines on the logs may be transitional and approximate in USED ON BORING LOGS nature. Water level measurements refer only to those observed Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility at the times and places indicated, and may vary with time, PROJECT NUMBER: DRAWING NUMBER: geologic condition or construction activity. DG2210230.1 Plate 38B APPENDIX A SUMMARY OF LABORATORY TEST RESULTS Borehole Depth (ft) Moisture Content (DAD) Liquid Limit Plastic Limit Plasticity Index Percent Finer Than #4 Sieve Percent Finer Than #40 Sieve Percent Finer Than #200 Sieve Dry Unit Weight Soil Shear Strength (tsf)(UC) Soil Shear Strength (tsf)(UU) Rock Unconfined Compressive Strength (tsf) P-1 0 - 2 8.2 35 17 18 87 54 41 - - - - P-1 2.5-4 6.6 - - - - - - - - - - P-1 4.5-6 8.7 32 15 17 71 54 47 - - - - P-1 8.5-10 12.1 42 15 27 86 72 68 - - - - P-1 13.5-15 17.8 - - - - - - - - - - P-2 0 - 2 23.4 42 16 26 97 92 88 - - - - P-2 2 - 4 7.8 58 22 36 64 41 35 - - - - B-1 0 - 2 21.9 66 27 39 96 93 87 - - - - B-1 2-3.5 9.5 - - - - - - - - - - B-1 4.5-6 8.2 31 16 15 79 60 52 - - - - B-1 6.5-7.1 10.5 - - - - - - - - - - B-1 8.5 - 10.5 7.8 29 14 15 69 53 47 - - - - B-1 13-15 7.2 - - - - - - - - - - B-1 21.2-21.6 7.7 - - - - - - 138 - - 51.6 B-1 40-45 14.2 - - - - - - 122 - - 25.3 B-1 46.1 -46.5 12.4 - - - - - - 124 - - 27.2 B-2 0 - 2 13.4 - - - - - - - - - - B-2 2 - 4 12.7 25 17 8 90 43 35 - - - - B-2 4 - 6 15.9 28 15 13 82 50 41 - - - - B-2 6.5-8 15.7 - - - - - - - - - - B-2 8-10 8.5 - - - - - - - - - - B-2 13-15 7.3 - - - - - - - - - - B-2 22.2 - 22.6 16.6 - - - - - - 130 - - 97.3 B-2 23 - 23.4 5.0 - - - - - - 144 - - 82.2 B-3 0 - 2 20.2 - - - - - - 103 6.39 - - B-3 2.5-3.8 7.5 32 16 16 62 44 36 - - - - 8701 John Carpenter Fwy, Suite 250 Dallas, Texas 75247 214-678-0227 Phone ASWLIAT es 214-678-0228 Fax Summary of Laboratory Results Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility PROJECT NUMBER: I DRAWING NUMBER: DG2210230.1 Appendix A Borehole Depth (ft) Moisture Content (DAD) Liquid Limit Plastic Limit Plasticity Index Percent Finer Than #4 Sieve Percent Finer Than #40 Sieve Percent Finer Than #200 Sieve Dry Unit Weight Soil Shear Strength (tsf)(UC) Soil Shear Strength (tsf)(UU) Rock Unconfined Compressive Strength (tsf) B-3 4.5-5.4 10.7 - - - - - - - - - - B-3 6.5-7.4 7.9 30 15 15 63 50 45 - - - - B-3 8.5-9.8 7.8 44 16 28 72 47 41 - - - - B-3 12.9-13.7 3.2 - - - - - - 145 - - 101.5 B-3 28.8 - 29.4 8.7 - - - - - - 132 - - 24.9 B-3 38.9-39.7 3.6 - - - - - - 150 - - 192.4 B-4 0 - 2 28.7 79 30 49 96 94 92 - - - - B-4 21.3-21.7 8.0 - - - - - - 138 - - 200.3 B-4 29.3 - 29.7 6.6 - - - - - - 140 - - 20.5 B-4 32.1 -33.1 10.2 - - - - - - 131 - - 17.5 B-4 33.9-34.3 16.7 - - - - - - 115 - - 8.1 B-4 36.9 - 38.3 8.2 - - - - - - 138 - - 111.4 B-5 0 - 2 22.0 - - - - - - 100 6.09 - - B-5 2 - 4 14.5 41 15 26 97 86 81 - - - - B-5 4.5-6 8.3 29 15 14 84 69 61 - - - - B-5 6.5-7.3 21.3 - - - - - - - - - - B-5 8.5-9.8 7.8 36 14 22 68 47 40 - - - - B-5 13- 14.1 9.5 - - - - - - 133 - - 8.1 B-5 15-20 6.4 - - - - - - 143 - - 65.2 B-5 32- 32.5 12.6 - - - - - - 122 - - 15.9 B-6 0 - 2 26.0 81 27 54 99 98 96 - - - - B-6 2 - 4 6.8 31 16 15 59 33 26 - - - - B-6 22.3 - 22.7 7.9 - - - - - - 137 - - 40.2 B-6 29.4 -29.8 4.5 - - - - - - 147 - - 160.2 B-6 32.5 - 32.9 5.3 - - - - - - 144 - - 79.5 B-6 37.7-38.1 13.6 - - - - - - 123 - - 16.6 8701 John Carpenter Fwy, Suite 250 Dallas, Texas 75247 214-678-0227 Phone ASWLIAT es 214-678-0228 Fax Summary of Laboratory Results Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility PROJECT NUMBER: I DRAWING NUMBER: DG2210230.1 Appendix A Borehole Depth (ft) Moisture Content (DAD) Liquid Limit Plastic Limit Plasticity Index Percent Finer Than #4 Sieve Percent Finer Than #40 Sieve Percent Finer Than #200 Sieve Dry Unit Weight Soil Shear Strength (tsf)(UC) Soil Shear Strength (tsf)(UU) Rock Unconfined Compressive Strength (tsf) B-7 0 - 2 26.9 71 24 47 100 100 97 - - - - B-7 2 - 4 30.5 - - - - - - 94 1.34 - - B-7 4 - 6 13.3 37 15 22 94 79 68 - - - - B-7 6.5-8 7.0 31 14 17 78 66 61 - - - - B-7 8-10 12.6 - - - - - - - - - - B-7 13-15 11.8 - - - - - - - - - - B-7 38.7-39.1 0.8 - - - - - - 151 - - 47 B-8 0 -2 22.3 74 28 46 - - - 100 2.42 - - B-8 2 - 4 24.4 - - - 99 93 88 - - - - B-8 4.5-5.8 5.4 46 15 31 52 26 21 - - - - B-8 6.5-7.3 7.0 50 16 34 62 47 41 - - - - B-8 8.5-9.9 9.2 36 15 21 91 79 72 - - - - B-8 11.5-12 8.8 - - - - - - 134 - - 41 B-8 15.0 - 15.5 9.6 - - - - - - 131 - - 25.2 B-8 25.1 -26.0 12.6 - - - - - - 125 - - 12.7 B-8 34.2 - 34.8 6.4 - - - - - - 132 - - 40.9 B-9 0 - 2 30.7 - - - - - - 85 1.4 - - B-9 2 - 4 19.2 32 16 16 95 84 77 - - - - B-9 4 - 5.5 8.7 28 16 12 65 46 39 - - - - B-9 6-8 9.5 - - - - - - - - - - B-9 8.5-8.8 6.7 - - - - - - - - - - B-9 10-15 11.1 - - - - - - - - - - B-9 18.3 - 18.7 7.6 - - - - - - 140 - - 67.9 B-9 26.5-26.9 6.3 - - - - - - 142 - - 41.1 B-9 34 - 34.4 9.2 - - - - - - 133 - - 44.2 B-9 39.3 - 39.6 6.7 - - - - - - 142 - - 99.9 8701 John Carpenter Fwy, Suite 250 Dallas, Texas 75247 214-678-0227 Phone ASWLIAT es 214-678-0228 Fax Summary of Laboratory Results Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility PROJECT NUMBER: I DRAWING NUMBER: DG2210230.1 Appendix A Borehole Depth (ft) Moisture Content (DAD) Liquid Limit Plastic Limit Plasticity Index Percent Finer Than #4 Sieve Percent Finer Than #40 Sieve Percent Finer Than #200 Sieve Dry Unit Weight Soil Shear Strength (tsf)(UC) Soil Shear Strength (tsf)(UU) Rock Unconfined Compressive Strength (tsf) B-10 0 - 2 20.6 60 20 40 90 74 69 - - - - B-10 2-4 11.2 - - - - - - 115 1.1 - - B-10 4 - 6 11.6 26 15 11 95 85 77 - - - - B-10 6.5-7.5 8.4 - - - - - - - - - - B-10 32.9-33.3 8.6 - - - - - - 134 - - 29.2 B-10 36.3-36.7 15.4 - - - - - - 121 - - 15.1 B-11 0-2 26.0 - - - - - - - - - - B-11 2 - 4 26.6 78 24 54 98 95 92 96 1.28 - - B-11 4 - 6 15.8 50 17 33 81 62 52 - - - - B-11 6.5-8 12.3 - - - - - - - - - - B-11 25-30 13.8 - - - - - - 125 - - 15.4 B-11 36.1 -36.5 7.8 - - - - - - 138 - - 42 B-11 39.5-39.9 12.1 - - - - - - 126 - - 25.2 B-12 2 - 4 18.6 65 26 39 100 91 80 113 2.66 - - B-12 4-6 1.0 - - - - - - - - - - B-12 6 - 8 6.8 37 16 21 45 32 26 127 - 1.43 - B-12 8-10 24.6 - - - - - - - - - - B-12 13.5-15 16.2 32 14 18 77 35 26 - - - - B-12 27.2-28.4 7.8 - - - - - - 138 - - 25.4 B-12 28.5-28.9 8.4 - - - - - - 137 - - 31.6 B-12 39.5-39.9 2.4 - - - - - - 157 - - 186.9 B-13 0 - 2 25.6 71 23 48 100 100 97 - - - - B-13 2-4 18.2 - - - - - - - - - - B-13 4 - 6 22.9 62 19 43 99 95 78 106 1.75 - - B-13 6-8 15.7 - - - - - - 107 - 1.5 - B-13 8-10 14.9 36 13 23 97 74 53 119 - 1.7 - 8701 John Carpenter Fwy, Suite 250 Dallas, Texas 75247 214-678-0227 Phone ASWLIAT es 214-678-0228 Fax Summary of Laboratory Results Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility PROJECT NUMBER: I DRAWING NUMBER: DG2210230.1 Appendix A Borehole Depth (ft) Moisture Content (DAD) Liquid Limit Plastic Limit Plasticity Index Percent Finer Than #4 Sieve Percent Finer Than #40 Sieve Percent Finer Than #200 Sieve Dry Unit Weight Soil Shear Strength (tsf)(UC) Soil Shear Strength (tsf)(UU) Rock Unconfined Compressive Strength (tsf) B-13 13.5-15 10.4 42 17 25 73 61 57 - - - - B-13 32.2-32.6 14.4 - - - - - - 121 - - 17.8 B-13 36-36.4 6.8 - - - - - - 140 - - 518.8 B-14 0 - 2 23.8 - - - 64 37 31 100 6.4 - - B-14 2 - 4 11.3 48 21 27 - - - - - - - B-14 4.5-6 11.5 - - - - - - - - - - B-14 6.5-8 12.5 49 20 29 88 46 38 - - - - B-14 8.5-10 10.1 - - - - - - - - - - B-14 13.5-15 11.7 36 17 19 64 38 32 - - - - B-14 18.5-20 19.9 - - - - - - - - - - B-14 26.1 -27.2 9.5 - - - - - - 136 - - 14.2 B-14 33-33.5 14.9 - - - - - - 121 - - 9.8 B-14 35.8 - 37 5.9 - - - - - - 143 - - 29.5 B-14 36.5-37.2 7.4 - - - - - - 136 - - 42.4 B-15 2.5-4 6.1 34 14 20 79 49 40 - - - - B-15 4.5-6 9.4 32 14 18 72 56 44 - - - - B-15 8.5-9.9 6.0 33 13 20 58 31 25 - - - - B-15 13.5-15 14.6 - - - - - - - - - - B-15 18.5-19.3 10.7 49 17 32 100 95 88 - - - - B-15 26.9-27.6 7.6 - - - - - - 129 - - 57.2 B-15 30-35 16.6 - - - - - - 117 - - 10 B-15 36-36.5 5.1 - - - - - - 145 - - 161.4 B-16 0-2 10.2 - - - - - - 117 7.17 - - B-16 2 - 4 10.2 46 17 29 82 73 62 - - - - B-16 4.5-6 6.8 - - - - - - - - - - B-16 6.5-8 12.3 34 13 21 92 77 60 - - - - 8701 John Carpenter Fwy, Suite 250 Dallas, Texas 75247 214-678-0227 Phone ASWLIAT es 214-678-0228 Fax Summary of Laboratory Results Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility PROJECT NUMBER: I DRAWING NUMBER: DG2210230.1 Appendix A Borehole Depth (ft) Moisture Content (DAD) Liquid Limit Plastic Limit Plasticity Index Percent Finer Than #4 Sieve Percent Finer Than #40 Sieve Percent Finer Than #200Sieve Dry Unit Weight (pcf) Soil Shear Strength (UC) Soil Shear Strength (UU)(tsf) Rock Unconfined Compressive Strength (tsf) B-16 8.5-10 15.3 35 14 21 99 94 77 - - - - B-16 13.5-15 12.4 38 14 24 58 35 30 - - - - B-16 18.5-19.1 11.8 - - - - - - - - - - B-16 25.1 -26.2 13.8 - - - - - - 125 - - 2.7 B-16 30.0-31.2 13.9 - - - - - - 119 - - 8.8 B-16 39.3-39.8 5.4 - - - - - - 144 - - 17.9 B-17 0-2 10.3 - - - - - - - - - - B-17 2.5-4 5.3 35 14 21 51 26 20 - - - - B-17 4.5-6 12.8 - - - - - - - - - - B-17 6.5-7.8 11.3 47 19 28 94 85 80 - - - - B-17 8.5-9 13.1 48 18 30 98 88 82 - - - - B-17 12.5-13.1 9.5 - - - - - - 134 - - 11.9 B-17 20.7-21.2 6.6 - - - - - - 140 - - 48.3 B-17 31.5-32 3.5 - - - - - - 151 - - 255.7 B-18 0-1.5 19.5 - - - - - - - - - - B-18 2-3.5 14.7 35 15 20 79 72 65 - - - - B-18 4-5.5 16.6 - - - - - - - - - - B-18 6-7.5 14.7 39 16 23 99 95 92 - - - - B-18 8-8.8 8.8 - - - - - - - - - - B-18 17.2-17.8 15.9 - - - - - - 117 - - 9.6 B-19 0 - 2 11.0 58 22 36 79 58 48 118 4.03 - - B-19 2 - 4 14.7 53 18 35 93 73 68 - - - - B-19 4.5-5.9 13.7 - - - - - - - - - - B-19 6.5-8 5.5 39 14 25 56 27 21 - - - - B-19 8.5-9.2 7.5 - - - - - - - - - - B-19 10.5-11.7 7.8 - - - - - - 142 - - 23.2 8701 John Carpenter Fwy, Suite 250 Dallas, Texas 75247 214-678-0227 Phone ASWLIAT es 214-678-0228 Fax Summary of Laboratory Results Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility PROJECT NUMBER: I DRAWING NUMBER: DG2210230.1 Appendix A Borehole Depth (ft) Moisture Content (DAD) Liquid Limit Plastic Limit Plasticity Index Percent Finer Than #4 Sieve Percent Finer Than #40 Sieve Percent Finer Than #200 Sieve Dry Unit Weight Soil Shear Strength (tsf)(UC) Soil Shear Strength (tsf)(UU) Rock Unconfined Compressive Strength (tsf) B-19 16.5-17.5 9.8 - - - - - - 132 - - 13.1 B-19 37.9-38.3 5.0 - - - - - - 149 - - 23.5 B-20 0-1.5 8.3 - - - - - - - - - - B-20 2-3.5 4.9 28 16 12 68 45 32 - - - - B-20 4-5.5 8.4 - - - - - - - - - - B-20 8-9.5 16.5 66 29 37 85 74 71 - - - - B-20 19.1 - 19.4 5.7 - - - - - - 142 - - 47.9 B-20 24.2 - 24.8 9.9 - - - - - - 134 - - 17.3 B-20 27.9 -29.0 15.3 - - - - - - 120 - - 15.4 B-21 0 - 2 11.1 - - - - - - 103 1.5 - - B-21 2.5-4 7.5 26 14 12 77 38 24 - - - - B-21 4.5-6 19.0 - - - - - - - - - - B-21 6.5-7.9 7.2 50 18 32 66 44 38 - - - - B-21 8.5-9.4 8.8 42 15 27 82 67 63 - - - - B-21 11.3 - 12.2 9.8 - - - - - - 134 - - 18.4 B-21 18-19.5 8.3 - - - - - - 139 - - 14.2 B-21 33.9 - 35.0 5.7 - - - - - - 148 - - 33.5 B-22 0-1.5 20.5 - - - - - - - - - - B-22 2-3.5 17.7 45 19 26 98 91 84 - - - - B-22 4-5.5 13.5 - - - - - - - - - - B-22 6-7.5 7.7 36 14 22 50 26 21 - - - - B-22 8-9.5 9.5 31 13 18 61 32 24 - - - - B-22 13.5- 15 8.4 50 18 32 68 43 38 - - - - B-22 22.9-24.2 8.9 - - - - - - 135 - - 18.7 B-22 33.6 - 35.3 15.8 - - - - - - 118 - - 10.5 B-23 0-1.5 4.4 - - - - - - - - - - 8701 John Carpenter Fwy, Suite 250 Dallas, Texas 75247 214-678-0227 Phone ASWLIAT es 214-678-0228 Fax Summary of Laboratory Results Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility PROJECT NUMBER: I DRAWING NUMBER: DG2210230.1 Appendix A Borehole Depth (ft) Moisture Content (DAD) Liquid Limit Plastic Limit Plasticity Index Percent Finer Than #4 Sieve Percent Finer Than #40 Sieve Percent Finer Than #200 Sieve Dry Unit Weight Soil Shear Strength (tsf)(UC) Soil Shear Strength (tsf)(UU) Rock Unconfined Compressive Strength (tsf) B-23 2-3.5 5.5 30 15 15 68 43 33 - - - - B-23 4 - 5.5 7.7 - - - - - - - - - - B-23 6-7.5 8.1 29 16 13 72 52 44 - - - - B-23 17 - 17.8 9.7 - - - - - - 134 - - 16.3 B-23 23-24.3 15.9 - - - - - - 119 - - 14.1 B-23 37.8 - 38.3 6.1 - - - - - - 143 - - 33.4 B-24 0-1.5 19.8 - - - - - - - - - - B-24 2-3.5 10.7 68 25 43 60 39 33 - - - - B-24 4-5.5 8.8 - - - - - - - - - - B-24 6-7.5 10.6 39 15 24 75 42 34 - - - - B-24 8-9.5 12.0 38 14 24 47 29 26 - - - - B-24 13.5-15 11.7 49 17 32 88 71 64 - - - - B-24 16.5 - 17.4 9.6 - - - - - - 137 - - 27.7 B-24 27.2 - 28.2 15.9 - - - - - - 119 - - 11.6 B-24 38.9-40.0 6.6 - - - - - - 141 - - 31.5 B-25 0-1.5 2.9 - - - - - - - - - - B-25 2-3.5 4.9 29 15 14 58 33 26 - - - - B-25 4 - 5.5 6.6 - - - - - - - - - - B-25 6-7.5 6.7 33 13 20 55 28 21 - - - - B-25 8 - 9.5 5.0 - - - - - - - - - - B-25 18.1 -18.6 14.7 - - - - - - 120 - - 15 B-25 22.1 -22.7 5.8 - - - - - - 146 - - 62.5 B-25 25-30 4.9 - - - - - - 147 - - 59 B-25 36.2 - 36.7 5.0 - - - - - - 146 - - 58.8 B-26 0-1.5 15.0 - - - - - - - - - - B-26 2-3.5 6.9 35 17 18 65 35 25 - - - - 8701 John Carpenter Fwy, Suite 250 Dallas, Texas 75247 214-678-0227 Phone ASWLIAT es 214-678-0228 Fax Summary of Laboratory Results Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility PROJECT NUMBER: I DRAWING NUMBER: DG2210230.1 Appendix A Borehole Depth (ft) Moisture Content (DAD) Liquid Limit Plastic Limit Plasticity Index Percent Finer Than #4 Sieve Percent Finer Than #40 Sieve Percent Finer Than #200 Sieve Dry Unit Weight Soil Shear Strength (tsf)(UC) Soil Shear Strength (tsf)(UU) Rock Unconfined Compressive Strength (tsf) B-26 4 - 5.5 7.0 - - - - - - - - - - B-26 6-7.5 11.4 - - - - - - - - - - B-26 8-9.5 12.7 33 14 19 61 32 25 - - - - B-26 23.6 - 24.5 16.8 - - - - - - 117 - - 9 B-26 29.5-29.9 14.9 - - - - - - 122 - - 21.9 B-26 33.3 - 34.1 6.4 - - - - - - 144 - - 24.4 B-27 0 - 2 12.5 - - - - - - - - - - B-27 2 - 4 15.7 33 15 18 91 82 71 112 1.48 - - B-27 4 - 6 12.4 35 15 20 77 64 51 - - - - B-27 6.5-8 9.1 - - - - - - - - - - B-27 8.5-10 10.4 33 14 19 61 34 28 - - - - B-27 13.5-15 11.0 33 13 20 64 34 26 - - - - B-28 0 - 2 15.0 - - - - - - - - - - B-28 2 - 4 14.2 36 14 22 88 73 62 - - - - B-28 4 - 5.5 7.8 - - - - - - - - - - B-28 6.5-8 6.0 38 14 24 39 19 14 - - - - B-28 8.5 - 10 10.3 54 15 39 52 27 22 - - - - B-28 31.8-32.2 1.3 - - - - - - 159 - - 537.5 B-28 38.4 - 38.8 4.3 - - - - - - 151 - - 66.7 B-29 0-1.5 9.2 - - - - - - - - - - B-29 2-3.5 12.9 45 19 26 94 86 82 - - - - B-29 4 - 5 13.4 - - - - - - - - - - B-29 8.7-9.2 10.4 - - - - - - 129 - - 10.5 B-29 13.3- 13.7 13.7 - - - - - - 125 - - 10.4 B-30 0 - 2 6.3 42 17 25 78 59 49 - - - - B-30 2.5 - 3.9 7.0 - - - - - - - - - - 8701 John Carpenter Fwy, Suite 250 Dallas, Texas 75247 214-678-0227 Phone ASWLIAT es 214-678-0228 Fax Summary of Laboratory Results Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility PROJECT NUMBER: I DRAWING NUMBER: DG2210230.1 Appendix A Borehole Depth (ft) Moisture Content (DAD) Liquid Limit Plastic Limit Plasticity Index Percent Finer Than #4 Sieve Percent Finer Than #40 Sieve Percent Finer Than #200 Sieve Dry Unit Weight Soil Shear Strength (tsf)(UC) Soil Shear Strength (tsf)(UU) Rock Unconfined Compressive Strength (tsf) B-30 4.5-5.9 11.5 48 17 31 99 96 89 - - - - B-30 6.5 - 7.3 8.0 - - - - - - - - - - B-30 8-10 6.4 32 14 18 91 70 64 - - - - B-30 22.1 -22.7 6.8 - - - - - - 141 - - 25.8 B-30 37.1 -37.8 3.7 - - - - - - 151 - - 94.3 B-31 0 - 2 16.0 57 24 33 99 83 70 117 9.28 - - B-31 2.5-4 14.2 - - - - - - - - - - B-31 4.5-6 11.7 45 16 29 90 66 54 - - - - B-31 6.5 - 7.4 9.8 - - - 90 64 51 - - - - B-31 8.5-8.9 3.1 31 12 19 99 23 18 - - - - B-31 13-15 4.5 - - - - - - - - - - B-31 17.2 - 18.4 14.9 - - - - - - 124 - - 3.6 B-31 32.1 -34.0 7.8 - - - - - - 140 - - 17.4 B-31 37-38.3 10.9 - - - - - - 127 - - 15.3 B-32 0 -2 20.8 - - - - - - 103 2.48 - - B-32 2 - 4 11.0 64 21 43 59 44 40 113 - 1.2 - B-32 4.5-6 8.1 33 13 20 - - - - - - - B-32 6.5-8 4.9 54 16 38 50 27 21 - - - - B-32 8.5-10 8.7 0 0 0 100 96 87 - - - - 8701 John Carpenter Fwy, Suite 250 Dallas, Texas 75247 214-678-0227 Phone ASWLIAT es 214-678-0228 Fax Summary of Laboratory Results Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility PROJECT NUMBER: I DRAWING NUMBER: DG2210230.1 Appendix A PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK CITY OF FORT WORTH MARY'S CREEK WATER RECLAMATION FACILITY APPENDIX V - CITY OBTAINED PERMITS CITY OF FORT WORTH MARY'S CREEK WATER RECLAMATION FACILITY PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Nationwide Permit 58 - Utility Line Activities for Water and Other Substances Effective Date: March 15, 2026; Expiration Date: March 15, 2031 (NWP Final Notice, 91 FR 768, Pages 768-886) Utility Line Activities for Water and Other Substances. Activities required for the construction, maintenance, repair, and removal of utility lines for water and other substances, excluding oil, natural gas, products derived from oil or natural gas, and electricity. Oil or natural gas pipeline activities or electric utility line and telecommunications activities may be authorized by NWPs 12 or 57, respectively. This NWP also authorizes associated utility line facilities in waters of the United States, provided the activity does not result in the loss of greater than 1/2 -acre of waters of the United States for each single and complete project. Utility lines: This NWP authorizes discharges of dredged or fill material into waters of the United States and structures or work in navigable waters for crossings of those waters associated with the construction, maintenance, or repair of utility lines for water and other substances, including outfall and intake structures. There must be no change in pre -construction contours of waters of the United States. A "utility line" is defined as any pipe or pipeline for the transportation of any gaseous, liquid, liquescent, or slurry substance, for any purpose that is not oil, natural gas, or petrochemicals. Examples of activities authorized by this NWP include utility lines that convey water, sewage, stormwater, wastewater, brine, irrigation water, and industrial products that are not petrochemicals. The term "utility line" does not include activities that drain a water of the United States, such as drainage tile or French drains, but it does apply to pipes conveying drainage from another area. Material resulting from trench excavation may be temporarily sidecast into waters of the United States for no more than three months, provided the material is not placed in such a manner that it is dispersed by currents or other forces. The district engineer may extend the period of temporary side casting for no more than a total of 180 days, where appropriate. In wetlands, the top 6 to 12 inches of the trench should normally be backfilled with topsoil from the trench. The trench cannot be constructed or backfilled in such a manner as to drain waters of the United States (e.g., backfilling with extensive gravel layers, creating a French drain effect). Any exposed slopes and stream banks must be stabilized immediately upon completion of the utility line crossing of each waterbody. Utility line substations: This NWP authorizes the construction, maintenance, or expansion of substation facilities associated with a utility line in non -tidal waters of the United States, provided the activity, in combination with all other activities included in one single and complete project, does not result in the loss of greater than 1/2 -acre of waters of the United States. This NWP does not authorize discharges of dredged or fill material into non -tidal wetlands adjacent to tidal waters of the United States to construct, maintain, or expand substation facilities. Foundations for above -ground utility lines: This NWP authorizes the construction or maintenance of foundations for above -ground utility lines in all waters of the United States, provided the foundations are the minimum size necessary. Access roads: This NWP authorizes the construction of access roads for the construction and maintenance of utility lines, including utility line substations, in non - tidal waters of the United States, provided the activity, in combination with all other activities included in one single and complete project, does not cause the loss of greater than 1/2 -acre of non -tidal waters of the United States. This NWP does not authorize discharges of dredged or fill material into non -tidal wetlands adjacent to tidal waters for access roads. Access roads must be the minimum width necessary (see Note 2, below). Access roads must be constructed so that the length of the road minimizes any adverse effects on waters of the United States and must be as near as possible to pre - construction contours and elevations (e.g., at grade corduroy roads or geotextile/gravel roads). Access roads constructed above pre -construction contours and elevations in waters of the United States must be properly bridged or culverted to maintain surface flows. This NWP may authorize utility lines in or affecting navigable waters of the United States even if there is no associated discharge of dredged or fill material (see 33 CFR part 322). Overhead utility lines constructed over section 10 waters and utility lines that are routed in or under section 10 waters without a discharge of dredged or fill material may require a section 10 permit. This NWP authorizes, to the extent that Department of the Army authorization is required, temporary structures, fills, and work necessary for the remediation of inadvertent returns of drilling fluids to waters of the United States through sub -soil fissures or fractures that might occur during horizontal directional drilling activities conducted for the purpose of installing or replacing utility lines. These remediation activities must be done as soon as practicable, to restore the affected waterbody. District engineers may add special conditions to this NWP to require a remediation plan for addressing inadvertent returns of drilling fluids to waters of the United States during horizontal directional drilling activities conducted for the purpose of installing or replacing utility lines. This NWP also authorizes temporary structures, fills, and work, including the use of temporary mats, necessary to conduct the utility line activity. Appropriate measures must be taken to maintain normal downstream flows and minimize flooding to the maximum extent practicable, when temporary structures, work, and discharges of dredged or fill material, including cofferdams, are necessary for construction activities, access fills, or dewatering of construction sites. Temporary fills must consist of materials, and be placed in a manner, that will not be eroded by expected high flows. After construction, temporary fills must be removed in their entirety and the affected areas returned to pre -construction elevations. The areas affected by temporary fills must be revegetated, as appropriate. Notification: The permittee must submit a pre -construction notification to the district engineer prior to commencing the activity if: (1) a section 10 permit is required; or (2) the discharge will result in the loss of greater than 1/10 -acre of waters of the United States. (See general condition 32.) (Authorities: Sections 10 and 404) Note 1: Where structures or work are authorized in navigable waters of the United States (i.e., section 10 waters) within the coastal United States, the Great Lakes, and 2 United States territories, the permittee should provide a copy of the `as -built drawings' and the geographic coordinate system used in the `as -built drawings' to the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), National Ocean Service (NOS), to inform updates to nautical charts and Coast Pilot corrections. The information should be transmitted via email to ocs.ndb@noaa.gov. Note 2: For utility line activities crossing a single waterbody more than one time at separate and distant locations, or multiple waterbodies at separate and distant locations, each crossing is considered a single and complete project for purposes of NWP authorization. Utility line activities must comply with 33 CFR 330.6(d). Note 3: Access roads used for both construction and maintenance may be authorized, provided they meet the terms and conditions of this NWP. Access roads used solely for construction of the utility line must be removed upon completion of the work, in accordance with the requirements for temporary fills. Note 4: Pipes or pipelines used to transport gaseous, liquid, liquescent, or slurry substances over navigable waters of the United States are considered to be bridges, not utility lines, and may require a permit from the U.S. Coast Guard pursuant to the General Bridge Act of 1946. However, any discharges of dredged or fill material into waters of the United States associated with such pipelines will require a section 404 permit (see NWP 15). Note 5: This NWP authorizes utility line maintenance and repair activities that do not qualify for the Clean Water Act section 404(f) exemption for maintenance of currently serviceable fills or fill structures. Note 6: For activities that require pre -construction notification, the PCN must include any other NWP(s), regional general permit(s), or individual permit(s) used or intended to be used to authorize any part of the proposed project or any related activity, including other separate and distant crossings that require Department of the Army authorization but do not require pre -construction notification (see paragraph (b)(4) of general condition 32). The district engineer will evaluate the PCN in accordance with Section D, "District Engineer's Decision." The district engineer may require mitigation to ensure that the authorized activity results in no more than minimal individual and cumulative adverse environmental effects (see general condition 23). Note 7: Where structures or work are proposed in navigable waters of the United States, project proponents should ensure they provide the location and dimensions of the proposed structures to the U.S. Coast Guard (USCG) prior to submittal of a Pre - Construction Notification, or prior to beginning construction. The USCG may assess potential navigation -related concerns associated with the location of proposed structures or work, and may inform project proponents of marking and lighting requirements necessary to comply with General Condition 1 (Navigation). For assistance identifying the appropriate USCG District or Sector Waterways Management Staff responsible for the area of the proposed work, contact USCG at CGWWM@uscg.mil. Nationwide Permit General Conditions 3 Note: To qualify for NWP authorization, the prospective permittee must comply with the following general conditions, as applicable, in addition to any regional or case -specific conditions imposed by the division engineer or district engineer. Prospective permittees should contact the appropriate Corps district office to determine if regional conditions have been imposed on an NWP. Prospective permittees should also contact the appropriate Corps district office to determine the status of Clean Water Act Section 401 water quality certification and/or Coastal Zone Management Act consistency for an NWP. Every person who may wish to obtain permit authorization under one or more NWPs, or who is currently relying on an existing or prior permit authorization under one or more NWPs, has been and is on notice that all of the provisions of 33 CFR 330.1 through 330.6 apply to every NWP authorization. Note especially 33 CFR 330.5 relating to the modification, suspension, or revocation of any NWP authorization. 1. Navigation. (a) No activity may cause more than a minimal adverse effect on navigation. (b) Any safety lights and signals prescribed by the U.S. Coast Guard, through regulations or otherwise, must be installed and maintained at the permittee's expense on authorized facilities in navigable waters of the United States. (c) The permittee understands and agrees that, if future operations by the United States require the removal, relocation, or other alteration, of the structure or work herein authorized, or if, in the opinion of the Secretary of the Army or his or her authorized representative, said structure or work shall cause unreasonable obstruction to the free navigation of the navigable waters, the permittee will be required, upon due notice from the Corps of Engineers, to remove, relocate, or alter the structural work or obstructions caused thereby, without expense to the United States. No claim shall be made against the United States on account of any such removal or alteration. 2. Aquatic Life Movements. No activity may substantially disrupt the necessary life cycle movements of those species of aquatic life indigenous to the waterbody, including those species that normally migrate through the area, unless the activity's primary purpose is to impound water. All permanent and temporary crossings of waterbodies shall be suitably culverted, bridged, or otherwise designed and constructed to maintain low flows to sustain the movement of those aquatic species. If a bottomless culvert cannot be used, then the crossing should be designed and constructed to minimize adverse effects to aquatic life movements. 3. Spawning Areas. Activities in spawning areas during spawning seasons must be avoided to the maximum extent practicable. Activities that result in the physical destruction (e.g., through excavation, fill, or downstream smothering by substantial turbidity) of an important spawning area are not authorized. 4. Migratory Bird Breeding Areas. Activities in waters of the United States that serve as breeding areas for migratory birds must be avoided to the maximum extent practicable. 5. Shellfish Beds. No activity may occur in areas of concentrated shellfish populations, unless the activity is directly related to a shellfish harvesting activity authorized by 4 NWPs 4 and 48, or is a shellfish seeding or habitat restoration activity authorized by NWP 27. 6. Suitable Material. No activity may use unsuitable material (e.g., trash, debris, car bodies, asphalt, etc.). Material used for construction or discharged must be free from toxic pollutants in toxic amounts (see section 307 of the Clean Water Act). 7. Water Supply Intakes. No activity may occur in the proximity of a public water supply intake, except where the activity is for the repair or improvement of public water supply intake structures or adjacent bank stabilization. 8. Adverse Effects From Impoundments. If the activity creates an impoundment of water, adverse effects to the aquatic system due to accelerating the passage of water, and/or restricting its flow must be minimized to the maximum extent practicable. 9. Management of Water Flows. To the maximum extent practicable, the pre - construction course, condition, capacity, and location of open waters must be maintained for each activity, including stream channelization, storm water management activities, and temporary and permanent road crossings, except as provided below. The activity must be constructed to withstand expected high flows, including tidal flows. The activity must not restrict or impede the passage of normal or high flows, including tidal flows, unless the primary purpose of the activity is to impound water or manage high flows. The activity may alter the pre -construction course, condition, capacity, and location of open waters if it benefits the aquatic environment (e.g., stream restoration or relocation activities). 10. Fills Within 100 -Year Floodplains. The activity must comply with applicable FEMA- approved state or local floodplain management requirements. 11. Equipment. Heavy equipment working in wetlands or mudflats must be placed on mats, or other measures must be taken to minimize soil disturbance. If mats are used to minimize soil disturbance, the affected areas must be returned to pre -construction elevations, and revegetated as appropriate. In circumstances where the use of mats has caused significant soil compaction, efforts using techniques (e.g., soil reaeration techniques) to break up the compaction should be employed to return the soil to a pre - construction state prior to returning to pre -construction elevations. 12. Soil Erosion and Sediment Controls. Appropriate soil erosion and sediment controls must be used and maintained in effective operating condition during construction, and all exposed soil and other fills, as well as any work below the ordinary high water mark or high tide line, must be permanently stabilized at the earliest practicable date. Permittees are encouraged to perform work within waters of the United States during periods of low -flow or no -flow, or during low tides. 13. Removal of Temporary Structures and Fills. Temporary structures must be removed, to the maximum extent practicable, after their use has been discontinued. Temporary fills must be removed in their entirety and the affected areas returned to pre - construction elevations. The affected areas must be revegetated, as appropriate. 5 14. Proper Maintenance. Any authorized structure or fill shall be properly maintained, including maintenance to ensure public safety and compliance with applicable NWP general conditions, as well as any activity -specific conditions added by the district engineer to an NWP authorization. 15. Single and Complete Project. The activity must be a single and complete project. The same NWP cannot be used more than once for the same single and complete project. 16. Wild and Scenic Rivers. (a) No NWP activity may occur in a component of the National Wild and Scenic River System, or in a river officially designated by Congress as a "study river" for possible inclusion in the system while the river is in an official study status, unless the appropriate Federal agency with direct management responsibility for such river has determined in writing that the proposed activity will not adversely affect the Wild and Scenic River designation or study status. (b) If a proposed NWP activity will occur in a component of the National Wild and Scenic River System, or in a river officially designated by Congress as a "study river" for possible inclusion in the system while the river is in an official study status, the permittee must submit a pre -construction notification (see general condition 32). The district engineer will coordinate the PCN with the Federal agency with direct management responsibility for that river. Permittees shall not begin the NWP activity until notified by the district engineer that the Federal agency with direct management responsibility for that river has determined in writing that the proposed NWP activity will not adversely affect the Wild and Scenic River designation or study status. (c) Information on Wild and Scenic Rivers may be obtained from the appropriate Federal land management agency responsible for the designated Wild and Scenic River or study river (e.g., National Park Service, U.S. Forest Service, Bureau of Land Management, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service). Information on these rivers is also available at: http://www.rivers.gov/. 17. Tribal Rights. No activity or its operation may impair reserved tribal rights, including, but not limited to, reserved water rights and treaty fishing and hunting rights. 18. Endangered Species. (a) No activity is authorized under any NWP which is likely to directly or indirectly jeopardize the continued existence of a threatened or endangered species or a species proposed for such designation, as identified under the federal Endangered Species Act (ESA), or which will directly or indirectly destroy or adversely modify designated critical habitat or critical habitat proposed for such designation. No activity is authorized under any NWP which "may affect" a listed species or critical habitat, unless ESA section 7 consultation addressing the consequences of the proposed activity on listed species or critical habitat has been completed. See 50 CFR 402.02 for the definition of "effects of the action" for the purposes of ESA section 7 consultation. (b) Federal agencies should follow their own procedures for complying with the requirements of the ESA (see 33 CFR 330.4(f)(1)). If pre -construction notification is required for the proposed activity, the federal permittee must provide the district engineer with the appropriate documentation to demonstrate compliance with those requirements. The district engineer will verify that the appropriate documentation has been submitted. If the appropriate documentation has not been submitted, additional ESA section 7 consultation may be necessary for the activity and the respective federal agency would be responsible for fulfilling its obligation under section 7 of the ESA. (c) Non-federal permittees must submit a pre -construction notification to the district engineer if any listed species (or species proposed for listing) or designated critical habitat (or critical habitat proposed such designation) might be affected or is in the vicinity of the activity, or if the activity is located in designated critical habitat or critical habitat proposed for such designation, and shall not begin work on the activity until notified by the district engineer that the requirements of the ESA have been satisfied and that the activity is authorized. For activities that might affect federally -listed endangered or threatened species (or species proposed for listing) or designated critical habitat (or critical habitat proposed for such designation), the pre -construction notification must include the name(s) of the endangered or threatened species (or species proposed for listing) that might be affected by the proposed activity or that utilize the designated critical habitat (or critical habitat proposed for such designation) that might be affected by the proposed activity. The district engineer will determine whether the proposed activity "may affect" or will have "no effect" to listed species and designated critical habitat and will notify the non-federal applicant of the Corps' determination within 45 days of receipt of a complete pre -construction notification. For activities where the non-federal applicant has identified listed species (or species proposed for listing) or designated critical habitat (or critical habitat proposed for such designation) that might be affected or is in the vicinity of the activity, and has so notified the Corps, the applicant shall not begin work until the Corps has provided notification that the proposed activity will have "no effect" on listed species (or species proposed for listing or designated critical habitat (or critical habitat proposed for such designation), or until ESA section 7 consultation or conference has been completed. If the non-federal applicant has not heard back from the Corps within 45 days, the applicant must still wait for notification from the Corps. (d) As a result of formal or informal consultation or conference with the FWS or NMFS the district engineer may add species -specific permit conditions to the NWPs. (e) Authorization of an activity by an NWP does not authorize the "take" of a threatened or endangered species as defined under the ESA. In the absence of separate authorization (e.g., an ESA Section 10 Permit, a Biological Opinion with "incidental take" provisions, etc.) from the FWS or the NMFS, the Endangered Species Act prohibits any person subject to the jurisdiction of the United States to take a listed species, where "take" means to harass, harm, pursue, hunt, shoot, wound, kill, trap, capture, or collect, or to attempt to engage in any such conduct. The word "harm" in the definition of "take" means an act which actually kills or injures wildlife. Such an act may include significant habitat modification or degradation where it actually kills or injures wildlife by significantly impairing essential behavioral patterns, including breeding, feeding or sheltering. 7 (f) If the non-federal permittee has a valid ESA section 10(a)(1)(B) incidental take permit with an approved Habitat Conservation Plan for a project or a group of projects that includes the proposed NWP activity, the non-federal permittee should provide a copy of that ESA section 10(a)(1)(B) permit with the PCN required by paragraph (c) of this general condition. The district engineer will coordinate with the agency that issued the ESA section 10(a)(1)(B) permit to determine whether the proposed NWP activity and the associated incidental take were considered in the internal ESA section 7 consultation conducted for the ESA section 10(a)(1 )(B) permit. If that coordination results in concurrence from the agency that the proposed NWP activity and the associated incidental take were considered in the internal ESA section 7 consultation for the ESA section 10(a)(1)(B) permit, the district engineer does not need to conduct a separate ESA section 7 consultation for the proposed NWP activity. The district engineer will notify the non-federal applicant within 45 days of receipt of a complete pre -construction notification whether the ESA section 10(a)(1)(B) permit covers the proposed NWP activity or whether additional ESA section 7 consultation is required. (g) Information on the location of threatened and endangered species and their critical habitat can be obtained directly from the offices of the FWS and NMFS or their web pages at http://www.fws.gov/ or http://www.fws.gov/ipac and http://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/species/esa/ respectively. 19. Migratory Birds and Bald and Golden Eagles. The permittee is responsible for ensuring that an action authorized by an NWP complies with the Migratory Bird Treaty Act and the Bald and Golden Eagle Protection Act. The permittee is responsible for contacting the appropriate local office of the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service to determine what measures, if any, are necessary or appropriate to reduce adverse effects to migratory birds or eagles, including whether "incidental take" permits are necessary and available under the Migratory Bird Treaty Act or Bald and Golden Eagle Protection Act for a particular activity. 20. Historic Properties. (a) No activity is authorized under any NWP which may have the potential to cause effects on properties listed, or eligible for listing, in the National Register of Historic Places until the requirements of Section 106 of the National Historic Preservation Act (NHPA) have been satisfied. (b) Federal permittees should follow their own procedures for complying with the requirements of section 106 of the National Historic Preservation Act (see 33 CFR 330.4(g)(1)). If pre -construction notification is required for the proposed NWP activity, the federal permittee must provide the district engineer with the appropriate documentation to demonstrate compliance with those requirements. The district engineer will verify that the appropriate documentation has been submitted. If the appropriate documentation is not submitted, then additional consultation under section 106 may be necessary. The respective federal agency is responsible for fulfilling its obligation to comply with section 106. (c) Non-federal permittees must submit a pre -construction notification to the district engineer if the NWP activity might have the potential to cause effects on any historic properties listed on, determined to be eligible for listing on, or potentially eligible for listing on the National Register of Historic Places, including previously unidentified properties. For such activities, the pre -construction notification must state which historic properties might have the potential to be affected by the proposed NWP activity or include a vicinity map indicating the location of the historic properties or the potential for the presence of historic properties. Assistance regarding information on the location of, or potential for, the presence of historic properties can be sought from the State Historic Preservation Officer, Tribal Historic Preservation Officer, or designated tribal representative, as appropriate, and the National Register of Historic Places (see 33 CFR 330.4(g)). When reviewing pre -construction notifications, district engineers will comply with the current procedures for addressing the requirements of section 106 of the National Historic Preservation Act. The district engineer shall make a reasonable and good faith effort to carry out appropriate identification efforts commensurate with potential impacts, which may include background research, consultation, oral history interviews, sample field investigation, and/or field survey. Based on the information submitted in the PCN and these identification efforts, the district engineer shall determine whether the proposed NWP activity has the potential to cause effects on historic properties. Section 106 consultation is not required when the district engineer determines that the activity does not have the potential to cause effects on historic properties (see 36 CFR 800.3(a)). Section 106 consultation is required when the district engineer determines that the activity has the potential to cause effects on historic properties. The district engineer will conduct consultation with consulting parties identified under 36 CFR 800.2(c) when he or she makes any of the following effect determinations for the purposes of section 106 of the NHPA: no historic properties affected, no adverse effect, or adverse effect. (d) Where the non-federal applicant has identified historic properties on which the proposed NWP activity might have the potential to cause effects and has so notified the Corps, the non-federal applicant shall not begin the activity until notified by the district engineer either that the activity has no potential to cause effects on historic properties or that NHPA section 106 consultation has been completed. For non-federal permittees, the district engineer will notify the prospective permittee within 45 days of receipt of a complete pre -construction notification whether NHPA section 106 consultation is required. If NHPA section 106 consultation is required, the district engineer will notify the non-federal applicant that he or she cannot begin the activity until section 106 consultation is completed. If the non-federal applicant has not heard back from the Corps within 45 days, the applicant must still wait for notification from the Corps. (e) Prospective permittees should be aware that section 110k of the NHPA (54 U.S.C. 306113) prevents the Corps from granting a permit or other assistance to an applicant who, with intent to avoid the requirements of section 106 of the NHPA, has intentionally significantly adversely affected a historic property to which the permit would relate, or having legal power to prevent it, allowed such significant adverse effect to occur, unless the Corps, after consultation with the Advisory Council on Historic Preservation (ACHP), determines that circumstances justify granting such assistance despite the adverse effect created or permitted by the applicant. If circumstances justify granting the assistance, the Corps is required to notify the ACHP and provide documentation specifying the circumstances, the degree of damage to the integrity of any historic properties affected, and proposed mitigation. This documentation must include any 4 views obtained from the applicant, SHPO/THPO, appropriate Indian tribes if the undertaking occurs on or affects historic properties on tribal lands or affects properties of interest to those tribes, and other parties known to have a legitimate interest in the impacts to the permitted activity on historic properties. 21. Discovery of Previously Unknown Remains and Artifacts. Permittees that discover any previously unknown historic, cultural or archeological remains and artifacts while accomplishing the activities authorized by NWPs, must immediately notify the district engineer of what they have found, and to the maximum extent practicable, avoid construction activities that may affect the remains and artifacts until the required coordination has been completed. The district engineer will initiate the federal, tribal, and state coordination required to determine if the items or remains warrant a recovery effort or if the site is eligible for listing in the National Register of Historic Places. 22. Designated Critical Resource Waters. Critical resource waters include, NOAA- managed marine sanctuaries and marine monuments, and National Estuarine Research Reserves. The district engineer may designate, after notice and opportunity for public comment, additional waters officially designated by a state as having particular environmental or ecological significance, such as outstanding national resource waters or state natural heritage sites. The district engineer may also designate additional critical resource waters after notice and opportunity for public comment. (a) Discharges of dredged or fill material into waters of the United States are not authorized by NWPs 7, 12, 14, 16, 17, 21, 29, 31, 35, 39, 40, 42, 43, 44, 49, 50, 51, 52, 57 and 58 for any activity within, or directly affecting, critical resource waters, including wetlands adjacent to such waters. (b) For NWPs 3, 8, 10, 13, 15, 18, 19, 22, 23, 25, 27, 28, 30, 33, 34, 36, 37, 38, and 54, notification is required in accordance with general condition 32, for any activity proposed by permittees in the designated critical resource waters including wetlands adjacent to those waters. The district engineer may authorize activities under these NWPs only after she or he determines that the impacts to the critical resource waters will be no more than minimal. 23. Mitigation. The district engineer will consider the following factors when determining appropriate and practicable mitigation necessary to ensure that the individual and cumulative adverse environmental effects are no more than minimal: (a) The activity must be designed and constructed to avoid and minimize adverse effects, both temporary and permanent, to waters of the United States to the maximum extent practicable at the project site (i.e., on site). (b) Mitigation in all its forms (avoiding, minimizing, rectifying, reducing, or compensating for resource losses) will be required to the extent necessary to ensure that the individual and cumulative adverse environmental effects are no more than minimal. (c) Compensatory mitigation at a minimum one -for -one ratio will be required for all wetland losses that exceed 1/10 -acre and require pre -construction notification, unless the district engineer determines in writing that either some other form of mitigation would be more environmentally appropriate or the adverse environmental effects of the 10 proposed activity are no more than minimal, and provides an activity -specific waiver of this requirement. For wetland losses of 1/10 -acre or less that require pre -construction notification, the district engineer may determine on a case -by -case basis that compensatory mitigation is required to ensure that the activity results in only minimal adverse environmental effects. (d) Compensatory mitigation at a minimum one -for -one ratio will be required for all losses of stream bed that exceed 3/100 -acre and require pre -construction notification, unless the district engineer determines in writing that either some other form of mitigation would be more environmentally appropriate or the adverse environmental effects of the proposed activity are no more than minimal, and provides an activity - specific waiver of this requirement. This compensatory mitigation requirement may be satisfied through the restoration or enhancement of riparian areas next to streams in accordance with paragraph (e) of this general condition. For losses of stream bed of 3/100 -acre or less that require pre -construction notification, the district engineer may determine on a case -by -case basis that compensatory mitigation is required to ensure that the activity results in only minimal adverse environmental effects. Compensatory mitigation for losses of streams should be provided, if practicable, through stream rehabilitation, enhancement, or preservation, because streams are difficult -to -replace resources (see 33 CFR 332.3(e)(3)). (e) Compensatory mitigation plans for NWP activities in or near streams or other open waters will normally include a requirement for the restoration or enhancement, maintenance, and legal protection (e.g., conservation easements) of riparian areas next to open waters. In some cases, the restoration or maintenance/protection of riparian areas may be the only compensatory mitigation required. If restoring riparian areas involves planting vegetation, only native species should be planted. The width of the required riparian area will address documented water quality or aquatic habitat loss concerns. Normally, the riparian area will be 25 to 50 feet wide on each side of the stream, but the district engineer may require slightly wider riparian areas to address documented water quality or habitat loss concerns. If it is not possible to restore or maintain/protect a riparian area on both sides of a stream, or if the waterbody is a lake or coastal waters, then restoring or maintaining/protecting a riparian area along a single bank or shoreline may be sufficient. Where both wetlands and open waters exist on the project site, the district engineer will determine the appropriate compensatory mitigation (e.g., riparian areas and/or wetlands compensation) based on what is best for the aquatic environment on a watershed basis. In cases where riparian areas are determined to be the most appropriate form of minimization or compensatory mitigation, the district engineer may waive or reduce the requirement to provide wetland compensatory mitigation for wetland losses. (f) Compensatory mitigation projects provided to offset losses of aquatic resources must comply with the applicable provisions of 33 CFR part 332. (1) The prospective permittee is responsible for proposing an appropriate compensatory mitigation option if compensatory mitigation is necessary to ensure that the activity results in no more than minimal adverse environmental effects. For the NWPs, the preferred mechanism for providing compensatory mitigation is mitigation bank credits or 11 in -lieu fee program credits (see 33 CFR 332.3(b)(2) and (3)). However, if an appropriate number and type of mitigation bank or in -lieu credits are not available at the time the PCN is submitted to the district engineer, the district engineer may approve the use of permittee-responsible mitigation. (2) The amount of compensatory mitigation required by the district engineer must be sufficient to ensure that the authorized activity results in no more than minimal individual and cumulative adverse environmental effects (see 33 CFR 330.1(e)(3)). (See also 33 CFR 332.3(f).) (3) Since the likelihood of success is greater and the impacts to potentially valuable uplands are reduced, aquatic resource restoration should be the first compensatory mitigation option considered for permittee-responsible mitigation. (4) If permittee-responsible mitigation is the proposed option, the prospective permittee is responsible for submitting a mitigation plan. A conceptual or detailed mitigation plan may be used by the district engineer to make the decision on the NWP verification request, but a final mitigation plan that addresses the applicable requirements of 33 CFR 332.4(c)(2) through (14) must be approved by the district engineer before the permittee begins work in waters of the United States, unless the district engineer determines that prior approval of the final mitigation plan is not practicable or not necessary to ensure timely completion of the required compensatory mitigation (see 33 CFR 332.3(k)(3)). If permittee-responsible mitigation is the proposed option, and the proposed compensatory mitigation site is located on land in which another federal agency holds an easement, the district engineer will coordinate with that federal agency to determine if proposed compensatory mitigation project is compatible with the terms of the easement. (5) If mitigation bank or in -lieu fee program credits are the proposed option, the mitigation plan needs to address only the baseline conditions at the impact site and the number of credits to be provided (see 33 CFR 332.4(c)(1)(ii)). (6) Compensatory mitigation requirements (e.g., resource type and amount to be provided as compensatory mitigation, site protection, ecological performance standards, monitoring requirements) may be addressed through conditions added to the NWP authorization, instead of components of a compensatory mitigation plan (see 33 CFR 332.4(c)(1)(ii)). (g) Compensatory mitigation will not be used to increase the acreage losses allowed by the acreage limits of the NWPs. For example, if an NWP has an acreage limit of 1/2 - acre, it cannot be used to authorize any NWP activity resulting in the loss of greater than 1/2 -acre of waters of the United States, even if compensatory mitigation is provided that replaces or restores some of the lost waters. However, compensatory mitigation can and should be used, as necessary, to ensure that an NWP activity already meeting the established acreage limits also satisfies the no more than minimal impact requirement for the NWPs. (h) Permittees may propose the use of mitigation banks, in -lieu fee programs, or permittee-responsible mitigation. When developing a compensatory mitigation proposal, 12 the permittee must consider appropriate and practicable options consistent with the framework at 33 CFR 332.3(b). For activities resulting in the loss of marine or estuarine resources, permittee-responsible mitigation may be environmentally preferable if there are no mitigation banks or in -lieu fee programs in the area that have marine or estuarine credits available for sale or transfer to the permittee. For permittee-responsible mitigation, the special conditions of the NWP verification must clearly indicate the party or parties responsible for the implementation and performance of the compensatory mitigation project, and, if required, its long-term management. (i) Where certain functions and services of waters of the United States are permanently adversely affected by a regulated activity, such as discharges of dredged or fill material into waters of the United States that will convert a forested or scrub -shrub wetland to a herbaceous wetland in a permanently maintained utility line right-of-way, mitigation may be required to reduce the adverse environmental effects of the activity to the no more than minimal level. 24. Safety of Impoundment Structures. To ensure that all impoundment structures are safely designed, the district engineer may require non-federal applicants to demonstrate that the structures comply with established state or federal, dam safety criteria or have been designed by qualified persons. The district engineer may also require documentation that the design has been independently reviewed by similarly qualified persons, and appropriate modifications made to ensure safety. 25. Water Quality. (a) Where the certifying authority (state, authorized tribe, or EPA, as appropriate) has not previously certified compliance of an NWP with CWA section 401, a CWA section 401 water quality certification for the proposed activity which may result in any discharge from a point source into waters of the United States must be obtained or waived (see 33 CFR 330.4(c)). If the permittee cannot comply with all of the conditions of a water quality certification previously issued by the certifying authority for the issuance of the NWP, then the permittee must obtain a water quality certification or waiver for the proposed activity which may result in any discharge from a point source into waters of the United States in order for the activity to be authorized by an NWP. (b) If the NWP activity requires pre -construction notification and the certifying authority has not previously certified compliance of an NWP with CWA section 401, the proposed activity which may result in any discharge from a point source into waters of the United States is not authorized by an NWP until water quality certification is obtained or waived. If the certifying authority issues a water quality certification for the proposed discharge into waters of the United States, the permittee must submit a copy of the certification to the district engineer. The discharge into waters of the United States is not authorized by an NWP until the district engineer has notified the permittee that the water quality certification requirement has been satisfied (i.e., by the issuance of a water quality certification or a waiver and completion of the Section 401 (a)(2) process). (c) The district engineer or certifying authority may require additional water quality management measures to ensure that the authorized activity does not result in more than minimal degradation of water quality. 13 26. Coastal Zone Management. In coastal states where an NWP has not previously received a state coastal zone management consistency concurrence, an individual state coastal zone management consistency concurrence must be obtained, or a presumption of concurrence must occur (see 33 CFR 330.4(d)). If the permittee cannot comply with all of the conditions of a coastal zone management consistency concurrence previously issued by the state, then the permittee must obtain an individual coastal zone management consistency concurrence or presumption of concurrence in order for the activity to be authorized by an NWP. The district engineer or a state may require additional measures to ensure that the authorized activity is consistent with state coastal zone management requirements. 27. Regional and Case -By -Case Conditions. The activity must comply with any regional conditions that may have been added by the division engineer (see 33 CFR 330.4(e)) and with any case specific conditions added by the Corps or by the state, Indian Tribe, or U.S. EPA in its CWA section 401 Water Quality Certification, or by the state in its Coastal Zone Management Act consistency determination. 28. Use of Multiple Nationwide Permits. The use of more than one NWP for a single and complete project is authorized, subject to the following restrictions: (a) The total acreage loss of waters of the United States for a single and complete project cannot exceed the acreage limit of the NWP with the highest specified acreage limit when multiple NWPs are used to authorize an activity. (b) If only one of the NWPs used to authorize the single and complete project has a specified acreage limit, the acreage loss of waters of the United States for that single and complete project cannot exceed that specified acreage limit. For example, if a road crossing over tidal waters is constructed under NWP 14 (which has an acreage limit of 1/3 acre in tidal waters), with associated bank stabilization authorized by NWP 13 (which does not have a specified acreage limit), the maximum acreage loss of waters of the United States for the total project cannot exceed 1/3 -acre. (c) If two or more of the NWPs used to authorize the single and complete project have specified acreage limits, the acreage loss of waters of the United States authorized by each of those NWPs cannot exceed the specified acreage limits of each of those NWPs. For example, if a commercial development is constructed under NWP 39 (which as a 1/2 -acre limit), and the single and complete project includes the filling of a ditch authorized by NWP 46 (which has a 1 -acre limit), the maximum acreage loss of waters of the United States for the construction of the commercial development under NWP 39 cannot exceed 1/2 -acre, and the total acreage loss of waters of United States caused by the combination of the NWP 39 and NWP 46 activities cannot exceed 1 acre. 29. Transfer of Nationwide Permit Verifications. If the permittee sells the property associated with a nationwide permit verification, the permittee may transfer the nationwide permit verification to the new owner by submitting a letter to the appropriate Corps district office to validate the transfer. A copy of the nationwide permit verification must be attached to the letter, and the letter must contain the following statement and signature: 14 "When the structures or work authorized by this nationwide permit are still in existence at the time the property is transferred, the terms and conditions of this nationwide permit, including any special conditions, will continue to be binding on the new owner(s) of the property. To validate the transfer of this nationwide permit and the associated liabilities associated with compliance with its terms and conditions, have the transferee sign and date below." (Transferee) (Date) 30. Compliance Certification. Each permittee who receives an NWP verification letter from the Corps must provide a signed certification documenting completion of the authorized activity and implementation of any required compensatory mitigation. The successful completion of any required permittee-responsible mitigation, including the achievement of ecological performance standards, will be addressed separately by the district engineer. The Corps will provide the permittee the certification document with the NWP verification letter. The certification document will include: (a) A statement that the authorized activity was done in accordance with the NWP authorization, including any general, regional, or activity -specific conditions; (b) A statement that the implementation of any required compensatory mitigation was completed in accordance with the permit conditions. If credits from a mitigation bank or in -lieu fee program are used to satisfy the compensatory mitigation requirements, the certification must include the documentation required by 33 CFR 332.3(l)(3) to confirm that the permittee secured the appropriate number and resource type of credits; and (c) The signature of the permittee certifying the completion of the activity and mitigation. The completed certification document must be submitted to the district engineer within 30 days of completion of the authorized activity or the implementation of any required compensatory mitigation, whichever occurs later. 31. Activities Affecting Structures or Works Built by the United States. If an NWP activity also requires review by, or permission from, the Corps pursuant to 33 U.S.C. 408 because it will alter or temporarily or permanently occupy or use a U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (USACE) federally authorized Civil Works project (a "USACE project"), the prospective permittee must submit a pre -construction notification. See paragraph (b)(1 0) of general condition 32. An activity that requires section 408 permission and/or review is not authorized by an NWP until the appropriate Corps office issues the section 408 permission or completes its review to alter, occupy, or use the USACE project, and the district engineer issues a written NWP verification. 15 32. Pre -Construction Notification. (a) Timing. Where required by the terms of the NWP, the prospective permittee must notify the district engineer by submitting a pre - construction notification (PCN) as early as possible. The district engineer must determine if the PCN is complete within 30 calendar days of the date of receipt and, if the PCN is determined to be incomplete, notify the prospective permittee within that 30 day period to request the additional information necessary to make the PCN complete. The request must specify the information needed to make the PCN complete. As a general rule, district engineers will request additional information necessary to make the PCN complete only once. However, if the prospective permittee does not provide all of the requested information, then the district engineer will notify the prospective permittee that the PCN is still incomplete and the PCN review process will not commence until all of the requested information has been received by the district engineer. The prospective permittee shall not begin the activity until either: (1) He or she is notified in writing by the district engineer that the activity may proceed under the NWP with any special conditions imposed by the district or division engineer; or (2) 45 calendar days have passed from the district engineer's receipt of the complete PCN and the prospective permittee has not received written notice from the district or division engineer. However, if the permittee was required to notify the Corps pursuant to general condition 18 that listed species (or species proposed for listing) or designated critical habitat (or critical habitat proposed for such designation) might be affected or are in the vicinity of the activity, or to notify the Corps pursuant to general condition 20 that the activity might have the potential to cause effects to historic properties, the permittee cannot begin the activity until receiving written notification from the Corps that there is "no effect" on listed species or "no potential to cause effects" on historic properties, or that any consultation required under Section 7 of the Endangered Species Act (see 33 CFR 330.4(f)) and/or section 106 of the National Historic Preservation Act (see 33 CFR 330.4(g)) has been completed. If the proposed activity requires a written waiver to exceed specified limits of an NWP, the permittee may not begin the activity until the district engineer issues the waiver. If the district or division engineer notifies the permittee in writing that an individual permit is required within 45 calendar days of receipt of a complete PCN, the permittee cannot begin the activity until an individual permit has been obtained. Subsequently, the permittee's right to proceed under the NWP may be modified, suspended, or revoked only in accordance with the procedure set forth in 33 CFR 330.5(d)(2). (b) Contents of Pre -Construction Notification: The PCN must be in writing and include the following information: (1) Name, address and telephone numbers of the prospective permittee; (2) Location of the proposed activity; (3) Identify the specific NWP or NWP(s) the prospective permittee wants to use to authorize the proposed activity; 16 (4) (i) A description of the proposed activity; the activity's purpose; direct and indirect adverse environmental effects the activity would cause, including the anticipated amount of loss of wetlands, other special aquatic sites, and other waters expected to result from the NWP activity, in acres, linear feet, or other appropriate unit of measure; a description of any proposed mitigation measures intended to reduce the adverse environmental effects caused by the proposed activity; and any other NWP(s), regional general permit(s), or individual permit(s) used or intended to be used to authorize any part of the proposed project or any related activity, including other separate and distant crossings for linear projects that require Department of the Army authorization but do not require pre -construction notification. The description of the proposed activity and any proposed mitigation measures should be sufficiently detailed to allow the district engineer to determine that the adverse environmental effects of the activity will be no more than minimal and to determine the need for compensatory mitigation or other mitigation measures. (ii) For linear projects where one or more single and complete crossings require pre - construction notification, the PCN must include the quantity of anticipated losses of wetlands, other special aquatic sites, and other waters for each single and complete crossing of those wetlands, other special aquatic sites, and other waters (including those single and complete crossings authorized by an NWP but do not require PCNs). This information will be used by the district engineer to evaluate the cumulative adverse environmental effects of the proposed linear project, and does not change those non- PCN NWP activities into NWP PCNs. (iii) Sketches should be provided when necessary to show that the activity complies with the terms of the NWP. (Sketches usually clarify the activity and when provided results in a quicker decision. Sketches should contain sufficient detail to provide an illustrative description of the proposed activity (e.g., a conceptual plan), but do not need to be detailed engineering plans); (5) The PCN must include a delineation of waters, wetlands, and other special aquatic sites on the project site. Wetland delineations must be prepared in accordance with the current method required by the Corps. The permittee may ask the Corps to delineate the special aquatic sites and other waters on the project site, but there may be a delay if the Corps does the delineation, especially if the project site is large or contains many wetlands, other special aquatic sites, and other waters. Furthermore, the 45 -day period will not start until the delineation has been submitted to or completed by the Corps, as appropriate. For NWP 27 activities that require PCNs because of other general conditions or regional conditions imposed by division engineers, see Note 2 of that NWP; (6) If the proposed activity will result in the loss of greater than 1/10 -acre of wetlands or 3/100 -acre of stream bed and a PCN is required, the prospective permittee must submit a statement describing how the compensatory mitigation requirement will be satisfied, or explaining why the adverse environmental effects are no more than minimal and why compensatory mitigation should not be required. As an alternative, the prospective permittee may submit a conceptual or detailed mitigation plan. 17 (7) For non-federal permittees, if any listed species (or species proposed for listing) or designated critical habitat (or critical habitat proposed for such designation) might be affected or is in the vicinity of the activity, or if the activity is located in designated critical habitat (or critical habitat proposed for such designation), the PCN must include the name(s) of those endangered or threatened species (or species proposed for listing) that might be affected by the proposed activity or utilize the designated critical habitat (or critical habitat proposed for such designation) that might be affected by the proposed activity. For NWP activities that require pre -construction notification, federal permittees must provide documentation demonstrating compliance with the Endangered Species Act; (8) For non-federal permittees, if the NWP activity might have the potential to cause effects to a historic property listed on, determined to be eligible for listing on, or potentially eligible for listing on, the National Register of Historic Places, the PCN must state which historic property might have the potential to be affected by the proposed activity or include a vicinity map indicating the location of the historic property. For NWP activities that require pre -construction notification, federal permittees must provide documentation demonstrating compliance with section 106 of the National Historic Preservation Act; (9) For an activity that will occur in a component of the National Wild and Scenic River System, or in a river officially designated by Congress as a "study river" for possible inclusion in the system while the river is in an official study status, the PCN must identify the Wild and Scenic River or the "study river" (see general condition 16); and (10) For an NWP activity that requires permission from, or review by, the Corps pursuant to 33 U.S.C. 408 because it will alter or temporarily or permanently occupy or use a U.S. Army Corps of Engineers federally authorized civil works project, the pre - construction notification must include a statement confirming that the project proponent has submitted a written request for section 408 permission from, or review by, the Corps office having jurisdiction over that USACE project. (c) Form of Pre -Construction Notification: The nationwide permit pre -construction notification form (Form ENG 6082) should be used for NWP PCNs. A letter containing the required information may also be used. Applicants may provide electronic files of PCNs and supporting materials if the district engineer has established tools and procedures for electronic submittals. (d) Agency Coordination: (1) The district engineer will consider any comments from federal and state agencies concerning the proposed activity's compliance with the terms and conditions of the NWPs and the need for mitigation to reduce the activity's adverse environmental effects so that they are no more than minimal. (2) Agency coordination is required for: (i) all NWP activities that require pre - construction notification and result in the loss of greater than 1/2 -acre of waters of the United States; (ii) NWP 13 activities in excess of 500 linear feet, fills greater than one cubic yard per running foot, or involve discharges of dredged or fill material into special aquatic sites; and (iii) NWP 54 activities in excess of 500 linear feet, or that extend into 18 the waterbody more than 30 feet from the mean low water line in tidal waters or the ordinary high water mark in the Great Lakes. (3) When agency coordination is required, the district engineer will immediately provide (e.g., via e-mail, facsimile transmission, overnight mail, or other expeditious manner) a copy of the complete PCN to the appropriate federal or state offices (FWS, state natural resource or water quality agency, EPA, and, if appropriate, the NMFS). With the exception of NWP 37, these agencies will have 10 calendar days from the date the material is transmitted to notify the district engineer via telephone, facsimile transmission, or e-mail that they intend to provide substantive, site -specific comments. The comments must explain why the agency believes the adverse environmental effects will be more than minimal. If so contacted by an agency, the district engineer will wait an additional 15 calendar days before making a decision on the pre -construction notification. The district engineer will fully consider agency comments received within the specified time frame concerning the proposed activity's compliance with the terms and conditions of the NWPs, including the need for mitigation to ensure that the net adverse environmental effects of the proposed activity are no more than minimal. The district engineer will provide no response to the resource agency, except as provided below. The district engineer will indicate in the administrative record associated with each pre -construction notification that the resource agencies' concerns were considered. For NWP 37, the emergency watershed protection and rehabilitation activity may proceed immediately in cases where there is an unacceptable hazard to life or a significant loss of property or economic hardship will occur. The district engineer will consider any comments received to decide whether the NWP 37 authorization should be modified, suspended, or revoked in accordance with the procedures at 33 CFR 330.5. (4) In cases where the prospective permittee is not a federal agency, the district engineer will provide a response to NMFS within 30 calendar days of receipt of any Essential Fish Habitat conservation recommendations, as required by section 305(b)(4)(B) of the Magnuson -Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act. (5) Applicants are encouraged to provide the Corps with either electronic files or multiple copies of pre -construction notifications to expedite agency coordination. District Engineer's Decision 1. In reviewing the PCN for the proposed activity, the district engineer will determine whether the activity authorized by the NWP will result in more than minimal individual or cumulative adverse environmental effects or may be contrary to the public interest. If a project proponent requests authorization by a specific NWP, the district engineer should issue the NWP verification for that activity if it meets the terms and conditions of that NWP, unless he or she determines, after considering mitigation, that the proposed activity will result in more than minimal individual and cumulative adverse effects on the aquatic environment and other aspects of the public interest and exercises discretionary authority to require an individual permit for the proposed activity. For a linear project, this determination will include an evaluation of the single and complete crossings of 19 waters of the United States that require PCNs to determine whether they individually satisfy the terms and conditions of the NWP(s), as well as the cumulative effects caused by all of the crossings of waters of the United States authorized by an NWP. If an applicant requests a waiver of an applicable limit, as provided for in NWPs 13, 36, or 54, the district engineer will only grant the waiver upon a written determination that the NWP activity will result in only minimal individual and cumulative adverse environmental effects. 2. When making minimal adverse environmental effects determinations the district engineer will consider the direct and indirect effects caused by the NWP activity. He or she will also consider the cumulative adverse environmental effects caused by activities authorized by an NWP and whether those cumulative adverse environmental effects are no more than minimal. The district engineer will also consider site specific factors, such as the environmental setting in the vicinity of the NWP activity, the type of resource that will be affected by the NWP activity, the functions provided by the aquatic resources that will be affected by the NWP activity, the degree or magnitude to which the aquatic resources perform those functions, the extent that aquatic resource functions will be lost as a result of the NWP activity (e.g., partial or complete loss), the duration of the adverse effects (temporary or permanent), the importance of the aquatic resource functions to the region (e.g., watershed or ecoregion), and mitigation required by the district engineer. If an appropriate functional or condition assessment method is available and practicable to use, that assessment method may be used by the district engineer to assist in the minimal adverse environmental effects determination. The district engineer may add activity -specific conditions to the NWP authorization to address site -specific environmental concerns. 3. If the proposed NWP activity requires a PCN and will result in a loss of greater than 1/10 -acre of wetlands or 3/100 -acre of stream bed, the prospective permittee should submit a mitigation proposal with the PCN. Applicants may also propose compensatory mitigation for NWP activities with smaller impacts, or for impacts to other types of waters. However, compensatory mitigation shall not be required for activities authorized by NWP 27 because those activities must result in net increases in aquatic resource functions and services (see the text of NWP 27). The district engineer will consider any proposed compensatory mitigation or other mitigation measures the applicant has included in the proposal when determining whether the net adverse environmental effects of the proposed NWP activity are no more than minimal. The compensatory mitigation proposal may be either conceptual or detailed. If the district engineer determines that the proposed activity complies with the terms and conditions of the NWP and that the adverse environmental effects are no more than minimal, after considering mitigation, the district engineer will notify the permittee and include any activity -specific conditions in the NWP verification the district engineer deems necessary. Conditions for compensatory mitigation requirements must comply with the appropriate provisions at 33 CFR 332.3(k). The district engineer must approve the final mitigation plan before the permittee commences work in waters of the United States, unless the district engineer determines that prior approval of the final mitigation plan is not practicable or not necessary to ensure timely completion of the required compensatory mitigation. If the prospective permittee elects to submit a compensatory 20 mitigation plan with the PCN, the district engineer will expeditiously review the proposed compensatory mitigation plan. The district engineer must review the proposed compensatory mitigation plan within 45 calendar days of receiving a complete PCN and determine whether the proposed mitigation would ensure that the NWP activity results in no more than minimal adverse environmental effects. If the net adverse environmental effects of the NWP activity (after consideration of the mitigation proposal) are determined by the district engineer to be no more than minimal, the district engineer will provide a timely written response to the applicant. The response will state that the NWP activity can proceed under the terms and conditions of the NWP, including any activity -specific conditions added to the NWP authorization by the district engineer. 4. If the district engineer determines that the adverse environmental effects of the proposed NWP activity are more than minimal, then the district engineer will notify the applicant either: (a) that the activity does not qualify for authorization under the NWP and instruct the applicant on the procedures to seek authorization under an individual permit; (b) that the activity is authorized under the NWP subject to the applicant's submission of a mitigation plan that would reduce the adverse environmental effects so that they are no more than minimal; or (c) that the activity is authorized under the NWP with specific modifications or conditions. Where the district engineer determines that mitigation is required to ensure no more than minimal adverse environmental effects, the activity will be authorized within the 45 -day PCN review period (unless additional time is required to comply with general conditions 16, 18, 20, and/or 31), with activity - specific conditions that state the mitigation requirements. The authorization will include the necessary conceptual or detailed mitigation plan or a requirement that the applicant submit a mitigation plan that would reduce the adverse environmental effects so that they are no more than minimal. When compensatory mitigation is required, no work in waters of the United States may occur until the district engineer has approved a specific mitigation plan or has determined that prior approval of a final mitigation plan is not practicable or not necessary to ensure timely completion of the required compensatory mitigation. Further Information 1. District engineers have authority to determine if an activity complies with the terms and conditions of an NWP. 2. NWPs do not obviate the need to obtain other federal, state, or local permits, approvals, or authorizations required by law. 3. NWPs do not grant any property rights or exclusive privileges. 4. NWPs do not authorize any injury to the property or rights of others. 5. NWPs do not authorize interference with any existing or proposed Federal project (see general condition 31). Nationwide Permit Definitions 21 Best management practices (BMPs): Policies, practices, procedures, or structures implemented to mitigate the adverse environmental effects on surface water quality resulting from development. BMPs are categorized as structural or non-structural. Compensatory mitigation: The restoration (re-establishment or rehabilitation), establishment (creation), enhancement, and/or in certain circumstances preservation of aquatic resources for the purposes of offsetting unavoidable adverse impacts which remain after all appropriate and practicable avoidance and minimization has been achieved. Currently serviceable: Useable as is or with some maintenance, but not so degraded as to essentially require reconstruction. Direct effects: Effects that are caused by the activity and occur at the same time and place. Discharge: The term "discharge" means any discharge of dredged or fill material into waters of the United States. Ecological reference: A model used to plan and design an aquatic ecosystem restoration, enhancement, or establishment activity under NWP 27. An ecological reference may be based on: (1) the structure, functions, and dynamics of an aquatic ecosystem type or a riparian area type that currently exists in the region; (2) the structure, functions, and dynamics of an aquatic ecosystem type or riparian area type that existed in the region in the past; and/or (3) indigenous and local ecological knowledge that apply to the aquatic ecosystem type or riparian area type (i.e., a cultural ecosystem). Cultural ecosystems are ecosystems that have developed under the joint influence of natural processes and human management activities (e.g., fire stewardship). An ecological reference takes into account the range of variation of the aquatic habitat type or riparian area type in the region. Enhancement: The manipulation of the physical, chemical, or biological characteristics of an aquatic resource to heighten, intensify, or improve a specific aquatic resource function(s). Enhancement results in the gain of selected aquatic resource function(s), but may also lead to a decline in other aquatic resource function(s). Enhancement does not result in a gain in aquatic resource area. Establishment (creation): The manipulation of the physical, chemical, or biological characteristics present to develop an aquatic resource that did not previously exist at an upland site. Establishment results in a gain in aquatic resource area. Hiah Tide Line: The line of intersection of the land with the water's surface at the maximum height reached by a rising tide. The high tide line may be determined, in the absence of actual data, by a line of oil or scum along shore objects, a more or less continuous deposit of fine shell or debris on the foreshore or berm, other physical markings or characteristics, vegetation lines, tidal gages, or other suitable means that delineate the general height reached by a rising tide. The line encompasses spring high tides and other high tides that occur with periodic frequency but does not include storm surges in which there is a departure from the normal or predicted reach of the tide due 22 to the piling up of water against a coast by strong winds such as those accompanying a hurricane or other intense storm. Historic Property: Any prehistoric or historic district, site (including archaeological site), building, structure, or other object included in, or eligible for inclusion in, the National Register of Historic Places maintained by the Secretary of the Interior. This term includes artifacts, records, and remains that are related to and located within such properties. The term includes properties of traditional religious and cultural importance to an Indian tribe or Native Hawaiian organization and that meet the National Register criteria (36 CFR part 60). Independent utility: A test to determine what constitutes a single and complete non- linear project in the Corps Regulatory Program. A project is considered to have independent utility if it would be constructed absent the construction of other projects in the project area. Portions of a multi -phase project that depend upon other phases of the project do not have independent utility. Phases of a project that would be constructed even if the other phases were not built can be considered as separate single and complete projects with independent utility. Indirect effects: Effects that are caused by the activity and are later in time or farther removed in distance, but are still reasonably foreseeable. Loss of waters of the United States: Waters of the United States that are permanently adversely affected by filling, flooding, excavation, or drainage because of the regulated activity. The loss of stream bed includes the acres of stream bed that are permanently adversely affected by filling or excavation because of the regulated activity. Permanent adverse effects include permanent discharges of dredged or fill material that change an aquatic area to dry land, increase the bottom elevation of a waterbody, or change the use of a waterbody. The acreage of loss of waters of the United States is a threshold measurement of the impact to jurisdictional waters or wetlands for determining whether a project may qualify for an NWP; it is not a net threshold that is calculated after considering compensatory mitigation that may be used to offset losses of aquatic functions and services. Waters of the United States temporarily filled, flooded, excavated, or drained, but restored to pre -construction contours and elevations after construction, are not included in the measurement of loss of waters of the United States. Impacts resulting from activities that do not require Department of the Army authorization, such as activities eligible for exemptions under section 404(f) of the Clean Water Act, are not considered when calculating the loss of waters of the United States. Nature -based solutions: Actions to protect, sustainably manage, and restore natural or modified ecosystems, that address societal challenges effectively and adaptively, simultaneously providing human well-being and biodiversity benefits. Navigable waters: Waters subject to section 10 of the Rivers and Harbors Act of 1899. These waters are defined at 33 CFR part 329. Non -tidal wetland: A non -tidal wetland is a wetland that is not subject to the ebb and flow of tidal waters. Non -tidal wetlands contiguous to tidal waters are located landward of the high tide line (i.e., spring high tide line). 23 Open water: For purposes of the NWPs, an open water is any area that in a year with normal patterns of precipitation has water flowing or standing above ground to the extent that an ordinary high water mark can be determined. Aquatic vegetation within the area of flowing or standing water is either non -emergent, sparse, or absent. Vegetated shallows are considered to be open waters. Examples of "open waters" include rivers, streams, lakes, and ponds. Ordinary High Water Mark: The term ordinary high water mark means that line on the shore established by the fluctuations of water and indicated by physical characteristics such as a clear, natural line impressed on the bank, shelving, changes in the character of soil, destruction of terrestrial vegetation, the presence of litter and debris, or other appropriate means that consider the characteristics of the surrounding areas. Perennial stream: A perennial stream has surface water flowing continuously year-round during a typical year. Practicable: Available and capable of being done after taking into consideration cost, existing technology, and logistics in light of overall project purposes. Pre -construction notification: A request submitted by the project proponent to the Corps for confirmation that a particular activity is authorized by nationwide permit. The request may be a permit application, letter, or similar document that includes information about the proposed work and its anticipated environmental effects. Pre -construction notification may be required by the terms and conditions of a nationwide permit, or by regional conditions. A pre -construction notification may be voluntarily submitted in cases where pre -construction notification is not required and the project proponent wants confirmation that the activity is authorized by nationwide permit. Preservation: The removal of a threat to, or preventing the decline of, aquatic resources by an action in or near those aquatic resources. This term includes activities commonly associated with the protection and maintenance of aquatic resources through the implementation of appropriate legal and physical mechanisms. Preservation does not result in a gain of aquatic resource area or functions. Re-establishment: The manipulation of the physical, chemical, or biological characteristics of a site with the goal of returning natural/historic functions to a former aquatic resource. Re-establishment results in rebuilding a former aquatic resource and results in a gain in aquatic resource area and functions. Rehabilitation: The manipulation of the physical, chemical, or biological characteristics of a site with the goal of repairing natural/historic functions to a degraded aquatic resource. Rehabilitation results in a gain in aquatic resource function, but does not result in a gain in aquatic resource area. Restoration: The manipulation of the physical, chemical, or biological characteristics of a site with the goal of returning natural/historic functions to a former or degraded aquatic resource. For the purpose of tracking net gains in aquatic resource area, restoration is divided into two categories: re-establishment and rehabilitation. 24 Riffle and pool complex: Riffle and pool complexes are special aquatic sites under the 404(b)(1) Guidelines. Riffle and pool complexes sometimes characterize steep gradient sections of streams. Such stream sections are recognizable by their hydraulic characteristics. The rapid movement of water over a course substrate in riffles results in a rough flow, a turbulent surface, and high dissolved oxygen levels in the water. Pools are deeper areas associated with riffles. A slower stream velocity, a streaming flow, a smooth surface, and a finer substrate characterize pools. Riparian areas: Riparian areas are lands next to streams, lakes, and estuarine -marine shorelines. Riparian areas are transitional between terrestrial and aquatic ecosystems, through which surface and subsurface hydrology connects riverine, lacustrine, estuarine, and marine waters with their adjacent wetlands, non -wetland waters, or uplands. Riparian areas provide a variety of ecological functions and services and help improve or maintain local water quality. (See general condition 23.) Shellfish seeding: The placement of shellfish seed and/or suitable substrate to increase shellfish production. Shellfish seed consists of immature individual shellfish or individual shellfish attached to shells or shell fragments (i.e., spat on shell). Suitable substrate may consist of shellfish shells, shell fragments, or other appropriate materials placed into waters for shellfish habitat. Single and complete linear project: A linear project is a project constructed for the purpose of getting people, goods, or services from a point of origin to a terminal point, which often involves multiple crossings of one or more waterbodies at separate and distant locations. The term "single and complete project" is defined as that portion of the total linear project proposed or accomplished by one owner/developer or partnership or other association of owners/developers that includes all crossings of a single water of the United States (i.e., a single waterbody) at a specific location. For linear projects crossing a single or multiple waterbodies several times at separate and distant locations, each crossing is considered a single and complete project for purposes of NWP authorization. However, individual channels in a braided stream or river, or individual arms of a large, irregularly shaped wetland or lake, etc., are not separate waterbodies, and crossings of such features cannot be considered separately. Single and complete non-linear project: For non-linear projects, the term "single and complete project" is defined at 33 CFR 330.2(i) as the total project proposed or accomplished by one owner/developer or partnership or other association of owners/developers. A single and complete non-linear project must have independent utility (see definition of "independent utility"). Single and complete non-linear projects may not be "piecemealed" to avoid the limits in an NWP authorization. Stormwater management: Stormwater management is the mechanism for controlling stormwater runoff for the purposes of reducing downstream erosion, water quality degradation, and flooding and mitigating the adverse effects of changes in land use on the aquatic environment. Stormwater management facilities: Stormwater management facilities are those facilities, including but not limited to, stormwater retention and detention ponds and best management practices, which retain water for a period of time to control runoff and/or 25 improve the quality (i.e., by reducing the concentration of nutrients, sediments, hazardous substances and other pollutants) of stormwater runoff. Stream bed: The substrate of the stream channel between the ordinary high water marks. The substrate may be bedrock or inorganic particles that range in size from clay to boulders. The substrate may also be comprised, in part, of organic matter, such as large or small wood fragments, leaves, algae, and other organic materials. Wetlands contiguous to the stream bed, but outside of the ordinary high water marks, are not considered part of the stream bed. Stream channelization: The manipulation of a stream's course, condition, capacity, or location that causes more than minimal interruption of normal stream processes. A channelized jurisdictional stream remains a water of the United States. Structure: An object that is arranged in a definite pattern of organization. Examples of structures include, without limitation, any pier, boat dock, boat ramp, wharf, dolphin, weir, boom, breakwater, bulkhead, revetment, riprap, jetty, artificial island, artificial reef, permanent mooring structure, power transmission line, permanently moored floating vessel, piling, aid to navigation, or any other manmade obstacle or obstruction. Tidal wetland: A tidal wetland is a jurisdictional wetland that is inundated by tidal waters. Tidal waters rise and fall in a predictable and measurable rhythm or cycle due to the gravitational pulls of the moon and sun. Tidal waters end where the rise and fall of the water surface can no longer be practically measured in a predictable rhythm due to masking by other waters, wind, or other effects. Tidal wetlands are located channelward of the high tide line. Tribal lands: Any lands title to which is either: 1) held in trust by the United States for the benefit of any Indian tribe or individual; or 2) held by any Indian tribe or individual subject to restrictions by the United States against alienation. Tribal rights: Those rights legally accruing to a tribe or tribes by virtue of inherent sovereign authority, unextinguished aboriginal title, treaty, statute, judicial decisions, executive order or agreement, and that give rise to legally enforceable remedies. Vegetated shallows: Vegetated shallows are special aquatic sites under the 404(b)(1) Guidelines. They are areas that are permanently inundated and under normal circumstances have rooted aquatic vegetation, such as seagrasses in marine and estuarine systems and a variety of vascular rooted plants in freshwater systems. Waterbody: For purposes of the NWPs, a waterbody is a "water of the United States." If a wetland is adjacent to a waterbody determined to be a water of the United States, that waterbody and any adjacent wetlands are considered together as a single aquatic unit (see 33 CFR 328.4(c)(2)). 26 FORT WORTH,. ATTACHMENT 7-41 May 8, 2026 Ms Suzanne Abbe City of Fort Worth Water Department 1511 11th St Fort Worth, TX 76102 Sent via email: Suzanne.Abbe@fortworthtexas.gov Dear Ms Abbe, This letter permits you and/or your representative to remove all of the cedar elms, live oaks, Mexican plums and other trees species indicated for removal on the attached plans from City property at 11091 Chapin Rd, for the construction of the CPN C01239 - Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility. There is no mitigation requirement. You are also permitted to plant 75 trees consisting of 21 Eastern red cedar cultivars, 15 yaupon hollies, 22 possumhaw hollies and 17 Texas redbuds, in accordance with the plans and the attached Guidelines for Landscaping in Parkways. The following conditions apply: 1. You are responsible for making sure your removal and/or planting does not violate any private deed restrictions for your neighborhood, and for procuring any additional approval needed from any PID, TIF or Design Review Board that may govern in your area. You are also responsible for procuring any adoption or maintenance agreements the City deems necessary for this planting. 2. All trees must be spaced a minimum 10' distance from water meter boxes and light poles. Prior to planting, you are responsible for locating utilities and adjusting tree locations accordingly, while still meeting the minimum spacing requirements. 3. You are responsible for scheduling an onsite inspection of trees to be planted with the Park & Recreation's City Forester's office prior to installation. Provide 72 hours minimum notice to 817-392-5729 or 817-392-5739 and/or citytreepermitskfortworthtexas.gov. Trees that have not been inspected prior to planting are subject to rejection. 4. You are responsible for irrigation, installation, and maintenance until the trees are established or for a period of not less than two years, whichever comes last. Additionally, all non -biodegradable staking materials are to be removed within one year of installation. 5. You are responsible for all tree grate maintenance in perpetuity to prevent tree girdling and/or trip hazards. The City reserves the right to remove any and all vegetation and/or hardscape in City Rights of Way. If I can be of any further assistance, please contact me at 817-392-5739. Sincerely, �fl Melanie Migura, Forestry Park Planner, for Hannah Johnson, City Forester Park & Recreation Department c: file Park & Recreation Department Planning & Resource Management City of Fort Worth • 100 Fort Worth Trail, Fort Worth, TX 76102 817-392-5700 • FAX 817-392-5724 Guidelines for Landscaping in Parkways Public Open Space Easement (P.O.S.E.) O 0 cD CD 40 feet Elm St walks, signs, trees, shrubs, cars, trucks, etc., in the illustration. ATTACHMENT 7-41 A 40 -foot by 40 -foot triangular public open space easement is required on corner lots at the intersection of two streets. A 15 -foot by 15 -foot triangular public open space of easement is required on corner lots at the intersection of an alley and a street. In addition, at the intersection of a driveway or turnout section and a dedicated alley, a 10 - foot by 10 -foot triangular open space easement is to be provided on each side at the driveway or turnout at the time the driveway and/or alley is constructed. Measurements are made from the face of curb or equivalent area. No structure, object, or plant of any type may obstruct vision from a height of 24 -inches to a height of 11 feet above the top of the curb, including, but not limited to buildings, fences, public open space easement as shown on the • A medium or large tree shall be planted a minimum of 2 feet from the face of the curb, sidewalk, or other structure. • A small tree or shrub shall be planted a minimum of 1.5 feet from the face of the curb, sidewalk, or other structure. • A minimum planting area of 3 feet must be available between back of curb and sidewalk to plant any small tree or large shrub and a minimum of 4 feet to plant large trees. • Trees must be placed a minimum of 10' from street lights and storm drains. • Small trees must be planted a minimum of 5' from underground utility boxes. • Large trees must be planted a minimum of 10' from underground utility boxes. • Projects involving 21 or more trees proposed in the parkway must have no more than 30% of the trees from the same subgenus (e.g., red oaks or white oaks). • Projects involving between 5 and 21 proposed trees in the parkway must have no more than 50% of the trees in the same subgenus (e.g., red oaks or white oaks). • In residential areas a minimum spacing of twenty-five feet is recommended between shade trees planted on parkways and is required in commercial districts or major arterial streets. • All landscaping shall be located so that pedestrians can walk parallel to the street within the parkway whether a paved sidewalk is or is not provided. • No tree or shrub shall obstruct the view of any traffic signal, sign, or other public sign. • Trees planted under power lines shall be a species that reaches a height of 25' or less upon maturity. • Any tree or shrub planted in the parkway is the property of the City and the City reserves the right to prune or remove such tree or shrub if it becomes a traffic hazard or poses risk. • Planting trees or shrubs on any public property requires a permit from the Park & Recreation Department can be obtained by calling the City Forester at 817-392-5738 or visiting fortworthtexas.gov/forestry. • The following trees are prohibited on City parkways: ash (Fraxinus sp.), callery pear (Pyrus calleryana), cottonwood (Populus deltoides), hackberry (Celtis sp.), mulberry (Morus sp.), Siberian elm (Ulmus pumila), silver maple (Acer saccharinum), sycamore (Platanus sp.), willow (Salix sp.), or any species of tree, shrub, vine or grass listed in the Nonnative Invasive Plants of Southern Forests published by the United States Department of Agriculture Forest Service. Revised August 2020 ATTACHMENT 7-41 Application for Tree Planting Permit Submit to: on City of Fort Worth property City Forester including parkways and medians 2525 Joe B Rushing Rd Fort Worth, TX 76119 CityTreePermits@fortworthtexas.gov Section 1 — Applicant Information Applicant/contractor City of Fort Worth Water Department (Plummer Associates — Consultant) Contact Name Suzanne Abbe, City of Fort Worth (Karen Metzler, Plummer) Title Engineering Manager, er, Plant Operations Street Address 1512 1 lth Street City Fort Worth State Texas Zip Code 76102 Phone Suzanne Abbe 817-392-8209 (Karen Metzler 214-405-4664) Email address Suzanne.Abbe FortWorthTexas. gov (kmetzler@plummer.com) List Applicable Permit Numbers (UFC, IPRC, CG, MFD): Section 2 — Location Location address Z Boaz Park and Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility Business/Residence Business Name of Business City of Fort Worth Park and City of Fort Worth Owned Property Section 3 — Reason for Planting This application is for a combined tree removal permit for Z Boaz Park and the Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility, both of which are owned by the City of Fort Worth (COFW). At the request of the COFW City Forestry Department, the tree removal permits for these two COFW-owned properties have been consolidated into a single permit. The tree removal permit for Z Boaz Park has already been completed, and all required mitigation for tree removals within the park has been satisfied. The Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility is located within the City's Extraterritorial Jurisdiction (ETJ). While mitigation is not required for properties within the ETJ, a tree removal permit is still required. Attached to this application are the approved tree removal permit for Z Boaz Park —including the site plans, tree plans/tables—as well as the tree removal plans for the Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility. Attach site plan drawn to scale showing location of all existing trees by size (caliper) and species, locations of proposed trees noted with species and caliper size, and any existing man made features such as curbs, sidewalks, drive approaches and meter boxes etc. Plan must also include north arrow, scale bar, and any existing trees within 50' of proposed planting. Applications will be evaluated according to species, location and quantity in regards to a diverse, balanced, and sustainable urban forest. Also, provide planting details along with method of watering. You must agree to water and maintain the trees for a period of 2 years, or until established, whichever is greater. Your plans must meet the attached "Guidelines for Landscaping in Parkways". Trees prohibited on the parkways and medians. Does not pertain to other City owned property. Ash (Fraxinus sp.) Siberian Elm (Ulmuspumila) Callery Pear P rus calleryana) Silver Maple (Acer saccharinum) Cottonwood (Populus ulus deltoides Sycamore (Platanus occidentalis) Hackberry (Celtis sp.) Willow (Salix sp.) Revised October 2020 Trees recommended for street tree planting: ATTACHMENT 7-41 Small Trees (less than 25 feet tall or 10 inches in diameter when mature) American smoketree Cotinus obovatus Cherry -laurel Prunus caroliniana Crapemyrtle Lagerstroemia indica Desert willow Chilopsis linearis Eve's necklace Styphnolobium affine Indian cherry Frangula caroliniana Japanese maple Acer palmatum Mexican buckeye Ungnadia speciosa Mexican plum Prunus mexicana Possumhaw holly hex decidua Rusty blackhaw Viburnum rufidulum Texas persimmon Diospyros texana Texas redbud Cercis canadensis var. texensis Waxmyrtle Myrica cerifera Yaupon holly hex vomitoria Medium Trees (25 to 50 feet tall, Afghan pine Arizona cypress Bigtooth maple `Caddo' maple Chinese pistache Eastern redcedar Ginkgo Golden raintree Japanese Black Pine Lacey oak Monterrey oak Texas red oak Trident maple Western soapberry 10 to 20 inches in diameter when mature) Pinus elderica Hesperocyparis arizonica Acer grandidentatum Acer saccharum `Caddo' Pistache chinensis Juniperus virginiana Ginkgo biloba Koelreuteria paniculata Pinus thunbergiana Quercus laceyi Quercus polymorpha Quercus buckleyi Acer buergerianum Sapindus saponaria Large Trees (over 40 feet tall and 20 inches or more in diameter when mature) Baldcypress Taxodium distichum Black walnut Juglans nigra Bur oak Quercus macrocarpa Cedar elm Ulmus crassifolia Chinquapin oak Quercus muhlenbergii Lacebark elm Ulmus parvifolia Live oak Quercus virginiana Pecan Carya illinoinensis Pond cypress Taxodium ascendens Red oak Quercus shumardii The followina species are prohibited for street tree nlantin Ash Fraxinus sp. Cottonwood Populus deltoides Hackberry Celtis laevigata Mimosa Albizia julibrissin Mulberry Morus a/ba Pear Pyrus sp. Siberian elm Ulmus pumila Silver maple Acer saccharinum Sycamore P/atanus occidentalis Willow Salix sp. *Any species of tree, shrub, vine or grass listed in the Nonnative Invasive Plants of Southern Forests, published by the United States Department of Agriculture Forest Service. Revised October 2020 ATTACHMENT 7-41 Application for Tree Removal Permit on City of Fort Worth property including parkways and medians Submit to: City Forester 2525 Joe B Rushing Rd Fort Worth, TX 76119 CityTreePermitsfortworthtexas.gov Section 1 — Applicant Information Applicant/contractor Contact Name Title Street Address City State Zip Code Phone Email address List Applicable Permit Numbers (UFC, IPRC, CG, MFD): Section 2 — Location Location address Business/Residence Name of Business Section 3 — Reason for Removal Attach site plan drawn to scale showing location of all trees by size (DBH) and species, identify those to be removed, and any existing man made features. Site plan should include layer demonstrating why trees must be removed, such as proposed turn lane, drive approach or grade change. Plan must also include north arrow, scale bar, City trees to remain on site, any proposed planting on city property and planting details along with method of watering. Section 4 — Mitigation Prohibited trees may be permitted for removal from parkway and/or median without mitigation. Trees in alley may be permitted for removal, usually without mitigation. Trees or shrubs listed in the Nonnative Invasive Plants of Southern Forests published by USDA may be removed without mitigation regardless of location. All other trees less than 30" in DBH permitted for removal must be mitigated on an inch per inch basis. Trees 30" DBH or greater are mitigated on a 2 inch per inch basis. Mitigation trees must be planted on City ROW, median or other public land. They must be watered and maintained for a period of 2 years, or until established, whichever is greater. If mitigation on site is not possible or desirable, mitigation into the tree fund can be made in the amount of $200 per inch not planted. Mitigation trees must be planted before final inspection of the site. Mitigation to the tree fund must be made at time of permit. A tree planting permit will be issued for trees to be planted on City property at the same time as the tree removal permit. You must submit a tree planting plan and follow guidelines for planting in the ROW (see attached). Trees prohibited on the parkways and medians. Does not pertain to other City owned property. Ash (Fraxinus sp.) Siberian Elm (Ulmus pumila) Callery Pear (Pyrus calleryana) Silver Maple (Acer saccharinum) Cottonwood (Populus deltoides) Sycamore (Plantanus occidentalis) Hackberry (Celtis sp.) Willow (Salix sp.) Mulberry (Morus sp.) *Any tree listed in the Nonnative Invasive Plants of Southern Forests published by the USDA Forest Service Revised August 2020 ATTACHMENT 7-4' ]400 500 0 1000 55551 N a N1 Y� m GRAPHIC SCALE:1"=1000' LFJ r o� Fp h, _-- 'f GEORGE a N, \555555555 " % ) w C -_____-_ PIJIN _ I ' I �� WEST _ / ) 5 W . , - `` MARY'S CREEK WATER - ,,;l' I RECLAMATION FACILITY I - II ' 1 11091 CHAPIN ROAD II �-- - - I _l OI-D WEaTHERFORo FORT WORTH TEXAS 76108 - 4z1F\ ) ES 30 J 2871 K' 80 A:TA lUSIA A5/LA ? _ - m / .,SJ L I �� / 'J 30 kICHLAIJD 'I�-I lif SANTA _ � Q, I /1L l Q r 580 W \ _ 5'55AAIU E .�'' 5 8 0 AND m :I� I T1v11 r II / HAD "S FORTWORTHCITYLIMITS C-_� I .M l ^� _ U / � ORD._ r LOCATION MCWRF AND TRW0 _ / JI — AVE CITY OF FORT WORTH ETJ L..—..� I I _ .COUNTY LINE — — — — _ 00 NOTE: a 1. PLANT LOCATED OUTSIDE CITY 2 Z 8 LIMITS BUT INSIDE CITY M. O o z s z g O F ! ox o U N �DDRAAWING ISN M of 0g DESIGNED DRAWN DNNRANO q 20f1492 G-002 0318-084-01 EROSION CONTROL NOTES 1. SOIL EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL SHALL BE PROVIDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH CITY OF FORT WORTH EROSION REGULATIONS. 2. RESPONSIBILITY FOR INSTALLATION, ROUTINE INSPECTION, AND MAINTENANCE OF EROSION CONTROL SHOULD BE DEFINED AND ASSIGNED TO APPROPRIATE PERSON(S) PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF ANY SOIL DISTURBING ACTIVITY. 3. EROSION CONTROL MEASURES MUST BE CONSTRUCTED AND FUNCTIONAL BEFORE ANY GRADING OR LAND DISTURBANCE TAKES PLACE. 4. TEMPORARY OR PERMANENT SOIL STABILIZATION MUST BE APPLIED TO ALL DENUDED AREAS WHEN FINAL GRADE IS REACHED ON ANY PORTION OF SITE. TEMPORARY SOIL STABILIZATION MUST BE APPLIED TO DISTURBED AREAS LEFT DORMANT FOR 14 DAYS. 5. IN THE EVENT THAT MEASURES BEING USED ARE DEEMED TO BE INEFFECTIVE BY CITY INSPECTORS, ADDITIONAL MEASURES OR CHANGES IN THE ORIGINAL PLAN MAY BE REQUIRED BY THE CITY OF FORT WORTH. 6. ALL EROSION CONTROL DEVICES SHALL BE INSPECTED BY THE SITE FOREMAN DAILY, ANY STRUCTURE OR CONTROL DEVISE WHICH IS DAMAGED OR INOPERATIVE WILL BE REPAIRED OR REPLACED IMMEDIATELY. 7. SANITARY FACILITIES SHALL BE PROVIDED ON THE SITE & REGULARLY SERVICED AS RECOMMENDED BY THE SUPPLIER. TRASH & DEBRIS SHALL BE STORED IN COVERED BINS OR ENCLOSURES. 8. CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCES/ EXITS SHOULD BE LIMITED AND PROTECTION PROVIDED TO PREVENTTRACKING OF SOILS ONTO CITY STREETS. 9. REMOVE SILT OR SEDIMENTS FROM STREETS, CURBS, GUTTERS, FLUMES, HANDICAP ACCESS RAMPS, CURB INLETS, STORM DRAINS, AND ANY OTHER PUBLIC DRAINAGE FACILITIES DAILY OR AS ACCUMULATION OCCURS. 10. EROSION CONTROL SHOULD BE EVALUATED TO DETERMINE THE EFFECTIVENESS OF THOSE DEVICES BY THE PERSON ASSIGNED TO INSPECT EROSION CONTROL DEVICES, AND CHANGES MADE IF NECESSARY. 11. SOIL TRACKED ONTO PUBLIC ROADS SHALL BE REMOVED DAILY IF FEASIBLE, OR WHEN VISIBLY ACCUMULATED SEDIMENT HAS BEEN DEPOSITED. DISCHARGED SEDIMENT SHALL BE REMOVED AS SOON AS POSSIBLE. 12. USING WASH WATER TO WASH SEDIMENT FROM STREETS IS PROHIBITED. TREE REMOVAL NOTES 1. CONTRACT CITY FORESTER FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION REGARDING TREES 817-392-5729, 817-392-5739. 2. PER CHAPTER 33, PARK & RECREATION -FORESTRY SECTION (PARD-FORESTRY) HAS JURISDICTION OVER TREES ON CITY -OWNED PROPERTY INCLUDING RIGHT-OF-WAY. APPROVAL OF PLANS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE APPROVAL TO PROCEED WITH WORK UNTIL CORRESPONDING PERMIT HAS BEEN ISSUED. PERMITS FOR REMOVAL, PLANTING OR PRUNING OF CITY -OWNED TREES SHALL BE OBTAINED FROM PARD-FORESTRY. PRUNING REQUIRED FOR PRECONSTRUCTION PURPOSES REQUIRES THE UTILIZATION OF AN ISA-CERTIFIED ARBORIST, AS STATED IN THE PERMIT, AT NO EXPENSE TO PARD. CONTACT PARD-FORESTRY: WWW.FORTWORTHTEXAS.GOV/DEPARTMENTS/PARKS/SERVICES/FORESTRY OR CITYTREEPERMITS@FORTWORTHTEXAS.GOV OR 817/392-5729 OR 817/392-5739. a. TREE PROTECTION SHALL BE PUT IN PLACE BEFORE GRADING/CONSTRUCTION BEGINS, BE INSPECTED BY CITY FORESTER AND REMAIN UNTIL COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT. REFER TO STANDARD DETAILS FOR TREE PROTECTION DETAILS. I. 4 -FOOT TALL, CHAIN LINK FENCING INSTALLED AT THE TREE DRIPLINE WITH BILINGUAL SIGN ON PROTECTIVE FENCING IN ENGLISH AND SPANISH THAT READS, "KEEP OUT, TREE PROTECTION AREA" ("NO ENTRE, AREA DE PROTECCION DE ARBOLES"). ii. NO ENTRY, GRADING, EXCAVATION, PARKING OR STORING OF EQUIPMENT OR SUPPLIES INSIDE THE PROTECTIVE TREE FENCING WITHOUT CITY FORESTER APPROVAL. iii. ALL WORK INSIDE PROTECTIVE TREE FENCING TO BE DONE BY HAND, UNLESS PRIOR APPROVAL GIVEN BY CITY FORESTER. iv. ROOTS 2 -INCH OR LARGER SHALL NOT BE CUT WITHOUT CITY FORESTER APPROVAL. ROOTS SHALL BE CLEAN CUT WITH A SAW. v. ALL CUTS ON OAK TREES, INCLUDING ROOTS, SHALL BE PAINTED WITH GENERAL PURPOSE SPRAY PAINT WITHIN 30 MINUTES OF EXPOSURE TO PREVENT OAK WILT SPREAD. b. ASSESSMENT OF DAMAGES TO TREES I. THE CONTRACTOR WILL CHECK TREES IN THE CONTRACT AREA BEFORE CONTRACT WORK BEGINS, ANY DAMAGE WILL BE NOTED AND REPORTED TO THE CONTRACT ADMINISTRATOR. ii. THE CONTRACT ADMINISTRATOR WILL CONDUCT RANDOM CHECKS OF THE TREES DURING THE CONTRACT PERIOD. iii. A CHECK OF ALL TREES MAY BE MADE AT THE END OF THE CONTRACT PERIOD. CITY FORESTER, CONTRACT ADMINISTRATOR, AND CONTRACTOR WILL ATTEND THE INSPECTION. iv. DAMAGES SHALL BE DOCUMENTED BY MEMO TO THE CITY FORESTER WITH COPY TO CONTRACT FILE AND THE CONTRACTOR. v. CONTRACTOR MAY HAVE THE OPTION OF REPLACEMENT OR PAYMENT FOR SEVERELY DAMAGED TREES AT A LOCATION TO BE DESIGNATED BY PARD. REPLACEMENT SHALL BE MADE ON A CALIPER INCH PER CALIPER INCH BASIS WITH A MINIMUM SIZE OF REPLACEMENT TREE OF 2 -INCH IN CALIPER FOR TREES DAMAGED OR REMOVED WHICH ARE LESS THAN 30 -INCH DBH AND 2 -INCH PER INCH FOR TREES WHICH ARE 30 -INCH DBH OR GREATER. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE PLANTING, WATERING, MULCHING AND MAINTENANCE OF REPLACEMENT TREES FOR A PERIOD OF NOT LESS THAN 2 -YEARS. ANY TREE THAT DOES NOT SURVIVE THE 2 -YEAR ESTABLISHMENT PERIOD SHALL BE COMPENSATED FOR BY THE CONTRACTOR TO TREE FUND AT A RATE OF $200 PER CALIPER INCH. ce H vi. SLIGHT DAMAGE SHALL BE DEFINED, IN THE OPINION OF THE CITY FORESTER, AS DAMAGE THAT MAY COMPARTMENTALIZE. EXAMPLES INCLUDE BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO: SCARRING OF THE TRUNK INTO THE CAMBIAL LAYER YTO 2 -INCH IN WIDTH, BUT LESS THAN 1 /3 TRUNK CIRCUMFERENCE; OR BREAKING OF LIMBS LESS THAN 2 -INCH IN DIAMETER OR LIMBS LESS THAN 1 /3 TRUNK CALIPER, WHICHEVER IS LESS. ° SLIGHT DAMAGE SHALL ALSO INCLUDE: REMOVAL OR LAYING DOWN OF PROTECTIVE TREE FENCING PRIOR TO END OF CONSTRUCTION; STORING EQUIPMENT OR SUPPLIES WITHIN THE CRITICAL ROOT ZONE (CRZ); OR DISPOSING OF PAINT OR CONCRETE WITHIN THE CRZ, BUT NOT CLOSER TO THE TRUNK THAN 50% RADIUS OF THE CRZ. SLIGHT DAMAGE TO TREES SHALL BE ASSESSED AT A RATE OF $100.00 FOR EACH o F INSTANCE. EACH DAY TREE FENCING IS NOT PROPERLY PLACED, EQUIPMENT OR SUPPLIES ARE STORED WITHIN CRZ, OR FILL IS STORED WITHIN THE CRZ SHALL BE CONSIDERED ONE INSTANCE. 8 o o I. > vii. MODERATE DAMAGE SHALL BE DEFINED, IN THE OPINION OF THE CITY FORESTER, AS DAMAGE THAT 1 �C9 CONTRIBUTES TO THE POOR HEALTH AND REDUCED LONGEVITY OF THE TREE. EXAMPLES INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO: SCARRING OF THE TRUNK INTO THE CAMBIAL LAYER GREATER THAN 2 -INCH BUT LESS „^4 8 THAN 1/3 THE TRUNK CIRCUMFERENCE; OR BREAKING OF LIMBS MORE THAN 2 -INCH IN DIAMETER, BUT LESS THAN 1/3 TRUNK CALIPER. MODERATE DAMAGE SHALL ALSO INCLUDE: COMPACTION OF SOIL; GRADING OR FILLING IN 20% OF THE CRZ ON 1 OF 4 SIDES, BUT OUTSIDE THE 50% RADIUS OF THE CRZ; OR DISPOSING OF PAINT OR CONCRETE WITHIN 50% RADIUS OF THE CRZ. MODERATE DAMAGES SHALL BE CALCULATED AT A RATE OF % THE ASSESSED VALUE OF THE TREE PER EACH INSTANCE OF DAMAGE. viii. SEVERE DAMAGE OR REMOVAL OF TREES IS SUBJECTTO PENALTY OF $200 PER DIAMETER INCH OF TREES REMOVED OR DAMAGED FOR TREES LESS THAN 30 -INCH DBH OR $400 PER DIAMETER INCH FOR TREES 30 -INCH DBH OR GREATER. SEVERE DAMAGE OR REMOVAL SHALL INCLUDE, BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO: SCARRING OF THE TRUNK TO THE CAMBIAL LAYER GREATER THAN 1/3 THE TRUNK CIRCUMFERENCE; o O UPROOTING OR CAUSING A TREE TO LEAN; OR DAMAGE TO A SCAFFOLDING BRANCH OR ANY BRANCH GREATER THAN 1/3 OF TRUNK CALIPER. SEVERE DAMAGE SHALL ALSO INCLUDE: COMPACTION OF SOIL, GRADING OR FILLING MORE THAN 20% OF THE CRZ, OR WITHIN 50% RADIUS OF THE CRZ, OR ON MORE THAN ONE OF 4 SIDES. CUTTING 1 /3 OF THE BUTTRESS ROOTS WITHIN 3 TIMES THE DISTANCE OF THE DBH OF THE TRUNK, OR CUTTING 4 ROOTS 4 -INCH OR GREATER IN DIAMETER WITHIN 4 -FEET OF THE TRUNK t= SHALL ALSO BE CONSIDERED SEVERE DAMAGE. ix. BRANCHES SHALL BE MEASURED AT THE POINT OF ATTACHMENT OR AT THE LATERAL TO WHICH THE BRANCH WOULD BE PRUNED BACK TO ACCORDING TO ANSI STANDARDS. TREES CALIPER SHALL BE MEASURED ACCORDING TO ACCEPTED INDUSTRY STANDARDS. TREES GREATER THAN 6 -INCH IN CALIPER SHALL BE MEASURED USING DIAMETER AT BREAST HEIGHT (DBH). TREES THAT MUST BE REMOVED DUE TO DAMAGE CAUSED BY THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE REMOVED BY THE FORESTRY SECTION'S TREE REMOVAL CONTRACTOR ATTHE CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. w x. All DAMAGES SHALL BE PAID TO THE CITY TREE FUND. FAILURE TO REPLACE OR PAY FOR DAMAGED TREES ~- O SHALL RESULT IN A BREACH OF CONTRACT AND THE CONTRACTOR WILL BE AUTOMATICALLY ASSESSED Z DAMAGES. DAMAGES AS DESCRIBED HEREIN SHALL BE DEDUCED FROM PAYMENTS OTHERWISE DUE THE Z CONTRACTOR. J O CITY APPROVAL OF THESE PLANS IS NOT APPROVAL TO PRUNE OR REMOVE TREES ON CITY PROPERTY. THE Q ~ CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN A TREE PERMIT FROM PARD CITY FORESTER PRIOR TO PRUNING OR REMOVING = ' w ANY CITY TREE. PRUNING REQUIRES USE OF ISA CERTIFIED ARBORIST. CONTACT 817-392-5729 OR 817-392-5739 H p I - OR CITYTREEPERMITS@FORTWORTHTEXAS.GOV (CITY CODE 33-1, 6, 7). O a O 0 w w 0� K Lu u~ LD LL w LLLDz 0 J 0 w CL CJ u �, z z O a 0 O Ir w t.. *1 .......................... JOSHUA P. FRISINGER 97545 IFTHIS BAR DOES NOT MEASURE ONE INCH, DRAWING ISNOTTO LABELED SCALE DESIGNED J.B. MURRAY DRAWN C. CECCHINI F CHECKED J. FRISINGER REVIEWED J. CAFFEY e ATTACHMENT 7-418. G-027 0318-084-01 li 100 50 0 100 200 LL r� GRAPHIC SCALE: 1" = 100' 6 oz r � o0 NNNNLEGEND LL III III $ r EXISTING TREE TO BE PROTECTED � W om 30' PROPOSED EASEMENT (SEE STANDARD DETAILS c-1906) W r - o Ex 42" In7ATE/vE . __ _ _ -- _- - -- -- -- -- -- 150' BUFFER ZONE -- - ' 10PIPELINE EASEMENT 1 j z ' x—xX DOC. N0. D208013158 NOTES: -fix ----- — x—x—xx—x—x x —X x x x�-x xx—x—x x— — ------ DRTCT - - '"' � • '� � � � � � � / � •: � AS AFFECTED BY 1. REFER TO TREE TABLE ON G-029 3638 3609 ,'\ \� - - - - III DOC. NO. D211160081 AND G-030 FOR ADDITIONAL D.R.T.GT. INFORMATION CONCERNING TREE m -�' 3621 3631 �� IIllli SIZE AND TYPE. ONLY TREES 6 -INCH AND LARGER 0 _ ARE SHOWN ON THIS DRAWING. • 3��1 `' 3610 7 ❑ �� x —Ii x` - -- ---- - - SMALLER TREES ARE NOT SHOWN. X : ' 33 CONTRACTOR CAN REMOVE TREES 3643 l 3 ig: �� SMALLER THAN 6 INCHES DBH. 36aa 'I I3396 -` TREES SMALLER THAN 6 INCHES Z°- O 3642 . 3393 •7E DBH ARE NOT PART OF THE TREE W �\ 3611 / n L/ REMOVAL PERMIT. 3629 (✓ ` /'` 36aa 3370 I ////3. TREES 3553, 3600, 3507, AND 3522 3608 57 ARE TO BE PROTECTED. REFER TO 3671 3689 2,3:4 I STANDARD DETAILS FOR TREE 3686 3619 59 68 3391 3366 PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS. 3671 3668 60 66 I • 3687 •Q';7 : 3 4 61. 717273 '':J4. ' 4. A TREE REMOVAL PERMIT HAS -. 3686 •.. UD 9 8 3 76 383 I BEEN OBTAINED BY THE ENGINEER. Z 3363 • 678 3670 6 3399 I * OPERATING UNDER THIS PERMIT 3660 16 77 79 I I AND DOES NOT NEED TO SUBMIT �3683 14 15 17 7 8 ` 3377 I ..` `: FOR ONE, UNLESS THE NEED FOR 3682 3699 ' f e ie ADDITIONAL TREE REMOVAL FROM :. . ; - X CITY PROPERTY ARISES THAT IS o. .3679 .. .. '' 91 .. .. . • • . ' ' _ o EADY CALLED OUT ON THE •.. , .• e• 1'. BIOREACTOR . O3. . 3684 . PLANS. — } 9 '1 � NOT ALR 72 BIOREACTOR ❑•Z DISTRIBUTION BOX / 3681 ODOR 3 * s\97 I 5. REFER TO SHEET G-027 FOR 3¢80 29 9 99 �F3ao6 3aa�'1 1 I ADDITIONAL TREE REMOVAL = z 35 r a 101 EX3 - NO NOTES. O z 3664 3661 52 a6' H i ♦ 344¢ I 3624 347 39 32 aq 104 4 j 6. REMOVE TREES WITHIN 10 FT ON d 3¢ 40 a 1os fI EITHER SIDE OF FENCELINE. i \ O 35 398 666 10 ti O I 3652 '. )' � _ .•. / 110 I W U' I 111 I I LL Q d '.3663. '�7 3 I, 3581✓• � 113 4O O ,1689 L�IL'. (� '••• .32L/VE �.,- 4. I W ¢ W H E ' LJ 50' PIPELINE EASEMENT (\ � a zza` ATMOS ENERGY 2 2 z o 1 119 DOC. N0. D213154907 3 223 1 120 O.P.R.T.C.T. Iii�? .2. 12 = \ \ p ` ' __ 231236 2Z9- 12 \• X .232 12 233 'f' ❑❑ " 23423513OF r3' 11 f� .. 23-' 147 r ; 1 o ti� Epp a 1 3 PARKING .�� . 24 2a 2461 z i*9 W #� 5 \\ LOT e 241 34 JOSHUA P. FRISINGER 5 z \ :F 7. } : . Zdd .• 36. .. 9 .. - �.�,:..._R'f"9 .`�• _ e.:._..: .,.�.: _ M \ �k 137 JIp� +eT 5o .. „ 138 4ENo� ':36 6, • $$,L� �r®♦.♦♦♦♦.♦...♦♦♦♦. ♦' , CMi +yR x.,`4"'4. yy\A' ♦'I♦♦♦♦ L• ♦♦..�-♦�• V+ .♦______ IF THIS BAR DOES NOT MEASURE ONE INCH, DRAWING I5NOTTO LABELED SCALE LI DESIGNED R. COFFEY DRAWN W. LACLAIR X CHECKED J. FRISINGER REVIEWED J. CAFFEY Seq. ATTACHMENT 7-418. G-028 0318-084-01 r7' H SW F� O Z 3 ¢ Oo NOTES: 1. REFER TO G-028 FOR ADDITIONAL NOTES. I- of T 1 o No m M m U- .T. o 1�. z E u � = z a ¢ J w w Q z w ___ L.L w LL Q ID w F- } Y w U u o g E ti a r*`............ *J1� JOSHUA P. FRISIHGER p 'G 7546 if 3130/2626 S E IF THIS BAR DOES NOT MEASURE ONE INCH, - DRA LABELED SCALETO i DESIGNED R. COFFEY Li DRAWN W. LACLAIR zF CHECKED J. FRISINGER REVIEWED 1.CAFFEY Seq. ATTACHMENT 7-41 °og. G-029 0318-084-01 TREE TABLE CALLOUTI TAG # SIZE TYPE STATUS 1 3339 6.5 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 2 3346 15 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 3 3323 - CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 4 3315 8 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 5 3354 11 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 6 3316 12 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 7 3322 12 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 8 3337 10 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 9 3332 7 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 10 3324 11 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 11 3340 7 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 12 3311 13 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 13 3338 13 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 14 3331 13 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 15 3344 7 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 16 3330 10 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 17 3347 7 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 18 3363 9 CEDAR ELM TO BE PROTECTED 19 3329 13 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 20 3314 7 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 21 3325 9 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 22 3334 11 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 23 3335 10 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 24 3327 8 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 25 3630 6 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 26 3627 11 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 27 3623 6 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 28 3640 11 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 29 3628 9 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 30 3622 9 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 31 3641 7 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 32 3646 11 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 33 3607 6 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 34 3626 6 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 35 3633 10 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 36 3606 10 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 37 3604 7 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 38 3603 6.5 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 39 3649 7 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 40 3636 12 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 41 3645 10 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 42 3634 8 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 43 3605 11 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 44 3613 7 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 45 3637 7 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 46 3639 6.5 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 47 3615 9 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 48 3620 6.5 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 49 3617 10 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 50 3625 7 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 51 3614 6 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 52 3616 11 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 53 3358 7 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 54 3313 13 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 55 3348 9 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 56 3321 8 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 57 3357 13 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 58 3355 6 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 59 3343 14 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 60 3345 6.5 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 61 3359 10 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 62 3352 9 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 63 3392 13 MEX. PLUM TO BE REMOVED TREE TABLE CALLOUTI TAG # SIZE TYPE STATUS 64 3351 12 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 65 3341 12 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 66 3360 9 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 67 3380 18 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 68 3385 11.5 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 69 3395 10.5 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 70 3382 16 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 71 3307 10.5 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 72 3368 12 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 73 3384 11 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 74 3367 13 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 75 3400 18 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 76 3381 12 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 77 3353 7 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 78 3328 9 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 79 3361 9 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 80 3373 10 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 81 3349 7 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 82 3356 7 MEX. PLUM TO BE REMOVED 83 3372 12 MEX. PLUM TO BE REMOVED 84 3350 9 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 85 3375 13 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 86 3365 11 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 87 3320 11 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 88 3319 8 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 89 3388 8 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 90 3303 14 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 91 3301 8.5 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 92 3397 10 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 93 3336 7 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 94 3376 14 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 95 3312 8 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 96 3371 11 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 97 3369 7 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 98 3333 8 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 99 3394 13.5 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 100 3398 6.5 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 101 3387 12 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 102 3390 13 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 103 3302 9 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 104 3305 B CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 105 3362 7 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 106 3389 8 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 107 3386 10.5 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 108 3326 8 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 109 3342 10 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 110 3648 7 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 111 3650 9 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 112 3635 7 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 113 3618 12 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 114 3612 9 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 115 3491 11.5 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 116 3440 11 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 117 3697 10 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 118 3441 11 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 119 3690 15 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 120 3699 9 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 121 3693 6 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 122 3692 8.5 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 123 3413 6 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 124 3655 10 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 125 3651 6 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 126 3410 7 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED TREE TABLE CALLOUTI TAG # SIZE TYPE STATUS 127 3675 7 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 128 3694 8 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 129 3547 9 MEX. PLUM TO BE REMOVED 130 3500 9 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 131 3497 8 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 132 3492 7 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 133 3490 18 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 134 3438 8 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 135 3401 7 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 136 3439 7.5 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 137 3435 9 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 138 3434 12 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 139 3436 14 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 140 3422 11 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 141 3421 12 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 142 3433 15 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 143 3419 12 CEDAR ELM TREES NOT REMOVED AS PART OF ONCOR INSTALLATION SHALL REMAIN 144 3432 14 CEDAR ELM TREES NOT REMOVED AS PART OF ONCOR INSTALLATION SHALL REMAIN 145 3481 9 CEDAR ELM TREES NOT REMOVED AS PART OF ONCOR INSTALLATION SHALL REMAIN 146 3431 7 CEDAR ELM TREES NOT REMOVED AS PART OF ONCOR INSTALLATION SHALL REMAIN 147 3420 9 MEX. PLUM TREES NOT REMOVED AS PART OF ONCOR INSTALLATION SHALL REMAIN 148 3425 7 CEDAR ELM TREES NOT REMOVED AS PART OF ONCOR INSTALLATION SHALL REMAIN 149 3430 6.5 CEDAR ELM TREES NOT REMOVED AS PART OF ONCOR INSTALLATION SHALL REMAIN 150 3424 12 CEDAR ELM TREES NOT REMOVED AS PART OF ONCOR INSTALLATION SHALL REMAIN 151 3428 11 CEDAR ELM TREES NOT REMOVED AS PART OF ONCOR INSTALLATION SHALL REMAIN 152 3429 14 CEDAR ELM TREES NOT REMOVED AS PART OF ONCOR INSTALLATION SHALL REMAIN 153 3426 6 CEDAR ELM TREES NOT REMOVED AS PART OF ONCOR INSTALLATION SHALL REMAIN 154 3427 18 CEDAR ELM TREES NOT REMOVED AS PART OF ONCOR INSTALLATION SHALL REMAIN 155 3478 9 CEDAR ELM TREES NOT REMOVED AS PART OF ONCOR INSTALLATION SHALL REMAIN 156 3548 7 CEDAR ELM TREES NOT REMOVED AS PART OF ONCOR INSTALLATION SHALL REMAIN 157 3487 17 CEDAR ELM TREES NOT REMOVED AS PART OF ONCOR INSTALLATION SHALL REMAIN 158 3540 6.5 CEDAR ELM TREES NOT REMOVED AS PART OF ONCOR INSTALLATION SHALL REMAIN 159 3526 7 CEDAR ELM TREES NOT REMOVED AS PART OF ONCOR INSTALLATION SHALL REMAIN 160 3486 7 CEDAR ELM TREES NOT REMOVED AS PART OF ONCOR INSTALLATION SHALL REMAIN 161 3538 - CEDAR ELM TREES NOT REMOVED AS PART OF ONCOR INSTALLATION SHALL REMAIN 162 3543 7 CEDAR ELM TREES NOT REMOVED AS PART OF ONCOR INSTALLATION SHALL REMAIN 163 3445 7 CEDAR ELM TREES NOT REMOVED AS PART OF ONCOR INSTALLATION SHALL REMAIN 164 3518 12 CEDAR ELM TREES NOT REMOVED AS PART OF ONCOR INSTALLATION SHALL REMAIN 165 3544 8 CEDAR ELM TREES NOT REMOVED AS PART OF ONCOR INSTALLATION SHALL REMAIN 166 3511 22 CEDAR ELM TREES NOT REMOVED AS PART OF ONCOR INSTALLATION SHALL REMAIN 167 3550 6.5 CEDAR ELM TREES NOT REMOVED AS PART OF ONCOR INSTALLATION SHALL REMAIN 168 3466 7 CEDAR ELM TREES NOT REMOVED AS PART OF ONCOR INSTALLATION SHALL REMAIN 169 3462 9 CEDAR ELM TREES NOT REMOVED AS PART OF ONCOR INSTALLATION SHALL REMAIN 170 3469 11 CEDAR ELM TREES NOT REMOVED AS PART OF ONCOR INSTALLATION SHALL REMAIN 171 3516 6 CEDAR ELM TREES NOT REMOVED AS PART OF ONCOR INSTALLATION SHALL REMAIN 172 3464 12 CEDAR ELM TREES NOT REMOVED AS PART OF ONCOR INSTALLATION SHALL REMAIN r7' H SW F� O z 3 ¢ Oo Gt NOTES: 1. REFER TO G-028 FOR ADDITIONAL NOTES. of o No m M m S. rT. o ��.I. d z u = z p O< O z Z H U w O LL w LL ¢ O } Y U Z z UU wL a I m w a W g E ti a J9�PSE OF TE}�s11 t.* ................. *11� a JOSHUA P. FRISINGER C JI y. 97545; �� :� 3/30/2026 5 E IF THIS BAR DOES NOT MEASURE ONE INCH, - DRA LABELED SCALETO i DESIGNED O.WENNO Li wE DRAWN C. CECCHINI zF CHECKED J. FRISINGER REVIEWED J.CAFFEY Seq. ATTACHMENT 7-41 °og: G-030 0318-084-01 TREE TABLE CALLOUT I TAG # SIZE TYPE STATUS TREES NOT REMOVED AS PART OF ONCOR 173 3534 12 CEDAR ELM INSTALLATION SHALL REMAIN TREES NOT REMOVED AS PART OF ONCOR 174 3503 6 CEDAR ELM INSTALLATION SHALL REMAIN TREES NOT REMOVED AS PART OF ONCOR 175 3468 9 CEDAR ELM INSTALLATION SHALL REMAIN TREES NOT REMOVED AS PART OF ONCOR 176 3465 8 CEDAR ELM INSTALLATION SHALL REMAIN TREES NOT REMOVED AS PART OF ONCOR 177 3520 9 CEDAR ELM INSTALLATION SHALL REMAIN TREES NOT REMOVED AS PART OF ONCOR 178 3521 7 CEDAR ELM INSTALLATION SHALL REMAIN TREES NOT REMOVED AS PART OF ONCOR 179 3533 7 CEDAR ELM INSTALLATION SHALL REMAIN TREES NOT REMOVED AS PART OF ONCOR 180 3549 11 CEDAR ELM INSTALLATION SHALL REMAIN TREES NOT REMOVED AS PART OF ONCOR 181 3488 12 CEDAR ELM INSTALLATION SHALL REMAIN TREES NOT REMOVED AS PART OF ONCOR 182 3467 9 CEDAR ELM INSTALLATION SHALL REMAIN TREES NOT REMOVED AS PART OF ONCOR 183 3447 8 CEDAR ELM INSTALLATION SHALL REMAIN TREES NOT REMOVED AS PART OF ONCOR 184 3524 12 CEDAR ELM INSTALLATION SHALL REMAIN TREES NOT REMOVED AS PART OF ONCOR 185 3451 10 CEDAR ELM INSTALLATION SHALL REMAIN TREES NOT REMOVED AS PART OF ONCOR 186 3457 6 CEDAR ELM INSTALLATION SHALL REMAIN TREES NOT REMOVED AS PART OF ONCOR 187 3519 6 CEDAR ELM INSTALLATION SHALL REMAIN TREES NOT REMOVED AS PART OF ONCOR 188 3532 10 CEDAR ELM INSTALLATION SHALL REMAIN TREES NOT REMOVED AS PART OF ONCOR 189 3517 7 CEDAR ELM INSTALLATION SHALL REMAIN TREES NOT REMOVED AS PART OF ONCOR 190 3480 7 CEDAR ELM INSTALLATION SHALL REMAIN TREES NOT REMOVED AS PART OF ONCOR 191 3484 6.5 CEDAR ELM INSTALLATION SHALL REMAIN TREES NOT REMOVED AS PART OF ONCOR 192 3473 7 CEDAR ELM INSTALLATION SHALL REMAIN TREES NOT REMOVED AS PART OF ONCOR 193 3458 6.5 CEDAR ELM INSTALLATION SHALL REMAIN TREES NOT REMOVED AS PART OF ONCOR 194 3485 7.5 CEDAR ELM INSTALLATION SHALL REMAIN TREES NOT REMOVED AS PART OF ONCOR 195 3463 7 CEDAR ELM INSTALLATION SHALL REMAIN TREES NOT REMOVED AS PART OF ONCOR 196 3531 7 CEDAR ELM INSTALLATION SHALL REMAIN TREES NOT REMOVED AS PART OF ONCOR 197 3512 8 CEDAR ELM INSTALLATION SHALL REMAIN TREES NOT REMOVED AS PART OF ONCOR 198 3515 8 CEDAR ELM INSTALLATION SHALL REMAIN TREES NOT REMOVED AS PART OF ONCOR 199 3514 11 CEDAR ELM INSTALLATION SHALL REMAIN TREES NOT REMOVED AS PART OF ONCOR 200 3506 6 CEDAR ELM INSTALLATION SHALL REMAIN TREES NOT REMOVED AS PART OF ONCOR 201 3509 8 CEDAR ELM INSTALLATION SHALL REMAIN TREES NOT REMOVED AS PART OF ONCOR 202 3508 8 CEDAR ELM INSTALLATION SHALL REMAIN TREES NOT REMOVED AS PART OF ONCOR 203 3449 8 CEDAR ELM INSTALLATION SHALL REMAIN TREES NOT REMOVED AS PART OF ONCOR 204 3505 10 CEDAR ELM INSTALLATION SHALL REMAIN TREES NOT REMOVED AS PART OF ONCOR 205 3510 7 CEDAR ELM INSTALLATION SHALL REMAIN TREES NOT REMOVED AS PART OF ONCOR 206 3446 8 CEDAR ELM INSTALLATION SHALL REMAIN TREES NOT REMOVED AS PART OF ONCOR 207 3525 6 CEDAR ELM INSTALLATION SHALL REMAIN TREES NOT REMOVED AS PART OF ONCOR 208 3452 12 CEDAR ELM INSTALLATION SHALL REMAIN TREES NOT REMOVED AS PART OF ONCOR 209 3527 11 CEDAR ELM INSTALLATION SHALL REMAIN TREES NOT REMOVED AS PART OF ONCOR 210 3504 10 CEDAR ELM INSTALLATION SHALL REMAIN TREES NOT REMOVED AS PART OF ONCOR 211 3475 10 CEDAR ELM INSTALLATION SHALL REMAIN TREES NOT REMOVED AS PART OF ONCOR 212 3530 8 CEDAR ELM INSTALLATION SHALL REMAIN TREE TABLE CALLOUTI TAG # SIZE TYPE STATUS 213 3542 7 CEDAR ELM TREES NOT REMOVED AS PART OF ONCOR INSTALLATION SHALL REMAIN 214 3470 7 CEDAR ELM TREES NOT REMOVED AS PART OF ONCOR INSTALLATION SHALL REMAIN 215 3546 8 CEDAR ELM TREES NOT REMOVED AS PART OF ONCOR INSTALLATION SHALL REMAIN 216 3545 12 CEDAR ELM TREES NOT REMOVED AS PART OF ONCOR INSTALLATION SHALL REMAIN 217 3471 7.5 CEDAR ELM TREES NOT REMOVED AS PART OF ONCOR INSTALLATION SHALL REMAIN 218 3691 9 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 219 3655 10 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 220 3665 9 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 221 3417 13 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 222 3418 13 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 223 3498 9 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 224 3494 6 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 225 3656 8 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 226 4307 7 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 227 3499 6 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 228 3696 7 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 229 3409 6 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 230 3658 12.5 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 231 3412 8.5 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 232 3416 6.5 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 233 3411 10 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 234 3657 6 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 235 3674 9 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 236 3415 6 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 237 3495 12 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 238 3695 9 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 239 3698 6 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 240 3402 7 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 241 3493 6.5 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 242 3673 6.5 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 243 3414 8 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 244 3654 12 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 245 3496 19 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 246 3700 8 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 247 3423 7.5 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 248 3437 22 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 3317 11 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 3318 8 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 3363 9 LIVE OAK MAY BE REMOVED 3366 13 CEDAR ELM MAY BE REMOVED 3370 12 CEDAR ELM MAY BE REMOVED 3374 11 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 3377 11 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 3378 16 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 3379 8 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 3383 11 CEDAR ELM MAY BE REMOVED 3391 11.5 CEDAR ELM MAY BE REMOVED 3393 11.5 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 3396 6 MEX. PLUM TO BE REMOVED 3396 6 MEX. PLUM TO BE REMOVED 3399 12 CEDAR ELM MAY BE REMOVED 3403 10 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 3404 16 CEDAR ELM MAY BE REMOVED 3405 10 CEDAR ELM MAY BE REMOVED 3406 10 CEDAR ELM MAY BE REMOVED 3408 6.5 CEDAR ELM MAY BE REMOVED 3442 11 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 3443 8 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 3450 9 MEX. PLUM TREES NOT REMOVED AS PART OF ONCOR INSTALLATION SHALL REMAIN TREE TABLE CALLOUTI TAG # SIZE TYPE STATUS 3472 12 MEX. PLUM TREES NOT REMOVED AS PART OF ONCOR INSTALLATION SHALL REMAIN 3474 12 BLACK HICKORY MAY BE REMOVED 3489 25 CEDAR ELM MAY BE REMOVED 3507 30.5 LIVE OAK TO BE PROTECTED 3522 36 LIVE OAK TO BE PROTECTED 3528 25 PECAN TO BE REMOVED 3536 9 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 3541 7 MEX. PLUM TREES NOT REMOVED AS PART OF ONCOR INSTALLATION SHALL REMAIN 3551 24 AMER. ELM MAY BE REMOVED 3552 15 BLACK HICKORY TO BE REMOVED 3553 27 PECAN TO BE PROTECTED 3555 22 CEDAR ELM MAY BE REMOVED 3570 7 LIVE OAK MAY BE REMOVED 3570 11 AMER. ELM MAY BE REMOVED 3572 15 BLACK HICKORY TO BE REMOVED 3580 13 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 3581 19 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 3591 8 LIVE OAK TO BE REMOVED 3600 32 LIVE OAK TO BE PROTECTED 3601 10 CEDAR ELM TO BE PROTECTED 3602 12 CEDAR ELM MAY BE REMOVED 3608 10 CEDAR ELM TO BE PROTECTED 3608 10 CEDAR ELM MAY BE REMOVED 3609 15 CEDAR ELM MAY BE REMOVED 3610 14 CEDAR ELM MAY BE REMOVED 3611 6.5 CEDAR ELM MAY BE REMOVED 3619 10 LIVE OAK MAY BE REMOVED 3621 12 CEDAR ELM TO BE PROTECTED 3624 6.5 CEDAR ELM TO BE PROTECTED 3629 12 LIVE OAK TO BE PROTECTED 3631 14 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 3632 - LIVE OAK TO BE PROTECTED 3638 11 CEDAR ELM MAY BE REMOVED 3642 13 CEDAR ELM MAY BE REMOVED 3643 8 CEDAR ELM MAY BE REMOVED 3644 16 LIVE OAK MAY BE REMOVED 3647 12 LIVE OAK TO BE PROTECTED 3652 10 LIVE OAK TO BE PROTECTED 3653 11 LIVE OAK TO BE PROTECTED 3659 8 LIVE OAK TO BE REMOVED 3660 9 LIVE OAK TO BE REMOVED 3661 6.5 CEDAR ELM TO BE REMOVED 3662 14 LIVE OAK TO BE REMOVED 3664 13 LIVE OAK TO BE PROTECTED 3666 15 LIVE OAK TO BE PROTECTED 3668 8 LIVE OAK MAY BE REMOVED 3669 - LIVE OAK (GIANT) TO BE PROTECTED 3670 7 LIVE OAK MAY BE REMOVED 3671 10 LIVE OAK MAY BE REMOVED PLANT AND MATERIAL SCHEDULE TALES CODE COMMON NAME/BOTANICAL NAME CONT CAL SIZE REMARKS QTY - = NATIVE PLANTING UJ' BRODIE JUNIPER I JUNIPERUS CONT/BOB 2" CAL. MIN. 6' -BR X 3'-'W MIN. FULL, WELL BRANCHED, VERTICAL GROWTH HABIT, 21 �,,,,/ G VIRGINIANA'BRODIE' STRAIGHT CENTRAL LEADER, NO CROSSING BRANCHES VA YAUPON HOLLY! ILEX CONT/B&B 2" CAL. MIN. 6' -EH 33`-4'W MIN. FULL, WELL BRANCHED, VERTICAL GROWTH HABIT, 15 0 VOMITORIA'PRIDE OF HOUTSON' MULTI -TRUNK, 3-5 CANES, NO CROSSING BRANCHES PH' POSSUMHAW HOLLY! ILEX CONT/B&B 2"CAL. MIN. 6-8'H X 3'-4'W MIN. FULL, WELL BRANCHED, VERTICAL GROWTH HABIT, 22 O DECIDUA'WARREN'S RED' MULTI -TRUNK, 3-5 CANES, NO CROSSING BRANCHES TR' TEXAS REDBUD I CERCIS TEXENSIS CONT/B&B 2"CAL. MIN, 6'-0'H X3' -'W MIN. FULL, WELL BRANCHED. VERTICAL GROWTH HABIT, 17 O STRAIGHT CENTRAL LEADER, NO CROSSING BRANCHES GROUND COVERS CODE COMMON NAME I BOTANICAL NAME CONT REMARKS QT NOTE: QUANTITIES ARE APPROXIMATE, FIELD VERIFY. ALL DISTURBED AREAS TO BE GRASSED AND SOIL PREPARED PER SPECIFICATIONS. NOTE: SAMPLES I SUBMITTALS TO BE PROVIDED TO OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. SOD BERMUDA GRASSI CYNODON DACTYLON TIFFWAY 419' SOD SOLID SOD ALL ONSITE AREAS DISTURBED BY CONSTRUCTION, 4'STRIP AT EDGES OF PAVING AND STRUCTURES FIELD VERIFY AND AREAS SHOWN ON PLAN, REF. SPEC 32 9200 • SEED BERMUDA GRASSI CYNODON DACTYLON SEED SOLID SEED ALL ONSITE AREAS DISTURBED BY CONSTRUCTION NOT DESIGNATED FOR SOD, REF SPEC. 329200 FIELD VERIFY MATERIALS ITEM DEPTH REMARKS QTY NOTE: QUANTITIES ARE APPROXIMATE, FIELD VERIFY FOR ACCURACY. ALL PLANTING BEDS TO BE PREPARED PER SPECIFICATIONS. NOTE: SAMPLES I SUBMITTALS TO BE PROVIDED TO OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. LANDSCAPE EDGING BETWEEN AGG & TURF, PLANTING & TURF, OR AGG & PLANTING; PERMALOC FLO SERIES ALUMINUM EDGING, REF. SPEC 329300 FIELD VERIFY MULCH- TOPDRESSING 3'DEPTH RUSTIC CUT HARDWOOD OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT, COMPACTED DEPTH, REF. SPEC SECT 329300 FIELD VERIFY MANUFACTURED TOPSOIL 2" DEPTH MANUFACTURED TOPSOIL, SUPPLIED BY SOIL BUILDING SYSTEMS OR APPROVED EQ., REF. SPEC SECT 32 9200 AND 32 9300 FIELD VERIFY COMPOST- PLANTING BEDS 3' DEPTH ORGANIC, WELL -DECOMPOSED, REF. SPEC SECT 329300 FIELD VERIFY WEED BARRIER -NEWSPRINT BLAYERS I ITEM: B LAYERS OF NEWSPRINT AT PLANTING BEDS, REF. DETAILS AND SPEC SECT 329300 FIELD VERIFY EXPANDED SHALE 3" DEPTH PLANTING BEDS, SUPPUED BY SOIL BUILDING SYSTEMS OR APPROVED EQUAL;REF. SPEC SECT 32 9300 FIELD VERIFY ORGANIC BIOLOGICAL FERTILIZER REF. SPEC SECT 329200 FOR MATERIAL AND APPLICATION RATE FIELD VERIFY FILTER FABRIC SLAYERS 2 LAYERS BENEATH AGGREGATE, REF. SPEC 32 9300 FIELD VERIFY LAWN / TURF GRASS: NOTE - FIELD VERITY ALL QUANTITIES, ALL DISTURBED AREAS TORE GRASSED, REFER TO DETAILS AND SPECS TOPSOIL- LAWN I TURF GRASS 1112" DEPTH AT TURF/LAWN AREAS- REF. DETAILS AND SPEC 329200 FIELD VERIFY COMPOST -LAWN I TURF GRASS 112" DEPTH AT TURF/LAWN AREAS - ORGANIC,WELL-DECOMPOSED, REF. DETAILS AND SPECS FIELD VERIFY SUPPLIED BY SOIL SYSTEMS OR APPROVED EQUAL, REF. SPEC 329300 ORGANIC BIOLOGICAL FERTILIZER REF. SPEC SECT 329200 FOR MATERIAL AND APPLICATION RATE FIELD VERIFY TREE REQUIREMENTS ROOT SYSTEM DEVELOPMENT: 1. ALL NAMED CULTIVARS SHALL BE OWN ROOT CLONES, NO GRAFTED OR BUD -GRAFTED TREES WILL BE ACCEPTED. 2. ALL TREES SHALL BE 100% MECHANICALLY ROOT -PRUNED AT LEAST ONCE AND TRANSPLANTED A MINIMUM OF 3 TIMES DURING THE FIRST 3 YEARS OF THE TREE'S LIFE. 3. THE TREES SHALL BE GROWN IN HEAVY CLAY SOIL AND IRRIGATED WITH DRIP IRRIGATION. 4. THE TRUNK FLARE SHALL BE ABOVE GROUND AND VISIBLE AT NURSERY BEFORE HARVEST AND AFTER TRANSPLANTING INTO THE LANDSCAPE. 5. THE ROOT BALLS SHALL BE HEELED IN FOR AT LEAST 30 DAYS AND HAVE A FRESH FLUSH OF NEW ROOT GROWTH INTO THE BURLAP. e. THE TREES SHALL HAVE NO GIRDLING ROOTS. CANOPY DEVELOPMENT: 7. TREES SHALL HAVE A STRONG CENTRAL LEADER TO TOP OF THE CANOPY. THE TIP OF THE LEADER ON THE MAIN TRUNK MUST BE INTACT WITH THE TERMINAL BUD AT THE HIGHEST PART. 8. NO BRANCH SHALL HAVE A DIAMETER GREATER THAN 2/3 THE TRUNK DIAMETER MEASURED DIRECTLY ABOVE THE BRANCH CROTCH. THE TREE WILL HAVE NO INCLUSIONS OR CO -DOMINANT BRANCHES. 9. THE TREE CROWN SHALL BE STRUCTURALLY UNIFORM, BRANCHES SHALL BE EVENLY DISTRIBUTED AROUND THE TRUNK. THE CROWN SHALL BE FULL OF FOLIAGE EVENLY DISTRIBUTED AROUND THE TREE. CITY OF FORT WORTH TREE QUALITY SPECIFICATION 1. TREES SHALL NOT SHOW SIGNS OF PROLONGED MOISTURE STRESS OR OVER WATERING AS INDICATED BY WILTED, SHRIVELED, OR DEAD LEAVES. ii. THE TREE TRUNK SHALL BE RELATIVELY STRAIGHT, VERTICAL, AND FREE OF WOUNDS, SUNBURNED AREAS, CONKS, WOOD CRACKS, SAP LEAKAGE, SIGNS OF BORING INSECTS, GALLS, CANKERS, GIRDLING TIES, OR LESIONS. III. CLEAR TRUNK SHOULD BE NO MORE THAN 40% OF THE TOTAL HEIGHT OF THE TREE. iv. MAIN BRANCHES SHALL BE DISTRIBUTED ALONG ONE CENTRAL LEADER NOT CLUSTERED TOGETHER. V. IF THE LEADER WAS HEADED, A NEW LEADER (WITH A LIVE TERMINAL BUD) AT LEAST ONE-HALF THE DIAMETER OF THE PRUNING CUT SHALL BE PRESENT. V. TREES SHALL NOT HAVE DEAD, DISEASED, BROKEN, DISTORTED, OR OTHERWISE INJURED BRANCHES. VII. TREES SHALL BE WELL -SUPPORTED WITHIN ROOT BALL WITHOUT ANY MEANS OF SUPPLEMENTAL STAKING OR SUPPORT. VIII. ROOT FLARE SHALL BE VISIBLE WITH BALANCED STRUCTURAL ROOTS AND FREE FROM CIRCLING ROOTS. (CITY CODE 33-1,8,7) NOTE: SOLID SOD AND SEED BERMUDAGRASS ALL DISTURBED AREAS CAUSED BY CONSTRUCTION, INCLUDING AREAS OF DEMOLITION, STAGING, MATERIAL STORAGE, PARKING, GRADING, AND CONSTRUCTION. LIMITS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS AND QUANTITIES IN PLANT SCHEDULE MAY BE NEED TO BE ADJUSTED AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER TO FOR ADDITIONAL AREAS DISTURBED BY CONTRACTORS' FORCES DURING CONSTRUCTION. EXISTING TREE NOTE: REFER TO CIVIL FOR TREES TO BE REMOVED AND TREES TO REMAIN. CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE EVERY EFFORT TO PROTECT EXISTING TREES THAT ARE DESIGNATED TO REMAIN ON SITE AND ON ADJACENT PROPERTIES AND SHALL REPLACE, IN KIND, ANY TREES, LANDSCAPE, OR IRRIGATION DAMAGED BY HIS FORCES DURING THE EXECUTION OF THIS CONTRACT. DO NOT PARK, DRIVE, STAGE MATERIALS OR OTHERWISE PLACE ANYTHING UNDER EXISTING TREES TO REMAIN, INCLUDING TREES NOT SHOWN. WHETHER OR NOT TREE PROTECTION FENCING IS SHOWN, ALL EXISTING TREES TO REMAIN SHALL BE PROTECTED WITH THE UTMOST IMPORTANCE AND PROVIDED WITH TREE CARE AS DIRECTED BY AN ISA CERTIFIED, EXPERIENCED ARBORIST. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. CITY OF FORT WORTH TREE PLANTING NOTES: CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR SCHEDULING AN ONSITE INSPECTION OF THE CITY TREES TO BE PLANTED WITH THE PARK 8 RECREATION'S CITY FORESTER'S OFFICE PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. PROVIDE 72 HOURS MINIMUM NOTICE TO 817-392-5729 OR 817-392-5739 AND/OR CITYTREEPERMITS@FORTWORTHTEXAS.GOV. TREES THAT HAVE NOT BEEN INSPECTED PRIOR TO PLANTING ARE SUBJECT TO REJECTION. PRIOR TO SUBSTITUTING ANY TREE SPECIES DUE TO AVAILABILITY, QUALITY OR OTHER REASON, A REVISED CITY TREE PERMIT SHALL BE OBTAINED FROM PARD CITY FORESTER BEFORE INSTALLATION OF THE PROPOSED SPECIES CHANGE. CONTACT: 817-392-5729 OR 817-382-5739 OR CITYTREEPERMITS@FORTWORTHTEXAS.GOV. (CITY CODE 33-1,6,7) GENERAL NOTES 1. VERIFY SITE INFORMATION INCLUDING PROPERTY LINES, EASEMENTS, BUILDINGS, ROADWAY CURB AND GUTTER, UTILITIES AND OTHER INFORMATION AFFECTING THE SCOPE OF WORK INCLUDED ON THESE DRAWINGS. MORE SPECIFIC UTILITY INFORMATION IS INDICATED ON THE CIVIL DRAWINGS. CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE FOR DIRECTION ON HOW TO PROCEED IF ACTUAL SITE CONDITIONS VARY FROM WHAT IS SHOWN ON THE PLANS. 2. EXCAVATION IN THE VICINITY OF UTILITIES SHALL BE UNDERTAKEN WITH CARE. THE CONTRACTOR BEARS FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR THIS WORK. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THE LOCATION OF ALL SITE UTILITIES PRIOR TO BEGINNING EXCAVATION. ANY DAMAGE TO UTILITIES THAT ARE TO REMAIN CAUSED BY ANY PERSON, VEHICLE, EQUIPMENT, OR TOOL RELATED TO THE EXECUTION OF THE CONTRACT SHALL BE REPAIRED IMMEDIATELY AT NO EXPENSE TO THE OWNER. 3. BASE INFORMATION INCLUDING THE LOCATION OF PROPERTY LINE, EASEMENTS, EXISTING BUILDINGS, ROADS, AND CURBS HAVE BEEN TAKEN FROM THE SURVEY AND CIVIL ENGINEER'S DRAWINGS. SURVEY HAS BEEN PROVIDED BY OTHERS. ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, AND LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTS ARE NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR INFORMATION PROVIDED BY OTHERS. FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION REFER TO CIVIL ENGINEERING DRAWINGS. 4. CARE SHALL BE TAKEN TO PRESERVE AND PROTECT FULLY THE EXISTING BUILDINGS, PAVEMENTS, TREES, PLANTING, AND IRRIGATION TO REMAIN. RESTORE DAMAGED ITEMS TO ORIGINAL CONDITION OR BETTER. 5. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY LOCAL AUTHORITIES AND THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO REQUEST LOCATION OF EXISTING AND NEWLY -INSTALLED UNDERGROUND UTILITIES. HAND -EXCAVATE AS NECESSARY TO CONFIRM LOCATIONS PRIOR TO EXCAVATION. 6. PROTECT EXISTING TREES TO REMAIN. REFER TO TREE PRESERVATION DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATION SECTION 01 5639 FOR TREE PROTECTION MEASURES. LANDSCAPE GRADING AND DRAINAGE NOTES 1. ANY EXISTING AND/OR ON -SITE CONDITIONS WHICH VARY FROM THOSE SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS SHALL BE IMMEDIATELY BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. 2. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR POSITIVE DRAINAGE AWAY FROM BUILDINGS AND STRUCTURES IN ALL AREAS. 3. REFER TO THE CIVIL ENGINEER'S DRAWINGS, GENERAL CONDITIONS, AND THE SPECIFICATIONS SECTIONS FOR THE PLACEMENT, COMPACTION, GRADING, AND TESTING OF ALL FILL MATERIAL. 4, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REQUEST A REVIEW FOR INSPECTION OF FINAL IN -PLACE FINE GRADING A MINIMUM OF 48 HOURS IN ADVANCE OF PERFORMING ANY SUBSEQUENT WORK UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON THIS SHEET. FINAL GRADING SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE IN THE FIELD PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF PLANTING, SODDING, OR SEEDING. 5. DO NOT BLOCK WEEPS IN MASONRY WORK WITH EARTH, MULCH, OR WITH PAVING. 50 25 0 50 100 SCALE: 1"=50' CCA Landscape Architects, Inc. 1720 Bray Central Drive Suite IOOK McK)nney, TX 75069 P:214,739.9105 LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTS LANDSCAPE PLANTING NOTES 1. FINAL GRADING SHALL BE INSTALLED BY THE CONTRACTOR AND APPROVED BY THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE IN THE FIELD PRIOR TO PLANTING OR PLANTING LAYOUT. 2. TREES ARE TO BE CENTERED IN EACH TREE OPENING. CONTRACTOR SHALL STAKE OUT ALL TREE LOCATIONS FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL BY THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO EXCAVATION. OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE RESERVES THE RIGHT TO ADJUST TREES TO EXACT LOCATION IN FIELD. 3. UNLESS DIMENSIONED ON THE PLAN, ALL PROPOSED TREE LOCATIONS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC. CONTRACTOR SHALL STAKE OUT ALL INFORMAL TREES LOCATIONS IN THE FIELD USING COLORED FLAGS FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL BY THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO EXCAVATION. OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE RESERVES THE RIGHT TO ADJUST PLANTS TO EXACT LOCATION IN THE FIELD. 4. SHRUB BED LAYOUTS SHALL BE STAKED FOR APPROVAL BY OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO BE PREPARATION. ALIGN AND EQUALLY SPACE IN ALL DIRECTIONS ALL SHRUBS AS NOTED IN THE DRAWINGS. 5. FINISH GRADE OF SHRUB BEDS SHALL BE THREE AND ONE HALF (3 1/2") INCHES BELOW ADJACENT PAVEMENT OR CURB WHERE 8 LAYERS NEWSPRINT ROLL STOCK AND THREE INCHES OF MULCH TOPDRESSING IS TO BE APPLIED UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. REFER TO SPECIFICATION 32 9350, 6. UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, ALL SHRUB BEDS SHALL BE TOP -DRESSED WITH 8 LAYERS NEWSPRINT ROLL STOCK AND A MULCH LAYER AS DETAILED. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE SAMPLES OF MULCH TO THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE ALONG WITH SPECIFIC TEST DATA PER THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SPECIFICATION 329350. 7. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO ADVISE THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE OF ANY CONDITION FOUND ON THE SITE WHICH PROHIBITS INSTALLATION AS SHOWN ON THESE DRAWINGS. 8. ALL PLANT MATERIAL SHALL BE MAINTAINED IN A HEALTHY AND GROWING CONDITION, AND MUST BE REPLACED WITH PLANT MATERIAL OF SIMILAR VARIETY, CHARACTER, AND SIZE IF DAMAGED, DESTROYED, OR REMOVED. 9. CONTRACTOR SHALL MEET OR EXCEED ALL MINIMUM SIZES LISTED IN PLANT SCHEDULE INCLUDING CONTAINER SIZE AND MINIMUM HEIGHT AND SPREAD. 10. LANDSCAPE AREAS SHALL BE KEPT FREE OF TRASH, LITTER, AND WEEDS AT ALL TIMES DURING CONSTRUCTION. 11. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR FINE GRADING, REMOVAL OF MISCELLANEOUS DEBRIS AND ANY ADDITIONAL FILL REQUIRED TO CREATE A SMOOTH CONDITION PRIOR TO PLANTING IN ALL PLANTER LEAVE -OUTS. 12. PRUNE NEWLY PLANTED TREES TO PROVIDE SEVEN (7) FOOT CLEAR CANOPY ABOVE THE ELEVATION OF THE SIDEWALK. REMOVE ANY DAMAGED BRANCHES TO THE NEAREST FORK. PRUNE AND REMOVE LIMBS PER THE SPECIFICATIONS. 13. FINISH MULCH GRADES OF ALL TREE BASES SHALL BE (1/2") BELOW ADJACENT PAVEMENT ELEVATION. IN AREAS WHERE A 3" LAYER OF MULCH IS TO BE APPLIED, FINISH SOIL GRADES SHALL BE (3 1/2") BELOW ADJACENT PAVEMENT OR CURB. 14. CONTRACTOR SHALL PATCH ALL AREAS. OF DISTURBED LAWN WITH SOLID SOD OR SEEDING - REF. PLANS. NEW SOD SHALL BE FLUSH TO EXISTING TURF. 15. REFER TO SHEETS L3-2 - L3-3 FOR ALL PLANTING DETAILS. 16. REFER TO THIS SHEET FOR PLANT SCHEDULE. 17. REPLACE DEAD PLANTS WITHIN 7 DAYS AFTER DETERMINATION OF CONDITION. OI� U = Z 0< � U 0 O_ L.L. H LL < 0 w U U liT N I- 0 z z N J 151 z 0 U a U C) z Q IF THIS BAR DOES NOT MEASURE ONE INCH, DRAWING IS NOT TO LABELED SCALE DESIGNED GWW DRAWN GWW CHECKED JCS REVIEWED JCS ATTACHMENT 7-41 Npe. G-049 0318-084-01 50 25 0 50 100 om SCALE: 1"=50' � I NOTE: SOLID SOD AND SEED BERMUDAGRASS ALL N _ I DISTURBED AREAS CAUSED BY CONSTRUCTION, INCLUDING AREAS OF DEMOLITION, STAGING, MATERIAL STORAGE, _________ -- - _ _ _ PARKING GRADING AND CONSTRUCTION. LIMITS SHOWN T Qj ti m x , O z 5 • • • . ON DRAWINGS AND QUANTITIES IN PLANT SCHEDULE MAY BE NEED TO BE ADJUSTED AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE .•. S RL r :': -: -:' :':': -:':' :':':':':'••... . • . • ` , •' :'SEED':':':': : -:' :' :' :':':':':' :':':':' :' :':':':' :':':': -:' :':':':' : -:': -:':':' :':':' :' :':':': -:':':': -:' :':':':':' :':': -:':' : -:':':':': •:':' .:::::::: :':' :':' :':':':':' :':':':' :' :':':':' :':':'::' .. I OWNER TO FOR ADDITIONAL AREAS DISTURBED BY ' ' Oa 5 _ SEED.'•'•'•' -'-'•'-'•'-'-'•'•'•'-'-'•'•'-'•'•'-'1' \ y CONTRACTORS' FORCES DURING CONSTRUCTION. , 1 I x • _ _ •.••-• CCA Landscape Architects, Inc. -_ _ 40x40 PUBLIC OPEN 11 11 , 1720 Bray Central Drive 1 100 ' EPACE-EA 5EMBNT Suite K - o F E3 m o 1 a 1 I I I —_ McKinney, TX 75069 ~ ..-.•.•.•.•.•.' •.•.....`.'.'.•.•.'.'.' .'.'.' P:214.739.9105 , :•:� 1 1 1 1 � 1 � LANDSCAPE+ ≥ q . . . ......... ARCHITECTS . . . . .. .............. .......... 16 0 _ I �I 9 99 SO 02 56 W 175 01 w m� T9 'w+.w' •S .wa 9 ..�•"�"`�"'"'' ,_"`"'"'' _ 'I I PH S89 ° 24 41 'E 16.43' '-' 3 12"4Y Y { } 40'x40' PUBLIC OPEN ....aJ131! 2 0'Cl'. SOD _ .•.• ...................................... •MONbME iC' - HE y ,may �— _/- _J- -__ L__�- . .. ,',....•:':',''` .. t. �- - _ - - - - - - - _- - - - '. .ti.' '. J '. .} -_/ -\rte--'�' .'•..;.r`T`.x.{.''' •x%'��``�� / SOD ��_ / c- ce 1 .•...•.•.{.•,•. , '. > '. ED .•1,..•. ._.•.•.•.. •. •._. t. �• ED -,• \JL SOD TYP. 4'STRIP • 1'.'.•.`,'.'.'.'. •,-.•.'.'.'.'.'.', ii'.'.'.'.'.'.'.`.''RA u, (7 o ....1','.','.'5EPD'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'. •- +-_',a . '.'.'.'., .....•. , ......�, {.'.'..'.'.•. 1.`.' �'•• SOD / BJ 3 I / / CITY OF FORT WORTH TREE P ANTING NOTES .'F:.I:.._'.•,'.',•-•,-. '.'C .'.'.'.'.'„ .'1'.'.'.'.'.': 1 - 1—BJ (3) CONTRACTORIS RESPONSIBLE FOR SCHEDULING '.'/-'.'.'1'-'-'.' •'. �./ AN ONSITE INSPECTION OF THE CITY TREES TO BE �� • I' ' • • • • • • • • ' • • • •� ':'I:•-:.,:•-,:•.' •1• •:•:1:•:•:•:'` /SOD / PLANTED WITH THE PARK& RECREATION'S CITY r .,.I.,.,..:-' ` ' '.' • ' { FORESTER'S OFFICE PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. r=, { •,}� O PROVIDE 72 HOURS MINIMUM NOTICE TO •._`• •.•-•...•• •_ _ _.._r,.• _ '..'. ._. �.• • •{•. I, YA (5) / 817-392-5729 OR817-392-5739AND/OR ff .'./.'.•.'.`.'.'.'.'. .' CITYTREEPERMITS FO RTWORTHTEXAS.GOV. '.1,. . . ..... . . . . .. ...... ..• . ' TREES THAT HAVE NOT BEEN INSPECTED PRIOR Y -•'•_L'•I'•'-'•'-'•'-'•'. REFER•TO'CIVfLFAR.EXISTJNG.• '.'.'.•.•.•.'.'. .',-:'.'•' • •'•:•'. .'. •'.'•'.'.'I'.' TO PLANTING ARE SUBJECT TO REJECTION. . .. , J I� •• J — fylD XIS11E:.:.s...:.............:. -: .'. _. •:-I•:•:•:-` PH PRIOR TO SUBSTITUTING ANY TREE SPECIES DUE F .'.' .'.'Pf347E4TE4 AND'EXJSl1NG •. (7)�O I. .• -,-1/ -....: t '.'k` 41 / TO AVAILABILITY, DUALITY OR OTHER REASON,A BJ (3 REVISED CITY TREE PERMIT SHALL BE OBTAINED '. . % % � U LL = z v— O 1.'.'.•.'_`.'.'.•,•.`.'.`_'.•.'.'.`.'.','.'.`.':'.'.'.'. .• - :-:I.'. / ... FROM PARD CITY FORESTER BEFORE . f I / INSTALLATION OF THE PROPOSED SPECIES la•••• C) - Z .'.{.•..`.•...•.•.`._. -._.•.._.-.-.•...•._.•.`.LL.•....`.•. •, •, • . •.•I .'I.'.'.'.'.' .'.�_':• .'.':','I .}../"" . ............................ ' ' I CHANGE. CONTACT ' 817-392-5729 OR 817-392-5739 SOD TYP. • - 1 /� /' OR CITYTREEPERMITS@FORTWORTHTEXAS.GOV. F < Q 4' STRIP O ., / CITY CODE 33-1 fi 7 I Q , /'.`. Ii\' >I •,SEED ..{...:.:....:... r- . .•17.: G_PH(7) SOD I KEY PLAN 1-=8000„ w - - f' O a�. I •f O LL H L.L Q a J O_ .•SEED'.'•'•• - I TR 5 L. ,', ' ' ,'::�•'•••-•' SOD I� I• � d ' w T .,, Q )�- I. - _- Q. -- -. _ -s"- I `:JOO.OO`./ PH(6) I Q a 111 SEEi• ., . ....._ ....... - •, /�: - LEGEND -�pNDS D4 P 49 s G .r:: J I G 9 s T SYMBOL CODE COMMON NAME a �{ { 6 SOOTY .4'STRIP '.'. !'.'.'.'.'.'.'. .'.'.'.'.'L'.'.'J :•:: '•',I•'•','.' I BJ BRODIE JUNIPER P J 5 y. 1 A P; - m •-.. I 0 0 '.'. �'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'. , . . O 2" CALIPER I; -.0(730/26 ... .............. . .•. .) . . . - - , , , , , , , , , ,,, , SEED •, .... --.:_ t --. / ,:. YA YAUPON • HOLLY p . .. ... ... .. .. .'. .... .•. .. .`. .'. ... .'.. .'. � 2"CALIPER I).. 1. .'.PHPOSSUMHAW HOLLY ` 2 C LPER j / 1•' •' TR' TEXAS REDBUD 2" CALIPER ••• •• •• •• •• •••' ........................................................ -�'.•.........`......I .... I•'•'.'•' ._'.'.'.'.'.`.'.'.'.','.'.'.'.','.'.'.',`.'.'.',',',','.',`,'.'.'.',','.'.'.•'''''•'•'•'''''''•'•'''•'•'''• SOD BERMUDAGRASS SOD AT EDGES OF PAVING 1 0 IF THIS BAR DOES NOT 1 I• 'F'•-" RE H, i� SEED BERMUDAGRASS SEED IN '-`.I•`- •••• ••••'•••• -' .- •' •• •' . •• •' .• .' •' •• .••'I•'•'•'•- '�- ,•. .'.•.'•','. DISTURBED BY DRAWING ISONENOT DRAWING IS NOT TO LABELED SCALE • CONSTRUCTION .J. . .1 s• _• ' ' ' ' ' _' ' �' '_ '_ _' ' ' \ ) ' = NATIVE PLANT SPECIES • .L. .•.•... .`. ._.•. .•._. ... .•. .•. ... ._._... .•._.•. .•..... .•.`. ,• J DESIGNED GWW DRAWN GWW • /I •/( - •_ ,•�,: •'•'•'•-. ..f.'.' -'"' CHECKED ICS REVIEWED JCS •!` -%, 1, " , a `' '• '•• •.,.• •' •••.. •,,,, I: Sq . ..• ., .• . ..• .. .., ...•••,,,• .. ., •,,,,,,.,,,,,•••••,,,•,•,•,,•,•••••,•,,,••.•,,•, '•_ :.:': _ _ _ : l:: _ _ _ ::: _ _ :'-f- . , ...:_:_•_.`.�•�: ATTACHMENT 7-41 Nog G-050 0318-084-01 ? _________________ LJi - :F SEED':'.,.'.':'.,.':'.-.`.'.'.-.'.-.'.'.`.'.".'.•.':`.`.•.•:`.`.`:.. .' .''`'•.SE£D. •. •. •. `.•.'. . �I. n .I 1: I• SOD TYP.4'STRIPf f• •f. .l. a a: :ii • •i :r�• N E: :... f .SE EQ' '�I •' REFER T•'kV OR•EXfTINO •'I-'-'•'-'•'•'• - G . $ '.'.'.'.`.`.'... •:TRE£5,l'p•BEI NAND.BE'.'.'.' _ •RO-FECYEx1S7�NG•' •' -T•f3ET-Q TO B MPV�D.'.'.'.'C.' . I�. .................. .— .—........`..."....'...' C J.. / / 4, / / N I / o III! IIII // // / / / 'S 'S / / �5 50 25 0 50 100 om SCALE: 1"=50' N �m Qz 00 o I)mi CCA LandscaP a Architects Inc. � w 1720 Bra Central Drive Y ll Suite I00K om . McKinney, TX 75069 � P: 214.739.9105 o0 LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTS z " o� KEY PLAN 1"=800'-o" 3 LEGEND SYMBOL CODE COMMON NAME BJ BRODIE JUNIPER 2" CALIPER Q YAYAUPON HOLLY 2" CALIPER Q PH" POSSUMHAW HOLLY 2" CALIPER O TR' TEXAS REDBUD 2" CALIPER SOD BERMUDAGRASS SOD AT OF PAVIN G OF PAVING SEED BERMUDAGRASS RBED ALL AREAS DISTURBED BY CONSTRUCTION "= NATIVE PLANT SPECIES NOTE: SOLID SOD AND SEED BERMUDAGRASS ALL DISTURBED AREAS CAUSED BY CONSTRUCTION, INCLUDING AREAS OF DEMOLITION, STAGING, MATERIAL STORAGE, PARKING, GRADING, AND CONSTRUCTION. LIMITS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS AND QUANTITIES IN PLANT SCHEDULE MAY BE NEED TO BE ADJUSTED AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER TO FOR ADDITIONAL AREAS DISTURBED BY CONTRACTORS' FORCES DURING CONSTRUCTION. EXISTING TREE NOTE: REFER TO CIVIL FOR TREES TO BE REMOVED AND TREES TO REMAIN. CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE EVERY EFFORT TO PROTECT EXISTING TREES THAT ARE DESIGNATED TO REMAIN ON SITE AND ON ADJACENT PROPERTIES AND SHALL REPLACE, IN KIND, ANY TREES, LANDSCAPE, OR IRRIGATION DAMAGED BY HIS FORCES DURING THE EXECUTION OF THIS CONTRACT. DO NOT PARK, DRIVE, STAGE MATERIALS OR OTHERWISE PLACE ANYTHING UNDER EXISTING TREES TO REMAIN, INCLUDING TREES NOT SHOWN. WHETHER OR NOT TREE PROTECTION FENCING IS SHOWN, ALL EXISTING TREES TO REMAIN SHALL BE PROTECTED WITH THE UTMOST IMPORTANCE AND PROVIDED WITH TREE CARE AS DIRECTED BY AN ISA CERTIFIED, EXPERIENCED ARBORIST. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR CITY OF FORT WORTH TREE PLANTING NOTES: CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR SCHEDULING AN ONSITE INSPECTION OF THE CITY TREES TO BE PLANTED WITH THE PARK & RECREATION'S CITY FORESTER'S OFFICE PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. PROVIDE 72 HOURS MINIMUM NOTICE TO 817-392-5729 OR 817-392-5739 AND/OR CITYTREEPERMITS@FORTWORTHTEXAS.GOV. TREES THAT HAVE NOT BEEN INSPECTED PRIOR TO PLANTING ARE SUBJECT TO REJECTION. PRIOR TO SUBSTITUTING ANY TREE SPECIES DUE TO AVAILABILITY, QUALITY OR OTHER REASON, A REVISED CITY TREE PERMIT SHALL BE OBTAINED FROM PARD CITY FORESTER BEFORE INSTALLATION OF THE PROPOSED SPECIES CHANGE. CONTACT: 817-392-5729 OR 817-392-5739 OR CITYTREEPERMITS@FORTWORTHTEXAS.GOV. (CITY CODE 33-1,6,7/ 2- U a o o z O< -J 0 Q C7 U W ¢ i- zZ Q K W J LL Q 0- 0 IW Y CL a w U U U 0 V1 z AZ Q IF THIS BAR DOES NOT MEASURE ONE INCH, DRAWING IS NOT TO LABELED SCALE DESIGNED GWW DRAWN GWW CHECKED JCS REVIEWED JCS N No. G-051 0318-084-01 ATTACHMENT 7-41 ........ .... ......... ...... ................... ........... ... ...... ....... .. ........ .... . - ,. ,. .........�..T•�"'- -''. �. t............ °—.'. —.x.— ....— -—`�..'�Y,.T�.i.;��; .:.yam .%.T.' -.T.v. .. . ..... ......... . —------------------------------------ r•---•---TI'—P14r ---------------------------------- _---- _- •.1.'4'.'.`,'.'.'.'.'.•.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.`.'.'.'.'.'.', REFER TO CIVIL FOR EXISTING TREES TO REMAIN AND BE:- PROTECTEDANDEXISTING'.1,'l".'.'.'.':'-'.'.'.".'.'.'.'•'•'- -', TREES TO BE REMOVED 1't - ..•'' ................. j. .j. [\ 1 1 = ` I ; e - ,. a - I I •SOD, TYP, 4STRIP y l' L _ 1 .t. .:.............. . . . ..._.................-.. _ u I h I I I: 4 I I I I HEED SEER ....... \ . . I I • -I I I \:' i }..'.'.'..'.'.'."."..tip........ . . . . . . ... . 50 25 0 50 100 om SCALE: 1=50' N !" I z � oz C oa CCA Landscape Architects, Inc. 1720 Bray Central Drive Suite IOOK o McKinney, TX 75069 ~ 1 P: 214.739.9105 ro LANDSCAPE+ �/ >� ARCHITECTS z KEY PLAN 1=800-0 o z 4 2 -T LEGEND SYMBOL CODE COMMON NAME BJ BRODIE JUNIPER 2" CALIPER Q YA` YAUPON HOLLY 2" CALIPER Q PH" POSSUMHAW HOLLY 2" CALIPER O TR' TEXAS REDBUD 2" CALIPER SOD BERMUDAGRASS SOD AT OF PAVIN G OF PAVING SEED BERMUDAGRASS RBED ALL AREAS DISTURBED BY CONSTRUCTION "= NATIVE PLANT SPECIES NOTE: SOLID SOD AND SEED BERMUDAGRASS ALL DISTURBED AREAS CAUSED BY CONSTRUCTION, INCLUDING AREAS OF DEMOLITION, STAGING, MATERIAL STORAGE, PARKING, GRADING, AND CONSTRUCTION. LIMITS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS AND QUANTITIES IN PLANT SCHEDULE MAY BE NEED TO BE ADJUSTED AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER TO FOR ADDITIONAL AREAS DISTURBED BY CONTRACTORS' FORCES DURING CONSTRUCTION. EXISTING TREE NOTE: REFER TO CIVIL FOR TREES TO BE REMOVED AND TREES TO REMAIN, CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE EVERY EFFORT TO PROTECT EXISTING TREES THAT ARE DESIGNATED TO REMAIN ON SITE AND ON ADJACENT PROPERTIES AND SHALL REPLACE, IN KIND, ANY TREES, LANDSCAPE, OR IRRIGATION DAMAGED BY HIS FORCES DURING THE EXECUTION OF THIS CONTRACT. DO NOT PARK, DRIVE, STAGE MATERIALS OR OTHERWISE PLACE ANYTHING UNDER EXISTING TREES TO REMAIN, INCLUDING TREES NOT SHOWN, WHETHER OR NOT TREE PROTECTION FENCING IS SHOWN, ALL EXISTING TREES TO REMAIN SHALL BE PROTECTED WITH THE UTMOST IMPORTANCE AND PROVIDED WITH TREE CARE AS DIRECTED BY AN ISA CERTIFIED, EXPERIENCED ARBORIST. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR CITY OF FORT WORTH TREE PLANTING NOTES: CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR SCHEDULING AN ONSITE INSPECTION OF THE CITY TREES TO BE PLANTED WITH THE PARK & RECREATION'S CITY FORESTER'S OFFICE PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. PROVIDE 72 HOURS MINIMUM NOTICE O 5 UTO 817-392-5729 OR 817-392-5739 AND/OR CITYTREEPERMITS@FORTWORTHTEXAS.GOV. TREES THAT HAVE NOT BEEN INSPECTED PRIOR TO PLANTING ARE SUBJECT TO REJECTION. PRIOR TO SUBSTITUTING ANY TREE SPECIES DUE TO AVAILABILITY, QUALITY OR OTHER REASON, A REVISED CITY TREE PERMIT SHALL BE OBTAINED FROM PARD CITY FORESTER BEFORE INSTALLATION OF THE PROPOSED SPECIES CHANGE. CONTACT: 817-392-5729 OR 817-392-5739 OR CITYTREEPERMITS@FORTWORTHTEXAS.GOV. (CITY CODE 33-1,6,7( Go Q CJ = z m HF Q j- u 8Z 0O �a LL < d 0 w < F-uJ U _ 00 5Q > -J cQ J IF THIS BAR DOES NOT MEASURE ONE INCH, DRAWING IS NOT TO LABELED SCALE DESIGNED GWW DRAWN GWW CHECKED ICS REVIEWED JCS N No. G-052 0318-084-01 ATTACHMENT 7-41 r rI II SEED ./ C/ mREFFR.TQC1V1LFOR.EX1STrLG. '.'•'•'.'.'. \ 1 •/ .a':.... • ..'....'.'.'.'.'.. 7 \i' . r " • SOLI, TYP, 4 STRIP •• • _ I SEED II •I } SD. •v r \ \ O \80° 73��1-�= / /7j1Ai -_"_ 50 25 0 50 100 i. SCALE: 1"=50' o m oZ I CCA Landscape Architects, Inc. 1720 Bray Central Drive Suite IOOK McKinney, TX 75069 IR�I m P: 214.739.9105 LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTS 1 m o � KEY PLAN 1"=800'-0" 3 1 ffv Z O 2 LEGEND SYMBOL CODE COMMON NAME BJ BRODIE JUNIPER O 2" CALIPER VA " YAUPON HOLLY 2" CALIPER PH" POSSUMHAW HOLLY 0 2" CALIPER O TR" TEXAS REDBUD 2" CALIPER SOD BERMUDAGRASS SOD AT EDGES OF OF PAVING • �" SEED BERMUDAGRASSSEEDIND ALL AREAS DISTURBED BY CONSTRUCTION "= NATIVE PLANT SPECIES NOTE: SOLID SOD AND SEED BERMUDAGRASS ALL DISTURBED AREAS CAUSED BY CONSTRUCTION, INCLUDING AREAS OF DEMOLITION, STAGING, MATERIAL STORAGE, PARKING, GRADING, AND CONSTRUCTION. LIMITS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS AND QUANTITIES IN PLANT SCHEDULE MAY BE NEED TO BE ADJUSTED AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER TO FOR ADDITIONAL AREAS DISTURBED BY CONTRACTORS' FORCES DURING CONSTRUCTION, EXISTING TREE NOTE: CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE EVERY EFFORT TO PROTECT EXISTING TREES THAT ARE DESIGNATED TO REMAIN ON SITE AND ON ADJACENT PROPERTIES. AND SHALL REPLACE, IN KIND, ANY TREES, LANDSCAPE, OR IRRIGATION DAMAGED BY HIS FORCES DURING THE EXECUTION OF THIS CONTRACT. DO NOT PARK, DRIVE, STAGE MATERIALS OR OTHERWISE PLACE ANYTHING UNDER EXISTING TREES TO REMAIN. INCLUDING TREES NOT SHOWN. WHETHER OR NOT TREE PROTECTION FENCING IS SHOWN, ALL EXISTING TREES TO REMAIN SHALL BE PROTECTED WITH THE UTMOST IMPORTANCE. AND PROVIDED WITH TREE CARE AS DIRECTED BY AN ISA CERTIFIED, EXPERIENCED ARBORIST. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. CITY OF FORT WORTH TREE PLANTING NOTES: CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR SCHEDULING AN ONSITE INSPECTION OF THE CITY TREES TO BE PLANTED WITH THE PARK & RECREATION'S CITY FORESTER'S OFFICE PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. PROVIDE 72 HOURS MINIMUM NOTICE TO 817-392-5729 OR 817-392-5739 AND/OR CITYTREEPERMITS@FORTWORTHTEXAS.GOV. TREES THAT HAVE NOT BEEN INSPECTED PRIOR TO PLANTING ARE SUBJECT TO REJECTION. PRIOR TO SUBSTITUTING ANY TREE SPECIES DUE TO AVAILABILITY, QUALITY OR OTHER REASON, A REVISED CITY TREE PERMIT SHALL BE OBTAINED FROM PARD CITY FORESTER BEFORE INSTALLATION OF THE PROPOSED SPECIES CHANGE. CONTACT: 817-392-5729 OR 817-392-5739 OR CITYTREEPERMITS@FORTWORTHTEXAS.GOV. (CITY CODE 33-1,6,7) Ip U = z O< � w aC 0 w u— w LL < 0 w w U u an IF THIS BAR DOES NOT MEASURE ONE INCH, DRAWING IS NOT TO LABELED SCALE DESIGNED GWW DRAWN GWW CHECKED JCS REVIEWED JCS N.. G-053 0318-084-01 ATTACHMENT 7-41 NOTE: GUYING STRAPS SHALL BE INSTALLED PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND HAVE WHITE FLAGGING FOR VISIBILITY. REFER TO SPEC 32 9300. NOTE: FORM SAUCER WITH 2" HIGH BERM AROUND TREE FOR INITIAL WATERING AND ESTABLISHMENT. REMOVE BERM AFTER 1 YEAR. EXCAVATE SQUARED TREE PIT 2X'S (TIMES) DIAMETER OF ROOTBALL (TYP) SIDEWALK OR CURB, REF. PLANS Z 6" TO8" TREE PLANTIN( NTS V� IV 1% SLOPE TO AKING IN TURF - SECTION TREE TYPE - REF. PLANTING PLAN - PRUNE SMALL STEMS BROKEN IN SHIPPING PER CURRENT ARBORICULTURAL STANDARDS NOTE: IF REQUIRED, EXTEND DIAGONAL WOOD STAKES MINIMUM 4' ABOVE GROUND. GUY TREE TO STAKES TO STABILIZE TREE FOR WINDY CONDITIONS. GUY STRAPS SHOULD BE LOOSE TO NOT CAUSE GIRDLING TO TREE TRUNK. REMOVE AND CUT STAKES TO GRADE AFTER ONE YEAR. CROWN OF ROOTBALL TO BE 2" ABOVE FINISH GRADE. REMOVE BURLAP, WIRE, ROPES AND STRAPS ON UPPER 2-3" OF ROOTBALL. REMOVE EXCESS SOIL TO EXPOSE ROOT FLARE 2" X 2" X 4' CROSS MEMBER (UNTREATED LUMBER) NOTE: CROSS MEMBER TO BE ORIENTED PARALLEL TO NORTH/ SOUTH BEARING AND SHALL BE PROPORTIONAL IN LENGTH TO ROOT BALL (4' MIN.) MULCH TOPDRESSING AT TREE - REFER TO SPEC. SECTION 329300. HOLD MULCH BACK MIN. OF 6" TO EXPOSE TREE ROOT FLARE WEED BARRIER -1 ITEM: 8 LAYERS OF RECYCLED ROLL STOCK NEWSPRINT PAPER UNDER TOPDRESSING, REF. SPEC. SECT. 32 93 00 TURF BED PREPARATION -REF. SPEC. SECTION 329200. OR MULCH BED - REF. SPEC SECT. 329399 TREE BACKFILL AND PLANTING AMENDMENTS AT TOP - REF. SPEC. SECT. 329300. PROVIDE CIRCULAR WATERING SAUCER AT EDGES OF TREE PIT EXCAVATED EXISTING SOIL - WATER JET COMPACTED IN 9" LIFTS SCARIFY THE EDGE OF THE PLANTING PIT EXISTING SUBBASE FILL HOLE WITH #57 DRAIN GRAVEL (WASHED), INSTALL SHADE CLOTH ONLY AT TOP 24" OF HOLE SIDES, AND CAP WITH 3" FULL LAYER OF #8 BRIDGING STONE (WASHED) COVERAGE OVER TOP OF #57 DRAIN GRAVEL, AND THEN 3" COARSE SAND (WASHED). PROTECT FROM DISTURBANCE DURING INSTALLATION OF TREE AND MEDIA. OR PROVIDE SUBDRAINAGE SYSTEM TO REMOVE WATER FROM TREE PITS. TIE SYSTEM TO PLANTER SUBDRAINAGE SYSTEM TO POINT OF DAYLIGHT. LAWN AT PAVEMENT - SECTION N15 TREE STAKING - PLAN NIS TURFGRASS, REF. PLANS. SET GRASS NO MORE THAN 112" ABOVE FINISH GRADE FOR TURF, REF. SPEC. SECT. 329200 FOR BED PREP. FINISHED GRADE OF PAVEMENT FINISHED GRADE FOR TURF TURF BED PREPARATION IN OPEN COMPACTED AREAS AND FOR UNDER EXISTING TREES AT ROOT ZONES - REF. SPEC. SECT. 329200 EXISTING SUBBASE om O Z Oo CCA Landscape Architects. Inc. M � 'r' � 1720 Bray Central Drive Suite IOOK McKinney, TX 75069 ICI M P.214.739.9105 LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTS 1 N c MULCH RING TO COVER TREE STAKING IN LAWN 21/2" DRYWALL SCREW (UNFINISHED) 2" X 2" X 4' CROSS MEMBER (UNTREATED LUMBER) NOTE: CROSS MEMBER TO BE ORIENTED PARALLEL TO NORTH/ SOUTH BEARING AND SHALL BE PROPORTIONAL IN LENGTH TO ROOT BALL (4' MIN.) SQUARE TREE PIT AT 2 X'S DIA. OF ROOT BALL TREE. REF. PLANTING PLAN ROOT BALL 2" X 2" X 4' STAKE WITH TAPER TO PENETRATE EXISTING SUBBASE (UNTREATED LUMBER) DIAGONAL STAKES TO EXTEND IF REQUIRED. PREPARE TREE AS PER SPECIFICATION SECTION 32 93 00 PRIOR TO SETTING IN EXCAVATED PLANTING PIT: • REMOVE INVASIVE VEGETATION FROM TOP OF ROOT BALL. • REMOVE EXCESS SOIL FROM TOP OF ROOT BALL TO EXPOSE TREE'S NATURAL ROOT FLARE TAPER. • TRIM AWAY GIRDLING. CIRCLING AND SPIDER ROOTS AROUND EXPOSED ROOT FLARE. • TOP OF PREPARED TREE SETS RELATIVE PLANTING DEPTH. ABOVE FINISHED GRADE PER DETAILS AND SPECIFICATIONS. CITY OF FORT WORTH TREE PLANTING NOTES: CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR SCHEDULING AN ONSITE INSPECTION OF THE CITY TREES TO BE PLANTED WITH THE PARK & RECREATION'S CITY FORESTER'S OFFICE PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. PROVIDE 72 HOURS MINIMUM NOTICE TO 817-392-5729 OR 817-392-5739 AND/OR CITYTREEPERMITS@FORTWORTHTEXAS.GOV. TREES THAT HAVE NOT BEEN INSPECTED PRIOR TO PLANTING ARE SUBJECT TO REJECTION. PRIOR TO SUBSTITUTING ANY TREE SPECIES DUE TO AVAILABILITY, QUALITY OR OTHER REASON, A REVISED CITY TREE PERMIT SHALL BE OBTAINED FROM PARD CITY FORESTER BEFORE INSTALLATION OF THE PROPOSED SPECIES CHANGE. CONTACT: 817-392-5729 OR 817-392-5739 OR CITYTREEPERMITS@FORTWORTHTEXAS.GOV. (CITY CODE 33-1,6,7) a U = Z O< O w L.L.LL < O w w U o } ol� H UJ z -'I- -J W CL U N 0 z J IF THIS BAR DOES NOT MEASURE ONE INCH, DRAWING IS NOT TO LABELED SCALE DESIGNED GWW DRAWN GWW CHECKED JCS REVIEWED JCS Npe. G-054 0318-084-01 ATTACHMENT 7-41 50 25 0 50 100 n SCALE: 1"=50' o m �j w r r r r r rrr 1 rrr rrr rrr rrr r : rrr r' 3 ''rrr{',.rJ_r'f r rrf r rrf r rrf r rrf r rrf r rrf r rrf r rrf r rrf r rrf r rrf r rrf r rrf r rrf r rrf r rrf r rrf r rrf r rrf r rrf r rrf r rrf r r r rrf rrf rrf rrf rrf rr_f rr_f rrf rrf rrf rrf rrf rrf rrf rrf rrf rrf rrf rrf rrf rrf rrf rrf rrf . ` X � �.�,K �.., �r•_.._- �{sr. rrr ,_r r� '__ -_'rrr � 3 11/2" �s� �srr �fJ srr rr�s�r rr�srrr �r r;-rsrrr �r r;-rsrrr �r rr�s�rr �r rJ-r': r ''':- r� '.-- _ r•,r .r;-rr�_ X .JJ�'�r JJ�'� 'r 23 CCA Landscape Architects, Inc. • 1720 Bray Central Drive LL � a v~i m w z 112a McKinney 3r4 3vn 1'i1a , 1 ar4 McKi, TX 75069 �1 F 2 --T--1------� _- -; y ---- 2 :; 2 Iva 3rn 4 11/2^ P: 214.739.9105 r:;rJ,r r-;r.i;r'r -;J•:i err ;J rX arX 2 ,rr r ,Jr r ,Jr r ,Jr' rrr,Jr.,':r,rr LANDSCAPE F f r,r rrr fr ,%Jr Jr rtJ' J' ,J� ff+ f JJ r { Y�-Tr i�_ fit,: �J'.rr rr 1"WYE FILTER 1114 1 24 r J^ Y J•{,J 1 1/2'M METER 3/a 314 oc o >,^y ° .^i mop 1 6 1 112" Y r' r'r,r rrr�lr,r rrr�lr,r rrr�lr,r rr,r rr,r rr,r r',, ,, �' r rrrJrf r r`�Jr� 1 114 \. �I Jar j r A ° J� "J•.{J.ra .rY J'1' ,f'J .rY J'1' ,f'J .rY J'1' ,f'J .rY J'1' ,f'J Y J'1' ,f'J Y J'1' ,YJ "'JJJ _ r'Ir.Yr Ir.Yr_ I 1� �'Y,J�--i LLJ"; �,Y-' LLJ"; �,Y-' LLJ"Y-'J LLJ" A ° 1 - l l — v4 Srt CONFIRM EXACT a T r! -r ,,1!_�., J J. I_ 'J.. -1-1 JJJJ� J' J S1J ,,' - J Y.. 314 314 314 111a 314 3;43 f r,Y r' r'rrrrr r'rrrrr r'rrrrr r'rrrrr r'rrrrr rJJ'' 314 rrrr rl : a 1112" 9 314 1\I,14 1� 1 1 11f2" Z O — r.r J.rrr' .{..rr, .rr, .rr, .rr, J, ,fJ :. zD I' zd °B z rr'��.JJI.;j�.rlaJ' .,• - l '.:f r.; r'��.rlaJ' r.; r'�.rlaJ' r.; r'�.rlaJ'.. - _ rr r rrf rr-r .r ° / j r ��,,JJ �,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J }11.. fr "1f JJJ r,' f X B° B `\ ' r ' ' �,JJ'' �,JJ'' �,JJ' ' �,J �- J .l.l J' J J' Y ,, J' ,' JJJ' J J _ rr,,--��11/2' 10 2 314 ° 25 r' rJrrr`rr,rr.'r Jrrrrr,rr.'r Jrrr rr,rr.'r Jrrr rr,rr.'r� ';'.r J��irr r_ B° B°2/ \ F.ft �r 1 24 °o l�i� rf'� �1• �� 1 �� 1 �� 1 �� Jfr r fir-, rt r s� .� A s °D r rr f ,Jl r -. TREES I ° 8O 3/4 - B 1,/2" 11 3/4 1114 314 YYYrY ��iai - r'rr�rJ �r �r/JJr'Jr, 1 1r �rJJr'Jr, �r:�r'YrJ �r:rrJ ,.rr, t :. J JJ� J� • �'IJ'� - 24 28 1 112^ JSr ,Irlr. - {•r r•rr .r r 1 14 �4 Jl4 2 I I f { rjJ f , .✓',J .�,J .�,J�� ,J 1 rr,J r f � �Jf r �' r ,+J'1,x,r.� I',J I 1 314 t r J{r.: : f J{r : f: J{r. _ r rrr r 3/4 Y �r B° Z F- rr{ JJ Jr Jr Jr Jr , �_ r rrrr', r f r' f r'Y f r r 'i. ° ° I rr {frr. JJ�frr. JJ�frr. JJ�frr. _frr.. r'T' r "r �, } !,Y' ��r' } J <� <� J Jir' <�r J' ,, JJ' rrj �J�r JrJ J �'..• / r r'r rr J B D 314 ✓ rJ, ryJ'JJ t'JJJ rJJ -fJ r-fJ ,i , .rr'I .,1 r: J' �r�.rrr,`r J'rr'rJJ'./ 1112" 12 314 3I0 1 r r l f r 24 1,14 rr rr rr rr rr �,Y Jrr r r. rJJA 27 t t/2" e 3ra an J - J4 J J4 J4 JJJrrYJ - r' ,J r J f J .:' B / 22 I 25 .B" 314 e 1'�rs ° _ TREES /D 3la 26 1" .:�: O0 23 rr rr rr rr rr,'xr _ - Lr'f �S1Lr'f � t � ° 'ter r r r r r r �s'!1" Y� rr r, Jar' ��rr r�rrrr fr' rr J rr J' rrr rr-r .rrr r�-r 1 D TREES J �rr �rr err err r r- r r r r trr r rr`1 r r'.I. r1 r1 r'I� 314 LL 1 -�rrrr r f J f,J f,J f,J f,J ,J 22 D" 20 o Q r��.r�f �"ry .r' rrr ���.II _I'J'J.rJ.rJr rr J'J.rJ.rJrJrJrJ.r rrJ-�i-rrlJ-: 1112" 11 / 24 /e /2 , J Q i-!r"J.r�rJr%J 24 314 B D 314 rrr rr ;rr rr ;rrr ; r - r ;r ;rr :r r{.� r' r{ rrr rrr rrr rrrr r{ rrrr r{ ° 3r4 , va r`J J' J' f J' f f J' f Jr •!J{. fry '"rtJ ^ _'- (�' "' 'J' r r r -r' J' r r r -r' J' r r r -r' J' r r r -r' J' r r'. r -r' r r'. r r pB , 1 1 �a °D 314 ,J�J',J�J',JJ',J 'J'r ,J 'J'rr,J 'J'rr,J� ,J VIII ,1'J' J' J'.f"rJ J' JJ".r J"J' J y Jyr'r 24 3ls 314 314 314 ° 314 1 { rr Jrr. rr Jrr. rr.. rr _ rr Jrr rr JJr J'J rr r� rl rl rl rl rl ,a J : ° 's x��_ ,J;' J- s'' J s' _ J- s' _ r•J s' _ �, . . , .. _ 1 . rrrr ,,'J rr r;•J ,,-J rr r : ,,-J rr r r J rr,� r : _, °e B D , /a W o K LL Q Of �_ --,r'ri'r' - >a r,J rl r,J r yr aJ 112 112 1 il4 �� JJ• - .'� .� we ,rz ve 'za4 v2 12 1�°c d14 _ 1 P c° c t c x co sr4 t ,3ra 1 vI 1rz 1n vz vz �y4 z vz i¢ vfa) Ire 1rz v2 1m 19 t /ya II 1 II 34 3la m 1, < Q J r r'( 31 4 31a iy wa ala 7: 1 r ----- ----- ----- --- 24 r r Tr C r 4�•� CL 1114 2 °c °C C° 1 314 2 314 23 11/Z^ °C °C cc ° cc A 3� 3/a 25 A r 1 3/4 I — 2 2 r - - - - 314 • 314 �,� 1 ,rrr I t�rrrr �r�r�rrrr �r�r�rrrr �r�r�rrrr �r�r�rrrr �r�r�r r r �r�r�rrrr �r�r�rrrr �r�r�r r r r \ 22 1" 11/2" 20 t6 2 I 1$ rrrr rrrr rrrr rrrr rrrr rrrr rrrr rrrr rrrrr I 24 _ *y�•. * � •• .. I • I . 658• o• '�° F4; • I=1 rr II��rrrr ...... GP fD IRR� O O .rr,rrr rrrrrrrr rrrrrrr rrrrrrrr rrrrrrrr rrrrrr rrrrrrr rrrrrrr rrr�r,rrrr t< I m I L ' r iY i',r J' {. 1',r J' { ',J' J' rr' ',J' J' rr' ',J' J' rr' ',J' J' rr' ',J', J' rr' ',J', r J' rr' 1',J' y I '� I 03! 3012026 x. ,- rrrrrrr rrr�rrrrr rrr�rrrrr rrr�rrrrr rrr�rrrrr rrr�rrrrr rrr�rrrrr rrr�rr rrr rrr�rr rrr r I - I'r Y I ' I I I Q Jar � s ote rr IF DTHIS SINGBAR 15N SNOT M H, DR TO AWING 1O5 IRRIGATION CONSULTANTS frrrrr r„rrrr I I _ ,r ,�r rrrrrr . I 'rry rrr , 'r� �r f f f f f f f r f .. � rJ. f ,t r. f ,t r. f ,t r. f ,t r. f ,t r. f ,t r. f ,t r. f ,t • IRRIGATION DESIGN, CONSULTING, AND .. r J J J J .r',3r -' J'rrA r 'J',rA �. rr' �. rr' �. rr' �. rr' �. r 'J',r� �. r 'J',r� r' J{r LANDSCAPE WATER MANAGEMENT I CALF LABELED SCALE DESIGNED AF DRAWN AF -pi I I '1''''''11' {' ' 1 - ',�rr' �{rrJ� J{rrJ� �{rrJ� �{rrJ� J{rrJ� J{rrJ� J{rrJ� J{rrJ TEXAS L.I.C. #558 r� P.O. BOX 1845 PHONE 940243.2364 - - - J rrrr rr rr rr rr �r�r rrrr �r�r rrrr �r�r ,rrrr I I r .7- .r - ' J' {� �,J- y { �,J- y { �,J- y { �,J- J' { �,J- J' { � ',r,` J' rr' � ',r,`r J' rr' 1',r r J' - DENTON, TEXAS 76202 fames@lamespole mgatlon.mm r .7- r .7- r .7- r .7- rJf rJf rJf rJf rJf rJf rJf ° • f r�' I ' -'�3 IN TEAS IS CHECKED MP REVIEWED MP seq. f J J r �j HE TEXAS N MWI ON N Jrf rrJJr'r,r �r:rJJr'r,r �r:rJJr'r,r �r:rJJr'r,r �r:rJJr'r,r �r:rJJr'r,r �r:rJJr'r,r �r:rJJr'r,rrrr �r�JJr'r,rrr:rJJr'r,r ter: ;; �r �r�rr �r:rJJr'r, r,J{r:rrsr. �+[�r TY�TE%AS GOMMI5910N ON ENVIRONMEHfAL IPA GUALIT( (TGRA) (MG -116) P.O. BOX 10061 D6. WaterSense TGEA.5 P✓� SITE 15. WVYLTOE05TATETXJW P,IN t\tN NE. G-055 0318-084-01 HI IMUMIVII=IN I t-L+I �.sf�'f{ sf_�",f sf_�",.'' sf_�",.'' sf_�",.'' sf_",.'"sf_�",.'"sf_�"�.�f{'. sf_�"�.� fsf_�"�.�f{:sf �_�. f{.sf:�"��f{.sf_��.� f{.sf_��.� f{.s s �i 1!F .:�i �.}_�",i'��• I • f f 'r �f f 'r �f f 'r �f f 'r �f f 'r �f f 'r �f f 'r �f ; f 'r �f � f 'r � rf 'r �f f r �f f 'r �f f 'r �f f 'r � I rrr_ }fir fr J }r Jr I --- II ❑ �. ---- f f, f rfr f ref, f ref, f ref, f r ; f rfr rf, f ref, f ;f ff,;y ;r t r 1 tO tO tO tO tO O ' � tO tO tO tO tO .r O tO tO tO O p 11 .r 1O ' f• �a�x 1 I rr� rr� rr� rr� rr� . � : rr� rr� � rr� rr� rr y',rr � _Erb _rr rat �f_��ff{ sf_J"��r� sf_J"�' ,��;1'f-r�i�''•'f?.r'' f{'sf:#"�' f{'sf_',' �rs� ,' � s�_�"�� f{ sf; �� f{ �f_�, �.-s�'_�.��� sf_J .�i'� rrf_J. I f rf f rf f r }f �f f frf rf f r f rff y rf ff� f: sf f rfy f rr,� �r{ r'I mss', r r r r� I,}rte ,rr� ,rr� ,r�rr�}rte ,rr� ,rrirr� fir- I • ..� ,r�rr��,r�rr. ,.J - ' � •' .,r �f '., { ,,,� • ., loi..lol r` z r r r r•, r" r� r. r•r - ri •1-r r'� x. _ ri z -. r�� 1�-r rrrt� rrrf. - frff` frt.; h----t----------f-- --—�— 50 25 0 50 100 SCALE: 1"=50' �p cWc CCA Landscape Architects, Inc. 1720 Bray Central Drive Suite IOOK McKinney, TX 75069 P: 214.739.9105 LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTS KEY PLAN 1°=Boo'-o" 3 1 O O 4 a J x 2 z N I) O� g Q z0 _XLX X ,- w �O COORDINATION WITH EXISTING TREES O NO MACHINE TRENCHING SHALL BE PERMITTED WITHIN THE ROOT ZONE OF EXISTING TREES. I, HAND -DIG ONLY, WITHIN THE ROOT ZONES OF EXISTING TREES. NO ROOTS OVER 1" DIAMETER SHALL LL < ,. BE CUT. STAKE ALL PROPOSED TRENCH ROUTES NEAR EXISTING TREES FOR APPROVAL BY THE O 3j W LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT BEFORE DIGGING BEGINS. } Ne Q o / I �w U TEMPORARY IRRIGATION u U o THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH THE PLANTING PLAN AND PROVIDE TEMPORARY 5. -IRRIGATION FOR THE ESTABLISHMENT OF ALL PROPOSED PLANT MATERIALS LOCATED OUTSIDE THE Q Q , LIMITS OF COVERAGE PROVIDED BY THE PERMANENT SYSTEM. .-err I ,CONTROLLER SIZE CONTROLLER STATION FLOW IN G.P.M. TREE BUBBLER TAG tE OF r I *yip•• \ APPROX. LINEAR O #tt I FOOTAGE OF DRIP TUBE 658 I o O F1, eD..l R�\GP 03/3012026 I I O 1"nes fete IF THIS BAR DOES NOT IRRIGATION CONSULTANTS MEASURE ONE INCH, • DRAWING 15 NOT TO IRRIGATION DESIGN, CONSULTING, AND LABELED SCALE LANDSCAPE WATER MANAGEMENT TEXAS L.I.C. #658 DESIGNED AF P.O. BOX 1845 PHONE: 940.243.2364 DRAWN AF DENTON, TEXAS 76202 Iarnes@IarnespoIe:rngaSon co CHECKED MP REVIEWED MP Seq. IRRIGATION IN TEXAS IS REHIR.ATID BY I THE TEXAS GOMMI551ON ON ENVIRONMENTAL 1 Ya anALIN ( TGEO ) ( MG -110) PA. BOX 19OO1 Dwa. G-056 No. WaterSense TGEG.S P 917E IS, N'HLTGEO.5TATE.T LS YTXTY Ex ATTACHMENT 7-41 °318 -D84 -D1 50 25 0 50 100 SCALE: 1"=50' 5W IG CCA Landscape e Inc. Drivects. 1720 Bray Central Drive Suite IOOK 1�1 McKinney, TX 75069 �I�I P:214.739.9105 LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTS `V1 KEY PLAN 1"=Boo'-o° COORDINATION WITH EXISTING TREES NO MACHINE TRENCHING SHALL BE PERMITTED WITHIN THE ROOT ZONE OF EXISTING TREES. HAND -DIG ONLY, WITHIN THE ROOT ZONES OF EXISTING TREES. NO ROOTS OVER 1" DIAMETER SHALL BE CUT. STAKE ALL PROPOSED TRENCH ROUTES NEAR EXISTING TREES FOR APPROVAL BY THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT BEFORE DIGGING BEGINS. TEMPORARY IRRIGATION THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH THE PLANTING. PLAN AND PROVIDE TEMPORARY IRRIGATION FOR THE ESTABLISHMENT OF ALL PROPOSED PLANT MATERIALS LOCATED OUTSIDE THE LIMITS OF COVERAGE PROVIDED BY THE PERMANENT SYSTEM. VALVE SIZE CONTROLLER STATION FLOW IN G.P.M. TREE BUBBLER TAG x \ APPROX. LINEAR O ## FOOTAGE OF DRIP TUBE I t ___ 1 2I 1 Z � 4 2� OG a U = z � o 0Q � w 0r 11 w LL < 0 w U U Nf 112 II 1 1 A- 0 O m a z tw wa w r2 U Ln 0 z J 1' ?ote ayni$ IF THIS BAR DOES NOT MEASURE ONE INCH, DRAWING 15 NOT TO - _. IRRIGATION CONSULTANTS IRRIGATION DESIGN, CONSULTING, AND LABELED SCALE - - LANDSCAPE WATER MANAGEMENT DESIGNED AF ii TEXAS L.I.C.11658 { I P.O. BOX 1945 PHONE: 940.243.2364 DENTON, TEXAS 76202 jamesGlamespoleirri9alon.00m DRAWN AF CHECKED MP REVIEWED MP Seq. IRRI&A11ON IN TEXAS 15 REGULATED 6Y 2 IPA WaterSense THE TEXAS COMMISSION ONNVI EROMENTAL IinALITY ( TCEO ) (114O -4'7S) PA. EOX 18081 T.CE.O.5 V® SITE I5, YLL67TCEGSTATE.TXU5 0w6. No. G-057 031$-084-D1 ATTACHMENT 7-41 O 2 O COORDINATION WITH EXISTING TREES NO MACHINE TRENCHING SHALL BE PERMITTED WITHIN THE ROOT ZONE OF EXISTING TREES. HAND -DIG ONLY, WITHIN THE ROOT ZONES OF EXISTING TREES. NO ROOTS OVER 1" DIAMETER. SHALL BE CUT. STAKE ALL PROPOSED TRENCH ROUTES NEAR EXISTING TREES FOR APPROVAL BY THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT BEFORE DIGGING BEGINS. TEMPORARY IRRIGATION THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH THE PLANTING PLAN AND PROVIDE TEMPORARY IRRIGATION FOR THE ESTABLISHMENT OF ALL PROPOSED PLANT MATERIALS LOCATED OUTSIDE THE LIMITS OF COVERAGE PROVIDED BY THE PERMANENT SYSTEM. VALVE SIZE CONTROLLER STATION FLOW IN G.P.M. TREE BUBBLER TAG �{.� APPROX. LINEAR #tt FOOTAGE OF DRIP TUBE N r rte', \ O I' a \ x \ x \ k \ x x wo rte' — ^ ® O 50 25 0 50 100 i. SCALE: 1"=50' 4. o m oZ I�� CCA Landscape e Inc. w Drivects. 1720 Bray Central Drive Suite IOOK McKinney, TX 75069 IR�I P:214.739.9105 LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTS 1 N c KEY PLAN 1"=800'-0" U = z O O< Dan u w LL < O w (JU f) an 19 N- 0 0 Z iw w U vu 0 Z J 10,W4s:ote IF THIS BAR DOES NOT IRRIGATION CONSULTANTS MEASURE ONE INCH, DRAWING IS NOT TO LABELED SCALE IRRIGATION DESIGN. CONSULTING, AND LANDSCAPE WATER MANAGEMENT TEXAS L. I.C. HESS DESIGNED AF P.O. BOX 1845 PHONE: 940.243.2364 DRAWN AF DENTON, TEXAS 76202 lames@jamespoleinlgation.com CHECKED MP REVIEWED MP I IRRIGATION IN TEXAS IS REBULA1 BY I 5e9. THE TEXAS COMMISSION ON ENVIROM-ENrAL F PA WaterSense li/ALITY ( TCEO) (MC-IRD) P. BOX ISOBR TOEA.5 V✓EB SITE 15, WYYLTCBRSTATETX05 I I Dw6. p. G-058 PARTNER 0318-084-01 HI IHL.f-1IVICIV I r -'+I POP�PSPRAr sP.wNKLER. 11x' FlE%PVC, t2 -NCH MIN. CN 40 TEEOR ELL PVCLµTERALPPE POP-UP SPRAY HEAD 30. NGTH OF WIRE 11 TER PROOF CONNECTION IFxl vE Box WITH COv REMOTE. —L VAive cH H EO NIPPLE (CLOSE) Pvc SCH w ELL WC SCH ED NIPPLE ILL.- ASREOUIRFDI BRCRI+GFaI FGH.w NIPPLE ( r LFrvcTH, H,DDsw AND:scH 4E ELL PNCRON mN Ee OR ELL DAPTER Pvc LATERu PIPE 3.DINCH MINIMUM DEPTH OF REMOTE CONTROL VALVE PVC SCH405m EE ELL IIMETHAASPHOILIRFD PYDSDHAL—LETELL Pvc LAHTERALoR ELL ROTOR POP-UP SPRINKLER z. TRFGTAN.URPLE covETe AR CK.00UPLING V VE FI c E .1OFMDcH PILersicrTH'AS REQUIRED) G JAaINr ASSEMBLY uvALVE BRICK,+ QUICK COUPLER VALVE WITH PVC BALL VALVE FOR OPTIMUM GOVERAGE TREAMBUBBLERN- T "BAD• BODY P sPRAv SILT wsmE REE WELL RIEu M L•r r I�'" irrs Psc+` 4E PN FLL`. iaei. yr FLFx Pvc PPF 1L '.r MwIMUM+ELFNGTH BACKFILL PTx iirBBi"PSC`1`4"aPVCau. INCLUDE TWO BUBBLER HEADS, SET ON OPPOSITE SIDES OF ROOT BALL TREE BUBBLER DSIDKWCLL JNrROL WALL MOUNT CONTROLLER +o°LOANING PL STTIC LIDIT" CTAN NG Pinsnc O% ANGUiur—E Rox ATERMETER ULTwn FINI GR D GPOFMUL alrr ICI,/ W LOCRN PLABTICLID wo wNG Br wON UD" 3o wcH LENGTH of WIRE �� V \E IPA ER l SHARER FPH STOP VALVE / FITTINGS cMn Irvs'O a� PE IS' COPPER SERVICE LINE H FLARE HTRNGS BRICK IOF &)LAKE,I OF4 (SAME SIZE AS MFTER S INCH MINIMUM CLEAN PEA GRAVEL 4 SINCH MINIMUM CLEARANCE Pvc MAINIJN IMGM `ER _ +e INCH DEP>EHMIN 3 INCH MINIMUM CLEAN PEA GRAVEL ASN DED. a INCH MINIMUM CLEAN PEA GRAVEL (s"AOME SIZE AS MET.) 4ee CONFIRM WITH LOCAL CITY REQUIREMENTS TAPP'"G SADDLE WATER TAP WITH METER, BALL VALVE, WYE FILTER, BACKFLOW ASSEMBLY, AND MASTER VALVE a11►���:i����N�►��ll:» 7xK�lr]�:7 SPLICES SHALL BE LOCATED IN A ROUND VALVE BOX OF SUFFICIENT SIZE TO ALLOW INSPECTION. "TWO -WIRE" PATH CONTROL WIRES SHALL BE HUNTER #ID1GRY. ALL WIRE SPLICES MUST BE MADE IN A VALVE BOX WITH DBR-6 OR EQUAL DIRECT -BURIAL WATERPROOF CONNECTORS. ALL CONNECTIONS IN THE TWO -WIRE PATHS (OUTSIDE THE CONTROLLER ENCLOSURE) SHALL BE MADE WITH 3M DBR-6 WATERPROOF, STRAIN -RELIEVING DIRECT BURIAL CONNECTORS, OR EXACT EQUALS. 18 AWG/1 MM DIA. WIRE OR LARGER SHALL BE USED FOR ALL DECODER -TO -SOLENOID CONNECTIONS. IN HIGH LIGHTNING AREAS THIS WIRE SHALL BE TWISTED TO MAXIMIZE SURGE SUPPRESSION. THE INSTALLER SHALL PROVIDE ADEQUATE EARTH GROUND (NOT TO EXCEED 10 OHMS, OR IN COMPLIANCE WITH PRACTICES AS DEFINED IN AMERICAN SOCIETY OF IRRIGATION CONSULTANTS EARTH GROUNDING GUIDELINE 100-2002, AVAILABLE AT WWW.ASIC.ORG) W.ASIC.ORG) AND CONNECT IT TO ONE OF THE DECODER GROUND LEADS EVERY 1000 FT.(330M), OR EVERY 12TH DECODER MODULE, WHICHEVER IS SHORTER. MINIMUM GROUND HARDWARE SHALL BE A 4" X 36" (100 X 915MM) COPPER PLATE WITH AT LEAST 10AWG/2.5MM DIA. COPPER WIRE. IN HIGH LIGHTNING AREAS, GROUNDING MAY BE INCREASED TO EVERY 500 FT./150M OR 6 DECODERS. GROUND CONNECTIONS FROM DECODER GROUND LEAD TO GROUNDING HARDWARE SHALL BE MADE BY JOINING THE 12AWG (2MM DIA.) DECODER GROUND WIRE WITH A 10AWG (2.5MM DIA.) SOLID COPPER LEAD IN AN APPROVED WIRE NUT OF APPROPRIATE SIZE, INSERTED IN A DBR-6 WATERPROOF DIRECT BURIAL CONNECTOR, OR WITH AN APPROVED WIRE CLAMP. GROUND HARDWARE SHALL EXTEND AT RIGHT ANGLES FROM THE TWO -WIRE RED/BLUE PATH, AND GROUND HARDWARE SHALL BE LOCATED AT LEAST EFT./2M AWAY FROM THE TWO -WIRE PATH. THE SENSOR DECODER SHALL HAVE A BARE GROUND WIRE FOR CONNECTION TO EARTH GROUND, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SPECIFICATIONS APPLYING TO ALL OTHER DECODERS. THE SENSOR DECODER SHALL COUNT AS A "DECODER" FOR GROUND SPACING PURPOSES. INSTALLATION NOTES 1. COORDINATE IRRIGATION INSTALLATION WITH PLANTING PLAN AND SITE CONDITIONS TO PROVIDE COMPLETE COVERAGE WITH MINIMUM OVERSPRAY. THE IRRIGATION CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE MINOR ADJUSTMENTS TO ENSURE PROPER COVERAGE AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. THE IRRIGATION CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL LOCAL AND STATE MANDATED IRRIGATION ORDINANCES AND CODES, AND WILL SECURE ALL REQUIRED PERMITS, L.I.C. SHALL PAY ANY ASSOCIATED FEES UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. ALL LOCAL CODES SHALL PREVAIL OVER ANY DISCREPANCIES HEREIN AND SHALL BE ADDRESSED BEFORE ANY CONSTRUCTION BEGINS. 2. NO MACHINE TRENCHING SHALL BE PERMITTED WITHIN THE ROOT ZONE OF EXISTING TREES. HAND DIG ONLY, WITHIN THE ROOT ZONES OF EXISTING TREES. NO ROOTS OVER 1 DIAMETER SHALL BE CUT. STAKE ALL PROPOSED TRENCH ROUTES NEAR EXISTING TREES FOR APPROVAL BY THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT BEFORE DIGGING BEGINS 3. CONFIRM MINIMUM STATIC WATER PRESSURE OF 65 PSI AT THE HIGHEST ELEVATION OF THE SYSTEM LIMITS, AND MAXIMUM STATIC WATER PRESSURE OF 90 P.S.I. AT THE LOWEST ELEVATION OF THE SYSTEM LIMITS AT LEAST 7 DAYS BEFORE BEGINNING WORK. IF STATIC WATER PRESSURE IS OUTSIDE THE RANGE STATED ABOVE, DO NOT PROCEED UNTIL DIRECTED BY THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT. 4. LATERAL PIPE SHALL BE INSTALLED AT A MINIMUM DEPTH OF 12 INCHES. MAINLINE PIPE AND WIRES SHALL BE INSTALLED AT A MINIMUM DEPTH OF 18 INCHES. NO MACHINE TRENCHING SHALL BE PERMITTED WITHIN EXISTING TREE ROOT ZONES. WHEN HAND - TRENCHING WITHIN EXISTING TREE ROOT ZONES, NO ROOTS LARGER THAN 1" DIAMETER SHALL BE CUT. 5. ALL PIPES AND WIRES LOCATED UNDER PAVEMENT SHALL BE INSTALLED WITHIN PVC SLEEVES. UNSLEEVED PIPES MAY BE SHOWN UNDER PAVEMENT FOR GRAPHIC CLARITY ONLY. INSTALL THESE PIPES IN ADJACENT LANDSCAPED AREAS. 6. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, ELECTRIC POWER SHALL BE PROVIDED WITHIN FIVE FEET OF CONTROLLER LOCATION BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR. L.I.C. TO PROVIDE FINAL HARD -WIRE TO CONTROLLER. UNSECURED "PLUG-IN" OUTLETS SHALL NOT BE USED WITH EXTERIOR CONTROLLER INSTALLATIONS. 7. 24 VOLT VALVE WIRE SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF #14 GAUGE, U.F. APPROVED FOR DIRECT BURIAL, SINGLE CONDUCTOR "IRRIGATION WIRE". WIRE SPLICES SHALL INCLUDE DBY CONNECTORS AS MANUFACTURED BY 3M COMPANY. LOCATE FIELD SPLICES IN A ROUND VALVE BOX OF SUFFICIENT SIZE TO ALLOW INSPECTION. TAPE WIRE BUNDLES EVERY 20 L.F. 8. VALVE BOXES SHALL BE INSTALLED FLUSH WITH GRADE, SUPPORTED BY BRICKS IF NEEDED, WITH 3 INCHES CLEAN PEA GRAVEL LOCATED BELOW THE VALVE. USE 12" x 17" RECTANGULAR VALVE BOXES WITH PURPLE LID FOR QUICK COUPLING VALVES AND 10" ROUND BOXES FOR ELECTRIC VALVES UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. D.C.A., WITH UPSTREAM BALL VALVE AND WYE FILTER SHALL BE BOXED AND LOCATED ACCORDING TO LOCAL CODE. THE PROPOSED LOCATIONS OF ALL VALVE BOXES SHALL BE STAKED BY THE CONTRACTOR FOR APPROVAL BY THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT OR THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE BEFORE INSTALLATION. 9. USE MANUFACTURED SCH. 80 PVC, O-RING TYPE SWING JOINT ASSEMBLIES TO CONNECT ALL ROTARY HEADS AND QUICK COUPLERS. 10. ALL SPRAY HEADS SHALL BE CONNECTED WITH A 12" MINIMUM LENGTH OF 1/2" FLEX PVC. THE FLEX PVC SHALL BE SOLVENT WELDED TO SCHEDULE 40 PVC FITTINGS WITH WELD -ON #795 SOLVENT AND #P-70 PRIMER. 11. PROVIDE ONE QUICK COUPLER KEY WITH SWIVEL HOSE ELL FOR EVERY SIX Q.C. VALVES. (MINIMUM ONE SET). 12. CONTRACTOR IS TO CONTACT APPROPRIATE AUTHORITIES AND LOCATE ALL UTILITIES PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 13. LATERAL PIPE TO TREE STREAM BUBBLER HEADS IS OMITTED FOR GRAPHIC CLARITY. CONNECT TREE BUBBLER HEADS TO VALVES AS SHOWN WITH CLASS 200 PVC PIPE SIZED TO ALLOW A MAXIMUM FLOW VELOCITY OF 5 FEET PER SECOND 14. THE PROPOSED LOCATIONS OF ALL ABOVE- GROUND EQUIPMENT INCLUDING BACKFLOW PREVENTERS, CONTROLLERS AND WEATHER SENSORS SHALL BE STAKED BY THE CONTRACTOR FOR APPROVAL BY THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT OR OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE BEFORE THESE ITEMS ARE INSTALLED. 15. ALL HEADS SHALL BE INSTALLED A MINIMUM OF 4" FROM PAVEMENT EDGES. (6" OR GREATER WHERE REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODE FINAL HEAD ADJUSTMENTS BY THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE ARC AND DISTANCE NOZZLE CHANGES, AND THE ADDITION OF CHECK VALVES AT HEADS, WHERE NEEDED, TO PREVENT EXCESSIVE LOW HEAD DRAINAGE. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BUDGET FOR AND INSTALL CHECK VALVES FOR UP 10% OF THE TOTAL NUMBER OF HEADS, IF NEEDED, WITH NO ADDITIONAL CHARGE TO THE OWNER. om oZ O � CCA Landsca a Architects, Inc. PG� FFF••rrr m� 7 1720 Bray Central Drive Suite LOOK om McKinney, TX 75069 P: 214.739.9105���,,\//\\\ g LANDSCAPE ≥•^-+ ARCHITECTS 1 CV N c m ol� LEGEND o HUNTER PROS-06-PRS30.SERIES POP UP SPRAY HEADS WITH HUNTER MSBN-50H STREAM BUBBLER NOZZLES. ( TWO PER TREE SEE INSTALLATION NOTE #13 REGARDING TREE BUBBLER LATERAL PIPE • HUNTER PROS-04-PRS30 SERIES POP UP SPRAY HEAD WITH PRO SPRAY SERIES NOZZLE AS NOTED BELOW TEMPORARY IRRIGATION LIMITS LL = Q ® HUNTER PGP ULTRA, ADJUSTABLE ARC 4" POP UP ROTARY HEAD, PART CIRCLE, #1.5SR BLACK NOZZLE UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE Z HUNTER POP ULTRA, ADJUSTABLE ARC 4" POP UP ROTARY HEAD, PART CIRCLE, #2.5 BLUE NOZZLE UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE 0 HUNTER PGP ULTRA, ADJUSTABLE ARC 4" POP UP ROTARY HEAD, PART CIRCLE, #4.0 BLUE NOZZLE UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE 0 Q Z O HUNTER PGP ULTRA, ADJUSTABLE ARC 4" POP UP ROTARY HEAD, FULL CIRCLE, #8.0 BLUE NOZZLE UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE 0 HUNTER ICV SERIES ELECTRIC REMOTE CONTROL VALVE WITH (ICD-100) SINGLE STATION DECODER J ® HUNTER ICV SERIES ELECTRIC REMOTE CONTROL, "TREE BUBBLER ZONE" VALVE WITH ( ICD-100 (SINGLE STATION DECODER cc 0 SEE INSTALLATION NOTE #13 REGARDING TREE BUBBLER LATERAL PIPE 0 w LD K HUNTER HQ-33-LRC-R QUICK COUPLING VALVE WITH LOCKING PURPLE COVER AND 3/4" PVC BALL VALVE LJ_ Q LASCO "V1O1N" SERIES SCH. 80 PVC TRUE UNION BALL VALVE, MAINLINE SIZE 0 W 0- -(+ 1" WILKINS 350 SERIES D.C.A. INSTALLED PER CITY CODE, WITH SAME SIZE WILKINS 850 SERIES BRONZE >w U BALL VALVE AND WILKINS SXL SERIES BRONZE WYE FILTER WITH 20 MESH STAINLESS STEEL SCREEN Z Q 1" IRRIGATION WATER METER AND TAP V u Z ■ 11/2" HUNTER ICV ELECTRIC "MASTER" VALVE WITH (ICD-100 (DECODER AND HFS FLOW SENSOR WITH (ICD-SEN (SENSOR DECODER AND FCT HUNTER A2C-75D-M SERIES "TWO -WIRE" CONTROLLER WITH WRFC WIRELESS RAIN I FREEZE SENSOR LOCATE SENSOR AS FIELD DIRECTED BY THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS CLASS 200 PVC MAINLINE PIPE WORST CASE ZONES (LARGEST FLOW / FARTHEST FROM SOURCE CLASS 200 ( EXCEPT 1/2 INCH #315) PVC LATERAL PIPE ZONE #23, 25 GPM - ROTOR ZONE - - - ONE 4" CLASS 200 SLEEVE PIPE, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE 1. LOSS AT SERVICE LINE: 3.0 PSI 2. LOSS AT 1" WATER METER FOR 25 GPM: 3.7 PSI = TWO 4" CLASS 200 SLEEVE PIPES, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE 3 LOSS AT 1" BACKFLOW PREVENTER• 60 PSI L.I.C. SHALL SELECT PRO -SPRAY SPRAY NOZZLES FOR "HEAD -TO -HEAD" COVERAGE, ADJUSTED FOR NO OVERSPRAY ONTO WALLS AND WALKS. NO OVERSPRAY INTO STREETS IS PERMITTED. 4. LOSS AT 11/2" MASTER VALVE: 1.5 PSI 5. LOSS AT 2" MAINLINE: 3.1 PSI 6. LOSS AT ELECTRIC VALVE: 1.5 PSI ZE OF TF g,5' • • •.. • •y' �rj 7. LOSS AT SECTION LATERAL PVC PIPE: 4.0 PSI • 8. LOSS AT ROTARY NOZZLE: 35 PSI •c;• • 658 • •;•per COORDINATION WITH EXISTING TREES TOTAL PRESSURE LOSS 57.8 PSI OF4 •••"' PGP eD NO MACHINE TRENCHING SHALL BE PERMITTED WITHIN THE ROOT ZONE OF EXISTING TREES. IRR HAND -DIG ONLY, WITHIN THE ROOT ZONES OF EXISTING TREES. NO ROOTS OVER 1" DIAMETER SHALL BE CUT. STAKE ALL PROPOSED TRENCH ROUTES NEAR EXISTING TREES FOR APPROVAL BY THE DESIGN PRESSURE = 57.8 PSI oa reol2026 LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT BEFORE DIGGING BEGINS. MIN. STATIC PRESSURE = 65 PSI TEMPORARY IRRIGATION THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH THE PLANTING PLAN AND PROVIDE TEMPORARY IRRIGATION FOR THE ESTABLISHMENT OF ALL PROPOSED PLANT MATERIALS LOCATED OUTSIDE THE LIMITS OF COVERAGE PROVIDED BY THE PERMANENT SYSTEM. T IRRIGATION CONSULTANTS IF THIS BAR DOES NOT MEASURE ONE INCH, VALVE SIZE CONTROLLER STATION IRRIGATION DESIGN, CONSULTING, AND LANDSCAPE WATER MANAGEMENT DRAWING I5 NOT TO LABELED SCALE TREE BUBBLER TAG FLOW IN G.P.M. TEXAS L.I.C. #658 P.O.BOX1845 PHONE: 940.243.2364 DENTON, TEXAS 76202 jamesQjamespoleirrigabon.com DESIGNED AF DRAWN AF CHECKED MP . LINEAR EIIIII IA216ATIOH IN 7EXA5 18 RE611LA.T® BR' 6 T!g TEXAS COMMISSION ON ENVIROtAIENTAL REVIEWED MP Seq. FOOTAGE OF DRIP TUBE ODALITr(TOEO)(MO-ns) PO. BOX 15O51 WaterSense IT.GEGt5 V SITE 15, PBVKTGEOSTATE.TXJ15 kl\'LN Dug. G-060 ND. A TT A (` LJ fL n i i -r 7 A-1 0318-084-01 4.-0' CITY FORESTER'S APPROVAL OF TREE PROTECTION REQUIRED BEFORE WORK BEGINS ELEVATION TREE PROTECTION FENCING NOTES: TREE PROTECTION FENCE: 4' CHAINLINK FENCE MESH; WITH 3.5" X 1.5" OPENINGS; STEEL POSTS INSTALLED AT8'O.C. 8.5" X 11" LAMINATED SIGNS; AT 50' O.C. ALONG THE FENCE; TO READ "KEEP OUT TREE PROTECTION ZONE"; MAKE VISIBLE TO CONSTRUCTION 2" X 6' STEEL POSTS OR APPROVED EQUAL. 5" THICK LAYER OF MULCH. MAINTAIN EXISTING GRADE NEAR TREES WITH PROTECTION UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED ON THE PLANS. 1. LOCATE AND MARK FENCING ALIGNMENT BY HAND BEFORE INSTALLATION. NO HEAVY EQUIPMENTNEHICLES SHALL OPERATE ON THE TREE SIDE OF THE FENCING BEFORE, DURING INSTALLATION/MAINTENANCE, OR DURING REMOVAL OF THE FENCING. THIS INCLUDES ACCESS ROUTES, SUPPLY STORAGE, AND SOIL CONTAMINATES. 2.NO PRUNING SHALL BE PERFORMED UNTIL AFTER THE CITY FORESTER HAS GIVEN APPROVAL. ALL PRUNING SHALL BE PERFORMED BY AN APPROVED ARBORIST. 3.SEE SITE PREPARATION PLAN FOR ANY MODIFICATIONS TO THE TREE PROTECTION AREA. 4.IF THERE IS NO EXISTING IRRIGATION, SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR WATERING REQUIREMENTS. 5.SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL TREE PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS. 6.PARD DAMAGE ASSESSMENTS MAY APPLY FOR INCORRECT PROTECTION MEASURES. (�)TREE PROTECTION FENCING NTS -CROWN DRIP LINE TREE PROTECTION FENCE: 4' CHAINLINK FENCE MESH; WITH 3.5" X 1.5" OPENINGS; STEEL POSTS INSTALLED AT8'O.C. (� 8.5" X 11" LAMINATED SIGNS; S AT 50' O.C. ALONG THE CITY FORESTER'S FENCE; TO READ "KEEP OUT TREE PROTECTION ZONE"; APPROVAL OF MAKE VISIBLE TO TREE PROTECTION CONSTRUCTION REQUIRED BEFORE WORK BEGINS Ab' i LJ i 2"X6' STEEL POSTS OR APPROVED EQUAL. f/ y�j �7✓ ;ad�8" - 12" THICK LAYER OF OMULCH ON TMAINTENANCE ROAD q. Q„ ACCESS ROAD 'i M iF� -MAINTAIN EXISTING GRADE hl h° NEAR TREES WITH ELEVATION PROTECTION UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED ON THE PLANS. TREE PROTECTION FENCING NOTES: 1. LOCATE AND MARK FENCING ALIGNMENT BY HAND BEFORE INSTALLATION. NO HEAVY EQUIPMENTNEHICLES SHALL OPERATE ON THE TREE SIDE OF THE FENCING BEFORE, DURING INSTALLATION/MAINTENANCE, OR DURING REMOVAL OF THE FENCING. THIS INCLUDES ACCESS ROUTES, SUPPLY STORAGE, AND SOIL CONTAMINATES. 2.NO PRUNING SHALL BE PERFORMED UNTIL AFTER THE CITY FORESTER HAS GIVEN APPROVAL. ALL PRUNING SHALL BE PERFORMED BY AN APPROVED ARBORIST. 3.SEE SITE PREPARATION PLAN FOR ANY MODIFICATIONS TO THE TREE PROTECTION AREA. 4.IF THERE IS NO EXISTING IRRIGATION, SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR WATERING REQUIREMENTS. 5.SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL TREE PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS. 6.PARD DAMAGE ASSESSMENTS MAY APPLY FOR INCORRECT PROTECTION MEASURES. TREE PROTECTION - MAINTENANCE ROAD NTS ROWN DRIP LINE OR OTHER LIMIT OF TREE PROTECTION AREA SEE TREE PRESERVATION PLAN FOR FENCE ALIGNMENT. CITY FORESTER'S APPROVAL OF TREE PROTECTION REQUIRED BEFORE WORK BEGINS MAINTAIN EXISTING GRADE q•_Q•• NEAR TREES WITH PROTECTION UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED ON THE PLANS. CONTRACTOR TO BORE UNDER THE CROWN DRIPLINE OF THE TREE ELEVATION TREE PROTECTION FENCING NOTES: TREE PROTECTION FENCE: 4' CHAINLINK FENCE MESH; WITH 3.5" X 1.5" OPENINGS; STEEL POSTS INSTALLED AT8'O.C. 8.5" X 11" LAMINATED SIGNS; AT 50' O.C. ALONG THE FENCE; TO READ "KEEP OUT TREE PROTECTION ZONE"; MAKE VISIBLE TO CONSTRUCTION 2" X 6' STEEL POSTS OR APPROVED EQUAL. 5" THICK LAYER OF MULCH. TRENCHES ARE ONLY ALLOWED OUTSIDE OF THE CROWN DRIPLINE OF THE TREE 1. LOCATE AND MARK FENCING ALIGNMENT BY HAND BEFORE INSTALLATION. NO HEAVY EQUIPMENTNEHICLES SHALL OPERATE ON THE TREE SIDE OF THE FENCING BEFORE, DURING INSTALLATION/MAINTENANCE, OR DURING REMOVAL OF THE FENCING. THIS INCLUDES ACCESS ROUTES, SUPPLY STORAGE, AND SOIL CONTAMINATES. 2.NO PRUNING SHALL BE PERFORMED UNTIL AFTER THE CITY FORESTER HAS GIVEN APPROVAL. ALL PRUNING SHALL BE PERFORMED BY AN APPROVED ARBORIST. 3.SEE SITE PREPARATION PLAN FOR ANY MODIFICATIONS TO THE TREE PROTECTION AREA. 4.IF THERE IS NO EXISTING IRRIGATION, SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR WATERING REQUIREMENTS. 5.SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL TREE PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS. 6.PARD DAMAGE ASSESSMENTS MAY APPLY FOR INCORRECT PROTECTION MEASURES. TREE PROTECTION -BORING UNDER CROWN DRIPLINE NTS CITY OF FORT WORTH TREE QUALITY SPECIFICATION: I. TREES SHALL NOT SHOW SIGNS OF PROLONGED MOISTURE STRESS OR OVER WATERING AS INDICATED BY WILTED, SHRIVELED, OR DEAD LEAVES. II. THE TREE TRUNK SHALL BE RELATIVELY STRAIGHT, VERTICAL, AND FREE OF WOUNDS, SUNBURNED AREAS, CONKS, WOOD CRACKS, SAP LEAKAGE, SIGNS OF BORING INSECTS, GALLS, CANKERS, GIRDLING TIES, OR LESIONS. III. CLEAR TRUNK SHOULD BE NO MORE THAN 40% OF THE TOTAL HEIGHT OF THE TREE. IV. MAIN BRANCHES SHALL BE DISTRIBUTED ALONG ONE CENTRAL LEADER NOT CLUSTERED TOGETHER. V. IF THE LEADER WAS HEADED, A NEW LEADER (WITH A LIVE TERMINAL BUD) AT LEAST ONE-HALF THE DIAMETER OF THE PRUNING CUT SHALL BE PRESENT. VI. TREES SHALL NOT HAVE DEAD, DISEASED, BROKEN, DISTORTED, OR OTHERWISE INJURED BRANCHES. VII. TREES SHALL BE WELL -SUPPORTED WITHIN ROOT BALL WITHOUT ANY MEANS OF SUPPLEMENTAL STAKING OR SUPPORT. VIII. ROOT FLARE SHALL BE VISIBLE WITH BALANCED STRUCTURAL ROOTS AND FREE FROM CIRCLING ROOTS. (CITY CODE 33-1,6,7) PI GNTIND• 1. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR SCHEDULING AN ONSITE INSPECTION OF THE CITY TREES TO BE PLANTED WITH THE PARK & RECREATION'S CITY FORESTER'S OFFICE PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. PROVIDE 72 HOURS MINIMUM NOTICE TO 817-392-5729 OR 817-392-5739 AND/OR CITYTREEPERMITS@FORTWORTHTEXAS.GOV. TREES THAT HAVE NOT BEEN INSPECTED PRIOR TO PLANTING ARE SUBJECT TO REJECTION. 2. PRIOR TO SUBSTITUTING ANY TREE SPECIES DUE TO AVAILABILITY, QUALITY OR OTHER REASON, A REVISED CITY TREE PERMIT SHALL BE OBTAINED FROM PARD CITY FORESTER BEFORE INSTALLATION OF THE PROPOSED SPECIES CHANGE. CONTACT: 817-392-5729 OR 817-392-5739 OR CITYTREEPERMITS@FORTWORTHTEXAS.GOV. (CITY CODE 33-1,6,7) Co J_ OLuZ HZ O LL Z w Oj O w Q J ~ w Z z J Z O 0 DO UQ w LL U I..L w I I 1 DATE SHEET NUMBER z o �Qt�...........:.mss �I k; t1 JOSHUA P. FRISINGER a 97545�e. IFTHIS BAR DOES NOT MEASURE ONE INCH, DRAWING ISNOTTO LABELED SCALE DESIGNED J.B. MURRAY DRAWN C. CECCHINI 2 CHECKED J. FRISINGER REVIEWED D.GUDAL C-1906 ATTACHMENT 7-41 0318-084-01 ATTACHMENT 7-42 TARRANT COUNTY ENGINEERING SERVICES r r 200 Taylor Street, Ste. 305 i Fort Worth, TX 76196 1 817-884-1250 1 www.tarrantcountytx.gov INSTRUCTIONS: Complete all questions. If any item does not apply, indicate by placing "NA" in the blank. DO NOT LEAVE ANY BLANK EMPTY. APPLICANT INFORMATION Firm Name: Plummer Associates, Inc. Contact Person: Josh Frisinger Address: 1320 S. University Dr., Suite 300 City/State/zip: Fort Worth, TX 76102 Phone: 817-806-1700 Email: jfrisinger@plummer.com SUBJECT PROPERTY INFORMATION Proposed Location: Address: 11091 Chapin Road If an address is not available: City/State/zip: Fort Worth, TX 76108 Survey: Abstract: Recorded (Vol./Page):, Description of Proposed Work: New Fort Worth wastewater treatment plant FACILITY INFORMATION Proposed Start Date: 10/01/2029 a NEW COMMUNITY FACILITY Height: Distance to Nearest Residential Subdivision: 0 EXTENSION OF EXISTING COMMUNICATION FACILITY Existing Height: Proposed Height: Distance to Nearest Residential Subdivision: 0 REPLACEMENT OF EXISTING COMMUNICATION FACILITY Existing Height: Proposed Height: Distance to Nearest Residential Subdivision: Distance Between Existing and Proposed Towers: Proposed Date to Remove Existing Facility (Must be within 14 days of erecting new facility): OTHER (please specify): Radio Communications Tower - 30 ft tall. allows wastewater treatment plant to talk to City network CELL TOWER PERMIT APPLICATION 1 February 3, 2026 ATTACHMENT 7-42 TARRANT COUNTY ENGINEERING SERVICES 200 Taylor Street, Ste. 305 1 Fort Worth, TX 76196 1 817-884-1250 1 www,tarrantcountytx.gov REQUIRED DOCUMENTS Q Submission must include a plat or map with the proposed location of the communication facility in relation to the residential subdivision sealed by a Registered Professional Land Surveyor. ;7 Plat/Map The Plot or Map Must Include: a radius of 300 feet from the base of the center of the proposed structure extending to the boundary of the subdivision; the Maximum height of the structure; and • the State Plane North American Datum (NAD 83 x,y coordinates) of the center of the structure. 0 Submission must include all necessary FCC and/or FAA permits. 0 FAA/FCC Permits NOTIFY JEREMY DUSKIN AT (817) 884-1176, 24 HOURS PRIOR TO WORKING IN COUNTY JURISDICTION. FAILURE TO DO SO MAY RESULT IN THE ISSUANCE OF A STOP WORK ORDER. APPLICANT'S SIGNATURE I hereby certify that the information provided within this application is true and correct. By signing below, I agree that I will comply with all related Tarrant County regulations as adopted by the Commissioners Court and understand that the permit application is subject to approval by the Tarrant County Engineering Services Department. Josh Frisinger Firm Representative - Printed Name ENGINEERING SERVICES DEPARTMENT USE ONLY Received Date: 05/14/2026 josh *sllQe/- Jcsn Fnsinger {Play 1 • , 92°3 103053 (0'T) Firm Representative - Signature Approval Date Permit Number: C'1' 'Z (, .C) � Fee Collected Location Map Attached I7roposed foot Radius Shown on Aerial Structure is 300 -feet or more from Existing Residential Subdivision. 0 Proposed Extension is less than ten (10) feet. 0 Distance Between Proposed and Existing Structure is less than 50 -feet. COMMISSIONERS COURT VARIANCE: 0 Required Q Not Required Approved for Tarrant County by: 05/14/2026 Date: Precinct: CELL TOWER PERMIT APPLICATION 1 2 February 3, 2026 . - - xi cvse�isf n.v—nac�s:avn n. n .. liii au.aa nxe € uaN4a s 1. k j /':j n4en / ,- N (2E) \ J -I a.. w1' f Z, / .. - ,. J •, t •645etOx ls��� 1 :h4'ff r' pj ATTACHMENT 7-42 This radio tower is only 30'tall and does not require an FAA permit. This radio tower will use unlicensed radio frequencies, so an FCC permit is not required. ATTACHMENT 7-43 TARRANT COUNTY ENGINEERING SERVICES 200 Taylor Street, Ste. 305 Fort Worth, TX 76196 817-884-1250 www.tarrantcountytx.gov INSTRUCTIONS: Complete all questions. If any item does not apply, indicate by placing "NA" in the blank. DO NOT LEAVE ANY BLANK EMPTY. SECTION 1 - OWNER INFORMATION Property Owners FULL NAME: City of Fort Worth Address: 100 Fort Worth Trail, 5th Floor Home Phone: 817-392-4477 City/State/Zip: Fort Worth, TX 76102 Work Phone: 817-392-8209 Cell Phone: 817-266-1394 Email: Suzanne.Abbe@fortworthtexas.gov Is the Owner a Corporation or Partnership? ❑ Yes d No If Yes + Attach a letter on company stationery, signed by an authorized individual, authorizing the Applicant to file and Application on behalf of the company. SECTION 2 - APPLICANT INFORMATION ❑ Same as Owner (If checked, skip to Section 3) Applicants FULL NAME: Josh Frisinger, P.E. (Plummer Associates, Inc.) Address: 1320 S. University Dr., Suite 300 City/state/zip: Fort Worth, TX 76107 Home Phone: N/A Email: Frisinger@plummer.com SECTION 3 —SUBJECT PROPERTY INFORMATION Work Phone: 817-806-1704 Cell Phone: 817-919-2779 Street Address for the Subject Property: (if established*) Address: 11091 Chapin Road Legal Description: Lot: N/A Block: N/A Subdivision: N/A If not located in a subdivision: survey: Gleasons, Cyrus Abstract: 559 Recorded (Vol./Page): N/A List the names of all roads by which the property can be accessed: Chapin Road City/State/Zip: Fort Worth, TX 76108 Total Current Land Area: 15,000 SF Vicinity Map Attached? l Yes O No Located in City ETJ? IZI Yes 0 No City: Fort Worth Section or Phase: N/A *1f a street address has not been assigned to the Subject Property, the Applicant must contact the Tarrant Appraisal District to obtain an address. FLOODPLAIN DEVELOPMENT PERMIT APPLICATION February 3, 2026 ATTACHMENT 7-43 TARRANT COUNTY ENGINEERING SERVICES 200 Taylor Street, Ste. 305 Fort Worth, TX 76196 817-884-1250 www.tarrantcountytx.gov SECTION 4— PROPOSED DEVELOPMENT Development of Land: (check all that apply) El Clearing IGrading 0 Fill 9 Excavating (except for structural development checked above) ❑ Mining 0 Watercourse Alteration (including dredging and channel modifications) ❑ Drilling ❑ Road, Street, or Bridge Construction ❑ Subdividing Name of Subdivision: ❑ Construction of Utility Type of Utility: El Other (please specify) Installation of an outfall structure with one 54 -inch diameter pipe, buried manhole, energy dissipation measures, and erosion protection devices as well as a 36 -inch diameter pipe connecting to the existing COFW sanitary sewer line. Development of Structures (check all that apply) There is a flexible base (gravel) road to the outfall structure. Work also includes installation of three stormwater outfalls. A portion of the fence is within the flood boundary. ® New Construction ❑ Alteration ❑ Addition ❑ Replacement ❑ Remodel El Demolition ❑ Relocation El Repair ❑ Other (please specify) Structure Type: (check all that apply) ❑ Habitable Structure: Living Area: sf Number of Bedrooms: ❑ Single Family Residence (1 family) ❑ Multi -Family Residence (2-4 families) ❑ Multi -Family Residence (more than 4 families) ❑ Mobile/Manufactured Home Located in MHRC? 0 Yes 0 No ❑ Recreational Vehicle ❑ Commercial Type: ❑ Combined Use Type: ❑ Non -Residential ❑ Floodproofing Type: ❑ Floodproofing Certification Attached 0 Non -Inhabitable Structure: 0 Garage ❑ Barn El Storage Building Cpl Other (please specify) Outfall structure with one 54 -inch diameter pipe, buried manhole, energy dissipation measures, and erosion protection devices(See C-050 an through C-084). And a 36 -inch diameter Type of Foundation: pipe connecting to the existing COFW sanitary sewer line (See C-057 and C-079). A portion of the fence on the west side of the plant (See G 11). Three concrete headwalls El Building on Slab for storm water outfalls (See C-1 36 and C-1 38). ❑ Building on Piers, Piles, or Columns ❑ Building with Basement Project Costs: Estimated market value of the existing structure: $ Estimated cost of proposed Construction: $_ 500,000 Important: If the cost of the proposed construction equals or exceeds fifty percent (50%) of the market value of the existing structure, "Substantial Improvement" provisions shall apply. Contact the Floodplain Administrator at 817-884-1250 before proceeding. SECTION 5 —ENGINEERING STUDIES AND DOCUMENTATION FIRM Map Panel: 48439C0260K Site Plan attached? 0 Zone A ❑ Zone AE Construction Plans attached? Certification by Registered Engineer or Architect attached? El Yes ❑ No ®Yes ❑No ElYes ❑ N FLOODPLAIN DEVELOPMENT PERMIT APPLICATION February 3, 2026 ATTACHMENT 7-43 l o [ v;, j ..,. TARRANT COUNTY ENGINEERING SERVICES 200 Taylor Street, Ste. 305 Fort Worth, TX 76196 817-884-1250 www.tarrantcountytx.gov Base Flood Elevation: 753.11 Elevation of Lowest Floor: How was BFE determined? ❑ Flood Insurance Study (FIS) Date: ❑ Flood Insurance Rate Map (FIRM) Date: Il Flood Elevation Study Date: October, 2024 ❑ Two -Foot Contour Map SECTION 6 - CONSULTANTS List all professionals involved in the preparation of this Application or any of the supplemental information provided herewith. Attach additional sheets if necessary. REGISTERED PROFESSIONAL LAND SURVEYOR: Name: Chase Crawford Address: 100 Glass Street, Suite 201 City/State/Zip: Dallas, TX 75207 Work Phone: 903-646-1169 Mobile Phone: Email: chase.crawford(c)_outlook.com PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER Name: Josh Frisinger Address: 1320 S. University Drive, Suite 300 City/State/Zip: Fort Worth, TX 76107 Work Phone: 817-806-1704 Mobile Phone: 817-919-2779 Email: Ifrisinger(c�plummer.com REGISTERED PROFESSIONAL LAND SURVEYOR: Name: N/A Address: City/State/Zip: Work Phone: Mobile Phone: Email: OTHER: Name: N/A Address: City/State/Zip: Work Phone: Mobile Phone: Email: OTHER: Name: N/A Address: City/State/Zip: Work Phone: Mobile Phone: Email: FLOODPLAIN DEVELOPMENT PERMIT APPLICATION February 3, 2026 ATTACHMENT 7-43 COU/V ••� TARRANT COUNTY ENGINEERING SERVICES 200 Taylor Street, Ste. 305 Fort Worth, TX 76196 817-884-1250 www.tarrantcountytx.gov SECTION 7-OWNER/APPLICANT'S ACKNOWLEDGMENT AND CERTIFICATION By my signature below, I acknowledge that! have read and understand the following: 1. No work of any kind may start until a Floodplain Development Permit is issued by Tarrant County. 2. The Development Authorization Permit may be revoked if any false statements are made in this Application or its attachments. 3. The Development Authorization Permit expires if work in accordance with this Application is not commenced within 12 months of issuance or if the work is not completed within 24 months of issuance. 4. If the Development Authorization Permit expires or is revoked for any reason, all work must cease until a new Permit is issued. The Applicant will be required to submit a new Application with accompanying fees. 5. It shall be unlawful to use, occupy, or permit the use or occupancy of any building, development, or premises, or any part thereof, hereafter created, erected, changed, converted, altered, or enlarged until the development is in compliance with Tarrant County Development Regulations and Tarrant County Manufactured Housing Rental Community Regulations. 6. Applicant may need other permits to fulfill local, state, and federal regulatory requirements. It is Applicant's responsibility to determine what permits are needed and to obtain these permits from the appropriate authorities. 7. Construction costs undertaken in accordance with this Application are Applicant's responsibility. Applicant is not permitted to erect permanent structures or signs on or over any portion of Tarrant County's right-of-way or within any established setbacks. 8. Applicant must construct the improvements in strict conformance with the plans and specifications submitted with this Application and as approved by Tarrant County. Failure to do so will result in Applicant being required to modify or re -construct the improvements at Applicant's cost. 9. Maintenance of improvements remains the Applicant's responsibility, and the County retains the right to require any changes, maintenance, or repairs as necessary to protect life or property. I hereby certify to the following: 1. 1 have carefully read the complete Application and all its attachments and certify that all documents submitted are true and correct. 2. There is no outstanding tax liability to Tarrant County on the Subject Property. 3. The Owner of the Subject Property, if different from the Applicant, has authorized the submittal of this Application. 4. As the Owner of the Subject Property or a duly authorized Applicant, I hereby grant permission to representatives of Tarrant County to enter the premises and make all necessary inspections and to take all other actions necessary to review and act upon this Application. Josh Frisinger, PE Applicant's Printed Name Applicant's Signature 3/31/2026 Date: Approved per 'Plans for the Construction of Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility' sealed by Joshua P. Frisinger on 3/30/2026. ENGINEERING SERVICES DEPARTMENT USE ONLY Received Date: 3/31/2026 Permit Number: 26-03 Approved for Tarrant County by: Approval Date: 5/8/2026 Expiration Date: 5/7/207 Precinct: 4 Fee Collected: n/a FLOODPLAIN DEVELOPMENT PERMIT APPLICATION February 3, 2026 ATTACHMENT 8-30 TARRANT COUNTY ENGINEERING SERVICES 200 Taylor Street, Ste. 305 1 Fort Worth, TX 76196 1 817-884-1250 1 www.tarrantcountytx.gov GENERAL INFORMATION (check all that apply) IMPORTANT: PUBLIC UTILITIES MUST COMPLETE SEPARATE UTILITY PERMIT APPLICATION. Construction / Installation of: 0 Residential Driveway * 11 Subdivision Entrance* © Mailbox ro Commercial Driveway* ❑ Irrigation System 0 Culvert*: Size desired r I%I Driveway Extension * 0 Decorative Landscaping C3 Other Encroachment O Walkway/Sidewalk* 0 Sod IMPORTANT: FOR PERMANENT CONNECTIONS TO A COUNTY ROAD OR RIGHT-OF-WAY, NOTIFY INSPECTOR SHANE RHODES, (682) 249-8322, AT LEAST 24-48 HOURS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION FOR ONSITE MEETING AND INSPECTION. PROPERTY INFORMATION Site Address / Proposed Location: 11091 Chapin Rd, Aledo, TX 76008 Description of Proposed Encroachment: * Driveway connection to Chapin Road within Right -of -Way _ *Add Attachments as necessary Will you be performing construction that will be disturbing one (1) acre or more of earth? l Yes 0 No APPLICANT & OWNER INFORMATION Applicant Name: JQ IMEG Address: 100 Glass Street City/State/Zip. Dallas, TX 75207 Main Phone: 214-623-5872 Email: OVi.M.Sipos@imegcorp.com Property Owner Name (if different from Applicant): City of Fort Worth Address: 200 Texas St City/State/Zip: Fort Worth, TX 76102 Main Phone: (817) 392-8426 Preferred Method of Contact: I�(1 Phone IX1 Email OWNER'S CONSENT (if applicable) Email: JAmES. ML n►iOi.NAF.Iw..Jc 4EYAC. boV If Applicant is not the Property Owner: JQ IMEG I hereby designate ;'applicant above) to act as my agent for submittal, processing, representation, and/or presentation of this application. The designee shall be the primary contact person for this application. OWNER'S SIGNATURE i hereby certify I am the owner of the property and certify that the information provided within this application is true and correct. By signing below, i agree that I will comply with all related Tarrant County regulations relating to right-of-way encroachment as adopted by the Commissioners Court and understand that the permit application is subject to approval by the Tarrant County Engineering Services Department. h JA M4[�oNAI•� VT/gA Owner's Printed Name Ow er's Signature Date. ENGINEERING SERVICES DEPARTMENT USE ONLY Received Date: 04/09/2026 Approval Date: V2? Precinct: 4 _ Permit Number: 2026-39 Approved for Tarrant County by: `� ROW ENCROACHMENT PERMIT February 3, 2026 Cn C3 I t' 4r I,' 2091.( SHILL - 1 - - 300.0OVERLAND FLOW - -- - 7W C NC NTRA F OW' - 11 �;y �j F�; O /'" / ��r�°�`%' 2085.71' •- CHANN IZ FL \ // J - 1 3714.55' _ CHANNEtIZED w 11 300.00' - OVERLAND FLOW - - 100,00' / SHALLOW H.., kl I I it 3' _ CHANNELIZED FLOC EXISTING18". CULVERT ... li II I --•:.^'� , . _.r -.rte..:.- :: - v : .�. Area No. Area (AC) . C Tc (mIn) I5 (In/hr) 110 (In/hr) 123 (In/hr) 1100 (in/hr) 0.1 (CFI) 0.10 ICFS) 0.25 (CFSI Q100 I0F5) -._• EXA 81 I 0.3_1 0.35 1 35 1 2.95 3.43 4.11 5.17 79.01 91.93 33.21 110.22 39.82 138.67 50.16 is 4,57 5.33 6.39 - 8.05 26,48 I + -' 0.30 34 I 2 --,98 3.47 4.16 5.24 46.12 53.66 64,27 1 80.94 I?i{ u. ;: 0.30 39 I 2.80 3,26 3.90 4.92 30.90 35.96 43,98 54.26 250 150 0 250 500 S -4L"L HORZ SCALE 1-250' LEGEND TIME OF CONCENTRATION - DIRECTION OF FLOW DRAINAGE AREA BOUNDARY EXISTING CONTOUR A-4 _-DRAINAGE AREA NO. 0.79 DRAINAGE AREA (AC) IWe3 heed "C" C4lrubthns'- Wel6httd parviau. Impervbva 7aul Area Ana Na. CoeIOdaata Area (SF) Ana (38) (58) 3.731,83j_,L 3,7-,-•,_6St7�Q OX 0,35 701896 67,647 769,453 EX C 0.30 2,284,795 0 2.244 795 EX FP OW I 1,602,273 j 0 1,602,275 - -..SI'lt11Sd Flaw I Channel Flow - TolaITc : Oralna a Area Le tjft) EXA 300 - Slope 1Q46 °n° 9 15 To 34 15.5 Lerpth Clortdilbn Slope 0.020 Vat 1Ua 2.82.......13.3 T4 n1n Lelprh (N) 20557 Vel pUsl y 77 ,. 6.6 35 2691 07 LHaoed EX 8 100 0.034 H 0. 1,3 7.3 62210 Unwvatl ,Q13 1.81 5,7 I 883.23 6 2.5 15 07)0 300 0023 015 21,7 1926.57 LFt a ved 0.025 I 269 12.7 I 0 0 0.0 34 I EX fP I 309 0012, I.._015 ._.. _-.-.._ 269.,__.- __..• . .._._3...._... _....__..poyea__.__... 0,028 I ?..Zo�..... .....,.,... _. _...i-9 ._....1..._3714 ��.....). g.... _.__._110L .... _" � --- IIk it _ 11 If� — _ 4 II - h III t — la, _ kl, II, LYSIS POINT 1 III 3— C.Y = z N 0< E 03 m v Q� w LL _J 0 049 r51 vu /1 C C Co owoluvsM_ ..� IF THIS BAR DOES NOT M€ASURE ONE INCH, DRAWING I5 NOT TO LABELED SCALE IlO D DRAWN X JG ATTACHMENT 8-30 CHE«ED EM JQ-IMEG REVIEWED OS Ise4. 4 2]83 C-149 0318-C24-01 3 250 150 0 250 500 HORZ SCALE 1'=250' w I a•cc.mnPn LEGEND , Wulnirtl WeNe d P 04604 Impemn„sI Pen. `m MPm I// 300.00 OVERLAND FLOW 42, MP. eo.ms.nl, eo,ue, ,v Plsvl wP.lsxl Nm 1511 bu SSE] xe ISF) _______,______ TIME E °r PNLS[1 c ruYuar N4scs II I Punu 7110028 Is1l CONCENTRATION DIRECTION OF FLOW / / I vs A] On _ 333 -*.ew •.nu 3.30, avaas: DRAINAGE AREA vs Az - aa1 511 1 zs41.�e e: '''on zem.asl i ` Os• 011 o-15 >o1 Rs 0..6a �; 7svasl BOUNDARY POND4 007 GCO 69007 3i.Ell ITi RDZ.96 001108 0t4 __,g P9 119173 11x7.611 >e _619.151 ---- e.---. EXISTING CONTOUR I �D3s as 114 Sas i� a v6m6 B77e ell ens" iP _0.10 080 i 0600118 a 1007263230 Sd07.7T3 �irl uz13e "'' -- as6au "a1-ice'-645.00H- PROPOSED CONTOUR / 007 M O4o 17S 701 ' ]70.010 85311 - rolAlPNas21 n.w 1,6]6,816 nl.e11 S4B1.66 DIRECTION OF FLOW I ru ro.1141021 W/FDTIR[ ale 1x6.331 0070735 ;.87.066 INDICATED BY ARROW 1._4 - DRAINAGE AREA NO. / 0.79 ------- DRAINAGE AREA CAPACITY 2091.07' - SHALLOW CONCENTRATED FLOW j - - - Overland Shoat 060w - 0060 aw CD - t..d Flow Reonel Flow - - - Total To rrin Dralrw Area Le th 11 $6➢ 011 `1r I51390) Le h Ill CDr/ddlDn Slope Vol Itt/lI TD non h (III Vol Iv6 TD rrm _ 08 01 300 002 40048 0 16 0.15 21' 15.5 . G86 86 ,_•_ „Unpaved 0 028 J 2.68 4.3 0 1 6 0.0 26 � 37 OS A2 300 2091.07 tkl ued 0.026 2,62 13.3 608.18 5.27 2.1 - OSD 100 0034 015 7.3 020.10 lhl vd 0.011 7.87 5.7 085.23? 6 25 15 C 100 0.343 0.16 29 389.02 01 ved 0,411a 3,10 2,1 677.66 1 6 1.9 7 _. FP 300 0,012 __.._......_.......-..._ 0.73 015 264 23.9 300 07686 Un o Nd_.r„•_. 0270I 071.65 10.3 39 FI}1 300 0018 v.d 00.56 .1.11 2S ....-.-.,. 0 6mmt0,0 28FP2 300 002 015 19,;7 347.63 Uh ved 02,43 2.4 D 6 0 0 22POND A 100 0.0335 0 15 7 3 537.18 IhIDRyed 0.55 1 3.5 94S84 0 2.6BOND R 100 0014 0 15 10 3 382 76 LNlDaved O2.40 30 0'0 8 02 11 00.00' ^• OVERLAND FLOW - �� 620.19' n HA OW CDN ENTRATEp FLOW 300.00' ^• OVERLAND OW ■■■ / / rl FP / \ /` I 665.23' - CHANNELIZED FLOW 11.07 AC j /I l r 1300.00' RAN FLOW /---J f ®S Al // 11 26 Ac I iIt as B ' : HFLOW - 17.b6 AC LOW 66616CANNELIZED CONC� FLOW _ __ ""` �_ 686.86• ,.: _>,� � -« -L,... _�� SHALLOW CONCENTRATED ROW ■ ---------I \ FP �e' - \JJ ___ _______ \,\ 945. 4' CHANN I FLOW - ' POND A (SEE SHEETS C-151 k C-152 FOR DETAILS) 362.7° SHALLOW CONCENTRATED 01 9.45CHANNELIZED FLOW 1. de •j ;1 . `�� J1 '_ 1!cJi* irr- EARTHEN CHANNEL STORAGE AREA (SE€ SHEETS C-164 & C-165 FOR POST -DEVELOPMENT: RUNOFF CALCULATIONS Area No. Area (AC) C (PHASE 1) 7; (min) 15 (in/hr) 110 {In/hr) 25 (In/hr) 1100 (In/hr) Q5 (CFS) 0,10 (CFS) 015 (CFS) 0100 (CEO) 5022[5 i1 t (9.37 0.33 0.31 26 3.51 4.09 4.90 6.17 5.43 13.00 15,13 1&13 22.63 101.50 11 3.09 3,60 4.31 51.05 57.29 80.61 Ds 6 POND A POND 8 17,0)1 19 91 ADS 0.35 - 0w..__. 0.47 0,68 15 13 15 4.57 1 4 95 5.35 5.33 5.78 6.23 39 6.59 6.93 7,49 .__ 6115 8.74 9,43 2&25 . 35.70 32 95 53°87 41.57 ,39.51 64;53 49,82 49,77 ... 89.41 62.94 C 19.12 0.39 10 5,54 6.45 7,73 9,77 40.03 1 47.54 f 56.97 7200 IF 86.78 0.30 19 2.84 3.26 9,90 4.92 -46.19....._._ 3138 3633 43,76 55.11 Cpl 11:07 0.30 20 3.51 4.09 4.90 6.17 11.87 13.58 16,27 20.50 Fp2 5.17 0.34 22 1 3.90 4.54 ! 5.44 6.86 1199 i 13,97 1 16.74 21,40 194.70 TOTAL 276.87 52200 386.34 487,14 .11014E P06T GdV010PN11NTPON11075 10504800 9850184 *08*00 RT1 Ar..NW. Am. RC c Tl minl 1non 55711 704051 MPw 0404101 -_007445 11,01 _co 0.90 at 11 I x74119141 AI 4004 00000 0.06 818 4M 11 1 041 6794 0.04 68511 LON4NNG 5TORAOt C 3734, 0. 751 ID 9.07 19 4@7 1004 0.11 .. OSB 17.66 0.)4 BIR Cn.nn0ITPNI 1678 0441 NN4a: 017 137.11 3604 - ANAtY0BPOM1 IORA1MA4610411 1010/117/04 PReW PM45151'06706V PR1-DN210PMEN1IMM 10.1611 000)116. ANTI AC C 1 Y 12 M T6 n IR104 100 0/ 104 069) 0.51 1 - 0.11 15 517 -10.67 ERR 11.68 0.1 0.0000 7711 II I. 5628 0002 1157 0.10 104 010 —w�-876 LI_ f '- ww 1100 1071 0,m f 1.00 0,30 3) 0417 413 56.75 TPpldr.n.R.11Mn61M *10.78024441110,1 a - 1066 001.080,0 PM10814) 1111080.80 *0000) 1110400ND 0541 1.1]0 0.31 0.70 O1D 37 061 91.55 05. Al 6961 0.31 ,j38,, O.al_-•• 31 j E1004 P! 74.00 004 500 0,04 99 4.11 51.11 IPS 1107 010 100 0,30 26 b 9.07 04:50 PP7 921 014 700 0.28 21 6,04 31.6 TWa1 0YP.1R1/Ih. Pond I P I-D.,C dlI I. 3261 Cw,blo.d M1*.01.Pond on MB.021..M RNe 0. P.e4. DR•nIPonv Im6 PPM A INI..NRN.. 4 40.0 Pori 1 R.I.M.WR.1._ 8.77 fanM0LMnn.l WM MIe.x flfl. I- 16. AMUY115P0NT1OY[RA4L901UCTONIN)TORMWMRjPFDTa PIISS!I005T. 06010215 0-l• 7- u AOl Z © 4 or Co. .2 ¢ y 43 p N LL W J Q L < o10 U ~ N U V I ¢ LIT I ≥- Co m `C c 002 a` I I' 08075: • FONDA 6101061(107 6 0111000 STORAGE C4P.MDnr3 WMR1 DMITED GY SIR d R00➢PIA1N GE0.A073!, R16E41E RAR WA30E0IIRMINE0T0507001E4R WS26 Wn3 REONIRCD rf6BOARD. •' Ru1RICTEA PIAIE PIACCDON NEAOWASL00x11015 61600101 643600 2AR11/R CH4NNC4510MG10 P001000 WITHIN EARlOCN (5477x04 1F THIS OAR 00E5 NOT MEASURE 0380 177001, DRAWING 15 NOT TO LABELED SCALE Ili' DESIGNED KMO ATTACHMENT 8-30 DRAWN 1G CHECKED KM IQ-IMEGPG z�=1 REv1ENED 05 sJ.'6A9 0 SPB YP 1@.145 FIRM F-�5nsP C-150 0310-064-01 _ JI i lYax —�� �>-w ^ STA. D+S6.tb SD -G— > I I .� = INSTALL I _ __ _ _ -___ _ __ _ 1-0" DIA STORM DRAIN MANHOLE N'. 6951417.96 -- -___ E: 2247995.93 >-'•-..,� INV IN: 793.441E"RCPSD-G INV OUT 74334 18"RCPSD-G STA. 0+12A0 ED -GI G STA. D+91,53 SD -G rt� W STALL INSTALL 4_ 1 - 18' SLOPED HEADWALL 1 -1 B" SLOPED HEADWALL (4:1 SLOPE) 141 o SLOPE( N. 8051 373.41 . . N. 6-51453.34 E 2267495.93 X E. 2267995.93 WV IN. 792,74 18" RCP SD -G 1 INV OUT 793.95 14 RCP SD -G _ I C - f._ \ ___ 1.00 1+44 A 18 RCP SD -G - - -1� "O '- ''• C. C 815 A 815 O 4 .4 L^ G o i S 2 m o a o pw o pw JNQ y _�.-,_ NLi 0 F Nm v PROPOSED GROUND (ROAD A) 100 VR 2 1 %-RCR 18"RGP 4100 = 5.10 c}s 0100 = 5.10 cfs V1 DD=6.77 flls V100=6.77 Ns V-'28-0.84 f1 W12g=0.31fl Sf=0.012 fUfl Sf=0012 TO CAP=12.64 cfs .CAP=12.64 cis a mF n w a+ 7 _D_____ _ 90 SI 120 (3 a w do <n *1 a w 'C. '40. 0. SI 5151 14 810 810 805 805 800 800 795 795 NOTES: 790 1_ MINIMUM 3 -FEET OF COVER ON ALL YARD PIPING UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN. MINIMUM 4 -FEET OF COVER ON FORCE MAIN PIPING 12 -INCH AND SMALLER. MINIMUM S -FEET OF COVER ON FORCE MAIN PIPING 14 -INCH AND GREATER UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN. 2. REFERENCE ELECTRICAL PLANS FOR LOCATION OF ELECTRICAL CONDUIT, DUCT BANKS. RACEWAYS, LIGHT POLES, AND MANHOLES. J 785 3_ CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL FITTINGS AND APPURTENANCES NECESSARY TO MAKE ALL CONNECTIONS AS SHOWN ON THESE PLANS. PIPE SHOWN TO BE ABANDONED SHALL BE PLUGGED OR CAPPED AND LEFT IN PLACE UNLESS REMOVAL IS REQUIRED FOR THE INSTALLATION OF OTHER ITEMS OF CONSTRUCTION. 4. EMBEDMENT FOR ALL PIPES SHALL BE PER DETAIL 3000-10.4 AND DETAIL 3400-141 (SMALL 780 PIPE EMBEDMENT D€TAIL). 5. PIPELINE STATIONING IS ALONG THE CENTERLINE OF PIPES. 6. PIPES WITH LESS THAN 2' OF VERTICAL SEPARATION AT POINT OF CROSSING HAS BE EITHER STEEL ENCASES OR GROSSING SHALL BE STABILIZED WITH FLOWABLE FILL EXTENDING 2' ON EITHER SIDE OF THE UPPER ELEVATION PIPE AT THE CROSSING. 7. EXCAVATION OF TRENCHES FOR UTILITIES SHALL COMPLY WITH SPECIFICATION 33.05.01 AND DIV 31. 8. MANHOLE FLOWUNE ELEVATION CALLOUTSARE FOR THE CENTER OF THE MANHOLE, 790 785 780 0+00 1+00 1+50 PROFILE VIEW OF SD - G HORIZONTAL SCALE: 1" = 40' VERTICAL SCALE: 1" = 4' 29 14 0 20 40 = m M / zs I• jr- z � c 111]44 IF THIS BAR DOES NOT MEASURE ONE INCH. E DRAWING LR NOT TO LABELED SCALE DESIGNED KHO ATTACHMENT 8-30 6 CHE'er D KM JQ_1I1EGu cNsiX.' ... a+zas>�xa REVIEWED OS 16'ELS FI<v - �..,E C-162 0318-C S4-01